Skip to main content

Full text of "History of the World War"

See other formats


m^:'^m 


&. 


W    liin 


Hiil 


illlllllillilllHI 


il|lMOND:^ 


ii|ti:i)liiiltllljil!lllMI*lli'r  tliiMMIl.lHIl' 


;i|Vi'^|i!!|jii|i|iliii|!il!liJi||ii'' 


ExLlBRIS 

Frederick  Lewis  MoRHA 


"^ 


M 


£ 


c 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 


From  the  painting  by  Ed'u,nn  Hozdand  Blashjield 


"CARRY  ON!" 


,^f?!^ 


HISTORY 

OF  THE 

WORLD 
WAR 

'f^^^  FRANK  H.SIMONDS  ^% 


VOL. 


FOUR 


Published  for 
THE  REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS   COMPANY 

"DOUBLEDAV  PAGE  ©  COMPANY- 

GARDEN  C\TY  NE^TVOFj;. 


I/.  ^ 


Copyright,  IQIQ,  by 

DOUBLEDAY,    PaGE    &    CoMPANY 

JU  rights  reserved,  including  that  of  translation 

into  foreign  languages,  includinz 

the  Scandinavian 


o 

o 

in 
en 


00 


CONTENTS 

PART  I 

CHAPTER  I 

THE  FOURTH  PHASE 

PAGE 

I.  On  the  Military  Side:  Masterly  German  retreat  of  1917  brings  ill 
fortune  to  British  and  French  armies — Russian  army  disappears — 
Italy  meets  with  disaster  at  Caporetto.  II.  On  the  Political 
Side:  The  Bolshevist  terror  reigns  in  Russia — French  poHtical 
morale  crumbles — English  realize  seriousness  of  submarine  menace — 
Calls  for  peace  with  Germany  heard  on  all  sides.  III.  Three 
Currents:  Collapse  of  Allied  mihtary  hopes  and  degeneration  of 
public  opinion — Rousing  of  America  and  her  entrance  into  the  war — 
Rise  of  anarchy  in  Russia  and  its  threatened  dissemination  through- 
out world 3 

CHAPTER  II 

THE  AMERICAN  PEOPLE  AND  THE  WAR 

I.  The  First  Days:  Masses  in  America  understood  very  little  about 
the  war.  II.  The  Spectacle:  European  conflict  long  only  a  spec- 
tacle to  America — She  came  to  realize  the  moral  issues  but  slowly. 
III.  The  Clash  of  Opinion:  America  at  first  easily  neutral — Her 
sympathy  about  equally  divided  between  England  and  Germany 
till  the  incidents  at  Louvain  and  Rheims.  IV.  American  Judg- 
ment: Brutality  of  Germans  alienates  many — Love  and  enthusiasm 
for  France  awaken.  V.  Propaganda:  Organized  German  propa- 
gandists and  outspoken  sympathizers  with  Allies  alike  disapproved 
by  most  Americans.  VI.  The  Will  for  Neutrality:  While 
here  and  there  currents  of  sympathy  wax  for  Allies  and  wane  for 
Germany,  the  will  for  neutrality  remains  strong  and  widespread. 
VII.  Incidents:  The  United  States,  as  champion  of  the  neutrals, 
seems  likely  to  defeat  Allies  by  employing  embargo  against  both 
sides.  VIII.  The  "Lusitania"  Massacre:  Cause  of  Germany 
in  United  States  goes  down  with  Lusitania.     IX.     The  First  Re- 


VI 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 


sult:  America  becomes  economic  ally  of  the  Entente.  X.  Theo- 
dore Roosevelt:  He  saw  the  war  as  it  was  and  communicated  his 
vision  to  milHons  of  Americans il 

CHAPTER  HI 
THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS 

The  First  Phase — "  Incidents  " :  British  interference  with  American 
trade  leads  to  protests — Both  sides  infringe  upon  American  rights, 
but  German  injuries  are  more  galling  than  British — Lusitania  sinking 
definitely  alienates  America  from  Germany.  H.  Second  Phase — 
Notes:  "Too-proud-to-fight"  speech — Lusitania  note — German  re- 
ply— Bryan  resigns — Fruitless  note-exchanges — Mediterranean  sink- 
ings provoke  diplomatic  exchanges  with  Austria — Sussex  incident 
leads  Germany  to  give  way — President's  no-embargo  policy  based 
on  sound  principles  of  international  law,  as  was  his  refusal  to  protest 
against  arming  of  British  merchantmen.  HI.  Third  Phase — 
Treason  and  Sedition:  German  agents  in  America  attack  Ad- 
ministration— Ambassador  Bernstorff  manipulates  American  press, 
engenders  strikes,  plots  outrages  on  munitions  plants — But  stays  on 
in  Washington — President's  peace  gesture  follows  close  on  that  of 
Germany — "  Peace-without-victory  "  speech — League  of  Nations 
idea — Resumption  of  submarine  warfare  leads  to  severing  of  diplo- 
matic relations  with  Germany — Revelation  of  Germany's  approaches 
to  Mexico  and  Japan — President's  war  message  and  Declaration  of 
War.  IV.  The  Effect:  Coming  of  America  greatly  encourages 
now  desperate  Allies 49 

CHAPTER  IV 
THE  GREAT  RETREAT 

The  Two  Strategic  Conceptions:  Allies  plan  coordinated  at- 
tacks on  all  fronts  at  once — Germans  plan  to  finish  Russia  while 
they  hold  fast  in  East,  and  starve  out  England  and  exhaust  France 
by  submarine  campaign.  II.  The  German  Plan:  In  poor 
positions,  with  alternatives  of  retreating  to  better  ones  or  of  facing 
local  reverses  and  heavy  losses,  Germans  decide  to  retreat.  III. 
The  Great  Retreat:  An  excellent  strategic  conception  ruthlessly 
executed — Germans  leave  only  a  desert  behind  them.  IV.  How 
It  Was  Done:     Slowly,  methodically,  Germans  fell  back — All  things 


CONTENTS  vii 

PAGE 

they  could  use  they  took  with  them — All  else  they  destroyed.  V. 
The  Hindenburg  Line:  The  two  anchorages  at  Vimy  Ridge  and 
Craonne  Plateau — System  of  "elastic  defence"  sometimes  twelve 
miles  deep — Canals  and  forests  natural  obstacles  to  Allies — Retreat 
gives  Germans  shorter  front — Ominous  devastation  affects  French 
morale — Allied  plans  are  disarranged :     ^4 

CHAPTER  V 
THE  BATTLE  OF  ARRAS— BAGDAD 

L  Vimy  Ridge:  Its  position  and  previous  history  in  World  War — Its 
strategic  value — ^The  German  fortifications.  II.  The  British 
Army:  Its  superb  efficiency  and  morale  at  this  time.  III.  Strate- 
gic AND  Tactical  Purpose:  British  are  asked  to  divert  German 
forces  during  attack  by  French.  IV.  The  Attack:  British  ad- 
vance on  Easter  Monday  and  Tuesday — Monchey  captured — 
Halted  at  "Oppy  switch."  V.  The  End  of  the  Battle:  A  great 
but  costly  victory — A  useless  one  because  of  Nivelle's  failure.  VI. 
Bagdad:  The  situation  in  the  East — ^Need  for  restoring  British  pres- 
tige— General  Maude,  the  new  commander,  moves  forward  slowly 
but  surely — Fall  of  Bagdad  and  its  far-reaching  effect — Death  of 
Maude 107 

CHAPTER  VI 
THE  FRENCH  OFFENSIVE 

I.  NiVelle:  Why  he,  and  neither  Retain  nor  Foch,  was  selected  to 
succeed  Joffre  as  Commander-in-Chief.  II.  The  Great  Plan: 
Two  groups  of  armies  to  advance  simultaneously  on  wide  front — 
Breadth  of  Nivelle's  conceptions  and  his  assured  bearing  win  support 
of  politicians.  III.  The  First  Mistakes:  Knowledge  of  plan 
becomes  widespread — Retain  is  ignored — Russian  Revolution,  col- 
lapse of  ItaUan  Offensive,  and  German  Retreat  combine  to  dislocate 
Nivelle's  plan — Germans'  new  position  is  much  stronger  than  the 
old — Nivelle's  officers  lose  faith  in  him — But  his  optimism  is  un- 
conquerable. IV.  The  Craonne  Plateau:  Its  topography,  and 
history  in  World  War — Formidable  German  defenses.  V.  The 
Battle:  Nivelle's  preparations  insufficient — Impossibly  bad 
weather — Fifth  Army's  plan  of  operations  is  captured  by  enemy — 
Poor  and  weak  artillery  preparation — Armies  of  Mangin  and  Mazel 


VIU 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

attack,  but  are  checked  by  thousands  of  German  machine  guns — 
Hopeless  struggle  continued  for  ten  days.  VI.  The  Consequences  : 
A  butcher's  bill  of  100,000  casualties — French  demoralization — Ni- 
velle  removed — Petain  succeeds  him 125 

CHAPTER  Vn 
ITALY  AND  GREECE 

The  May  Offensive:  Russian  defection  dislocates  Italian  plans — 
Topography  and  military  history  of  Isonzo  front — Cadorna's  May 
campaign — France  and  England  do  little  to  answer  his  call  for  muni- 
tions. II.  Bainsizza:  A  splendid  effort  but,  men  and  munitions 
failing,  it  ends  in  fearful  disaster — Southern  Slavs,  under  Boroevic, 
fight  gallantly  in  Austrian  army — Italian  casualties  of  three  quarters 
of  million  purchase  but  inconsiderable  gains.  III.  Constantine: 
His  belief  in  and  admiration  for  Germany — England,  Italy,  and 
Russia  for  different  reasons  combine  to  keep  him  on  throne — But 
France,  through  Jonnart,  finally  secures  his  abdication,  with  Eng- 
land's connivance    155 

CHAPTER  Vni 
THE  RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION 

Causes  and  Character:  Long  misinterpreted  in  West — Czar's 
government  rotten  when  World  War  began — Influence  of  Rasputin. 
II.  Western  Misunderstandings:  AlHes  looked  for  Russia's  re- 
generation through  revolution — But  there  was  no  parallel  here  with 
French  Revolution — Russia  had  no  unity — Many  considered  capital- 
ism the  real  enemy,  not  Germany — But  Allied  democracies,  ignorant 
of  true  state  of  affairs,  gladly  hailed  Revolution — War  had  shown 
corruption  and  weakness  of  Czar's  government,  which  finally  ceased 
to  function— No  strong  national  spirit  supported  Russians— They 
wanted  peace — ^Their  leaders  demanded  overthrow  of  world's  eco- 
nomic system — Moderates  gave  place  to  Kerensky,  who  was  succeeded 
by  Lenin  who  hoped  that  war-exhaustion  would  lead  all  belligerents 
to  surrender  to  Bolshevism — Allies  were  slow  to  understand  that 
Russia  had  become,  not  merely  a  harmless  wreck,  but  an  active 
menace  to  modern  society.  III.  The  Fall  of  the  House  of 
Romanoff:  Rasputin  assassinated  in  December — Duma  assembles 
in  January — Bread  riots — Cossacks  rise  on  March  8th — Old  order 


CONTENTS  ix 

PAGE 

falls  on  March  12th — Duma's  provisional  government  and  the  Council 
of  Soviets — Czar  abdicates  March  15th — Grand  Duke  Michael, 
March  i6th.  IV.  The  Duma:  First,  Duma  vs.  Soviets — ^Then 
Kerensky  vs.  Lenin.  V.  The  Final  Offensive.  Launched  by 
Kerensky  who  is  for  a  time  successful — Situation  of  Russian  and 
Austrian  armies  in  Galicia — Decided  Russian  successes  surprise 
world,  but  suddenly  give  place  to  collapse  of  Russian  army,  weakened 
from  within — Russian  defection  brings  Allied  prospects  to  low-water 
mark  in  July,  191 7 — New  menace  of  Bolshevism  destined  to  alarm 
world  even  after  Germany's  surrender 166 

CHAPTER  IX 
THE  SUBMARINE 

I.  The  Graver  Menace:  England  almost  in  despair  over  success 
of  submarines — Germans  did  not  foresee  importance  of  submarine 
warfare — But  soon  learned  the  lesson  and  started  building  many 
submarines — England  failed  to  prepare  adequate  means  of  defence. 
II.  In  April:  A  desperate  situation,  according  to  Admiral  Sims — 
But  convoy  system  finally  enabled  British  navy,  aided  by  American 
and  Japanese  ships,  gradually  to  regain  control  of  situation  in 
October — Submarine  campaign  very  nearly  won  the  war — But  in- 
stead brought  America  into  the  struggle.  III.  The  Statistics: 
Total  tonnage  sunk  by  German  submarines.  IV.  Sims  and 
Ludendorff:  Their  narratives — Moral  considerations  ignored  by 
Germans — Russian  collapse  unanticipated  by  them — They  thought 
submarines  would  have  to  win  the  war — Sims's  forceful  cable  des- 
patch reinforced  by  Ambassador  Page 194 

CHAPTER  X 

THE  THIRD  BATTLE  OF  YPRES— PASSCHENDAELE 

I.  Haig  and  Grant:  British  confidence  before  the  campaign — 
Parallel  with  Grant's  operations  in  summer  of  1864 — Armies  of 
Grant  and  Haig  both  suffered  terrible  slaughter — Bad  weather  aided 
Germans — Plumer's  brilliant  generalship  could  not  make  up  for 
failure  of  Gough — British  soldiers  and  British  statesmen  begin  to 
doubt  their  generals'  ability.  II.  The  Strategic  Purpose:  Haig 
aimed  to  drive  Germans  from  their  submarine  base  and  to  turn  their 
flank — This  was  impossible  at  that  time  because  of  inexhaustible 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

number  of  fresh  German  divisions — Though  it  was  accomphshed  a 
year  later — British  objectives  shrank  through  dire  necessity — With 
heavy  losses  they  won  Passchendaele  Ridge — But  held  it  only  a  few 
months.  III.  Messines-"Whitesheet":  Topography  and  mili- 
tary history  of  Ypres  Salient — Ypres  was  costly  to  hold  and  of  little 
practical  value — But  British  clung  to  it — For  an  advance,  conquest 
of  Messines-"Whitesheet"  Ridge  was  essential — Carefully  prepared 
attack  begins — Is  completely  successful.  IV.  The  Attack  of 
July  31ST:  By  First  French,  and  Fifth  and  Second  British  Armies, 
under  Haig — Topography  of  battlefield — Objectives  for  opening  at- 
tack— Position  of  Allies  at  end  of  successful  first  day — Bad  weather 
halts  Allies — Local  offensives  by  Germans  and  by  Canadians.  V. 
The  Second  Attack:  Its  objectives — Failure  of  Fifth  Army  under 
Gough.  VI.  The  End  of  the  Battle:  Plumer's  success — Cap- 
ture of  Passchendaele  and  Goudberg  Spur  end  battle — Costly  and 
fruitless  "victory"  leaves  Germans  still  with  the  upper  hand       .      .217 

CHAPTER  XI 
CAMBRAI— JERUSALEM 

New  Methods:  Story  of  Cambrai  repeated  story  of  Shiloh — Sur- 
prises attempted — At  Cambrai  surprise  succeeded,  thanks  to  tanks — 
They  take  place  of  artillery  preparation — Smaller  tanks  would  have 
done  better — German  surprise  tactics,  as  used  at  Riga,  Caporetto, 
Cambrai,  were  always  successful — Cambrai  interesting  because  of  the 
two  new  offensive  methods  there  employed.  II.  Purpose  and 
Topography:  Cambrai  necessary  to  divert  Germans  from  Italy 
after  Caporetto,  and  to  prepare  Allies  to  meet  coming  German  offen- 
sive— British  forces  insufficient — As  at  Gallipoli,  initial  success  raised 
hopes  doomed  to  disappointment — ^Topography — Difficult  task  as- 
signed to  Byng  and  Third  British  Army.  III.  The  Battle  :  First, 
a  brief  "crash"  bombardment,  then  came  the  tanks — Surprise  was 
successful,  but  success  was  not  complete  enough — German  reserves 
began  to  come  up  at  end  of  first  day,  not  the  second — Haig  decided 
to  try  to  gain  Bourlon  Ridge — His  reasons — Tactics  of  Marwitz,  the 
German  commander — His  surprise,  also,  is  successful — British  right 
collapses,  though  left  and  centre  manage  to  hold — Elation  gives  place 
to  depression — British  commanders  failed  to  learn  through  this  ex- 
perience. IV.  Jerusalem:  Allenby  enters  city  December  nth, 
after  campaign  briUiantly  organized  and  executed — Waters  of  Nile 
arrive  in  Palestine 247 


CONTENTS  xi 

CHAPTER  XII 
CAPORETTO— AND  PETAIN'S  ACHIEVEMENT 

PAGE 

I.  The  Disaster:  Italian  commission's  explanation  of  Caporetto 
Revised  by  later  experiences  of  Italy's  allies— New  system  of  Von 
Hutier  explained  by  Gourand  who  devised  means  to  meet  it 
Positions  of  Italian  Third  Army  and  Second  Army— Morale  of  latter 
badly  shaken— Germans  needed  a  brilliant  success— Comparison  with 
operations  at  the  Dunajec— Left  flank  of  Second  Army  disappears— 
Second  Army  ceases  to  exist.  II.  To  the  Piave:  Third  Army 
manages  to  escape— And  stands  upon  the  Piave— British  and  French 
despatch  aid— Italy,  for  the  time,  is  saved— But  all  Allies  are  dis- 
heartened—They take  first  step  toward  unification  of  command. 
III.  Petain's  Achievement:  His  task  one  of  reorganization  and 
restoration  of  morale— French  manage  to  hold  against  repeated  Ger- 
man attacks  at  Craonne— Petain  ready  to  take  initiative  in  August 
—His  successful  offensive  at  Verdun  paved  way  for  American  success 
a  year  later— New  French  generals— Petain  strikes,  again  success- 
fully, at  Malmaison 271 

CHAPTER  XIII 

POLITICAL  EVENTS 

1.  1864  and  1917:  Parallel  of  events— Courage  of  weaker  spirits  fails- 
Intrigue  and  paltering  with  evil  in  Britain,  in  France,  and  in  Italy— 
But  Germany  would  yield  nothing— So  war  continued.  II.  In  Ger- 
many: Internal  political  troubles— Fall  of  Bethmann-Hollweg— 
The  Cry  for  "No  annexation  and  no  indemnity"— Silenced  by  im- 
proved military  situation— Junkers  pretend  liberalism,  while  pre- 
paring great  offensive— But  throw  off  mask  and  refuse  to  restore 
Belgium,  when  encouraged  by  Russian  anarchy.  III.  Austria: 
Her  peace  manoeuvres-The  "letter  to  Sixtus "-Austria,  desperate 
is  saved  by  Caporetto— An  unwilling  partner  of  Germany.  IV. 
The  Pope's  Appeal:  Denied  by  President  V^ilson,  for  the  Allies. 
V  Stockholm:  The  Sociahst  Conference— Tends  to  reunite 
Socialists  among  all  belligerents— They  demand  "a  white  peace"  of 
the  Allies— And  approve  events  in  Russia— But  are  silenced  by  Ger- 
many's cynical  measures  at  Brest-Litovsk.  VI.  In  France: 
Briand-His  support  of  Joffre— He  resigns-Ribot's  short  reign— 
And  Painleve's— Clemenceau  is  called  to  power— A  fearless  truth- 


xii  CONTENTS 

PACE 

teller — His  no-surrender  policy  transforms  situation — Political  heads 
fall  to  right  and  left:  Caillaux,  Malvy,  Bolo  Pasha,  Sarrail — A  year 
in  power,  and  he  wins  title  "Father  of  Victory" — A  man  with  one 
passion,  France.  VII.  In  the  United  States:  Perfect  unity  of 
thought  and  purpose  after  war  was  declared — Mission  to  Russia  a 
failure — The  spurlos  versenkt  despatch — ^Wilson's  Fourteen  Points — 
And  his  conviction  as  to  League  of  Nations 290 

CHAPTER  XIV 
BREST-LITOVSK— CONCLUSION 

I.  The  Russian  Surrender:  Russian  Revolution  brought  disaster  to 
AlUes  on  many  fronts — Russia  now  sought  only  peace — ^while  Allies 
still  sought  victory — Riga  falls  before  new  German  offensive — Korni- 
loff's  unsuccessful  attempt  at  dictatorship — Kerensky  arrests  Korni- 
loff  and  proclaims  republic — Lenin  and  Trotsky  come  to  power  and 
Kerensky  is  eliminated — Lenin  a  visionary,  but  a  great  man  because 
of  his  consistency  and  fixity  of  purpose — ^Trotsky  a  mere  politician — 
Their  policy  to  destroy  army  and  make  peace  with  Germany.  11. 
Armistice  and  Peace  Negotiations:  Allies  protest  in  vain — 
Russia's  peace  terms — Germany  offers  to  accept  them  if  Allies  will  do 
so — ^They  refuse — Germany's  hard  terms  to  helpless  Russia — Seces- 
sions of  the  Ukraine  and  other  Russian  regions  aided  by  Germany — 
Russia,  protesting,  compelled  by  force  of  arms  to  sign  Brest-Litovsk 
Treaty — Rumania  makes  peace  with  Russia — Germany's  hands  now 
free  for  Ludendorff's  great  offensive.  III.  The  Treaties  of  Brest- 
Litovsk:  Their  purposes — Their  terms — What  they  involved — 
Germany,  triumphant  in  Eastern  theatre,  watches  progress  of  her 
armies  in  West — Unrepentant,  arrogant,  ruthless  as  ever,  she  is 
ready  for  last  act  in  drama ,    -336 


CONTENTS 

PART  II 
I 

CLEMENCEAU:  THE  TIGER  IN  HIS  LAIR  IN  1916 
By  Frank  H.  Simonds 

PAGB 

A  member  of  the  French  Senate  in  1916 — A  call  at  No.  8,  Rue  Franklin 
— The  famous  desk  and  the  young  old  man  behind  it — *'We  need  a 
man" — "Kitchener  is  a  symbol" — "I  am  the  opposition" — "Bul- 
garia was  a  case  of  money" — "You  must  see  our  soldiers" — A  man  of 
energy,  impatient  with  blunderers,  and  very  frank — Comparison 
with  Roosevelt — "Clemenceau  is  finished" — Yet  he  came  back — 
For  he  was  the  final  hope  of  France — Without  Clemenceau  Foch 
could  not  have  triumphed — His  personality  became  the  expression  of 
a  nation 353 

II 

HAIG,  GENERAL  MANAGER  OF  WAR 
By  Isaac  F.  Marcosson 

A  call  at  "G.  H.  Q." — Haig's  appearance  and  personality — "One  can- 
not afford  to  have  friends" — Days  at  Oxford — The  visit  to  Germany 
and  the  warning  to  England — Service  in  India  and  at  Aldershot — 
Commanding  the  First  Division  in  France — The  effect  of  his  appear- 
ance at  Ypres — A  patient  worker — A  good  organizer — Modern  war 
like  Big  Business — The  day's  routine  at  "G.  H.  Q." — The  only 
Commander-in-Chief  who  lasted  till  the  Armistice — Modest  even 
while  triumphant 360 

III 

THE  WAR  IN  ITALY 
By  Dr.  Felice  Ferrero 

The  aggressive  beginning — First  great  Austrian  attack — Italian  counter 
offensive  and  capture  of  Gorizia — Renewed  Italian  offensive:    Bain- 


xiv  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

sizza  Plateau  and  Hermada — Second  great  Austrian  attack:  Ca- 
poretto — Third  great  Austrian  attack:  Astico-Piave — The  final 
struggle:  Vittorio  Veneto 377 

IV 

RUSSIA'S  DECLINE 
By  Dr.  £mile  Joseph  Dillon 

Russian  origins — Christianity  from  a  tainted  source — Tartar  influence 
— The  Orthodox  Church — Ivan  the  Terrible  establishes  Czarism — 
Measures  of  Peter  the  Great — Great  influence  of  foreigners  in  Russia 
— ^The  bureaucracy — ^The  peasant — A  conglomerate  of  peoples — 
Revolutionary  movement  inevitable — Weakness  and  folly  of  the 
Government 388 

V 

CANADA'S  WAR  EFFORT 
By  the  Rt.  Hon.  Sir  Robert  Laird  Borden 

Canada  without  military  obligations,  so  unprepared — But  when  call 
came  she  answered — Canadians  at  Ypres,  Festubert,  Givenchy,  St. 
Eloi,  Sanctuary  Wood,  Hooge,  Vimy  Ridge — Rehef  of  Amiens — Last, 
glorious  hundred  days — Cavalry's  achievements — Medical  Corps 
and  Railway  troops — Canadians  on  other  fronts — Casualties  sufi^ered 
and  honours  won  by  Canadians — Their  help  on  the  sea — Canada  aids 
her  soldiers  after  war — Her  output  of  munitions  and  of  food — Con- 
tribution of  Canadian  women — Success  of  war  loans — Canada's 
welfare  work — Awakening  of  national  self-consciousness    ....    396 

VI 

AUSTRALIA  IN  THE  WORLD  WAR 
By  the  Rt.  Hon.  William  Morris  Hughes 

Characteristics  of  the  Australians — Their  numbers  and  their  losses — 
A  high  standard  in  officers — Exploits  in  the  South  Pacific — Anzacs 
at  Gallipoli — Australians  capture  Pozieres — First  to  pierce  Hinden- 
burg  Line — From  Ypres,  toward  Passchendaele — To  the  rescue  of  the 
Fifth  British  Army  before  Amiens — Villars  Bretonneaux — Mont  St. 
Quentin  and  Peronne — Capture  of  Montbrehain — Australians  all 
volunteers — ^The  Light  Horse  in  the  campaigns  in  the  East — "The 
Fighting  Camels" 402 


CONTENTS  XV 


VII 


SHALL  GERMANY  COME  AGAIN? 
By  Frank  H.  Simonds 


PAGE 


Dead  battlefields — ^The  Frenchwoman  returns  to  her  home  at  the 
Hindenburg  Line — "Of  course  we  are  coming  back" — "We  must  do 
it  for  the  young" — Problem  for  the  Paris  Conference — The  situation 
about  Lens — Ypres  salient,  where  half  a  million  died — Utter  devas- 
tation— Some  one  must  pay — America  must  understand — And  not 
forget — Who  is  to  pay,  German  or  Frenchman? 409 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

'"CARRY  ON" Coloured  Frontispiece 


PAGES 


AMERICA  MOBILIZES 13-20 

The  Declaration  of  War — The  President  Addresses  Congress — A 
Preparedness  Parade — Turning  Citizens  into  Soldiers — Off  for  the 
Mobilization  Camp — Provisioning  the  Fleet — ^The  Campaign  for 
Naval  Recruits — Calling  Landsmen  to  the  Sea — "The  Avenue  of  the 
Allies." 

''LAFAYETTE  NOUS  FOICl/"  (In  colour)  ........     29 

THE  AMERICAN  DRAFT 39-46,  63-70 

The  Raw  Material — Fifty-Two  Tongues  Registered — Drawing  the 
First  Number — Draft  Registration  at  Honolulu — Draft  Registration 
in  Chinatown,  New  York  City — Even  the  Tenderloin  Furnished  Its 
Quota — It  Was  a  Selective  Draft — Only  the  Physically  Fit  Were 
Wanted — Philadelphia  Draft  Army  Parade — The  "Fighting  Sixty- 
Ninth"  off  to  Camp — Those  Were  Stirring  Days — "Goodbye,  Dear 
Old  Manhattan  Isle"— "Are  We  Downhearted?  No!"— Philadel- 
phia "Draftees"  Arriving  at  Camp  Meade — ^The  Rookie  Is  a  Bit  Be- 
wildered When  Reveille  Sounds — But  He  Attacks  His  "Chow"  with 
a  Good  Appetite — First  Steps  in  Military  Training — ^There  Was 
Training  for  Both  Muscle  and  Mind  at  the  Cantonments — Writing 
Letters — The  New  Uniforms. 

THE  RETREAT  TO  THE  HINDENBURG  LINE  ....  87-94 
The  Cathedral  of  Arras  as  the  Germans  Left  It — On  the  British 
Front — Airplane  Photographs  of  Road  and  Trench  Systems  on  the 
Western  Front — ^The  First  British  Soldier  Warily  Enters  Peronne — 
A  Disabled  German  Gun  Near  Buissy — A  British  Wiring  Party — 
Shell-Holes  as  Gun  Emplacements — General  Madolon  Inspects  Some 
New  Dugouts  with  General  Wood. 

ON  THE  WESTERN  FRONT 127-134,  299-306,  323-330 

Belgian  Infantry  Breaking  Through  German  Wire  Entanglements — 
The  Road  from  Arras  to  Bapaume — The  Thinker  on  the  Butte  of 


xviii  LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

Warlencourt — ^The  Girls'  College,  Peronne — Adam  and  Eve  at 
Peronne— ''That  Cursed  Wood"— "Shell  Holes"— French  Artillery- 
men Grouped  About  a  Favourite  Gun — "A  Nasty  Bit  of  Ground" — 
Bursting  Shell — "Tanks" — French  Infantry  Creeping  Forward  to 
Make  a  Surprise  Attack — Serbian  Bombs — One  of  the  Most  Remark- 
able Photographs  of  the  War — On  the  British  Front — British  Field 
Dressing  Station  Near  Monchy — Right  Through  the  Roof  of  the 
Bakery — Machine  Gunners  Advancing — In  the  Wake  of  the  Huns — 
A  Bad  Corner  on  a  Mountain  Road — On  the  Marne  Front — Ex- 
ploding Ammunition — ^The  Battle  of  Menin  Road — Cycle  Orderlies 
Under  Fire — Large  Shell  Bursting  Among  the  Sand  Dunes — A 
Liquid  Fire  Barrage — A  Little  Bit  of  a  Modern  Battle — Artillery 
in  Action  on  a  Woodland  Road. 

RUSSIA  IN  REVOLUTION 167-174 

Russian  Shock  Troops  Charging  the  Germans — When  Hope  Was  the 
Order  of  the  Day — ^The  Redoubtable  Cossacks — ^The  Battalions  of 
Death — Revolution's  Harvest  of  Death  Begins — Figures  of  the 
Russian  Revolution:  (I)  Kerensky,  (II)  Catherine  Breshkovskaya, 
(III)  Rasputin — Americans  in  Russia — The  End  of  It  All. 

"SPURLOS  FERSENKT"  {in  colour)         .211 

THE  GERMAN  SUBMARINE  MENACE  AND  HOW  IT  WAS  MET 

207-216,  233-240 
The  Letter  "Z"— The  Warning— One  of  the  British  Navy's  Lairs— 
The  Lusitania  Sails  from  New  York  Harbour — ^The  Survivors — 
The  Lusitania  Medal — The  German  Submarine  C/C-5  in  Drydock 
after  Capture — A  Convoy  in  the  Danger  Zone — ^The  "Rats"  in 
Their  Hole — One  More  Enemy  Accounted  for — Heavy  Weather  in 
the  North  Sea — Piracy  Photographed  from  the  Air — No  Respect 
for  Age  or  Sex — This  Was  Four  Hundred  Pounds  of  TNT — A 
Cold  Vigil  in  the  North  Sea — After  Twisting  the  Dragon's  Tail — 
Making  Assurance  Doubly  Sure — Manning  the  Rail. 

BRITISH  CAMPAIGNS  IN  THE  EAST 257-264 

In  Mesopotamia — The  British  in  the  Holy  Land:  (I)  Camel  Corps 
Near  Beersheba:  (II)  Troops  Resting  Before  Attacking  Gaza;  (III) 
General  AUenby's  Entry  into  Jerusalem — A  Talkative  Prisoner — 
Arrival  of  Rations  at  a  British  Outpost — ^The  War  in  West  Africa — 
The  War  in  East  Africa. 

THE  MARSHAL'S  BATON  {in  colour) 281 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS  xix 


CAMOUFLAGE 3^>3-37o 

Trench  Shrouded  in  Pine  Branches — Dummy  Dreadnought  Built  by- 
British  Carpenters — An  Open  Air  Camouflage  Factory — Path  to  the 
Front  Line  Trenches — A  Decoy  Gun — A  Trench  Cover  of  Grass — 
German  Observation  Post — A  Curtained  Road— A  Study  in  Black 
and  White — Camouflaged  Field  Gun  at  the  Edge  of  Belleau  Wood — 
Observer  at  a  Post  of  Great  Danger. 


LIST  OF  MAPS 


PAGE 


The  Devastated  Area 98 

The  Three  Fronts  in  France 100 

The  Anglo-French  Offensives  of  April  and  May,  1917 109 

The  German  Defence  Systems  Attacked  by  the  British  on  April  9th      .  115 

The  First  Blow 117 

How  the  Line  Was  Straightened  Out 117 

The  Battle  of  Craonne 147 

Italy's  Battlefield 156 

The  Bainsizza  Plateau 160 

The  Ypres  Front 225 

British  Battlefields  in  May,  June,  August,  and  September,  1917.      .      .  242 

The  Battle  of  Cambrai 253 

The  Italian  Disaster 273 

Italy's  Stand  at  the  Piave 279 

The  Verdun  Sector 285 

The  Campaign  on  the  Western  Front  in  1917 288 

Mittel-Europa  in  1917 -343 

DIAGRAM 

The  Official  Chart  of  the  United  States  Government  Showing  the  Course 

of  Submarine  Losses  During  the  War 198-199 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 


CHAPTER  ONE 

THE  FOURTH  PHASE 

I 
ON  THE  MILITARY  SIDE 

Between  January,  1917,  and  March,  1918,  that  is,  between  the  failure 
of  the  first  German  peace  offensive  in  the  west  and  the  promulgation  of 
the  treaties  of  Brest-Litovsk  and  Bukharest  in  the  east,  the  old  Triple 
Entente  of  France,  Great  Britain,  and  Russia — ^which  had  in  191 5  been 
reinforced  by  Italy — suffered  disastrous  defeat.  While  British,  French, 
and  Italian  armies  were  checked  or  routed  in  the  field,  Russia  collapsed 
and  quit  the  war  and  her  allies,  and,  but  for  the  entrance  of  the  United 
States  into  the  struggle  in  April,  1917,  before  Russia  had  yet  vanished, 
Germany  would  have  won  a  measurable  if  not  a  decisive  victory.  She 
would  at  the  very  least  have  been  able  to  preserve  Mittel-Europa  and 
the  mastery  of  the  East. 

The  period  of  fourteen  months  which  we  are  now  to  examine  began  on 
the  military  side  with  that  stupendous  and  terrible  German  retreat  from 
the  Somme  to  the  Scheldt — from  the  battlefields  of  1916  to  the  Hinden- 
burg  Line — which  not  alone  defeated  Allied  strategy  but  transformed 
a  thousand  square  miles  of  fertile  fields  and  scores  of  busy  industrial 
towns  into  the  saddest  and  most  terrible  desert  in  all  the  world.  This 
retreat,  on  the  human  side,  was  one  of  the  most  gigantic  crimes  in  all 
the  long  list  of  German  offences  against  civilization  and  humanity,  but 
on  the  military  side  it  was  a  success  which  postponed  Allied  victory  in 
the  west  and  allowed  Germany  time  to  transfer  from  the  Dwina  and  the 
Vistula  the  divisions  which  in  191 8  were  to  win  the  memorable  battle 
of  March  21st. 

The  German  retreat  began  in  February.  When  it  was  over  in  April 
the  British  army  flung  itself  upon  the  new  and  the  old  German  positions 
from  Vimy  Ridge  to  the  Somme  and  Sensee,  won  a  brief  and  brilliant 

3 


4  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

victory  and  then,  in  the  swamps  and  mud  of  Passchendaele,  submitted 
to  a  grinding,  gruelhng  struggle  which  broke  the  spirit  and  the  heart  of 
the  finest  and  mightiest  force  that  had  ever  assembled  under  the  flag  of 
Britain.  Day  by  day  in  the  storm  and  carnage  of  the  campaign,  hope- 
less at  the  outset,  a  monument  alike  to  stupidity  and  folly,  in  the  mud 
and  mire  of  the  swamps — the  man-made  swamps  that  lie  between  Ypres 
and  Passchendaele — British  regiments  and  British  divisions  were  flung 
ruthlessly  and  obstinately  against  German  artillery  and  German  entrench- 
ments under  conditions  of  weather  which  made  movement  almost 
impossible,  until  the  British  army  lost  confidence  in  its  commanders, 
faith  in  victory,  and  declined  in  morale  to  that  danger  point  which  made 
the  German  triumph  of  the  following  spring  not  only  possible,  but 
inevitable. 

Even  more  disastrous  was  the  history  of  the  French  army.  Under 
its  new  commander,  leaving  its  entrenchments  at  the  Alsne  in  the  third 
week  of  April,  that  army  which  had  won  the  Marne  and  Verdun,  which 
had  demonstrated  alike  the  qualities  of  brilliant  offensive  and  tenacious 
defence  unsurpassed  in  all  its  splendid  history,  went  to  heart-breaking 
defeat  between  the  Aisne  and  the  Vesle.  For  the  first  time  the  morale 
of  the  poilu  began  to  crumble.  Some  of  the  best  divisions  in  the  French 
army  refused  to  attack,  and  at  the  close  of  a  few  brief  days  of  brilliant 
fighting  on  the  Craonne  Plateau,  the  offensive  value  of  that  army 
had  temporarily  disappeared.  Thenceforth  for  more  than  a  year  there 
was  no  hope  of  another  Allied  offensive  which  should  include  the  French. 
Succeeding  Nivelle,  who  had  failed  and  disappeared,  the  single  and 
gigantic  task  of  Retain  was  to  restore  the  confidence  of  the  soldiers, 
at  first,  in  their  officers,  and,  then,  in  themselves.  For  all  practical 
purposes  the  French  army  disappeared  from  the  calculations  of  offen- 
sive warfare  from  May  to  the  following  March. 

While  the  British  and  the  French  armies  thus  endured  defeats 
which,  on  the  moral  if  not  on  the  military  side,  were  disasters,  the 
Russian  army,  after  a  final  despairing  offensive,  melted  into  flight  on 
the  field  of  victory  and  Russia  as  a  military  force  disappeared;  and  to 
Russian  desertion  in  June  there  was  added  Italian  disaster  in  October. 


THE  FOURTH  PHASE  5 

At  Caporetto  an  Austro-German  offensive  in  one  brief  day  swept 
away  all  the  gains  of  the  Italian  armies  in  two  years  of  desperate  and 
sustained  fighting,  transferred  the  conflict  from  the  banks  of  the  Isonzo 
to  the  Piave,  removed  Trieste  from  Italian  menace,  and  brought  the 
Hapsburg  shadow  back  over  Venice.  Almost  half  Venetia,  after  fifty 
years  of  deliverance,  was  once  more  in  Austrian  hands  when  this  brief 
campaign  ended.  Under  the  threat  of  an  impending  ruin  as  great  as 
that  which  had  overtaken  the  Russian  armies,  the  Italian  forces  rallied 
at  the  Piave,  but  escaped  only  with  the  aid  of  French  and  British 
divisions  drawn  from  the  western  front  where  already  Ludendorff  was 
preparing  the  most  gigantic  assault  in  all  human  history. 

Thus  on  the  military  side  the  French  offensive  was  broken  in  Cham- 
pagne, the  British  attack  foundered  in  Flanders,  the  Russian  army 
ceased  to  exist  after  a  brief  Galician  operation,  and  the  Italian  army 
suffered  the  greatest  disaster  on  the  Allied  side  in  four  years  of  war. 
And  with  these  defeats  and  disasters  the  hope  of  success  practically 
disappeared  from  the  minds  of  the  soldiers,  and  of  three  nations,  each 
of  whose  armies  had  won  victories,  earned  glory  and  honour,  and  each  of 
which  now,  at  last,  was  convinced  that  all  possibility  of  victory  by  offen- 
sives, directed  at  an  enemy  entrenched  and  provided  with  all  the  instru- 
ments of  modern  warfare  and  all  the  advantages  of  well-selected  positions, 
had  vanished.  And  while  the  Russian  army  disappeared  in  the  east, 
the  western  Allies  began  dimly  to  perceive  that  with  their  own  armies 
sadly  lessened  by  the  butcheries  of  Champagne  and  Passchendaele  they 
had  to  expect  a  new  attack  made  by  opposing  armies  now  reinforced  by 
a  full  hundred  divisions  brought  from  the  east. 

Thus  on  the  military  side  the  period  that  we  are  to  examine  is  the 
gloomiest  and  the  most  terrible  of  the  whole  war.  While  the  armies 
of  the  nations  allied  against  Germany,  in  Europe,  were  thus  crumbling, 
America,  the  new  ally,  was  incapable  of  sending  men  or  armies  to 
fill  the  gap.  A  few  battalions  marching  through  Paris,  to  rouse  the 
enthusiasm  of  the  people  who  were  beginning  to  know  the  truth,  was 
the  sole  military  contribution  of  which  the  United  States  was  capable 
in  the  campaign  of  1917.     Russia  disappeared;  Italy  fell;  the  spirit  of 


6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

the  French  army  was  impaired,  the  confidence  of  the  British  army 
shaken;  and,  to  balance  this,  there  was  on  the  military  side  only  that 
hope  for  the  future,  still  distant,  supplied  by  the  presence  of  a  handful  of 
American  troops  in  Europe. 

II.      ON   THE    POLITICAL    SIDE 

In  this  same  time,  while  the  military  fortunes  of  the  Allies  declined, 
what  of  the  political  circumstances  ? 

In  Russia,  revolution  marched  in  a  few  short  months  from  the 
deliverance  of  the  great  Slav  people  from  Romanoff  tyranny  to  the 
complete  destruction  of  national  life  and  order  in  the  Bolshevist  terror 
of  Lenin  and  Trotsky.  In  less  than  a  year  Russia  disappeared  from 
the  number  of  nations  in  Europe  and  became  a  vast  assemblage  of 
chaotic  fragments,  as  one  after  another  the  peoples  of  the  western  fringes 
who  had  been  annexed  as  the  Russian  wave  of  expansion  had  swept 
westward,  passed  from  the  Russian  to  the  German  orbit  or  sank  into  a 
state  of  parochial  anarchy  which  has  no  parallel  in  modern  history. 

In  France,  defeat  at  the  front,  the  deflection  of  the  morale  of  the 
army,  coincided  with  an  enormous  expansion  of  treason  and  "defeatism" 
behind  the  line.  While  the  soldiers  flatly  declined  to  advance  against 
the  impregnable  positions  of  the  enemy,  politicians  even  more  frankly 
demanded  peace — negotiated,  surrender-peace — ^with  the  Germans. 
Before  this  double  menace  became  too  great  to  check,  Clemenceau  came 
and  Caillaux  exchanged  the  role  of  traitor  for  the  condition  of  prisoner. 
But  neither  Retain  in  the  army  nor  Clemenceau  in  the  Cabinet  could 
promptly  or  utterly  redeem  France  before  the  supreme  test  of  1918 
came.  France,  tried  beyond  her  resources  of  endurance,  having  made 
greater  sacrifices  than  any  other  nation  in  all  history,  at  last  began 
visibly  to  crumble.  She  would  be  capable  of  one  more  renaissance 
which  would  save  the  war,  but  this  last  miracle  was  hidden  from  all 
eyes  before  the  March  offensive  of  Ludendorff . 

As  for  England,  her  condition  also  had  undergone  a  dangerous 
change.  At  the  Somme  and  at  Passchendaele  a  million  casualties  had 
failed  to  win  a  single  substantial  reward.     The  horror  of  the  Somme 


THE  FOURTH  PHASE  7 

and  the  butchery  of  Passchendaele  had  already  begun  to  effect  a  lodg- 
ment in  the  minds  of  the  people  of  the  British  Isles  who  were  no  longer 
to  be  deluded  by  promises  of  victory  just  beyond  the  horizon.  And  for 
the  British  there  was  one  more  circumstance  more  terrible  than  all 
others.  When  the  Germans  in  February,  1917,  opened  their  gigantic 
submarine  campaign,  all  the  illusions  of  sea  power  and  impregnability, 
which  had  filled  the  English  brain  for  five  hundred  years,  fell  away. 
Week  by  week  the  British  saw  their  merchant  marine  decline  and  knew 
the  approach,  the  actual  approach,  of  famine.  England  was  at  last 
becoming  beleaguered  in  her  narrow  islands,  and  it  required  but  a  simple 
calculation — the  division  of  the  tonnage  of  the  world  by  the  monthly 
harvest  of  the  submarines — to  indicate  at  what  point  she  would  be 
forced  to  surrender  if  the  undersea  warfare  continued  unchecked. 

And  from  London,  as  from  Paris,  there  was  heard  the  voice  of  those 
who  advised  negotiations  to  close  the  horrors  and  the  agonies  of  a  war 
which  no  longer  could  be  won;  and  these  views  gained  new  authority 
and  new  weight  as  the  additional  terror  of  Bolshevism  burst  forth  in 
Russia  and  gave  fresh  apprehension  to  the  conservatives  of  the  world, 
who  read  in  the  excesses  of  Petrograd  and  the  crimes  of  Moscow  the 
lesson  of  what  defeat  following  too-great  national  strain  might  bring 
even  to  western  nations.  The  counsels  of  cowardice  and  weakness, 
disguising  themselves  as  the  voice  of  reason,  called  from  London  for 
that  peace  which  the  whispers  of  treason  urged  in  Paris,  while  in  Italy 
half  a  dozen  influences,  mysterious  and  strengthened  by  a  supreme 
national  disaster — itself  procured  by  their  intervention — demanded 
peace. 

In  sum,  while  the  armies  of  the  Allies  for  the  first  time  faltered  in 
the  presence  of  the  enemy,  the  politicians  behind  the  lines  lost  heart. 

In  midsummer,  1917,  Germany  had  already  effected  a  moral  con- 
quest of  Europe.  Could  she  have  followed  that  moral  achievement  by 
a  military  triumph,  swift  and  sure;  could  Ludendorff  have  struck  in 
August,  1917,  Instead  of  March,  1918,  the  war  would  infallibly  have 
been  lost.  From  this  terrible  catastrophe  the  world  was  saved — not  by 
the  skill,  the  courage,  the  foresight  of  the  politicians  or  the  generals  of 


8  *       HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

the  Allied  armies;  not  even  by  the  entrance  of  the  United  States  into 
the  war;  but  by  the  unutterable  folly  of  the  Germans,  who,  intoxicated 
by  the  extent  of  the  actual  and  the  prospective  gains  of  the  war,  wrote 
— at  Brest-Litovsk  and  at  Bukharest — treaties  of  peace  which  served 
notice  upon  all  mankind  that  no  tolerable  arrangement  would  be  made 
with  the  enemy,  that  nothing  but  death  or  national  dismemberment 
awaited  western  Europe  after  German  victory.  And  out  of  this  real- 
ization was  born  a  final  resolution,  a  new  and  ultimate  courage  of  des- 
peration, which  just  availed  to  man  the  lines  and  delay,  if  not  halt, 
the  enemy  until  millions  of  American  troops  became  available  in  Europe 
and  the  tide  of  hope,  as  of  numbers,  turned. 

III.    THREE    CURRENTS 

In  the  sombre  period  which  we  are  now  to  examine  we  have,  then, 
several  clearly  separate  currents  of  events  to  analyze.  We  have 
to  note  the  collapse  of  Allied  hopes  on  the  military  side  with  the  con- 
comitant degeneration  of  public  opinion  and  political  courage  behind 
the  line.  We  have  to  study  the  entrance  of  America,  reviewing 
not  merely  the  history  of  American  effort  from  the  moment  of  her 
declaration  of  war,  but  also  that  long,  slow  process  by  which  America 
was  transformed  from  a  neutral  into  a  belligerent,  and  from  a  belligerent 
unarmed  and  untrained  into  the  greatest  single  potential  force  in  the 
alliance  against  Germany.  Finally  we  have  to  examine,  at  least  in 
passing,  the  rise  and  progress  of  revolution  in  Russia,  the  transition 
from  an  autocracy  of  tradition  to  the  most  stupendous  and  destructive 
anarchy  of  which  there  is  any  record.  And  we  shall  perceive  that  as 
Germanism — the  German  idea  of  conquest  by  force  alone,  directed  by 
military  dynasty — reaches  its  apex  and  takes  decisions  which  fore- 
shadow its  ultimate  collapse,  there  arises  a  new  menace  and  a  new 
enemy  to  Western  civilization  and  democracy,  a  force  which  will 
challenge  the  conquerors  of  Germany  in  a  future  not  distant,  and  before 
they  have  completed  the  formulation  of  their  terms  of  peace  to  be 
served  upon  their  fallen  enemies. 

For  the  period  covered  by  the  present  volume,  anarchy  in  Russia 


THE  FOURTH  PHASE  9 

remains  hidden  behind  the  fogs  of  censorship,  lost  in  the  distance  which 
separates  Petrograd  and  Moscow  from  London,  Paris,  and  Washington, 
and  disguised  by  the  natural  but  mistaken  illusions  of  Western  liberalism 
awake  to  the  iniquity  of  the  ancient  Russian  regime  but  blind  to  the 
fury  of  the  new.  In  this  period  the  Western  world  is  conscious  only 
of  the  desertion  of  a  great  ally,  which  has  imperilled  the  whole  future  of 
the  war.  It  is  conscious  of  strange,  incomprehensible  words  uttered 
by  new  and  unknown  Russian  leaders — words  seized  upon  by  the 
radicals  of  the  West  as  the  first  authentic  sign  of  a  new  democratic 
gospel,  seized  upon  by  the  leaders  of  Germany  as  the  basis  for  propa- 
ganda and  disintegrating  manoeuvres  amidst  the  enemy  publics. 

Not  even  the  immediate  significance  of  the  Russian  Revolution 
was  clear  to  mankind  fighting  above  the  Aisne  and  about  Ypres,  con- 
templating with  horror  German  strategy  which  created  a  desert  in 
Artois  and  Picardy,  and  beholding,  with  acute  anxiety,  that  disaster 
which  brought  Italy  almost  to  the  edge  of  surrender.  In  191 7  military 
disasters  and  submarine  terrors  filled  the  minds  of  statesmen  and 
soldiers  of  the  west.  The  great  new  social  and  political  problems 
presented  by  the  Russian  Revolution  were  seen  only  in  terms  of  the  loss 
to  the  Entente  of  their  strongest  ally.  The  alliance  between  German- 
ism and  Bolshevism  was  recognized;  the  possibility  of  the  victory  of 
these  combined  forces  was  at  least  dimly  perceived;  but  the  chance  that, 
after  Germanism  had  fallen,  Bolshevism  might  erect  itself  as  a  new  and 
greater  peril  was  undreamed  of. 

Between  the  rejection  by  the  Allies  of  the  German  peace  proposal 
of  January,  1917,  and  the  promulgation  of  the  peace  of  Brest-Litovsk 
and  that  of  Bukharest  in  191 8,  the  cause  of  that  Western  civilization 
which  we  call  representative  democracy  marched  from  disaster  to  dis- 
aster until,  with  the  coming  of  the  spring  of  191 8,  it  stood  on  the  brink 
of  complete  ruin,  its  one  real  chance  of  salvation  depending  upon 
effective  American  intervention.  By  the  latter  date  Germany  had 
destroyed  the  balance  of  power  in  Europe,  eliminated  Russia  from  the 
war,  broken  Italian  military  strength  almost  fatally,  put  England  and 
France  upon  a  defensive  which  was  in  itself  doomed  to  failure  and 


lo  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

collapse  unless  American  reinforcements  could  arrive  in  time.  The 
European  contestants  had  fought  their  war  out,  and  Germany  would 
have  won  it  had  she  not,  in  the  hour  of  victory,  been  guilty  of  two 
blunders,  each  of  which  in  future  history  will  rank  with  Napoleon's 
adventure  to  Moscow:  the  one,  the  submarine  campaign,  brought  America 
to  Europe  with  all  the  untouched  resources  of  one  hundred  millions  of 
people  at  last  roused  to  the  truth;  the  other,  at  Brest-Litovsk,  gave  to 
the  people  of  France  and  England  and  Italy  that  courage  of  despair 
which  only  comes  to  those  threatened  with  defeat  who  perceive 
that  their  enemy  seeks  to  annihilate  them,  and  that  surrender  will 
compel  them  to  accept  a  condition  so  unbearable  that  death  seems  the 
more  tolerable. 


CHAPTER  TWO 

THE  AMERICAN  PEOPLE  AND  THE  WAR 

1 
THE  FIRST  DAYS 

On  January  31,  1917,  the  German  Ambassador  at  Washington 
presented  to  the  United  States  Government  formal  notification  that 
the  Imperial  German  Government  purposed  on  the  following  day  to 
begin  a  ruthless  submarine  warfare  directed  against  all  ships — neutral 
and  belligerent  alike — found  in  European  waters.  On  February  3rd, 
the  United  States  severed  diplomatic  relations  with  Germany,  recalling 
its  own  ambassador  from  Berlin  and  presenting  the  German  Ambassador 
in  Washington  with  his  passports.  A  little  more  than  two  months 
later,  on  April  6th,  Congress  declared  that  a  state  of  war  existed  between 
the  United  States  and  the  Imperial  German  Government. 

We  have  now  briefly  to  review  the  steps  by  which  the  United  States, 
remote  from  the  scene  of  the  European  struggle,  its  neutrality  fortified 
alike  by  its  oldest  tradition  and  by  the  most  earnest  desire  of  the 
majority  of  its  people,  was  dragged  into  a  world  war  by  a  series  of 
aggressions  and  injuries  unparalleled  in  history.  Such  an  examination 
necessarily  divides  itself  into  three  distinct  phases.  It  is  essential  to 
review  the  state  of  American  feeling  with  respect  to  the  European  con- 
flict from  the  outset  to  the  moment  when  we  entered  the  war;  the 
progress  of  events  themselves;  and  the  meaning  of  American  entrance 
immediate  and  eventual  in  view  of  the  situation  that  then  existed  in 
Europe. 

Even  after  the  passage  of  so  brief  a  time  it  is  almost  impossible  to 
re-constitute  the  real  emotion  of  America  at  the  moment  when  the 
World  War  broke.  For  the  millions  there  was  almost  literally  no  warn- 
ing. The  assassination  of  the  Archduke  in  June  claimed  only  a  passing 
notice  in  the  press.     The  suppressed  tension  and  the  surcharged  atmos- 


12  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

phere  of  European  chancelleries  revealed  themselves  only  in  curious 
stock-exchange  variations,  unnoted  save  in  financial  quarters  and  even 
there  misunderstood. 

When  the  Austro-Hungarian  Goverrmient  served  its  ultimatum  upon 
the  Serbian  Government  in  the  closing  days  of  June,  American  public 
opinion  became  vaguely  aware  that  Europe  was  entering  into  another 
one  of  those  crises  which  had  become  familiar  in  the  previous  ten  years, 
but  neither  then  nor  in  the  next  few  days  was  there  any  real  belief  in 
the  United  States  that  the  events  in  Europe  indicated  anything  more 
dangerous  than  another  such  crisis  as  that  of  Tangier  or  Agadir. 
While  Europe  marched  inescapably  to  the  catastrophe,  America  con- 
tinued on  its  daily  routine;  in  the  press  the  events  of  the  baseball  field 
claimed  equal  attention  with  those  of  the  European  crisis,  and  more 
Americans  were  interested  in  the  Caillaux  murder  trial  than  in  the 
Austrian  aggression  against  Serbia.  To  the  very  end  the  American 
public  remained  good-naturedly  sceptical,  unconquerably  incredulous. 
For  them  the  very  idea  of  war  seemed  preposterous,  and  on  the  day 
before  the  first  declaration  of  war — that  of  Germany  against  Russia 
which  precipitated  the  deluge — the  conviction  that  the  storm  would  pass 
remained  unshaken  from  New  York  to  San  Francisco. 

When  the  war  did  break,  the  initial  American  emotion  was  one  of 
mingled  consternation  and  indignation.  For  the  mass  of  the  American 
people  it  seemed  as  if  Europe  had  suddenly  gone  mad.  No  single  one 
of  the  real  causes  of  the  war  was  in  the  slightest  degree  understood  or 
appreciated.  The  very  idea  of  war  between  civilized  countries  seemed 
to  the  Americans  to  convict  those  nations  of  essential  barbarism.  In 
the  first  hours,  in  the  first  weeks,  the  American  people  as  a  whole  inter- 
preted the  war  as  a  struggle  for  power  and  for  plunder  between  nations 
equally  guilty  of  sacrificing  right  and  justice  to  ambition  and  selfish- 
ness. America  as  a  whole,  in  the  first  phase,  in  the  opening  hours  of 
the  struggle,  was  not  merely  neutral.  It  felt  a  sense  of  moral  superiority 
combined  with  a  deep-seated  satisfaction  that  not  only  the  Atlantic 
but  also  Amejican  tradition  separated  the  United  States  from  Europe. 
Between  the  two  forces  arrayed  against  each  other  American  public 


AMERICA    MOBILIZES 


^irln-fiftb  (L'ongrrss  of  tbc  ^Inilc^  $>tiitfs  of   ^^; 

^t  the  iMVSt  J^CSSlOll, 


liiRiin    iiiid  hitd   at    the    City   nt    Wasliiiii;t.,N   ..ii    MoiuLiv.    Ihc    m.^wI 
uDc  tittiusunil  niri*-  Imiidnd  ati:l  sctcinn  ii. 


JOINT  RESOLUTION 

Jlirluriii;;  iIimI  ;i  sl.dr  "I  «:ir  ivi^u  I,.  iv\<iii  iln  iiii|i<'r'i:il  •icrin.iii  «m.w  hiiii. 
;ili(l  till'  (iiniTiiincril  ;iii<l  iti.-  |.r..|,l,- ..I  ih.-  liiiliMl  Snil.-^  jikI  {n.il.l 
limvivioii  til  |ir..-i'i  1,1,-  il,,    .  ,.i,.-. 


\Vl)in.i-   ill,'    ImiKri.il   iM-ninn   (;.,s.-.hi,i.  r,i    I,., ii,iii..l    :■  i 

«;,r   M-aliiM    ill.     iM,v.-ni,ii.;,l    ;,n.l    Il„-    | |.l.'   ..I    lli.-    I'l 

Aiii.-rir:,  :  Th.'rcr..iv  l.r  il 

l;...,l,,.l  l„ill„-  s,  „.//.-«./  //.../..  ..(    /,•./.,..,„/„/,.... ./M.    r„,i..l  s 
,.).|,  ,.,,,•         (• ;,,.,„...,„/,/-./.  Til. Il   lli.'M. r  H:ir  Im-I».tii  111.    1   1..  .   . 

M.,!.        i)m|    Mm     lull"  li.il   l.rllll:ill  <  in\  rl'llllli'hl    W  llirll   li:iN  llllls  l.i'"ll   lliril^l    upon 

i!h    I  ,.!!.. i  M,,ir.  I-  11.  ..  In  r.iniuilly  (I.tI.-.iv.I  :  :.n.|  ili.ii  ih.-  I'r.-^i.!.-ni  I..-,  .in.l 
lu-  i-  li.r.l.v.  :iiilli.iri/.'il  iiii.l  .liiv.n-.l  l..  «iii|.l..v    ili.    .iilin'  ii.n.il  .ih.l  inilil.n^ 

r.iri .-  ..I  ill.-'  I'liii.-.l  Shi  I.'-  ;iiiil  ill.-  ii-.iiiir<'.--  .'I  ill.-  I...M-r t ;iim  ..ii  \um 

Mi...iin~l    ill.-    Iiii|"il:.l    <i.-nci;iii   <;..v.-riiiiM-iil -.   nml    1..    Iirili^.rl iilli.l    l"   ■■ 

Mi.-.-.-->liil   l,'riNiii:iii..ii  .ill  "I    111.-  ri ,r,.,-x.,r  lhi-.-..iiiiti-y  an-  li.T.-'n   |iI...Il'.-.I  I-v 

IJK-   |■..|llr^.-^-   ..I    ill.-    I'liil.-.l    Shili"^. 


,J>t.y-r:?    J    c^^"^.  /f'7 


/„,//.-,,    .,/    Ih,     llmisr  „l     l;.i„,..,nl. 


„,     l',,,,l,h„l    ■■J   llli      I'llllr,/    Sl,ll.-^    .<-,./ 


THE  DECLARATION  OE  WAR 

Signed  by  Champ  Clark,  Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives, 
and  by  Thos.  R.  Marshall,  President  of  the  Senate;  and  approved  6th 
of  April,  1917,  by  Woodrow  Wilson,  President  of  the  United  States. 


PREPAREDNESS     PARADES 


PATRIOTIC    DEMONSTRATIONS 


Copyright  by  Underwood  y  Underjiood 


A  PREPAREDNESS  PARADE 
New  York  business  men,  one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  strong,  march  up  Fifth  Avenue,  demonstrating  for  prepared- 


Copyright  by  U nderwood  <J  Undenvood 

TURNING  CITIZENS  INTO  SOLDIERS 

Above — The  students  of  Princeton  University,  already  in  khaki,  prepare  for  the  call  to  the  colors  by  vigorous 
calisthenics  on  the  university  campus. 

Below — Candidates  for  commissions  at  Plattsburg,  N.  Y.,  take  their  first  lesson  in  the  "I.D.R."  (Infantry  Drill 
Regulations). 


OFF  FOR  THE  MOBILIZATION  CAMP 
Wisconsin  infantry  marching  through  Milwaukee  on  their  way  to  the  railroad  station 


Copyright  bv  V nder.ioo'i  t;'  Underwork 

PROVISIONING  THE  FLEET  IN  PREPARATION  FOR  ACTIVE  SERVICE 


Copyright  bv  Internaticnal  Film  Service 

PHE  CAMPAIGN  FOR  NAVAL  RECRUITS 

A  dummy  fleet  consisting  of  battleship,  submarine  chaser,  etc.,  was  manceuvred  over  the  tracks  of  Chicago's  elevated 

railroad 


Copyright  by  Underwood  y  Underwood 

"THE  AVENUE  OF  THE  ALLIES" 

Looking  north  from  Forty-Second  Street,  along  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  City,  during  the  campaign 
for  the  Fourth  Liberty  Loan.     The  "Haiti  block"  is  in  the  foreground 


THE  AMERICAN  PEOPLE  AND  THE  WAR  21 

opinion  in  the  first  hours  neither  could  nor  did  discriminate.  For  the 
American  the  spectacle  of  Europe  rushing  to  arms  and  to  battle  was  a 
revelation  of  collective  madness  still  incomprehensible,  still  inexplic- 
able, and  no  single  thought  of  American  participation  was  roused  any- 
where. It  would  be  difficult  to  describe  for  the  future  the  paralysis 
alike  of  thought  and  of  conscience  which  was  the  first  resulting  circum- 
stance, in  the  United  States,  of  the  outbreak  of  the  world  explosion. 

II.      THE    SPECTACLE 

Thereafter,  in  the  days  while  Europe  was  proceeding  through 
mobilization  to  action,  American  attention  was  concentrated  on  two 
relatively  trivial  details:  on  the  Atlantic  seaboard,  German  ships — 
fleeing  westward — arrived,  landing  their  passengers  at  Bar  Harbor  and 
at  Boston;  excited  ocean  travellers  related  tales  of  imaginary  adventures 
with  phantom  fleets,  while  from  Europe  came  the  ridiculous  but  absorb- 
ing reports  of  thousands  of  American  tourists  surprised  at  every  watering 
place  and  at  every  tourist  centre  by  the  sudden  outbreak  of  the  conflict. 
The  adventures  and  agonies  of  the  rich  and  the  locally  famous,  the 
tales  of  besieged  embassies  and  stranded  fellow-countrymen  divided 
interest  for  the  American  public  with  the  stupendous  events  which  the 
censorship  hid  and  American  unfamiliarity  with  Europe  made  unfathom- 
able. Even  when  there  was  a  consciousness  that  millions  of  men  were 
on  the  march  the  whole  drama  remained  unreal,  unbelievable,  for  the 
United  States.  It  was  like  a  gigantic  nightmare,  a  nightmare  in  which 
all  the  inevitable  horror  was  scarcely  realized,  a  dream  in  which  the 
sleeper,  while  perceiving  a  mirage  of  fantastic  outlines,  preserves  a  sub- 
conscious sense  that  it  is  a  dream  and  not  a  reality. 

Then  suddenly  the  opening  engagement  of  the  war  aroused  a  new 
emotion.  While  the  newspapers  day  by  day  announced  in  enormous 
headlines  incredible  millions  of  men  advancing  to  conflict,  the  people 
of  the  United  States  settled  back  to  observe  what  was  still  for  them 
little  more  than  a  spectacle.  When  Belgian  neutrality  was  violated, 
when  the  French  armies  were  broken  in  the  first  offensive,  when  the 
German  hordes  rushed  downward  on  Paris,  the  press  spoke  little  of 


22  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

moral  issues  but  continued  day  by  day  to  forecast  a  Trafalgar  at  sea 
and  to  expect  a  Waterloo  on  land  not  far  indeed  from  the  field  where 
Napoleon  had  fought  his  last  battle.  The  defence  of  Liege,  the  fall  of 
Brussels,  the  invasion  of  France;  these  were  events  which  more  and 
more  concentrated  and  absorbed  the  attention  of  the  American  people, 
who  awaited  with  an  excitement  hardly  to  be  described  the  onrush  of 
the  German  wave  as  it  engulfed  northern  France  and  approached  Paris. 

It  was  not  until  the  Marne  had  been  fought  and  won,  it  was  not 
until  the  German  invasion  had  been  turned  back  and  the  line  began  to 
stabilize  itself  along  the  Aisne,  that  there  crept  into  American  comment 
and  arrived  in  the  American  mind  and  conscience  a  new  sense  of  appre- 
ciation, vague  but  beginning,  that  moral  issues  were  involved  in  what 
had  been  hitherto,  from  the  day  of  the  declaration  of  war  to  that  hour, 
a  wonderful,  terrible,  ineffaceable  spectacle.  It  was  not  until  France 
had  saved  herself  and  the  world  and  it  became  clear  that  the  decision 
had  been  adjourned  and  the  first  German  bid  for  victory  had  failed, 
that  the  American  people,  getting  their  perspective,  began  slowly  to 
estimate,  to  consider,  to  appraise  the  meaning  of  the  struggle — not  in 
terms  of  American  self-interest,  for  not  even  then  was  American  respon- 
sibility touched — but  the  meaning  for  the  world  of  victory  or  defeat 
for  either  group  of  nations  involved. 

Long  after  the  event  many  public  men  protested  that  they  had 
favoured  intervention  in  the  war  on  the  day  that  Belgium  was  in- 
vaded. The  truth  is  otherwise.  Long  after  the  event  men  criticized  the 
President  of  the  United  States  because  he  proclaimed  American  neu- 
trality rather  than  announced  American  championship  of  Belgium. 
But  the  fact  is  that  neither  the  President  of  the  United  States,  nor  any 
public  men  of  prominence,  nor  any  newspaper  of  influence,  conceived 
of  American  intervention  then  or  for  long  months  thereafter.  America 
at  the  outbreak  of  the  World  War  was  neutral.  America  as  a  nation 
remained  neutral — not  alone  in  word,  but  in  thought,  for  many,  many 
months.  President  Wilson  in  the  opening  phase  merely  spoke  the  will 
of  his  country.  It  was  not  that  Americans  were  essentially  blind  to 
moral  appeal,  to  justice  or  to  right;  it  was  that  there  existed  in  the 


THE  AMERICAN  PEOPLE  AND  THE  WAR  23 

United  States  not  the  smallest  conception  of  the  truth  of  the  European 
conflict.  Por  the  mass  of  the  people  it  was  as  if  two  groups  of  men  in 
the  public  street  had  suddenly  fallen  into  a  terrific  quarrel  and  begun  to 
beat  each  other  with  fists  and  sticks.  What  the  origin  of  the  quarrel 
was,  the  observers  could  not  see.  If  one  is  to  understand  American 
emotion  between  the  Austrian  ultimatum  and  the  Battle  of  the  Marne, 
it  is  essential  to  recognize  that  there  was  no  comprehension  of  issues, 
no  understanding  of  moral  considerations  involved — nothing  but  amaze- 
ment, horror,  and  indignation,  all  of  which  were  subordinated  in  a  brief 
time  to  the  realization  that,  from  her  remote  point  of  observation, 
America  was  perceiving  a  conflict  greater  than  the  wars  of  Napoleon, 
more  absorbing  in  its  dramatic  intensity  than  anything  known  in 
human  experience.  Such  was  the  first  reaction  of  America  in  the 
World  War. 

III.      THE    CLASH    OF    OPINION 

With  the  arrival  of  that  military  deadlock  which  followed  the 
Marne,  the  Aisne,  and  the  Yser,  Americans  suddenly  found  themselves 
plunged  into  a  battle  of  words,  rival  sympathies,  and  propaganda, 
unparalleled  in  all  their  history.  The  mass  of  the  American  nation 
remained  steadily  neutral,  obeying  easily  and  loyally  the  advice  of  the 
President,  but  throughout  the  country  three  currents  of  opinion  were 
nevertheless  strongly  developing.  The  first  was  a  thoroughly  spon- 
taneous national  American  view.  It  was  an  opinion  which  interpreted 
events  in  Europe  in  the  terms  of  American  ideals.  It  saw  in  the  German 
invasion  of  Belgium,  it  saw  in  each  German  act  which  had  been  dis- 
closed since  the  very  opening  of  the  struggle,  the  revelation  of  a  spirit 
totally  contrary  to  American  conceptions.  The  invasion  of  Belgium 
became,  as  week  followed  week,  more  and  more  a  fatal  comment  on 
German  purpose  and  German  ambitions. 

As  between  England  and  Germany  in  August,  1914,  the  sympathy  of 
America  was  at  least  equally  divided.  In  point  of  fact,  there  was  no- 
where in  America  the  same  long-standing  if  ill-founded  suspicion  and  dis- 
like for  the  Germans  which  from  the  very  time  of  the  Revolution  had 


24  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

survived  in  Eastern  America  with  respect  of  the  EngHsh.  At  the 
outset  of  the  struggle  not  a  few  Americans  were  prepared  to  sympathize 
with  Germany,  recognizing,  whatever  else  might  be  in  the  case,  that 
Germany  had  become  a  great  commercial  rival  of  the  English  and  that 
in  past  centuries  a  similar  rise  of  any  Continental  State  had  been 
inevitably  followed  by  the  appearance  of  the~English  on  the  Continent 
as  an  ally  of  the  enemies  of  the  more  prosperous  State.  Americans 
did  not  accept,  and  Americans  were  not  as  a  mass  profoundly  impressed 
by  the  British  assertions  that  their  entrance  into  the  war  was  an  act  of 
unparalleled  devotion  to  the  cause  of  justice  and  in  defence  of  the 
sacred  obligations  of  a  treaty  and  the  inalienable  rights  of  a  small 
people. 

As  between  England  and  Germany  the  mass  of  the  American  people 
were  prepared  to  be  neutral,  and  had  Germany  neither  attacked  France 
nor  invaded  Belgium,  American  sympathy  would  never  have  been 
enlisted  in  any  phase  of  the  war.  Even  the  invasion  of  Belgium 
was  an  act  which  only  slowly  appealed  to  the  American  conscience. 
Germany's  explanation — that  she  was  threatened,  encircled,  compelled 
to  strike  first  to  save  herself,  menaced  primarily  by  the  Russian  peril — 
found  sympathetic  hearing  in  a  country  where  Russia  was  the  symbol  of 
tyranny  and  the  Jewish  faction  of  the  population  influential  and  neces- 
sarily anti-Slav. 

It  was  not  until  the  first  whispers  of  Louvain  were  heard  in  the  world ; 
it  was  not  until  men  and  women  began  dimly  to  be  conscious  of  the  fact 
that  the  German  armies  in  invading  Belgium  had  not  merely  trans- 
formed a  solemn  obligation  into  a  scrap  of  paper,  but  had  been  guilty 
of  crimes  against  women  and  children — had  been  guilty  of  deeds  of 
wanton  destruction  unparalleled  in  a  thousand  years  of  European 
history,  that  there  was  a  real  if  only  a  premonitory  movement  of 
American  opinion;  and  this  movement  was  stimulated  by  the  German 
bombardment  of  Rheims  Cathedral,  which,  in  its  turn,  all  over  America 
stirred  passionate  protests  from  that  relatively  small  but  influential 
section  of  the  population  for  whom  beautiful  things  were  sacred  because 
they  were  beautiful. 


THE  AMERICAN  PEOPLE  AND  THE  WAR  25 

IV.    AMERICAN   JUDGMENT 

Thus,  underneath  the  surface  and  following  the  first  weeks  of  the 
war,  the  tide  of  American  judgment  almost  imperceptibly,  but  no  less 
surely,  began  to  run  against  Germany  and  her  allies.  This  tide  was 
not  influenced  by  the  fact  that  one  of  the  opponents  of  Germany  spoke 
the  language  and  held  measurably  the  same  political  faith  as  America. 
It  was  not  set  in  motion  by  any  clear  perception  that  one  side  was  right 
and  the  other  wrong  in  the  war,  which  still  remained  for  the  mass  of  the 
American  people  primarily  a  contest  between  two  commercial  rivals. 
With  the  millions  who  were  prepared  to  sympathize  as  much  with 
Germany  as  with  England,  Germany  lost  a  decided  advantage  when 
her  armies,  having  invaded  Belgium  and  northern  France,  added  to 
the  still  debatable  offence  of  unwarranted  invasion,  real  and  enduring 
wrongs  of  rapine  and  violence.  Again;  in  America,  divided  on  the 
question  of  England  or  Germany,  the  unanimity  of  sympathy  with 
France  was  almost  unbelievable.  From  the  opening  weeks  of  the  war 
to  the  day  of  the  armistice  a  renaissance  of  affection  for  France,  an 
ever-mounting  emphasis  on  the  memories  of  Franco-American  associa- 
tion in  the  Revolution,  the  glorification  of  successful  French  achieve- 
ment in  the  war,  more  than  any  other  circumstance  influenced  the 
American  people  in  the  direction  of  the  alliance  against  Germany.  The 
victory  of  the  Marne,  by  its  splendour,  by  its  almost  miraculous  char- 
acter, unloosed  the  tongues  of  thousands  of  those  who  loved  France 
and  believed  in  her,  and  silenced  the  slanders  of  those  who  misunder- 
stood or  despised  her. 

As  time  advanced,  at  first  dozens,  then  scores,  and  at  last  hundreds 
of  American  boys  crossed  the  ocean,  following  the  example  of  Lafayette, 
and  enlisted  either  in  the  armies  or  in  the  hospital  service  of  France 
(although  it  is  worth  recording  that  there  was  a  very  considerable 
movement  of  the  same  sort  in  the  direction  of  Canada  and  the  Canadian 
Expeditionary  Force,  while  not  a  few  Americans  entered  the  British 
army  directly).  The  presence  of  France  in  the  alliance  against  Ger- 
many more  and  more  made  impossible   any  thought   of  American 


26  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

entrance  into  the  war  save  as  an  opponent  of  the  Kaiser.  Two  forces 
even  in  this  early  time  thus  combined  to  lead  American  sympathies 
toward  the  Entente:  (i)  the  German  method  and  German  manner  in 
conducting  the  war,  and  (2)  the  glory  and  the  peril  of  France  which 
combined  to  re-awaken  a  friendship  which  was  the  oldest  in  American 
history  and  possessed  a  vitality  which  no  one  had  suspected.  Be- 
tween the  victory  of  the  Marne  and  the  sinking  of  the  Lusitania  even 
both  these  circumstances  were,  however,  little  perceived,  and  equally 
incapable  of  disturbing  the  resolute  neutrality  of  the  majority  of 
Americans. 

v.    PROPAGANDA 

Much  more  conspicuous  and  much  more  impressive  in  all  this  time 
was  the  battle  fought  between  European  propagandists  upon  American 
soil.  At  the  first  moment  of  the  war,  sympathy  was  silenced  in  both 
camps  while  American  partisans  of  both  alliances  watched  the  fate  of 
the  world  as  it  was  being  decided  upon  the  battlefields  of  France  and 
Belgium.  Expression  of  sympathy  with  contesting  forces  was  restrained 
by  the  very  tenseness  of  the  hour  and  by  the  magnitude  of  the  events 
which  were  unrolled.  But  when  it  became  clear  that  the  circumstances 
of  the  Hundred  Days  and  of  1870  were  not  to  be  repeated  and  that 
Europe  was  involved  in  a  long  struggle,  not  in  a  single,  brief,  decisive 
conflict,  the  American  public  suddenly  beheld  the  outburst  of  a  battle 
between  the  sympathizers  of  the  two  forces  which  left  it  bewildered, 
amazed,  and  in  no  small  degree  indignant. 

The  difference  between  the  two  camps  of  propaganda  was  day 
by  day  more  clearly  disclosed.  While  Englishmen,  Frenchmen,  and 
Belgians  by  individual  word  and  letter,  without  organization,  without 
even  efficient  method,  laid  before  the  American  people  the  statement  of 
the  Allied  case  and  found — fortunately  for  themselves  and  their  cause — 
even  abler  advocates  among  Americans  who  knew  or  sympathized  with 
the  enemies  of  Germany,  German  propaganda  more  and  more  took  on 
exactly  the  same  character  as  German  military  attack  in  western 
Europe. 

Of  a  sudden  all  the  German-American  press  in  America  began  to 


THE  AMERICAN  PEOPLE  AND  THE  WAR  27 

goose-step  to  the  command  of  some  unseen  master.  The  same  argu- 
ments, the  same  insinuations,  the  same  charges  were  heard  from  Maine 
to  CaHfornia.  The  attack  upon  England  was  conducted  by  German 
agents  in  America  with  every  possible  appeal  to  ancient  American 
prejudice  and  every  conceivable  incitation  to  Irish  antipathies.  In 
the  nature  of  things  this  German-American  outburst  had  to  take  the 
defensive  as  well  as  the  offensive.  It  had  to  explain  the  invasion  of 
Belgium,  to  deny  with  ever-increasing  violence  the  charges  and  the 
evidence  of  German  atrocities.  And  yet  it  was  not  unsuccessful  in  this 
first  period.  It  was  not  without  its  sympathetic  hearing.  It  might 
have  availed  to  confuse  American  thinking  and  paralyze  American 
conscience,  had  it  been  able  to  escape  the  constant  necessity  of  explain- 
ing the  inexplicable  course  of  the  German  Government. 

The  American  reaction  to  this  sudden  violent  outburst  of  conflict 
of  alien  propaganda  on  American  soil  was  on  the  whole  clear  in  this 
period.  There  was  a  great  and  growing  irritation  alike  with  the 
champions  of  Germany  and  of  England.  The  attacks  of  both  conflict- 
ing forces  upon  American  neutrality  were  equally  resented  and  while 
along  the  Atlantic  seaboard,  where  association  and  sympathy  with 
England  and  with  France  was  greatest,  a  slow  but  sure  drift  toward 
even  more  pronounced  sympathies  revealed  itself,  a  compensating  tide 
in  the  rest  of  the  country  disclosed  alike  an  impatience  with  the 
propagandists  of  the  opposing  camps  and  with  the  growing  partisanship 
of  one  section  of  the  country  for  the  Allied  cause.  The  mass  of  the 
country  resented  at  least  equally,  sectional  American  sympathy  with 
the  Allies  and  German-American  championship  of  the  German  cause  in 
America.  All  over  the  country  there  began  to  appear  in  offices  and 
public  places  signs  inviting  the  visitor  in  homely  American  phrase  to 
avoid  the  discussion  of  the  issues  of  the  war  and  to  refrain  from  support 
of  a  foreign  cause  at  the  expense  of  national  peace  of  mind. 

VI.      THE    WILL   FOR   NEUTRALITY 

In  the  time  between  the  Marne  and  the  Lusitania  Massacre,  while 
the  cause  of  the  Allies  rather  than  that  of  the  Germans  gained  ground, 


28  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

that  development  was  personal,  not  public,  and  the  national  will  was 
unmistakably  a  will  for  neutrality.  The  Middle  West  viewed  with 
contempt  and  hostility  the  patent  sympathy  of  the  Far  East  of  America 
for  the  Allies.  It  did  not  itself  indulge  in  profoundly  pro-German 
sentiments  but  it  continued  to  hold  the  balance  even  between  the  two, 
and  more  and  more  emphatically  declared  that  real  Americanism  could 
only  be  expressed  in  neutrality — that  the  claims  of  the  propagandists 
on  either  side  of  the  firing  line  were  equally  unfounded.  It  refused  to 
believe  that  Germans  would  commit  atrocities;  it  declined  to  accept 
the  eastern  view  of  Allied  moral  superiority.  It  more  and  more  gave 
itself  up  to  an  intense,  if  parochial,  Americanism  which  asserted  that, 
in  the  world  in  which  two  sets  of  European  nations  were  fighting  for 
old  European  aims  and  ambitions,  America  had  alone  remained  faithful 
to  the  ideals  of  liberty  and  democracy  and  that  the  true  American  point 
of  view  could  not  be  sympathetic  with  either  of  the  camps  but  could 
only  have  unlimited  condemnation  for  both. 

Thus,  during  the  first  months  of  the  war,  American  public  opinion 
more  and  more  firmly  entrenched  itself  behind  a  breast-work  of 
traditional  isolation  and  more  and  more  rigidly  insisted  upon 
unqualified  neutrality.  There  was  no  chance  then  of  American  par- 
ticipation in  the  war  on  the  German  side.  There  was  unmistakable 
and  considerable  sympathy  with  France;  actual,  if  comparatively 
passive,  condemnation  of  the  German  invasion  of  Belgium.  But 
these  latent  currents  were  on  the  whole  slight  and  there  never  was  at 
any  time  the  smallest  possibility  that  the  United  States  would,  of  its 
own  volition  and  because  of  its  approval  of  either  of  the  alliances, 
enter  the  war. 

The  single  problem  posed  on  the  day  on  which  the  war  broke  out 
and  enduring  long  thereafter  was  whether  one  or  the  other  of  the  alli- 
ances would,  by  its  course,  compel  the  United  States  to  take  up  arms — 
not  in  the  championship  of  a  European  cause  but  in  the  maintenance  of 
American  neutrality.  But  up  to  the  sinking  of  the  Lusitania  there  was 
nowhere  in  America  any  real  conception  that  the  United  States  could 
be  involved  in  the  struggle,  just  as  there  was  nowhere  any  considerable 


"■  ^ 


*.-vief 


••LAKWKTTE,  NOUS  VOICI!" 

Soon  after  the  arrival  of  the  ^American  troops  in  France,  General  Pershing  was  invited  tc  speak  at  the  grave  of  La- 
fayette. The  gallant  Frenchman  had  fought  to  win  freedom  for  America,  and  the  Americans  now  were  come  to  repay 
the  debt  by  standing  shoulder  to  shoulder  with  the  men  of  France  in  the  hour  ot  their  need.  The  delight  ot  Marshal 
Joffre,  Pershing's  most  conspicuous  auditor,  is  very  evident.  , 

The  laconic  phrase,  "Lafayette,  we  are  here!"  which  the  occasion  spontaneously  evoked,  was  uttered  some  say  by 
General  Pershing,  some  say  by  Colonel  Stanton,  and  some  say  by  neither  speaker. 


THE  AMERICAN  PEOPLE  AND  THE  WAR  31 

or  influential  body  of  opinion — that  is,  of  purely  American  opinion — 
which  advocated  such  an  entrance. 

Sympathy  on  the  whole  tended  in  the  Allied  direction,  but  the  resolu- 
tion to  remain  outside  the  area  of  struggle  gained  ground  much  more 
rapidly.  By  the  time  the  war  had  been  in  progress  for  six  months  the 
neutrality  of  America  seemed  to  be  founded  upon  a  rock,  and  there  can 
be  no  more  astonishing  or  impressive  page  in  history  than  that  which 
reveals  the  manner  in  which  the  Imperial  German  Government,  by  its 
folly,  its  essential  blindness,  its  total  surrender  to  the  gospel  of  Force, 
literally  drove  a  hundred  millions  of  people — almost  unanimous  in  their 
desire  for  neutrality — into  an  active  and  decisive  participation  in  the 
European  struggle. 

Realizing  that  the  United  States  did  ultimately  become  a  participant 
in  the  war  on  the  Allied  side,  it  Is  no  less  essential  to  recognize  that,  on 
the  outbreak  of  the  war,  before  and  after  the  Battle  of  the  Marne,  up 
to  the  time  of  the  sinking  of  the  Lusitania,  and  even  for  a  long  period 
thereafter,  public  opinion  in  America  remained  faithful  to  the  tradition 
that  the  United  States  should  avoid  entanglement  in  a  European  con- 
flict; and  the  majority  of  Americans  refused  to  believe  that  there  was 
a  preponderance  of  right  on  one  side  rather  than  on  the  other  sufficient 
to  demand  American  intervention.  Like  the  President  the  mass  of  his 
countrymen  refused  to  believe  that  America  could  have  any  other  role 
than  that  of  precise  neutrality  until  such  time  as  she  was  able  to  act 
as  the  peace-maker,  and  intervene,  not  as  a  belligerent  but  as  an  arbi- 
trator, to  restore  peace — not  to  expand  the  area  of  conflict  or  the  number 
of  combatants  by  sending  Americans  to  the  fighting  line.  When 
German  folly  sank  the  Lusitania  on  the  7th  of  May,  191 5,  such  was  the 
state  of  American  opinion  and  purpose  and  so  strongly  entrenched  was 
American  neutrality  that  it  required  a  supreme  madness  on  the  part  of 
German  leadership  to  dislodge  it. 

VII.    INCIDENTS 

Between  January  and  May  the  exasperation  of  the  Government  and 
of  the  people  of  the  United  States  over  unwarranted  interference  with 


32  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

American  commerce  both  by  British  and  German  sea  power  aroused 
emotions  strangely  reminiscent  of  American  public  opinion  in  the 
Napoleonic  wars.  The  English  blockade,  not  alone  of  German  ports 
but  of  neutral  harbours;  the  English  refusal  to  accept  the  principles  laid 
down  in  the  Declaration  of  London  largely  by  British  representatives, 
led  the  Government  to  protest  after  protest  which  were  only  in  part 
answered  by  British  citation  of  Northern  precedents  during  the  Civil 
War.  On  the  other  hand,  proclamation  by  the  Germans  of  their  sub- 
marine blockade — illegal  from  every  point  of  view,  and,  in  addition, 
indefensibly  inhuman — aroused  similar  indignation.  In  this  time  the 
American  Government  essayed,  as  a  great  and  powerful  neutral,  to 
compel  both  contesting  alliances  to  live  under  international  law,  and 
this  role  seemed,  to  the  larger  part  of  intelligent  Americans,  the  proper 
one  for  their  own  government. 

In  fact,  the  English,  as  the  dominating  sea  power  of  the  Entente, 
and  the  Germans,  as  the  similar  element  among  the  Central  Powers — 
both  faced  with  new  necessities  and  new  conditions — imitated  the  pre- 
cedents of  a  century  before  and  tore  up  all  existing  guarantees  of  inter- 
national law.  Each  blamed  the  other;  each  pointed  to  the  illegal  acts 
of  the  other  as  the  justification  of  its  own  transgressions;  yet  each 
continued  in  a  course  disastrous  to  American  interests,  with  a  persistence 
only  limited  by  a  certain  degree  of  caution. 

But  it  is  essential  to  recognize  that  in  this  period  there  was  a  clear 
governmental  policy  in  the  United  States  and  that  this  policy  had  the 
substantial  and  adequate  support  of  the  American  people.  The  United 
States  Government  undertook  by  moral  suasion  to  compel  the  nations  at 
war  to  conduct  their  struggle  within  the  limits  of  international  law.  It 
spoke  for  the  rights  of  its  own  citizens  but  it  no  less  plainly  spoke  as  the 
one  great  neutral  for  the  rights  of  all  the  smaller  neutral  powers — rights 
which  were  equally  unjustifiably  violated  by  the  Entente  and  by  the  Cen- 
tral Powers.  Without  considering  yet  the  possibility  of  armed  interfer- 
ence on  behalf  of  the  principles  championed  by  oflficial  declaration,  the 
United  States  began  to  build  up  for  itself  a  position  which,  could  it 
have  been  maintained  to  the  end,  would  have  been  fatal  to  the  Entente. 


THE  AMERICAN  PEOPLE  AND  THE  WAR  33 

The  state  of  international  law  at  the  moment  of  the  outbreak  of  the 
war  was  such  that,  had  it  been  observed,  Germany  would  have  continued 
to  receive  that  food  and  those  raw  materials  necessary  to  her,  and  in 
the  very  nature  of  things  American  championship  of  the  principles  of 
neutrality  led  to  a  defence  of  the  right  to  trade  with  Germany.  Ineluct- 
ably,  if  imperceptibly,  American  policy  prior  to  the  7th  of  May,  191 5, 
was  drifting  in  the  direction  of  the  use  of  the  most  powerful  weapon  in 
American  hands  to  enforce  neutral  rights  on  the  sea  against  all  who 
challenged  it.  It  is  not  difficult  to  believe  that  an  embargo  upon  the 
export  of  food  and  material  alike  to  England  and  to  France,  on  the  one 
hand,  and  to  Germany,  on  the  other,  would  have  followed  British  per- 
sistence in  interfering  with  American  trade  with  Germany  through 
neutral  ports  and  in  non-contraband  had  Germany  permitted  the 
dispute  with  Great  Britain,  which  was  becoming  steadily  more  acrimon- 
ious, to  continue  uninterrupted. 

For  the  United  States  to  have  employed  the  embargo  in  191 5, 
or  in  any  other  year  of  the  war,  would  have  been  in  effect  to  give  Ger- 
many the  victory.  For  the  Allies  to  have  permitted  the  United  States  to 
trade  with  Germany  in  the  exercise  of  its  indisputable  rights  under  inter- 
national law  would  have  been  almost  as  certain  to  give  Germany  the 
victory.  That  the  United  States  would  have  pursued  a  policy  based  upon 
the  assertion  and  defence  of  these  rights  by  the  embargo  seems  almost 
certain.  That  we  should  have  gone  to  war  with  Great  Britain  was 
always  unlikely,  just  as  it  was  equally  unlikely  that  anything  but 
slaughter  of  Americans  would  lead  us  into  conflict  with  Germany.  But 
that  we  should  have  employed  the  embargo  at  no  distant  date  seems  a 
reasonable  and  sound  conclusion. 

VIII.    THE    "lUSITANIa"    MASSACRE 

But  while  these  discussions  of  interference  with  American 
sea-borne  trade  were  more  and  more  exasperating  the  American 
people,  and  more  and  more  profoundly  stirring  resentment  against 
Europe,  without  regard  to  the  war  or  the  alliances,  there  came 
suddenly  the  news  of  the  supreme  tragedy  of  the  Lusitania,  which 


34  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

must  be  reckoned  as  the  turning  point  in  American  opinion  in  the 
World  War. 

Only  a  few  years  before  the  whole  civilized  world  had  waited  and 
watched  while  the  first  fugitive  splutters  of  the  wireless  told  the  story 
of  the  sinking  of  the  Titanic.  Hundreds  of  millions  of  people  waited 
and  watched  for  the  final  truth  of  the  sinking  of  the  greatest  ship  in  the 
world,  and  the  memory  of  that  horror  in  the  American  mind  still  sur- 
vived the  reports  of  more  recent  battles.  But  the  Titanic  was  an 
accident.  Now,  all  the  circumstances  of  the  earlier  tragedy  were  re- 
peated as  the  result  of  a  wanton  act  of  man. 

Few  of  the  people  who  were  alive  in  America  on  the  day  and  night 
when  the  first  reports  of  the  Lusitania  Massacre  began  to  arrive  will 
ever  forget  the  horror,  the  indignation,  the  stupefaction  produced  by 
that  crime.  For  twenty-four  hours  the  country  refused  to  believe  that 
a  civilized  nation,  presumably  holding  to  the  same  ideals  and  the  same 
conceptions  of  humanity,  could  permit  its  sailors  to  launch  against  a 
passenger  ship,  laden  with  women  and  children  and  carrying  neutrals 
as  well  as  belligerents,  a  torpedo  which  would  inevitably  result  in  the 
slaughter  of  innocent  and  helpless  human  beings. 

When  the  truth  was  no  longer  to  be  doubted  there  swept  from  one 
end  of  the  United  States  to  the  other  an  emotion  which  destroyed 
sympathy  with  Germany  everywhere  except  among  people  of  German 
origin  or  politicians  dependent  upon  hyphenated  votes  for  their  political 
existence.  The  cause  of  Germany,  so  far  as  it  had  an  appeal  to  the 
sympathy,  the  intelligence,  and  the  conscience  of  the  United  States, 
went  down  with  the  Lusitania,  Thereafter  there  could  be  but  one 
issue:  Should  the  United  States  remain  neutral? — or  should  she  enter 
the  war  on  the  Allied  side.^"  The  brand  on  Cain's  forehead  was  not 
more  conspicuous  or  more  fatal  than  the  mark  left  upon  the  German 
cause  by  the  Lusitania  Massacre. 

On  the  morrow  of  this  massacre  it  would  have  been  possible  for  the 
President  of  the  United  States  to  have  carried  a  majority  of  his  fellow- 
countrymen  into  the  war  against  Germany.  But  it  is  not  less  certain 
that,  even  after  this  crime,  a  majority  of  the  American  people  still 


THE  AMERICAN  PEOPLE  AND  THE  WAR  35 

believed  that  the  duty  of  America  was  still  to  remain  outside  the 
conflict.  It  was  clear  instantly  that,  unless  Germany  renounced  a 
policy  of  murder,  the  American  people  would  demand  of  their  govern- 
ment a  declaration  of  war.  It  was  no  less  clear  that  the  inherent,  the 
traditional  antipathy  to  participation  in  a  European  struggle  endured. 
American  public  opinion  demanded  that,  once  and  for  all — emphati- 
cally, definitively — the  President  should  warn  Germany.  Even  at  this 
hour,  in  the  presence  of  their  dead,  the  American  people  faintly  hoped 
that  the  German  Government  would  disavow  the  act  of  a  German 
officer — so  naively  did  they  still  cling  to  the  notion  of  German  hu- 
manity. 

The  summer  of  the  Lusitania  Massacre  sees  the  beginning  of  that 
national  sentiment  which  pushed  the  Government  into  ultimate  con- 
flict with  Germany.  When  Germany,  instead  of  disavowing,  quib- 
bled, evaded,  dodged;  when  the  President  of  the  United  States,  instead 
of  speaking  firmly,  blundered  in  his  **too-proud-to-fight"  speech  and 
argued  in  his  long-continued  notes,  American  restiveness  increased 
with  every  hour.  Still  determined  to  remain  neutral  if  possible  there 
was  not — except  amongst  those  controlled  by  their  sympathy  with  that 
foreign  country  from  which  they  had  come — the  smallest  willingness 
permanently  to  bow  before  German  terrorism.  The  country  asked  of 
its  government  that,  either  by  firmness  in  policy  or  by  force  in  action, 
it  should  compel  Germany  to  abandon  murder. 

IX.    THE    FIRST   RESULT 

With  the  sinking  of  the  Lusitania^  too,  all  chance  of  the  equal 
application  of  the  principles  of  international  law,  to  both  alliances, 
perished.  From  that  hour  onward  the  factories,  the  fields,  and  the 
workmen  of  the  United  States  and  the  vast  industrial  and  agricultural 
machinery  of  the  country  were  mobilized  on  the  Allied  side.  The 
campaign  to  compel  Great  Britain  to  permit  America  to  trade  with 
Germany  and  Austria  died.  We  became  in  fact,  on  the  days  following 
the  tragedy  off^  the  Old  Head  of  Kinsale,  the  economic  ally  of  the 
Entente.     With  ever-increasing  volume  our  machines  and  our  arms,  our 


36  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

food  and  our  raw  material,  flowed  to  western  Europe,  depriving  Ger- 
many of  the  advantages  of  superior  preparation  and  better  organization. 

This  aid  was  not  to  prove  adequate  without  the  addition  of  American 
soldiers,  but  between  May  7,  1915,  and  the  spring  of  1918,  it  was  an 
indispensable  contribution  to  Allied  survival.  Between  the  sinking  of 
the  Lusitania  and  the  promulgation  of  the  final  German  campaign  of 
submarine  ruthlessness,  almost  two  years  later,  American  public  opinion 
marched  surely  to  an  acceptation  of  the  Allied  view  of  Germany;  and 
the  publication  of  the  Bryce  report  upon  the  Belgian  atrocities  in  Bel- 
gium, which  almost  coincided  with  the  sinking  of  the  Lusitania,  reached  a 
people  at  last  prepared  to  believe  those  German  crimes  which  hitherto 
had  passed  the  credulity  of  a  civilized  nation.  Retrospectively,  and  in 
the  light  of  a  crime  which  could  not  be  denied,  the  American  people  in- 
terpreted the  invasion  of  Belgium,  the  burning  of  Louvain,  the  campaign 
of  rape  and  violence,  murder  and  destruction  over  all  of  Belgium  and 
northern  France. 

While  our  government  continued  in  its  official  documents  to  talk  of 
German  regard  for  humanity;  while  the  President  pursued  a  policy 
founded  on  a  determination  to  remain  neutral,  and  buttressed  on  the 
faith  that  words  could  have  power  unsupported  by  arms  in  dealing  with 
a  nation  which  had  given  itself  over  utterly  to  a  gospel  of  force;  the 
American  people,  with  ever-growing  clarity,  grasped  the  real  meaning 
of  Germany  in  the  world.  Morally,  materially,  in  all  ways  that  it  is 
possible  to  measure,  the  German  cause  was  lost  in  America  with  the 
sinking  of  the  Lusitania,  and  the  single  question  that  remained  to  be 
answered  was  whether  Germany  would  renounce  a  policy  of  which  the 
Lusitania  was  an  everlasting  evidence,  or  accept  an  inevitable  war  with 
the  greatest  of  the  neutrals. 

Between  May  7,  1915,  and  January,  1917,  Germany  hesitated.  For 
a  long  time  she  pursued  a  course  of  modified  defiance.  New  "incidents", 
new  attacks,  came  with  relative  frequency.  The  series  culminated  with 
the  attack  upon  the  Sussex  in  February,  1916,  which  would  have  led 
to  war  had  it  not  been  promptly  followed  by  a  German  surrender  in  the 
matter  of  submarine  warfare.     Thereafter,  so  long  as  Germany  observed 


THE  AMERICAN  PEOPLE  AND  THE  WAR  37 

her  obligations,  American  neutrality  endured;  but  while  that  neutrality 
endured,  American  abhorrence  of  German  methods  increased  so  that  it 
was  inevitable  that  if  Germany  ever  departed  from  her  pledges  American 
entrance  into  the  war  would  become  almost  automatic. 

The  Lusitania  Massacre  is  one  of  the  great  landmarks  in  history, 
not  alone  in  American  history  but  in  human  history,  because  it  ensured 
German  defeat  in  the  World  War.  Looking  to  the  terrible  crisis  of  1918 
it  is  unmistakable  that,  had  America  been  neutral  in  that  hour,  the 
victory  of  the  alliance  against  Germany  would  have  been  unthinkable, 
nor  is  it  less  probable  that  Allied  consent  to  peace  by  negotiation  would 
have  followed  the  defeats  of  the  year  which  we  are  now  to  examine,  had 
not  the  entrance  of  the  United  States  served  to  create  new  hopes  and 
restore  shaken  confidence.  American  decision  in  the  World  War  was 
finally  made  on  the  basis  of  the  Lusitania.  Between  the  Lusitania 
Massacre  and  the  entrance  of  American  troops  into  the  line  at  Chateau- 
Thierry  a  little  more  than  three  years  were  to  elapse;  but  while,  on  the 
surface,  America  continued  long  after  the  earlier  event  to  seem  blind  to 
the  truth,  deaf  to  the  appeals  of  honour  and  safety  alike,  the  forces 
released  by  this  crime  continued  to  march — continued  to  extend  the 
area  of  their  influence — until  a  united  country  ultimately  entered  the 
European  war.  And,  as  a  final  detail,  it  is  at  least  one  of  the  most 
striking  coincidences  of  which  we  have  any  knowledge  that  those  terms 
of  peace  which  imposed  the  sentence  of  the  victorious  nations  upon  a 
defeated  Germany  were  delivered  into  German  hands  on  the  fourth 
anniversary  of  the  sinking  of  the  Lusitania. 

X.    THEODORE    ROOSEVELT 

No  discussion  of  the  development  of  American  opinion  in  respect 
of  the  war  would  be  complete  without  a  mention  of  the  contribution  of 
Theodore  Roosevelt  to  the  illumination  of  the  minds  of  his  fellow- 
countrymen. 

There  was  no  American  who  saw  more  promptly  the  fundamental 
issues  and  principles  involved  in  the  German  assault  upon  our  Western 
civilization  than  Colonel  Roosevelt,  nor  was  there  anv  other  American 


38  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

who  displayed  so  much  force  or  exerted  so  great  an  influence  in  awaken- 
ing people  of  the  nation  to  the  facts  of  the  situation. 

The  war  found  Colonel  Roosevelt  at  the  close  of  a  brilliant  political 
career  which  had  ended  summarily.  The  break  with  his  own  party  in 
1912  was  not  healed.  The  campaign  for  the  nomination  of  1916  revealed 
the  enormous  popularity  still  retained  by  Colonel  Roosevelt,  but  it  was 
not  sufficient  to  win  for  him  the  nomination,  and  that  last  defeat  ended 
all  hope  of  a  return  to  public  office.  Physically  a  broken  man,  politically 
without  a  future,  separated  from  most  of  those  conspicuous  figures  of 
his  own  party  who  had  been  his  associates  and  his  subordinates  in  his 
own  Administration,  a  lonely  figure,  he  was  yet  able,  by  the  sheer  force 
of  his  personality,  to  rouse  thousands  and  even  millions  of  his  country- 
men to  a  perception  of  the  meaning  in  America  of  the  colossal  crime  in 
Europe. 

Speaking;  writing;  constantly  brushing  aside,  with  impatient  energy, 
theories,  emotions,  parochial  and  Utopian  conceptions;  taking  his  stand 
firmly  on  that  platform  of  virile  Americanism  of  which  he  had  been  the 
greatest  exponent  in  his  own  generation.  Colonel  Roosevelt  inveighed 
against  each  German  aggression,  each  German  crime,  with  ever-growing 
force  and  effect. 

Without  Colonel  Roosevelt  it  is  conceivable  that  American  neutral- 
ity might  have  been  maintained  to  the  end,  with  all  its  terrible  con- 
sequences— first  to  Europe  and  ultimately  to  this  country.  Certainly 
no  other  man  did  so  much  to  arouse  his  countrymen — to  prepare 
them  intellectually  and  morally  for  the  great  strain  that  was  coming — 
as  the  man  who,  having  twice  occupied  the  White  House  and  having 
been  the  conspicuous  figure  of  his  own  generation  in  American  public 
life,  sat  now  almost  in  exile  from  his  party  councils  and  from  his  public 
associates. 

Historians  of  the  future  will  find  it  difficult  to  estimate  and  to 
appraise  exactly  the  extent  of  the  influence  exerted  by  Theodore 
Roosevelt  in  a  time  of  confused  counsels,  national  blindness,  political 
expediency.  He  saw  the  war  as  it  was.  He  saw  the  Belgian  crime  in 
its  full  meaning.     He  saw  the  cause  of  the  western  Allies  as  the  cause 


THE  AMERICAN   DRAFT 


THE  RAW  MATERIAL 

Black  and  white,  fat  and  lean,  jolly  and  sober  was  the  grist  drawn  into  the  draft-hopper.     But  Negro  and  Latin  and 
Slav  and  Anglo-Saxon  were  Americans  all,  and  gave  a  good  account  of  themselves  on  the  battle-fields  of  France 


DRAFT  REGISTRATION  AT  HONOLULU 
In  the  far  islands  of  the  Pacific  long  lines  of  yellow  and  brown  Americans  awaited  their  turn  to  register 


Copyright  by  Underzt.'Qod  ly  Undirucod 

DRAFT  REGISTRATION  IN  CHINATOWN,  NEW  YORK  CITY 
It  would  have  been  a  hopeless  task,  but  for  the  help  of  the  keen  young  civilian  interpreter 


ff^irtSf^Ki^'^j 


IT  WAS  A  SELECTIVE  DRAFT: 


UNL^'  THE  PHYSICALLY  FLL  WERE  WANTED 


THE  AMERICAN  PEOPLE  AND  THE  WAR  47 

of  the  United  States,  and  he  saw  plainly  that  there  could  be  no  escape 
from  American  entrance — that  each  halting,  conciliating  action,  in  the 
face  of  German  menace,  invited  new  aggression.  He  understood  force. 
He  understood  the  German  conception.  He  saw  that  a  victorious 
Germany  would  set  its  foot  triumphantly  upon  that  whole  democratic 
doctrine  which  represented  the  political  faith  of  the  western  powers. 

Upon  his  head,  during  the  long  controversial  period  which  preceded 
the  actual  entrance  of  the  United  States  into  the  war,  there  burst  a 
passion  of  denunciation.  He  carried  in  his  body  the  bullet  of  a  would- 
be  assassin  who  bore  a  German  name.  Democratic  politicians  combined 
with  German  propagandists  to  assail  the  man  whose  services  to  his 
country  should  have  placed  him  outside  of  the  range  of  such  attack. 
When  at  last  his  fight  had  roused  an  American  public  opinion  which 
met  the  final  German  menace  with  a  declaration  of  war.  Colonel  Roose- 
velt was  denied  the  opportunity  to  lead  troops  against  the  enemy. 
His  physical  condition  probably  warranted  the  decision  of  the  Govern- 
ment, but  no  one  v/ho  knew  him  in  those  days  could  mistake  the  fact 
that  this  was  the  crowning  disappointment  of  a  life  equally  replete 
with  great  successes  and  corroding  defeats.  He  lived  to  see  three  of  his 
sons  wounded  in  the  firing  line.  He  lived  to  give  one  of  his  boys  to  his 
country  upon  the  battlefield.  He  did  not  die  until  the  German  had 
surrendered.  At  the  very  time  when  death  came  suddenly  to  him  his 
voice  was  powerfully  heard  attacking,  as  a  policy  for  making  peace, 
precisely  those  conceptions  wl;lch  he  had  fought  when  they  pointed  the 
way  to  American  neutrality.  No  living  American  of  that  time — with 
the  possible  exception  of  Elihu  Root — knew  his  Europe,  his  world,  or 
his  history  as  did  Theodore  Roosevelt.  Had  he  lived  he  would  have 
been  a  potent  foe  of  precisely  those  principles  which  were  championed 
by  the  United  States  at  the  Paris  Conference.  What  his  influence 
might  have  been  no  man  can  say,  but  one  thing  is  clear  beyond  all 
question,  and  that  is,  that  from  the  outbreak  of  the  war  until  the 
entrance  of  the  United  States  into  it,  Colonel  Roosevelt  fought  his  last, 
his  greatest,  and  on  the  whole  his  most  successful  battle.  When  he 
began  to  appeal  to  his  fellow-countrymen  they  were  alike  blind  and 


48  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

deaf  to  the  truth.  Without  the  support  of  a  political  party,  of  a  friendly 
press,  of  an  organized  body  of  adherents,  single-handed,  physically 
broken,  he  waged  war  in  defence  of  the  Americanism  of  which  he  had 
ever  been  the  embodiment,  and  in  the  end  his  country  adopted  the 
ideas  which  he  had  championed  and  took  that  action  which  he  had 
advocated  almost  from  the  beginning  of  the  war. 

When  the  United  States  at  last  entered  the  world  conflict,  the  press 
of  events,  the  magnitude  of  the  effort,  the  tenseness  of  the  interest,  com- 
bined to  efface  from  contemporary  memory  appreciation  of  the  role 
which  had  been  played  by  Colonel  Roosevelt  in  arousing  the  conscience 
and  the  patriotism  of  the  nation  in  days  which  every  American  will 
strive  to  forget.  That  this  period  of  national  humiliation  proved  to  be 
but  the  prelude  to  a  national  awakening  of  unrivalled  splendour,  was 
due  more  to  Roosevelt  than  to  any  other  living  man.  Whatever  he 
might  have  accomplished  had  he  been  in  the  White  House,  it  is  hard  to 
believe  that  he  could  have  exercised  a  more  potent  or  a  more  valuable 
influence  than  that  which  he  exerted  as  a  private  citizen — as  an  Ameri- 
can who,  seeing  his  country's  duty  and  seeing  it  clearly,  did  not  rest 
until  he  had  communicated  his  vision  to  millions. 


CHAPTER  THREE 
THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS 

To  trace  in  detail  the  progress  of  events  between  August  i,  1914,  and 
April,  191 7,  could  be  no  part  of  the  present  work,  which  is  concerned 
with  the  narrative  of  the  struggle  itself.  It  is  essential,  however,  to 
review,  at  least  in  a  cursory  fashion,  the  several  phases  which  marked 
the  transition  of  the  United  States  from  a  remote  and  unconcerned  wit- 
ness to  a  united  and  powerful  participant  in  the  conflict.  Nowhere  else 
can  the  true  meaning  of  German  policy  and  German  method  be  more 
perfectly  grasped  than  by  a  brief  examination  of  Germany's  course  with 
respect  to  the  American  people.  Nowhere  else  can  one  see  as  simply  and 
as  clearly  the  essential  fallacy  which  underlay  the  whole  German  concep- 
tion of  the  world  and  of  other  peoples  as  in  the  story  of  how  by  use 
of  force,  by  the  resort  to  one  illegal  and  immoral  act  after  another, 
Germany  destroyed  such  friendship  as  existed  in  America,  aroused  in 
its  stead  an  indignation  and  a  determination  not  surpassed  in  nations 
which  had  long  recognized  her  as  their  hereditary  enemy,  and  in  the  end 
brought  two  millions  of  American  soldiers  to  Europe  at  the  moment 
when  their  presence  was  a  decisive  factor  in  German  defeat. 

The  morality  or  the  immorality  of  German  principles  and  German 
methods  may  perhaps  be  long  debated.  They  may  find  champions  in 
later  generations,  but  what  defence  could  ever  be  possible  on  the  prac- 
tical side  for  the  policy  which  persuaded  the  greatest  single  neutral 
power  in  the  world  to  lay  aside  a  neutrality  satisfactory  to  the  mass  of 
its  people  and,  in  exchange,  adopt  a  hostility  which  endured  even  after 
Germany's  arms  had  been  struck  from  her  hand  and  she  lay  prostrate 
before  her  conquerors 

The  phases  in  the  education  of  the  American  people  to  the  meaning 
of  Germany  in  the  world  may  be  comprehended  in  three  periods  extend- 
ing from  August,  19 14,  to  April,  19 17,  the  first  of  which  ran  from  the  out- 

49 


50  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

break  of  the  war  to  the  Lusitania  Massacre;  the  second,  from  the  Lusi- 
tania  Massacre  to  the  German  compliance  with  that  ultimatum  which 
followed  the  sinking  of  the  Sussex;  and  the  third,  from  that  acceptance 
to  the  moment  when  the  Germans  gave  public  warnings  of  their  purpose 
to  reverse  their  policy  and  return  to  unrestricted  sinking. 

I.      THE    FIRST   PHASE — "INCIDENTS" 

President  Wilson's  proclamation  of  neutrality  in  the  opening  hours 
of  the  war  was  followed  slowly  by  an  ever-increasing  interference  with 
American  commerce,  both  by  British  and  by  German  sea  power.  The 
parallel  with  the  course  of  France  and  Great  Britain  during  the  Na- 
poleonic wars,  which  led  to  our  war  with  Great  Britain  In  1 812,  must  Im- 
press every  student  of  history;  nor  Is  It  less  plain,  from  any  examination 
of  the  evidence,  that,  during  the  first  months  of  the  war,  it  was  toward  a 
conflict  with  Great  Britain  and  not  with  Germany  that  events  were 
shaping.  Admiral  Mahan  had  written  that  In  the  next  war  the  domi- 
nant sea  power  would  make  sea  law  to  suit  itself.  The  course  of  Great 
Britain  In  the  early  days  of  the  war  clearly  demonstrated  the  accuracy 
of  this  prophecy.  The  British  did  not  Instantly  take  full  and  effective 
measure  of  the  possibilities  of  the  use  of  their  historic  weapon.  Little 
by  little,  however,  deliberately  experimenting  with  American  patience, 
they  invaded  one  right  after  another  and  more  and  more  abandoned  the 
observation  of  the  principles  expressed  In  the  Declaration  of  London  of 
1909,  which  was,  to  be  sure,  voluntary  since  that  code  of  naval  warfare 
had  never  been  officially  accepted  by  the  British  Government.  The  de- 
tention of  American  ships;  the  interference  with  American  cargoes  con- 
signed to  neutral  states  because  those  neutral  states  had  not  forbidden 
the  re-export  of  articles  contained  in  those  cargoes;  the  ultimate  prohi- 
bition of  the  export  of  food  stuffs,  consigned  not  merely  to  German 
ports  but  to  neutral  ports,  constituted  grievances  which  led  as  early  as 
December,  1914,  to  a  formal  protest  by  the  United  States. 

To  this  and  other  protests  the  British  Government  made  answers, 
beginning  on  January  7,  191 5,  which  could  not  be  considered  by  any 
fair-minded  observer  as  satisfactory  or  candid. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS  51 

These  interferences  with  American  interests  and  rights,  naturally 
seized  upon  by  every  German  agent  and  sympathizer  in  America, 
culminated  on  March  ist  in  a  declaration  on  the  part  of  Great  Britain 
and  of  France  that  they  held  themselves  free  to  detain,  and  take  into 
port,  ships  carrying  goods  of  presumed  enemy  destination,  which 
amounted  to  a  declaration  of  purpose  to  prevent  commodities  of  any 
sort  from  reaching  the  Germans. 

It  is  true  that  this  course  was  explained  as  retaliation  for  a  German 
proclamation  of  a  war  zone  about  Great  Britain  and  the  first  relatively 
restricted  but  no  less  unmistakable  use  of  the  submarine  to  sink  on  sight 
not  neutral  but  belligerent  ships.  A  further  pretext  was  furnished  the 
Allied  Governments  by  the  fact  that  on  January  31st  the  German  Gov- 
ernment undertook  something  approaching  a  seizure  of  grain  stocks; 
not  primarily,  as  the  events  proved,  for  military  purposes,  but  to  regu- 
late the  supplies  of  the  nation  and  thus  early  make  preparation  against 
waste  and  famine.  Moreover,  a  third  shadow  of  warrant  for  the  Allied 
purpose,  frankly  asserted  to  be  one  of  reprisal,  was  found  in  the  policy 
of  the  German  Government  in  indiscriminately  sowing  mines  in  the 
high  seas.  But  the  Germans  on  their  part  could  as  vehemently  defend 
their  war-zone  policy  as  retaliation  for  the  illegal  acts  of  Great  Britain 
and  her  allies,  culminating  in  that  proposed  blockade,  accepted  and 
described  by  the  Germans  as  an  effort  to  starve  them  into  submission. 

On  February  20th  the  American  Secretary  of  State  had  addressed 
an  Identic  Note  suggesting  agreement  on  some  reasonable  basis  which 
would  restrict  naval  warfare  within  limits  that  would  prevent  injury  to 
neutrals.  In  this  Note  it  was  advocated  that  mines  should  not  be 
sown  in  the  open  seas,  or  submarines  used  to  attack  merchantmen,  save 
in  the  old-fashioned  way  of  exercising  the  right  of  visit  and  search ;  and 
that  use  of  neutral  flags,  to  which  the  British  had  frequently  resorted, 
should  be  abandoned.  Great  Britain  was  called  upon  to  abandon  her 
purpose  of  making  food  and  food-stufTs  absolute  contraband,  provided 
that  America  ensured  that  these  commodities  should  not  be  delivered 
in  Germany  for  military  use;  and  Germany  was  asked  to  give  satisfac- 
tory guarantees. 


52  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

On  this  basis  Germany  was  willing  to  talk,  as  her  reply  of  February 
28th  indicated,  but  the  Allied  Note  of  March  ist  destroyed  all  chance 
of  compromise  and  further  exchanges  elicited  from  the  Allied  Govern- 
ments only  a  polite  but  unmistakable  declaration  that,  in  view  of  Ger- 
man practices,  the  British  purposed  to  proceed  with  their  blockade. 
Meantime  the  Germans  had  already  complicated  the  situation  by  sink- 
ing, wantonly,  in  the  Pacific,  an  American  ship  carrying  wheat  consigned 
to  Liverpool. 

The  result  of  these  several  exchanges  and  debates  between  the 
United  States  Government  and  the  belligerents  left  the  situation  utterly 
unsatisfactory.  American  exports  were  subjected  to  every  sort  of  illegal 
interference  and  restraint.  Because  the  Germans  had  resorted  to  in- 
human and  barbarous  methods  of  making  war  at  sea,  the  British  and  the 
French  justified  a  policy  which  invaded  American  rights.  Because  the 
British  and  the  French  had  resorted  to  illegal  methods,  and  the  United 
States  had  not  taken  up  arms  to  defend  those  rights,  Germany  asserted' 
her  freedom  to  employ  a  weapon  new  to  war  which  could  only  be  eff^ec- 
tive  in  so  far  as  it  not  merely  interfered  with  the  rights  of  neutrals  but 
also  involved  the  destruction  of  their  property  and  even  of  their  lives. 

The  British  on  their  part  were  more  fortunate  in  the  fact  that,  in  the 
nature  of  things,  they  could  limit  the  extent  of  their  interference  with 
abstract  rights.  They  could,  as  they  purposed  to  do,  stop  neutral 
ships  without  destroying  them,  take  their  cargoes,  pay  for  them,  and 
thus  avoid  inflicting  any  financial  loss  upon  neutral  owners.  The 
German  with  his  submarine  could  only  sink  the  neutral  ship  with  its 
cargo  and  its  crew.  His  weapon  was  obviously  bound  to  be  of  utmost 
importance  to  him,  his  sole  answer  to  superior  sea  power,  but  the  use  of  it 
was  fraught  with  incalculable  peril  because,  while  neutrals  might  submit 
indefinitely  to  interference  with  their  rights,  particularly  if  this  interfer- 
ence carried  with  it  no  property  injury,  it  was  inconceivable  that  any 
neutral  as  powerful  as  was  the  United  States  would  consent  to  suff^er  its 
citizens  to  be  murdered  while  they  used  the  seas  in  accordance  with  inter- 
national law  and  with  principles  which  had  never  before  been  challenged. 

German  statesmanship  in  this  timewas  faced  with  an  obvious  dilemma. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS  53 

It  had  either  to  pursue  the  poHcy  enunciated  in  its  proclamation  of 
February  i8th,  wherein  it  proclaimed  a  war-zone  and  a  policy  of  sinking 
on  sight — which  had  been  promptly  answered  by  an  American  assertion 
of  an  intention  to  hold  the  Imperial  German  Government  to  strict 
accountability  if  American  ships  or  citizens  were  the  victims  of  this 
policy — or  to  refrain  from  any  pursuance  of  the  policy  which  could  con- 
ceivably arouse  the  United  States  Government  and  await  a  time  when 
the  multiplication  of  British  interferences  with  American  ships  and  rights 
would  lead,  if  not  to  hostilities  between  the  United  States  and  the  ene- 
mies of  Germany,  at  least  to  the  proclamation  of  an  embargo  which 
would  prevent  the  export  of  war  materials  to  Great  Britain  and  France, 
and  thus  almost  inevitably  ensure  their  defeat. 

The  Germans  chose  the  former  course.  As  early  as  February  28th 
a  German  cruiser  sank  the  William  P.  Frye  in  the  Pacific.  On  March 
28th  the  British  passenger  ship  Falaha  was  torpedoed  and  sunk,  and 
among  others  an  American  citizen  lost  his  life.  Conversations  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  the  German  Government  over  the  Frye 
and  the  Falaha  led  to  nothing.  On  April  28th  the  American  S.S. 
Gushing  was  bombed  by  a  German  airplane,  while  on  the  ist  of  May 
the  American  Gulflight  was  sunk  off  the  Scilly  Islands,  and  as  a  conse- 
quence the  captain  and  ten  of  the  crew  lost  their  lives. 

This  campaign  culminated  on  May  yth  when  the  Lusitania  was 
sunk  off  the  Old  Head  of  Kinsale  and  1,153  of  the  1,918  people  on  board 
were  drowned,  including  114  men,  women,  and  children  of  American 
citizenship.  This  crime  had  been  preceded  by  the  insertion  in  American 
newspapers  of  the  following  warning: 

NOTICE ! 

Travellers  intending  to  embark  on  the  Atlantic  voyage  are  reminded  that  a  state 

of  war  exists  between  Germany  and  her  allies  and  Great  Britain  and  her  allies;  that 

the  zone  of  war  includes  the  waters  adjacent  to  the  British  Isles;  that,  in  accordance 

with  formal  notice  given  by  the  Imperial  German  Government,  vessels  flying  the  flag 

of  Great  Britain,  or  of  any  of  her  allies,  are  liable  to  destruction  in  those  waters,  and 

that  travellers  sailing  in  the  war  zone  on  ships  of  Great  Britain  or  her  allies  do  so  at 

their  own  risk. 

Imperial  German  Embassy. 

Washington,  D.  C.,  April  22,  1915. 


54  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

With  the  sinking  of  the  Lusitania  the  poUcy  of  the  United  States  — 
manifestly  based  upon  a  purpose  to  endeavour  to  constrain  both  beUig- 
erents  to  conduct  their  naval  operations,  if  not  in  accordance  with  in- 
ternational law,  as  written  before  the  days  of  the  submarine,  at  least  to 
follow  such  a  course  as  would  obviate  intolerable  interference  with  neutral 
commerce — fell  to  the  ground.  The  United  States  had  been  arguing 
with  the  Germans  against  murder,  with  the  British  against  forcible  in- 
vasion of  liberties  and  rights.  While  the  discussion  was  proceeding 
the  Germans  had  resorted  to  a  murder  which  startled  and  horrified  the 
American  people.  Until  the  policy  of  murder  was  abandoned  by  the 
Germans  there  could  no  longer  be  any  possibility  of  further  debates 
with  the  British.  If  the  Germans  hoped,  by  resorting  to  assassination, 
to  drive  the  United  States  into  a  forcible  vindication  of  those  rights 
which  had  been  invaded  by  the  British,  this  infantile  conception  was 
promptly  abolished.  German  agents,  German  sympathizers,  the 
German-American  press,  might  and  did  continue  to  assail  England  as 
responsible,  but  whatever  was  the  American  resentment  over  British 
policy  at  this  time,  now  and  henceforth  the  first  business  and  the  first 
concern  of  the  American  people  must  be  to  persuade  or  to  compel  the 
German  Government  alike  to  abandon  a  policy  of  murder  and  to  disavow 
a  crime  committed  in  defiance  of  all  the  laws  of  humanity  as  well  as  of 
nations  and  at  the  expense  of  the  lives  of  its  citizens. 

II.       SECOND    PHASE — NOTES 

On  the  morning  following  the  Lusitania  Massacre  there  was  in  every 
American  mind  the  recollection  that  the  Secretary  of  State  had  warned 
the  Imperial  German  Government  that  it  would  be  held  to  "strict 
accountability"  for  any  use  of  the  submarine  weapon  which  might  re- 
sult in  the  loss  of  American  lives.  The  nation  expected  the  President  of 
the  United  States  to  fulfil  the  obligation  implied  in  this  warning.  There 
had  been  and  there  remained  a  division  of  opinion  as  to  the  extent  of 
responsibility  incurred  by  American  citizens  who  embarked  upon  a 
British  ship  in  the  hour  of  war.  The  very  fact  that  the  Lusitania  was 
a  British  ship,  built  for  auxiliary  service,  complicated  the  question. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS  55 

and  the  record  was  further  obscured  by  the  false  charges  made  by  the 
Germans  that  the  Lusitania  had  carried  ammunition  and  had  sunk  as 
a  consequence  of  the  explosives  in  her  cargo.  Even  amidst  the  horror 
over  the  crime  there  were  not  lacking  those  who  felt,  however  intolerable 
a  stain  the  Lusitania  Massacre  was  upon  German  honour,  it  was  not  of 
itself  a  sufficient  basis  to  enter  the  war. 

The  expectation  of  a  clear-cut  statement  on  the  part  of  the  President 
of  the  United  States  was  not  fulfilled.  At  first  retiring  to  his  study 
when  the  news  of  the  deed  reached  him,  and  separating  himself  from 
all  his  associates,  the  President  finally  broke  a  silence,  which  had  be- 
come almost  intolerable  for  his  fellow-countrymen,  in  a  speech  delivered 
on  May  loth,  in  Philadelphia,  which  contained  no  direct  reference  to 
Germany  or  to  the  Lusitania  but  which  derived  its  subsequent  import- 
ance from  the  following  paragraph : 

The  example  of  America  must  be  a  special  example.  The  example  of  America  must 
be  an  example,  not  of  peace  because  it  will  not  fight,  but  of  peace  because  peace  is  the 
healing  and  elevating  influence  of  the  world,  and  strife  is  not.  There  is  such  a  thing 
as  a  man  being  too  proud  to  fight.  There  is  such  a  thing  as  a  man  being  so  right  that 
he  does  not  need  to  convince  others  by  force  that  he  is  right. 

Three  days  later  the  State  Department  published  the  first  of  that  series 
of  notes  addressed  to  the  Imperial  German  Government  which  were  all 
written  by  the  President  of  the  United  States  and  were  the  continuing 
expression  of  that  spirit  expressed  in  the  Philadelphia  utterance.  The 
United  States,  said  this  first  note,  had  "observed  with  growing  con- 
cern, distress,  and  amazement"  that  series  of  events  of  which  the 
Lusitania  was  a  culmination.  It  was  "loath  to  believe — it  cannot  now 
bring  itself  to  believe — that  these  acts  so  contrary"  to  the  rules,  prac- 
tice, and  spirit  of  modern  warfare  could  be  sanctioned  or  approved  by 
the  German  Government.  There  followed  a  recitation  of, the  facts; 
a  biting  reference  to  the  irregularity  incident  to  the  publication  in  the 
American  press  by  the  German  Embassy  of  that  warning  to  the  passen- 
gers of  the  Lusitania,  and  the  final  statement:  "The  Imperial  German 
Government  will  not  expect  the  Government  of  the  United  States  to 
omit  any  word  or  any  act  necessary  to  the  performance  of  its  sacred  duty 


56  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

to  maintain  the  rights  of  the  United  States  and  its  citizens  and  of 
safeguarding  their  free  exercise  and  enjoyment."  Throughout  the 
country  it  was  felt  that  this  note  was  an  anticHmax,  after  the  ''strict- 
accountabiHty"  warning,  while  abroad  the  note  itself  attracted  only 
minor  interest  while  the  major  attention  was  reserved  for  the  "too- 
proud-to-fight"  speech.  In  Germany  and  out  of  it  this  was  assumed  to  be 
the  assertion  of  a  purpose  to  adhere  to  a  policy  of  "peace  at  any  price." 
As  a  consequence  there  was  small  occasion  for  surprise  when  the  Ne- 
braskan,  an  American  steamer,  was  torpedoed  off  Fastnet  on  May  23  rd. 
Public  indignation,  aroused  at  this  new  outrage,  was  intensified  by  the 
reception,  one  week  later,  of  the  German  answer  to  the  Lusitania  note, 
which,  instead  of  disavowing  the  act  or  repudiating  the  policy,  quibbled, 
argued,  attacked  British  policy,  and  fixed  upon  the  British  Government 
the  responsibility  for  the  whole  episode,  since  it  had  "attempted  delib- 
erately to  use  the  lives  of  American  citizens  as  protection  for  the  am- 
munition aboard,  and  acted  against  the  clear  provisions  of  the  American 
law  which  expressly  prohibits  the  forwarding  of  passengers  on  ships  car- 
rying ammunition,  and  provides  a  penalty  therefor.  The  company, 
therefore,  is  wantonly  guilty  of  the  death  of  so  many  passengers." 
There  could  be  no  doubt  that  the  quick  sinking  of  the  Lusitania  was 
"primarily  attributable  to  the  explosion  of  the  ammunition  shipment 
caused  by  the  torpedo.  The  Lusitania  s  passengers  would  otherwise 
in  all  probability  have  been  saved." 

The  German  response  in  no  sense  satisfying  American  demands,  a 
new  note  was  framed,  but,  in  the  drafting  of  it,  Mr.  Wilson  and  his 
Secretary  of  State,  Mr.  Bryan,  came  at  last  to  open  disagreement. 
Mr.  Bryan  was  a  frank  advocate  of  a  peace-at-any-price  policy. 
The  President  was  not.  Mr.  Bryan  believed  that  a  continuation 
of  notes  would  lead  to  an  ever-worsening  situation,  with  war  as  the 
logical  result.  Mr.  Wilson  believed  that  by  notes  he  could  ulti- 
mately persuade  the  German  Government  and  the  German  people. 
The  President  did  not  regard  war  as  a  possibility.  Mr.  Bryan  saw 
clearly  that  it  was  inevitable  unless  the  American  Government  were 
prepared  to  tolerate  the  murder  of  its  fellow-citizens.     His  horror  of  war 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS  57 

would  permit  him  such  toleration.  Accordingly,  Mr.  Bryan  resigned, 
was  succeeded  by  Mr.  Lansing,  and  in  the  meantime  the  exchange  of 
notes  progressed. 

The  new  Secretary  of  State  demolished  the  several  German  argu- 
ments presented  in  their  reply  and  took  position  on  the  unassailable 
ground  that  the  question  of  the  Lusitania  was  not  one  of  law  but  of 
humanity  and  that  the  United  States  was  contending  for  nothing  less 
high  and  sacred  than  the  "rights  of  humanity  which  every  government 
honours  itself  in  respecting  and  which  no  government  is  justified  in 
resigning  on  behalf  of  those  under  its  care  and  authority."  The  final 
words  of  this  second  note  were  as  follows:  "The  Government  of  the 
United  States,  therefore,  deems  it  reasonable  to  expect  that  the  Imperial 
German  Government  will  adopt  the  measures  necessary  to  put  these 
principles  into  practice  in  respect  of  the  safeguarding  of  American  lives 
and  American  ships,  and  asks  for  assurances  that  this  will  be  done." 

But  between  asking  for  assurances  and  asserting  a  determination  to 
hold  Germany  to  "strict  accountability"  and  to  "omit  no  word  or  act 
.  .  ."  it  was  plain  that  there  was  a  wide  gulf.  The  country  felt 
very  clearly  that,  with  the  massacre  still  lacking  a  German  disavowal  and 
a  policy  of  assassination  unrepudiated  by  the  Germans,  the  United  States 
Government  was  rapidly  allowing  itself  to  drift  into  dialectics.  Impatience 
was  everywhere  on  the  increase,  and  this  impatience  was  not  lessened 
when  the  next  German  note,  instead  of  giving  the  required  assurances, 
shifted  the  discussion  to  a  suggestion  that  American  citizens  should 
travel  only  on  neutral  ships,  and  further  offered  the  impudent 
intimation  that  these  neutral  ships  should  be  conspicuously  marked  and 
their  sailing  advertised  to  the  German  Government.  Once  more  a  Ger- 
man outrage  contributed  to  aggravating  the  situation.  On  July  9th  the 
Orduna,  like  the  Lusitania,  a  British  passenger  ship  in  the  Atlantic  ser- 
vice, was  attacked  by  a  German  submarine,  not  far  from  the  scene  of  the 
Lusitania  Massacre,  and  followed  by  the  submarine,  which  shelled  her 
until  she  was  out  of  range. 

Still  once  more  the  President  had  recourse  to  a  note  in  which  he 
rejected  the  preposterous  German  suggestion  as  to  restricting  American 


58  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

travel  to  neutral  ships,  and  this  time  warned  Germany  yet  again  in  the 
following  words:  "Friendship  itself  prompts  the  United  States  to  say 
to  the  Imperial  German  Government  that  repetition,  by  the  commanders 
of  German  naval  vessels,  of  acts  in  contravention  of  those  rights  must  be 
regarded  by  the  Government  of  the  United  States,  when  they  affect 
American  citizens,  as  deliberately  unfriendly."  Four  days  later  a 
German  submarine  sank  the  American  ship  Leelazv,  but  this  time  the 
crew  was  allowed  time  to  quit  the  ship;  and  the  cargo  was  contraband. 
Any  thought  that  the  Germans  had  changed  their  policy  was  destroyed 
on  August  30th,  when  a  German  submarine  attacked  and  sank  the 
Arabic,  again  near  the  scene  of  the  Lusitania  Massacre.  Of  the  423 
persons  on  the  Arabic,  44,  including  two  Americans,  lost  their  lives. 
This  was  the  "deliberately  unfriendly"  action  which  the  President  had 
indicated  in  his  last  note. 

What  could  be  left  to  discuss  ?  What  further  use  was  there  of  dis- 
cussing the  question  with  the  German  Government?  This  was  the 
demand  of  the  American  press  and  a  large  fraction  of  the  American 
people.  The  German  Government  itself  seemed  to  understand  the 
gravity  of  the  new  crisis,  because,  through  its  ambassador  at  Washington, 
it  asked  that  the  United  States  Government  should  take  no  action 
until  it  was  able  to  investigate  the  Arabic  incident,  and  asserted  that 
if  it  should  be  proved  that  Americans  had  actually  lost  their  lives,  this 
would  be  something  contrary  to  German  intentions.  On  August  26th 
the  German  Ambassador,  following  a  conversation  with  the  President, 
gave  him  the  following  pledge  on  behalf  of  the  German  Government: 
"Liners  will  not  be  sunk  by  our  submarines  without  warning  and  with- 
out safety  of  the  rights  of  non-combatants,  provided  the  liners  do  not 
try  to  escape  or  offer  resistance."  This  looked  like  a  victory  for  the 
American  contention,  but  three  days  later  the  Hesperian,  with  650 
passengers  and  crew  aboard,  was  torpedoed  off  Fastnet.  As  there  were 
Canadian  soldiers  aboard,  and  the  ship  mounted  at  least  one  gun,  there 
was  a  general  agreement  to  suffer  this  incident  to  pass  without  challenge. 

Meantime,  the  activity  in  the  Mediterranean  of  submarines,  flying 
the  Austrian  flag  but  widely  believed  to  be  German,  precipitated  new 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS  59 

complications.  On  November  7th  the  Italian  passenger  ship  Ancona 
was  torpedoed  off  the  coast  of  Tunis  by  submarines  which  flew 
first  the  German  and  then  the  Austrian  flag.  On  December  6th  the 
American  State  Department  demanded  disavowal  and  reparation  in 
terms  more  explicit  and  emphatic  than  had  yet  been  employed  in  any 
previous  note.  To  this  the  Austrian  Government  replied,  after  long 
delay,  in  tones  which  were  insolent  and  contemptuous,  refusing  to 
comply  with  the  American  demand.  The  State  Department  responded 
to  this  with  a  somewhat  curt  repetition  of  the  demand  for  disavowal 
and  reparation  and  to  this  second  note  the  Austrian  Government  yielded. 
One  day  after  the  Austrian  surrender  became  known,  the  British  S.S. 
Persia  was  torpedoed  in  the  eastern  Mediterranean  and  392  passengers 
and  crew  were  lost.  .Among  these  was  an  American  consul  on  his 
way  to  his  post.  When  the  Austrian  Government  was  approached  in 
this  matter  it  suggested  that  the  crime  might  have  been  the  work  of  a 
Turkish  submarine. 

The  controversy  continued  to  drag  with  no  further  grave  incidents 
for  two  months  more,  during  the  course  of  which  Germany,  in  a  further 
communication,  offered  to  modify  its  submarine  campaign  provided  that 
the  British  would  disarm  their  merchant  ships.  An  enquiry,  by  the 
American  Secretary  of  State,  of  the  Allies  as  to  their  position  in  this 
question  was  met  with  a  courteous  but  emphatic  refusal. 

Finally,  on  March  24th,  a  French  channel  boat  plying  between 
Folkestone  and  Dieppe  was  torpedoed,  and  although  the  vessel  remained 
afloat,  some  80  persons  were  wounded,  including  Americans. 

The  sinking  of  the  Sussex  was  the  last  straw.  Utterly  derisory 
German  justification  was  brushed  aside,  and  on  April  19th  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States  laid  before  Congress  the  whole  history  of  the 
submarine  debate,  having  on  the  day  previously  addressed  to  the 
German  Government  yet  one  more  note,  which  closed  with  the  following 
sentence:  ''Unless  the  Imperial  Government  should  now  immediately 
declare  and  effect  an  abandonment  of  its  present  method  of  submarine 
warfare  against  passenger-  and  freight-carrying  vessels,  the  Government 
of  the  United  States  can  have  no  other  choice  but  to  sever  diplomatic 


6o  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

relations  with  the  German  Empire  altogether."  On  May  4th  the  Ger- 
man Government  responded  in  a  long  note  reviewing  all  the  counter- 
charges against  the  British,  plainly  intimating  that  the  United  States 
Government  was  not  pursuing,  in  respect  of  the  British,  the  same  course 
as  in  the  case  of  Germany,  but  containing  the  all-important  statement : 
"German  naval  forces  have  received  the  following  orders:  *In  accord- 
ance wdth  the  general  principles  of  visit  and  search  and  destruction  of 
merchant  vessels,  recognized  by  international  law,  such  vessels,  both 
within  and  without  the  area  declared  as  naval  war  zone,  shall  not  be 
sunk  without  warning  and  without  saving  human  life  unless  those 
ships  attempt  to  escape  or  offer  resistance'. " 

This  was  all  the  United  States  had  contended  for.  So  far  it  was  a 
complete  victory  for  Mr.  Wilson's  method.  There  was,  however, 
appended  to  the  note  this  following  minatory  condition:  "But  neutrals 
cannot  expect  that  Germany,  forced  to  fight  for  her  existence,  shall, 
for  the  sake  of  neutral  interests,  restrict  the  use  of  an  effective  weapon 
if  her  enemy  is  permitted  to  apply  at  will  methods  of  warfare  violating 
the  rights  of  international  law."  The  German  Government  further 
expressed  its  confidence  that  the  United  States  should  now  resume  its 
debates  with  Great  Britain  and  force  that  nation  to  comply  with  its 
contentions.  Should  the  United  States  fail  to  do  this  the  German 
note  indicated  that  "the  German  Government  would  then  be  facing  a 
new  situation  in  which  it  must  reserve  to  itself  complete  liberty  of 
decision."  This  was  no  more  than  Bernstorff,  the  German  Ambassador, 
had  already  promised  on  behalf  of  his  government  before  the  Sussex 
episode,  but  a  subsequent  German  statement  conceded  Germany's 
failure  to  fulfil  its  promises  in  the  matter  of  the  Sussex^  and  expressed 
its  sincere  regret  therefor  and  its  readiness  to  meet  claims  for  reparation. 

So  ended  the  great  submarine  debate.  When,  a  little  less  than  a  year 
later,  Germany  withdrew  her  pledge  and  announced  her  intention  to 
resume  unrestricted  sinking,  the  United  States  promptly  severed 
diplomatic  relations  and  shortly  thereafter  entered  the  war.  Doubtless 
it  would  have  entered  it  a  year  earlier  but  for  the  German  surrender. 
That  the  episode  itself  injured  American  prestige  abroad,  humiliated 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS  6i 

American  pride  at  home,  was  and  is  unmistakable.  Mr.  Wilson's  notes 
were  the  topic  of  derisory  humour  in  the  press  and  on  the  stages  of  all 
the  European  capitals.  Europe  did  not  derive  the  impression  that 
Americans  were  in  fact  "too  proud  to  fight'' — but  too  cowardly.  Such 
unworthy  and  inaccurate  suspicions  were  dissipated  when  America  did 
come  into  the  war  and  the  character  of  her  participation  forever 
destroyed  the  misunderstanding  due  to  the  incidents  of  1915. 

In  point  of  fact,  Germany  did  not  cease  her  submarine  warfare  until 
Mr.  Wilson  laid  aside  arguments  and  resorted  to  the  familiar  ultimatum. 
Had  he  consented  to  continue  his  notes  Germany  unquestionably  would 
have  continued  her  sinkings.  She  was  neither  convinced  by  his  logic 
nor  impressed  by  his  idealism,  but  in  April,  1916,  she  confronted  a  situa- 
tion in  which  she  lacked  the  necessary  submarines  to  make  her  campaign 
effective  and  was  at  last  aware  that  to  continue  the  campaign  meant  to 
ensure  American  belligerence.  Mr.  Wilson  and  his  fellow-countrymen 
were  not  alone  in  misunderstanding  the  German  surrender.  The 
English  Government  and  the  English  navy,  like  the  American  Govern- 
ment and  the  American  people,  believed  Germany  had  abandoned  the 
submarine,  and  in  this  colossal  misapprehension  both  failed  to  make 
those  preparations  against  a  resumption  of  ruthless  sinking  for  which 
Germany  was  already  preparing.  For  the  moment  German  surrender 
was  of  material  advantage  to  the  Allies,  but  in  the  end  it  was  of  question- 
able profit  since  it  lulled  them  to  sleep  while  the  greatest  danger  which 
was  to  threaten  the  Allied  cause  in  the  whole  war  slowly  matured. 

While  the  State  Department  and  the  President  had  been  occupied 
for  nearly  two  years  with  the  conduct  of  negotiations  growing  out  of 
submarine  outrages  there  had  been  conducted  in  Congress — ostensibly 
with  the  purpose  of  keeping  the  United  States  out  of  the  war,  but  in 
many  instances  by  Congressmen  whose  sympathies  with  Germany  or 
whose  truckling  to  constituencies  in  which  the  German-American  vote 
was  large — campaigns  which  sought  in  the  first  instance  to  place  an 
embargo  on  the  exportation  of  arms  to  the  Allies,  and  subsequently, 
when  the  submarine  debate  had  reached  its  most  acute  stage,  to  forbid 
Americans  to  travel  upon  armed  merchantmen,  and  to  deny  clearance 


62  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

papers  to  such  vessels.  Since  the  British  and  the  French  had  now 
adopted  the  practice  of  arming  all  their  merchantmen  against  the 
submarine,  this  latter  course  would  in  effect  have  paralyzed  Allied 
transport,  while  an  embargo  would  unquestionably  have  deprived  the 
Allies  of  precisely  those  materials  and  weapons  essential  to  defend 
themselves  against  the  German  assault. 

In  the  matter  of  the  embargo,  the  course  of  the  President  from  the 
beginning  was  clear,  definite,  and  correct.  The  United  States,  having 
always  pursued  a  policy  of  unpreparedness  for  war,  depended  more  than 
any  other  country  upon  its  ability  to  import  arms  and  war  materials 
from  other  countries  in  case  of  conflict.  To  set  up  a  precedent  now  in 
the  matter  of  an  embargo  would  be  to  establish  a  rule  which  might  prove 
fatal  to  the  United  States  at  some  future  crisis.  In  the  days  of  the 
Civil  War  the  Union  armies  had  been  equipped  almost  exclusively  from 
British  and  French  sources  and  without  such  assistance  the  Confederacy 
would  almost  unquestionably  have  won  the  war.  To  put  an  embargo 
on  the  export,  not  merely  of  arms,  but  of  food  and  food  stuffs  and  raw 
materials  generally,  would  have  been  not  merely  to  break  with  American 
policy  in  the  past  and  establish  a  precedent  of  incalculable  peril  to  the 
country  itself,  but  it  would  also  have  been  a  clear  breach  of  neutrality, 
a  deliberate  change  of  the  rules  of  war  during  the  progress  of  the  struggle, 
which  could  only  inure  to  the  benefit  of  one  of  the  parties  contesting. 
Moreover,  the  beneficiary  of  such  a  policy — Germany — had  herself 
employed  the  unquestioned  right  of  export  of  arms  in  the  period  of  the 
Boer  War  and  to  the  advantage  of  the  opponents  of  Great  Britain. 

There  were  not  a  few  Americans,  whose  sincerity  and  unselfishness 
were  above  question,  who  saw  with  disgust  and  humiliation  a  vast  tide 
of  wealth  rolling  In  upon  their  nation  as  a  consequence  of  its  contribu- 
tions of  arms  and  munitions  to  a  struggle  in  which  Its  own  sons  did  not 
participate.  To  grow  rich  out  of  the  agonies  of  other  nations  was  a 
thing  repugnant  to  them.  Yet,  with  small  exception,  their  ultimate 
judgment  sustained  the  policy  of  the  President. 

Again,  those  for  selfish  reasons  Interested  in  an  embargo,  the  pro- 
ducers of  cotton  and  of  such  other  commodities  as  were  momentarily 


o  .= 

H  — 

Z     ^ 


'ARE  WE  DOWNHEARTED?    NO!" 


Copyright  by  Underwood  y  Undenvocd 


Men  of  the  second  draft  leaving  Long  Island  City  for  Camp  Upton.     Abig  German  drive  was  on  just  then,  but  these 

men  do  not  seem  to  be  afraid 


Copyright  by  Cliiifdinst 

PHILADELPHIA  "DRAFTEES"  ARRIVING  AT  CAMP  MEADE 

It's  a  strange,  new  life  which  lies  before  them,  and  they  regard  the  men  already  wearing  khaki  with  much  curiosity  and 

some  awe 


THE  ROOKIE  IS  A  BIT  BEWILDERED  WHEN  REVEILLE  SOUNDS 


BUT  HE  ATTACKS  HIS  "CHOW"  WITH  GOOD  APPETITE 


THERE  WAS  TRAINING  FOR  BOTH  MUSCLE  AND  BRAINS  Al'  IHE  CANTONMENTS 


WRITING  LETTERS 

After  strenuous  days,  crammed  with  new  experiences,  there  was  much  to  tell  the  people  at  home 


THE  NEW  UNIFORMS 

Their  apparel  was  neither  neat  nor  gaudy,  but  the  sidewalks  of  Fifth  Avenue  were  packed  with  their  friends  as  the 

New  York  coascripts  marched  along 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS  71 

affected  by  the  closing  of  the  German  markets,  were  gradually  appeased 
as  the  expansion  of  the  Allied  imports,  consequent  upon  the  ever- 
growing fraction  of  Allied  population  removed  from  industry  to  the 
firing  line,  absorbed  their  products.  As  the  volume  of  the  export  trade 
of  the  United  States  grew  to  figures  unprecedented  in  all  past  history 
the  considerations  which  led  to  the  advocacy  of  an  embargo  totally 
disappeared  and  were  replaced  by  a  far  greater  but  not  less  selfish 
reason  for  opposing  any  embargo. 

The  question  of  forbidding  Americans  to  travel  upon  belligerent 
ships,  on  the  contrary,  continued,  during  the  whole  period  of  the  sub- 
marine warfare,  to  provoke  protests  and  to  attract  legislative  proposals. 
At  the  moment  when  the  Lusitania  was  sunk  there  was  throughout  the 
Middle  West  a  marked  sentiment  expressed  in  the  statement  that  the 
American  citizens  who  had  embarked  upon  a  British  ship  were  them- 
selves not  alone  responsible  for  the  tragedy  which  overtook  them  but 
were  also  guilty  of  an  unpatriotic  act  in  risking  the  peace  of  their  own 
country  by  their  temerity.  The  right  of  Germany  to  commit  mur- 
der was  seldom  asserted  in  any  American  quarter,  but  the  duty  of 
American  citizens  to  refrain  from  travel  upon  British  and  French 
ships  was  often  proclaimed. 

When  the  British  armed  all  their  merchantmen  against  submarine 
attack,  as  they  were  entitled  to  do  under  international  law,  the  contro- 
versy took  a  new  shape.  Many  resolutions  were  introduced  in  Congress, 
the  sum  of  all  of  which  was  to  forbid  Americans  to  travel  on  armed  mer- 
chantmen and  to  prohibit  the  sailing  of  such  armed  merchantmen  from 
American  ports.  Germany  herself,  at  the  height  of  the  submarine 
controversy,  offered  to  abandon  ruthless  attacks  upon  passenger  ships 
provided  the  United  States  could  procure  from  the  British  an  abandon- 
ment of  the  policy  of  arming  merchantmen.  The  Secretary  of  State, 
Mr.  Lansing,  made  such  a  request  to  the  British;  the  President  himself 
for  the  moment  wavered  and  seemed  willing  to  accept  the  German  sug- 
gestion. 

Happily,  however,  Mr.  Wilson's  doubts  were  speedily  cleared  up. 
He  recognized  clearly  that  in  arming  their  merchantmen  the  British 


72  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

were  acting  within  international  law.  He  perceived,  as  in  the  case  of 
the  embargo,  that  to  undertake  to  change  international  law  in  the 
course  of  the  conflict,  in  such  way  as  to  benefit  but  one  of  the  contest- 
ants, would  constitute  a  breach  of  neutrality  and  he  squarely  and  cour- 
ageously took  his  stand  against  such  a  course  in  the  face  of  a  campaign 
in  Congress  and  in  the  public  press  which  at  moments  seemed  likely  to 
overwhelm  his  policy  but  in  the  end  came  to  nothing. 

III.      THIRD    PHASE TREASON   AND    SEDITION 

While  there  had  been  going  forward,  from  the  moment  Germany 
proclaimed  her  submarine  campaign  to  the  agreement  on  a  modus  Vi- 
vendi in  April,  1916,  a  campaign  of  domestic  agitation  unparalleled  in 
American  history,  it  was  only  when  this  submarine  peril  seemed  re- 
moved that  the  country  at  last  appreciated  clearly  the  extent  to  which 
its  peace  had  been  destroyed  by  the  representatives  of  alien  countries 
seeking  to  mobilize  American  public  opinion  against  the  Government  of 
the  United  States  and  in  support  of  the  policies  of  other  countries.  Be- 
cause President  Wilson  had  declined  to  submit  to  a  German  policy  of 
murder  on  the  high  seas,  German  agents  and  German  sympathizers 
conducted  against  him  and  his  Administration  in  the  United  States  and 
through  the  medium  of  the  press  and  certain  public  men,  a  campaign  of 
utmost  hostility. 

Because  the  President  and  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  had 
declined  to  place  an  embargo  upon  the  export  of  arms  and  munitions, 
both  were  assailed,  and  while  the  German  influence  still  sought  to  force 
Congress  to  adopt  an  embargo,  an  ever-Increasing  campaign  of  ruthless 
violence  was  directed  against  the  munition  plants,  the  shipping,  and  the 
communications  within  the  country.  The  investigations  of  this  period 
and  of  these  activities,  conducted  In  New  York  State  at  a  later  time 
under  the  brilliant  direction  of  a  Deputy  Attorney  General,  Mr.  Alfred 
L.  Becker,  revealed  the  extent  to  which  money  had  been  employed  in 
the  purchase  of  American  newspapers  and  in  the  corruption  of  men  en- 
gaged in  publicity  work. 

All  this  campaign  centred  In  the  German  Embassy,  where  the  Ger- 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS  73 

man  Ambassador,  Count  von  Bernstorff,  at  one  time  conducted  within 
the  United  States  an  ever-growing  attack  upon  the  President  and  the 
Government,  and  posed  before  the  people  of  the  United  States  as  a 
friend  of  their  country,  seeking  at  all  times  to  prevent  his  own  govern- 
ment from  taking  extreme  measures  and  precipitating  a  conflict. 

Rarely,  if  ever,  in  history,  has  there  been  such  a  spectacle  as  Bern- 
storff presented.  He  knew  the  American  press,  its  machinery,  its  weak- 
nesses, and  its  strength.  He  made  his  embassy  a  gathering-place  of 
newspaper  correspondents;  he  talked  to  them  frequently  and  with  frank- 
ness. Through  them  he  conducted  a  campaign  of  publicity  of  almost 
unrivalled  extent.  Day  by  day  the  German  side  of  each  controversy 
was  set  forth  in  all  the  papers  of  the  United  States,  frequently  in  ad- 
vance of  any  statement  of  the  Government  itself.  He  made  war  upon 
the  President  and  he  mobilized  not  alone  the  German-American  press 
animated  by  sympathies  with  Germany;  not  alone  that  section  of  the 
American  press,  like  the  journals  of  Mr.  William  R.  Hearst — ^whose 
hostility  to  Great  Britain  and  sympathy  with  Germany  led  him  to  trans- 
form his  vast  and  influential  newspapers  into  organs  and  agents  of  the 
German  cause;  but  also  newspapers  whose  policy  was  unquestionably 
pro-Ally,  since  he  provided  their  correspondents  with  news  valuable  to 
the  paper  and  took  his  pay  in  the  publicity  his  own  views  thereby  ac- 
quired. 

Nor  did  the  German  Ambassador  stop  with  mere  manipulation  of 
the  press.  In  his  embassy  the  destruction  of  munition  plants  was 
plotted.  A  paralysis  of  American  Industry  by  strikes  and  disorders 
was  prepared,  and  the  murder  of  American  citizens,  alike  In  factories 
and  on  the  high  seas,  was  arranged.  No  single  circumstance  in  all  Mr. 
Wilson's  policy  of  long-suff^ering,  of  patience  In  the  hope  of  avoiding 
participation  in  the  World  War,  was  at  once  more  striking,  or  for  frac- 
tions of  the  American  people,  more  humiliating  than  his  toleration  of 
Bernstorff,  whose  insolence  knew  no  bounds,  whose  interference  in 
American  domestic  affairs  was  beyond  belief.  In  no  other  country 
in  the  world  could  Bernstorff  have  conducted  a  campaign  against  the 
Government  and  the  peace  of  the  nation  to  which  he  was  accredited 


74  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

as  the  Ambassador  of  a  friendly  nation.  Evil  he  was,  unscrupulous, 
an  intriguer  whose  whole  career  in  America  was  ultimately  exposed  but 
what  all  the  country  finally  learned  must  have  been  long  known  to  the 
Government  which  permitted  him  to  continue  his  operations. 

The  Austrian  Ambassador,  by  contrast  a  harmless  and  well-inten- 
tioned diplomat,  was  less  fortunate  and  was  obliged  to  leave  the  country 
at  the  request  of  the  State  Department  after  having  been  involved  in 
the  German  campaign  against  munition  plants.  Several  of  Bernstorff's 
agents  shared  a  similar  fate,  after  disclosures  which  rendered  their  stay 
in  the  United  States  impossible,  but  Bernstorff  himself  remained,  until 
the  action  of  his  own  government  led  to  the  severing  of  diplomatic 
relations,  and  in  the  period  between  the  interruption  and  the  resumption 
of  unrestricted  submarine  warfare — that  is,  between  April,  19 16,  and 
February,  191 7 — Bernstorff's  activities  rose  to  almost  unbelievable 
heights. 

In  this  same  period  President  Wilson  gave  one  more  illustration  of 
the  fashion  in  which  he  held  to  the  view  that  his  own  and  his  country's 
mission  was  to  restore  peace  in  the  world.  When  the  German  Chancel- 
lor, following  the  German  victories  in  Roumania,  made  his  first  proffer 
of  peace  in  December,  1916,  President  Wilson  was  himself  preparing  to 
make  a  gesture  which  might  contribute  to  an  ending  of  the  conflict. 
He  knew,  moreover,  that  Germany  contemplated  a  resumption  of  her 
unrestricted  submarine  warfare  if  the  Allies  did  not  accept  this  peace 
proposal,  which  was  in  its  very  nature  unacceptable,  since  he  had 
been  directly  warned  by  our  Ambassador  in  Berlin. 

It  was  unfortunate  in  the  extreme  that  the  President's  own  peace 
note  followed  so  closely  upon  the  German  as  to  give  it  at  least  the  colour 
of  an  attempt  designed  to  strengthen  Germany's  hands;  nor  was  it 
less  humiliating  to  Americans  in  later  times  that  this  note  had  also  the 
appearance  of  having  been  dictated  by  a  desire  to  prevent  a  new  sub- 
marine campaign.  In  Paris  and  Berlin  the  President  was  held  to  have 
openly  aided  Germany.  In  America  it  was  felt  that  he  had  been  co- 
erced into  uttering  his  peace  note  by  a  German  threat  to  resume  sub- 
marine warfare  if  he  did  not  support  Germany's  peace  movement. 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS  75 

The  President's  peace  note  was  issued  on  December  i8th.  To  the 
governments  of  the  Central  Powers  the  following  communication  was 
sent: 

The  suggestion  which  I  am  instructed  to  make,  the  President  has  long  had  it  in 
mind  to  offer.  He  is  somewhat  embarrassed  to  offer  it  at  this  particular  time  because 
it  may  now  seem  to  have  been  prompted  by  a  desire  to  play  a  part  in  connection  with 
the  recent  overtures  of  the  Central  Powers.  It  has,  in  fact,  been  in  no  way  suggested 
by  them  in  its  origin,  and  the  President  would  have  delayed  offering  it  until  those  over- 
tures had  been  independently  answered  but  for  the  fact  that  it  also  contains  the  ques- 
tion of  peace  and  may  best  be  considered  in  connection  with  other  proposals  which 
have  the  same  end  in  view.  The  President  can  only  beg  that  his  suggestion  be  con- 
sidered entirely  on  its  own  merits  and  as  if  it  had  been  made  in  other  circumstances. 

The  note  to  the  Allies  was  slightly  different  in  respect  of  the  paragraph 
quoted  above  but  otherwise  similar.  In  both  the  President  suggested 
a  re-statement  on  the  part  of  each  contestant  of  its  war  aims  and  its  peace 
terms,  which,  he  pointed  out — in  language  that  excited  heart-burnings 
alike  in  London  and  Paris — were  identical  in  statement. 

Each  side  desires  to  make  the  rights  and  privileges  of  weak  peoples  and  small  states 
as  secure  against  aggression  or  denial  in  the  future  as  the  rights  and  privileges  of  the 
great  and  powerful  states  now  at  war. 

Each  wishes  itself  to  be  made  secure  in  the  future,  along  with  all  other  nations 
and  peoples,  against  the  recurrence  of  wars  like  this  and  against  aggressions  of  selfish 
interference  of  any  kind.  Each  would  be  jealous  of  the  formation  of  any  more  rival 
leagues  to  preserve  an  uncertain  balance  of  power  amid  multiplying  suspicions;  but 
each  is  ready  to  consider  the  formation  of  a  league  of  nations  to  ensure  peace  and  jus- 
tice throughout  the  world.  Before  that  final  step  can  be  taken,  however,  each  deems 
it  necessary  first  to  settle  the  issues  of  the  present  war  upon  terms  which  will  cer- 
tainly safeguard  the  independence,  the  territorial  integrity,  and  the  political  and  com- 
mercial freedom  of  the  nations  involved. 

In  the  measures  to  be  taken  to  secure  the  future  peace  of  the  world  the  people 
and  Government  of  the  United  States  are  as  vitally  and  as  directly  interested  as  the 
governments  now  at  war.  Their  interest,  moreover,  in  the  means  to  be  adopted  to 
relieve  the  smaller  and  weaker  peoples  of  the  world  of  the  peril  of  wrong  and  violence 
is  as  quick  and  ardent  as  that  of  any  other  people  or  government.  They  stand  ready, 
and  even  eager,  to  cooperate  in  the  accomplishment  of  these  ends,  when  the  war  is 
over,  with  every  influence  and  resource  at  their  command.  But  the  war  must  first 
be  concluded.  The  terms  upon  which  it  is  to  be  concluded  they  are  not  at  liberty  to 
suggest;  but  the  President  does  feel  that  it  is  his  right  and  his  duty  to  point  out  their 
intimate  interest  in  its  conclusion,  lest  it  should  presently  be  too  late  to  accomplish 
the  greater  things  which  lie  beyond  its  conclusion;  lest  the  situation  of  neutral  nations. 


76  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

now  exceedingly  hard  to  endure,  be  rendered  altogether  intolerable;  and  lest,  more 
than  all,  an  injury  be  done  civilization  itself  which  can  never  be  atoned  for  or  repaired. 

Short  of  such  a  re-statement  of  war  aims,  short  of  some  composition  of 
the  differences 

.  .  .  the  contest  must  continue  to  proceed  toward  undefined  ends  by  slow  attri- 
tion until  one  group  of  belligerents  or  the  other  is  exhausted.  If  million  after  million 
of  human  lives  must  continue  to  be  offered  up  until  on  the  one  side  or  the  other  there 
are  no  more  to  offer;  if  resentments  must  be  kindled  that  can  never  cool  and  despairs 
engendered  from  which  there  can  be  no  recovery,  hopes  of  peace  and  of  the  willing 
concert  of  free  peoples  will  be  rendered  vain  and  idle. 

Coincident  with  this  utterance  of  the  President  there  was  an  Inter- 
view with  the  Secretary  of  State,  in  which  Mr.  Lansing,  in  explaining  the 
President's  statement,  said: 

I  mean  by  that  that  we  are  drawing  nearer  the  verge  of  war  ourselves,  and,  there- 
fore, we  are  entitled  to  know  exactly  what  each  belligerent  seeks  in  order  that  we  may 
negotiate  our  conduct  in  the  future. 

The  President's  intervention,  as  we  have  seen  in  the  previous  vol- 
ume, came  to  nothing,  and  a  final  German  comment  upon  the  failure 
contained  the  minatory  declaration: 

Germany  and  her  allies  have  made  an  honest  attempt  to  terminate  the  war  and 
open  the  road  for  an  understanding  among  the  belligerents.  The  Imperial  Govern- 
ment asserts  the  fact  that  it  merely  depended  upon  the  decision  of  our  adversaries 
whether  the  road  toward  peace  should  be  entered  upon  or  not.  The  hostile  govern- 
ments declined  to  accept  this  road.  Upon  them  falls  the  full  responsibility  for  the 
continuation  of  the  bloodshed. 

Most  significant  of  all  perhaps  in  the  President's  note,  and  in  the 
discussions  of  this  moment,  was  the  first  general  publicity  given  to  the 
idea  of  the  League  of  Nations  contained  in  an  address  before  the  Senate 
on  January  22nd,  which  was  at  the  moment  memorable  not  because  of 
its  extended  reference  to  the  League-of-Nations  idea  but  because  it 
contained  an  astounding  assertion  that  one  of  the  prerequisites  was 
"peace  without  victory."  No  single  phrase — since  "too  proud  to 
fight" — produced  such  an  unfortunate  impression  abroad  or  created 
such  far-reaching  criticism  at  home.     In  London  and  in  Paris  it  was 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS  77 

once  more  felt  that  the  President  had  failed  utterly  to  discriminate  be- 
tween the  moral  status  of  the  Allies  and  of  their  assailants;  and,  viewed 
in  the  light  of  this  utterance,  the  President's  whole  action  with  respect 
to  peace  was  wrongly  and  invariably  interpreted  as  a  championship  of  a 
German  manoeuvre  which  was  at  once  dishonest  and  dangerous,  while 
for  the  President's  League  of  Nations  there  was  little  but  derision  to  be 
heard  at  this  time. 

But  whatever  the  President  hoped  or  believed  possible  or  probable 
in  the  world  situation,  he  was  called  upon  to  lay  aside  both  his  hopes  and 
his  expectations  when,  on  the  last  day  of  January,  1917,  the  Imperial 
German  Government  proclaimed  a  resumption  of  ruthless  submarine 
warfare.  This  course  was  defended  as  the  inevitable  consequence 
of  the  British  and  French  refusal  to  accept  the  German  peace  proffer. 
The  "new  situation,"  mentioned  in  the  German  pledge  to  the  United 
States  nearly  a  year  before,  had  arrived,  and  Germany  now  resumed  her 
freedom  of  action.  She  fixed  barred  zones  about  the  British  Isles  and 
in  the  Mediterranean  and  announced  that  all  ships,  neutral  and  belliger- 
ent alike,  found  in  those  waters  would  be  sunk.  One  regular  American 
passenger  ship  a  week  was  to  be  permitted  to  sail  to  and  from  Falmouth, 
provided  that  it  complied  with  an  intricate  system  of  regulations  as  to 
course,  cargo,  and  markings. 

On  February  3rd  the  President  appeared  before  Congress  and  in  an 
extended  address  containing  a  review  of  the  whole  history  of  the  sub- 
marine campaign,  closed  with  this  momentous  statement: 

I  think  you  will  agree  with  me  that,  in  view  of  this  declaration,  which  suddenly 
and  without  prior  intimation  of  any  kind  deliberately  withdraws  the  solemn  assurance 
given  in  the  Imperial  Government's  note  of  the  4th  of  May,  1916,  this  Government  has 
no  alternative  consistent  with  the  dignity  and  honour  of  the  United  States  but  to  take 
the  course  which,  in  its  note  of  the  i8th  of  April,  1916,  it  announced  that  it  would  take 
in  the  event  that  the  German  Government  did  not  declare  and  effect  an  abandonment 
of  the  methods  of  submarine  warfare  which  it  was  then  employing  and  to  which  it  now 
purposes  again  to  resort. 

I  have,  therefore,  directed  the  Secretary  of  State  to  announce  to  his  Excellency  the 
German  Ambassador  that  all  diplomatic  relations  between  the  United  States  and  the 
German  Empire  are  severed,  and  that  the  American  Ambassador  at  Berlin  will  imme- 
diately be  withdrawn;  and,  in  accordance  with  this  decision,  to  hand  to  his  Excellency 
his  passports. 


78  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

If  the  German  Government  should  now  be  guilty  of  "  an  overt  act " 
the  President  advised  Congress  that  he  would  appear  again  before  it  to 
recommend  further  steps. 

Severance  of  diplomatic  relations  did  not,  of  itself,  mean  war;  but 
in  Europe,  as  in  America,  it  was  recognized  as  only  a  preliminary  step. 
Meantime,  whatever  popular  emotion  was  aroused  anew  against  Ameri- 
can participation  in  the  war  was  definitively  destroyed  when,  on  the  last 
day  of  February,  the  people  of  the  United  States  learned  from  an  ofllicial 
publication  in  their  newspapers  the  astounding  fact  that,  more  than 
six  weeks  before,  Germany  had  begun  to  prepare  for  war  with  the 
United  States  by  seeking  alliances  with  Japan  and  with  Mexico,  and 
that  the  German  Foreign  Minister,  Zimmermann,  had  instructed  the 
German  Minister  at  Mexico  City  to  undertake  to  procure  an  alliance 
with  Mexico  and  induce  Mexico  to  approach  Japan  with  the  same  ob- 
ject. Mexico's  reward  for  an  attack  upon  the  United  States  was  to  be 
the  reconquest  of  her  lost  provinces  of  New  Mexico,  Texas,  and  Arizona. 
The  full  text  of  Zimmermann's  note  is  as  follows : 

Bedin,  Jan.  19,  1917. 

On  the  1st  of  February  we  intend  to  begin  submarine  warfare  unrestricted.  In 
spite  of  this,  it  is  our  intention  to  endeavour  to  keep  neutral  the  United  States  of 
America. 

If  this  attempt  is  not  successful,  we  propose  an  alliance  on  the  following  basis  with 
Mexico:  That  we  shall  make  war  together  and  together  make  peace.  We  shall  give 
general  financial  support,  and  it  is  understood  that  Mexico  is  to  reconquer  the  lost 
territory  in  New  Mexico,  Texas,  and  Arizona.  The  details  are  left  to  you  for  set- 
tlement. 

You  are  instructed  to  inform  the  President  of  Mexico  of  the  above  in  the  greatest 
confidence  as  soon  as  it  is  certain  that  there  will  be  an  outbreak  of  war  with  the  United 
States,  and  suggest  that  the  President  of  Mexico,  on  his  own  initiative,  should  commu- 
nicate with  Japan  suggesting  adherence  at  once  to  his  plan.  At  the  same  time,  offer 
to  mediate  between  Germany  and  Japan. 

Please  call  to  the  attention  of  the  President  of  Mexico  that  the  employment  of 
ruthless  submarine  warfare  now  promises  to  compel  England  to  make  peace  in  a  few 
months. 

Zimmermann. 

Since  the  Lusitania  Massacre  nothing  had  happened  which  had  so 
profoundly   aroused   American   indignation.     The    last    possibility  of 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS  79 

effective  opposition  to  American  entrance  into  the  war  disappeared. 
A  filibuster  in  the  Senate  in  the  closing  days  of  the  session — designed 
to  prevent  the  passage  of  a  resolution  empowering  the  President 
to  arm  American  merchant  vessels — ^was  in  itself  the  last  stand 
of  the  opponents  of  war,  and  while  exciting  momentary  passion, 
was  of  minor  importance.  When  President  Wilson  again  took  office  on 
March  4th  he  had  the  support  of  the  nation  in  a  policy  which  was 
universally  recognized  as  bound  to  lead  to  war  with  Germany  within 
the  briefest  possible  time.  The  Zimmermann  note  had  demonstrated 
beyond  all  question  the  impossibility  of  avoiding  conflict  with  a  nation 
which,  having  asserted  the  right  to  bar  our  ships  and  citizens  from  the 
sea  and  to  murder  Americans  who  undertook  to  exercise  their  un- 
questioned right  to  travel  on  the  ocean,  was  now  inciting  America's 
neighbours  to  attack  her  by  promises  of  American  territory  if  the  United 
States  ventured  to  protect  the  lives  of  its  own  citizens. 

When,  on  April  2nd,  Congress  assembled  in  pursuance  of  a  call  of 
the  President  to  Extraordinary  Session,  Mr.  Wilson  spoke  to  it  the  words 
for  which  the  country  was  now  waiting  with  impatience.  This  address 
reviewed  at  length  the  long  list  of  injuries  suffered  by  the  American 
Government  and  people  at  the  hands  of  the  Germans  and  recognized 
at  last  that  the  German  submarine  warfare  was  a  warfare  against  man- 
kind and  against  all  nations.  If  American  ships  had  been  sunk  the  chal- 
lenge was  after  all  not  merely  to  America  but  to  all  mankind.  The  Presi- 
dent advised  Congress  that  in  his  judgment  it  should  declare  the  recent 
course  of  the  Imperial  German  Government  to  be  war  against  the  Govern- 
ment and  people  of  the  United  States;  that  it  accept  it  as  such,  and  that 
it  take  steps  to  exert  all  the  country's  power  and  employ  all  its  resources 
to  bring  the  Government  of  the  German  Empire  to  terms. 
Concerning  American  purpose  the  President  said : 

Our  purpose  now,  as  then,  is  to  vindicate  the  principles  of  peace  and  justice  in  the 
life  of  the  world  against  selfish  and  autocratic  power  and  to  set  up  among  the  really 
free  and  self-governed  peoples  of  the  world  such  a  concert  of  purpose  and  action  as 
will  henceforth  insure  the  observance  of  those  principles.     .     .     . 

We  have  no  quarrel  with  the  German  people.  We  have  no  feeling  toward  them 
but  one  of  sympathy  and  friendship.  It  was  not  upon  their  impulse  that  their  govern- 
ment acted  in  entering  this  war.     It  was  not  with  their  previous  knowledge  or  approval. 


8o  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

It  was  a  war  determined  upon  as  wars  used  to  be  determined  upon  in  the  old, 
unhappy  days  when  peoples  were  nowhere  consulted  by  their  rulers  and  wars  were 
provoked  and  waged  in  the  interest  of  dynasties  or  of  little  groups  of  ambitious  men 
who  were  accustomed  to  use  their  fellowmen  as  pawns  and  tools. 

Commenting  upon  the  recent  experience  of  the  Mexican  intrigue^ 
which  he  described  as  a  challenge  of  hostile  purpose  which  his  own 
country  was  about  to  accept,  he  said: 

We  are  now  about  to  accept  gauge  of  battle  with  this  natural  foe  to  liberty,  and 
shall,  if  necessary,  spend  the  whole  force  of  the  nation  to  check  and  nullify  its  preten- 
tions and  its  power.  We  are  glad,  now  that  we  see  the  facts  with  no  veil  of  false  pre- 
tense about  them,  to  fight  thus  for  the  ultimate  peace  of  the  world  and  for  the  libera- 
tion of  its  peoples,  the  German  people  included;  for  the  rights  of  nations  great  and 
small  and  the  privilege  of  men  everywhere  to  choose  their  way  of  life  and  of  obedience. 
The  world  must  be  made  safe  for  democracy.  Its  peace  must  be  planted  upon  the 
tested  foundations  of  political  liberty. 

We  have  no  selfish  ends  to  serve.  We  desire  no  conquest,  no  dominion.  We  seek 
no  indemnities  for  ourselves,  no  material  compensation  for  the  sacrifices  we  shall  freely 
make.  We  are  but  one  of  the  champions  of  the  rights  of  mankind.  We  shall  be  satis- 
fied when  those  rights  have  been  made  as  secure  as  the  faith  and  the  freedom  of  the 
nations  can  make  them. 

The  President  closed  his  address  thus : 

It  is  a  distressing  and  oppressive  duty,  gentlemen  of  the  Congress,  which  I  have 
performed  in  thus  addressing  you.  There  are,  it  may  be,  many  months  of  fiery  trial 
and  sacrifice  ahead  of  us.  It  is  a  fearful  thing  to  lead  this  great,  peaceful  people  into 
war — into  the  most  terrible  and  disastrous  of  all  wars,  civilization  itself  seeming  to  be 
in  the  balance. 

But  the  Right  is  more  precious  than  peace,  and  we  shall  fight  for  the  things  which 
we  have  always  carried  nearest  our  hearts — for  democracy,  for  the  right  of  those  who 
submit  to  authority  to  have  a  voice  in  their  own  government,  for  the  rights  and  liber- 
ties of  small  nations,  for  a  universal  dominion  of  right  by  such  a  concert  of  free  peoples 
as  shall  bring  peace  and  safety  to  all  nations  and  make  the  world  itself  at  last  free. 

To  such  a  task  we  can  dedicate  our  lives  and  our  fortunes,  everything  that  we  are 
and  everything  that  we  have,  with  the  pride  of  those  who  know  that  the  day  has  come 
when  America  is  privileged  to  spend  her  blood  and  her  might  for  the  principles  that 
gave  her  birth  and  happiness  and  the  peace  which  she  has  treasured.  God  helping  her, 
she  can  do  no  other. 

Following  the  President's  address  a  resolution  declaring  that  war 
existed  with  Germany  was  introduced  both  in  the  Senate  and  the  House. 
On  April  5th  the  resolution  was  adopted  by  the  Senate  and  passed  by 
the  House  by  a  vote  of  373  to  50  and  the  following  day  the  President 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS  8i 

issued  a  proclamation  that  a  state  of  war  existed  between  the  Imperial 
German  Government  and  the  United  States. 

IV.   THE    EFFECT 

The  announcement  that  the  United  States  had  severed  diplomatic 
relations  with  Germany  reached  London  and  Paris  at  the  moment  when 
the  populations  of  both  cities  were  suffering  from  the  consequences  of 
the  most  severe  winter  since  the  siege  of  Paris.  The  news  was  read 
to  soldiers  in  the  trenches,  whose  sufferings  in  this  same  tragic  winter 
were  almost  indescribable.  To  the  French  and  the  British  armies,  still 
expecting  a  short  and  victorious  campaign,  the  news  of  American  par- 
ticipation was  still  one  more  evidence  of  the  approach  of  victory. 

The  American  declaration  of  war  preceded  by  only  three  days  the 
British  offensive  at  Arras,  and  at  least  one  American  flag  was  carried 
by  the  victorious  Canadian  troops  who  climbed  Vimy  Ridge.  When  the 
British  operation  had  ceased  and  the  French  attack  had  failed,  when  the 
morale  of  the  Allied  armies  and  Allied  populations  was  beginning  to 
decline  dangerously,  the  arrival  of  General  Pershing  in  Paris,  with  that 
small  vanguard  of  the  American  hosts  that  were  to  come,  served  as  a 
counter-weight  to  all  the  influences  that  made  for  pessimism  and  urged 
surrender.  As  the  Russian  Revolution  continued  to  disorganize  the 
great  eastern  ally  until  it  fell  first  into  chaos  and  then  into  a  powerless- 
ness  which  ended  in  the  capitulation  to  Bolshevism,  the  coming  of 
America  served  more  and  more  to  encourage  those  who  saw,  in  the 
defection  of  Russia,  Allied  disaster  and  defeat. 

Faithful  to  his  ideal  of  preserving  for  his  country,  untarnished  by 
any  military  effort,  the  rule  of  arbitrator  and  peacemaker,  Mr.  Wilson 
had  kept  America  unarmed  from  August,  1914,  to  April,  1917.  It 
was  therefore  impossible  now  for  American  divisions  to  march.  It  was 
necessary  to  arm  the  country.  It  was  necessary  first  of  all  to  invoke  the 
draft  and  send  the  male  population  of  the  nation  to  training  camps. 
If  valuable  service  could  be  rendered  by  the  Navy  in  combating  the 
submarine  peril,  on  the  military  side  a  full  year  must  pass  before  any- 
thing was  possible.     The  war  became  thus,  as  Mr.  Lloyd  George  said 


82  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

at  a  later  time,  a  race  between  the  Kaiser  and  Wilson,  although  in  1917 
the  real  gravity  of  the  situation  was  not  revealed.  Still  it  was  trans- 
parent to  all  the  well-informed  that  America  was  the  last  hope  of  the 
Allies,  and  this  in  substance  was  the  message  brought  by  Balfour  and 
Viviani,  and  by  Marshal  Joffre  himself,  when  they  came  to  the  United 
States  immediately  after  the  declaration  of  war. 

During  1917,  save  on  the  naval  side,  American  contribution  to  the 
common  cause  was  on  the  moral  rather  than  on  the  military  side.  The 
German  continued  to  believe,  and  certain  portions  of  the  Allied  public 
still  cherished  the  fear,  that  Germany  would  win  before  America  could 
arrive.  Both  contending  parties  saw  that  if  America  could  prepare 
before  Germany  attained  a  decisive  victory,  the  latter's  defeat  was 
inevitable,  and  in  that  hope  the  Allied  governments  continued. 

Meantime  that  gulf  which  had  opened  between  the  people  of  America 
and  those  of  France  and  Britain  was  closed.  For  two  years  English- 
men and  Frenchmen  had  seen  with  amazement  American  persist- 
ence in  a  neutrality  which  to  both  could  but  seem  immoral  selfishness, 
proof  that  the  American  democracy  was  in  fact  corrupt.  More  and 
more  bitterly  France  and  Great  Britain  criticized  American  blindness 
and  inactivity  in  the  presence  of  a  moral  duty.  Had  the  war  finished 
without  American  participation,  even  though  the  Allies  had  won,  many 
years  must  have  passed  before  America's  course  could  have  been  for- 
gotten. As  it  was,  America's  decision  in  a  single  hour  abolished  all 
misunderstandings.  The  hesitations,  the  baitings,  the  incomprehen- 
sible twistings  and  turnings  of  American  policy  were  forgotten.  Be- 
tween the  three  great  Western  democracies  not  only  was  old  friend- 
ship restored,  but  a  new  sense  of  nearness  and  association  was  aroused. 
The  American  flag  flew  over  the  Houses  of  Parliament,  where  no  foreign 
flag  had  ever  before  waved,  and  General  Pershing  and  his  scanty  com- 
panies of  American  troops  were  welcomed  as  no  foreign  troops  had 
ever  been  welcomed  in  Great  Britain  or  in  France. 

All  this  the  German  witnessed,  not  without  misgivings.  All  through 
the  summer  of  19 17  German  and  Austrian  intrigues  to  procure  peace 
went  forward.     They  were  thwarted  by  German  military  power,  which 


THE  PROGRESS  OF  EVENTS  83 

was  still  confident  of  victory,  and,  with  Russia  in  its  grasp,  was  pre- 
paring to  dispose  of  western  armies  before  America  arrived.  Yet  it  is 
hardly  too  much  to  say  that  before  America  was  able  to  put  a  single 
regiment  or  even  a  full  company  upon  the  firing  line  in  France,  American 
participation  in  the  war  had  contributed  decisively  to  repulsing  the 
peace  oflPensive  of  1917,  as  American  troops,  in  July  of  the  following 
year,  were  to  supply  the  necessary  reserves  to  enable  Foch  to  launch 
that  counter-offensive  which  broke  the  "peace  storm"  of  Ludendorff's 
hitherto  unbeaten  armies. 

If  America  came  late,  came  ill-prepared,  came  incapable  immediately 
of  more  than  a  moral  contribution,  this  contribution  was  hardly  less 
decisive  in  averting  a  peace  which  must  have  preserved  for  Germany 
many  of  the  fruits  of  her  conquest  than  was  the  force  of  our  man-power 
in  ensuring  German  military  defeat  one  year  later.  Had  we  lingered 
but  a  few  more  months;  had  the  country,  when  it  entered  the  war, 
continued  a  policy  of  hesitation  and  half  measures,  the  campaign  of 
191 8  would  unquestionably  have  ended  in  a  decisive  German  victory. 
The  fact  that,  however  late  our  entrance,  we  came  as  a  united  nation 
— prepared  for  every  sacrifice,  ready  to  make  every  effort — atoned  in 
no  small  measure  for  previous  delay  and  enabled  us,  by  a  very  narrow 
margin,  to  perform  a  sufficient  portion  of  the  task  which  had  devolved 
upon  us  to  win  the  war.  Napoleon's  decision  to  go  to  Moscow  and  the 
Kaiser's  resolution  to  resume  ruthless  submarine  warfare  must  remain, 
in  history,  two  of  the  most  colossal  mistakes  of  which  there  is  any 
record,  since  each  of  them  resulted  in  the  fall  of  an  empire  and  the  ruin 
of  a  grandiose  conception  of  world  denomination. 


CHAPTER  FOUR 

THE  GREAT  RETREAT 

I 

THE  TWO  STRATEGIC  CONCEPTIONS 

Allied  strategy  in  the  campaign  of  1916  had  been  comprehended  in  a 
grand  concentric  attack  upon  the  Central  Powers  in  which  British, 
French,  Italian,  and  Russian  armies,  together  with  the  Allied  forces  at 
Salonica  and  the  British  forces  in  Mesopotamia  and  Egypt,  sought  by 
coordinated  and  combined  attack  to  exhaust  the  man-power  of  Ger- 
many and  her  allies,  break  through  the  circle  of  defences  and  win  the 
war. 

This  plan  had,  on  the  whole,  met  with  general  failure  despite  local 
successes.  The  German  offensive  at  Verdun,  beginning  in  February, 
while  unsuccessful  in  itself,  had  materially  diminished  French  man- 
power and  contributed  to  lessening  the  weight  of  the  blow  at  the  Somme. 
The  Anglo-French  offensive  at  the  Somme  had  failed  to  achieve  any 
immediate  sweeping  victory  and  had  degenerated  into  a  fight  from 
trench  to  trench.  Italy's  blow  at  Gorizia  had  been  no  more  successful, 
while  the  Russian  offensive,  after  tremendous  opening  victories,  had  been 
beaten  down. 

Having  thus  checked  her  foes  on  all  her  fronts,  Germany  was  able, 
in  the  closing  months  of  1916,  to  pass  to  the  offensive,  crush  Roumania, 
and  win  a  victory  unquestioned  on  the  military  side  and  hardly  to  be 
exaggerated  in  its  moral  effect. 

Nevertheless  on  all  the  fronts  the  Allies  could  point  to  local  gains,  to 
brilliant  tactical  achievements.  Verdun  had  been  saved,  the  British 
army  had  been  trained  on  a  battlefield  on  which  material  progress  had 
been  made,  Russian  armies  had  returned  triumphantly  to  the  scenes 
of  their  victories  of  1914,  even  the  Salonica  army  had  reached  Monastir. 
Therefore,  though  these  results  had  been  inconclusive  in  the  larger 

84 


THE  GREAT  RETREAT  85 

sense,  it  was  plain  that  Allied  strategy  for  the  campaign  of  1917  would 
seek  to  follow  that  of  the  preceding  year — to  attempt,  following  the 
example  of  Grant  in  the  Civil  War,  to  exert  pressure  over  the  whole 
vast  expanse  of  front  until,  if  by  no  other  means,  at  least  by  attrition, 
the  enemy  should  be  exhausted. 

General  Nivelle,  when  he  succeeded  JoflFre  in  December,  found  await- 
ing him  plans  of  his  predecessor  calling  for  an  immediate  and  general 
offensive  all  along  the  line.  The  general  scheme  he  adopted;  the  details 
of  the  attack  he  modified  to  suit  his  own  peculiar  conceptions.  Under 
Nivelle,  as  under  Joffre — at  the  beginning  of  191 7,  as  at  the  outset  of  the 
campaign  of  the  previous  year — Allied  strategy  was  comprehended  in 
the  general  attack  of  all  the  armies  of  the  Allies.  It  was  an  essential 
condition  to  success  that  all  the  Allied  armies  should  be  ready  to  move 
at  the  same  time,  that  the  movement  should  be  coordinated  and  that 
each  of  the  greater  Allies  should  be  capable  of  as  considerable  an  ef- 
fort as  that  of  the  preceding  year.  The  elimination  of  a  single  one  of 
the  great  European  Powers  allied  against  Germany  was  bound  to  be 
fatal  to  the  whole  plan  since  it  would  give  to  Germany  and  her  allies 
superiority  in  numbers,  and  since  they  occupied  the  central  position, 
would  enable  them  to  beat  down  any  attack  swiftly  and  surely. 

Allied  strategy  in  1917  was,  therefore,  conditioned  upon  the  per- 
sistence of  Russia.  When  Russia  fell  to  revolution  and  chaos  in  the 
first  months  of  the  campaign,  their  entire  conception  fell  also,  and  Ger- 
many was  able  to  win  considerable  victories  alike  from  France,  Britain, 
and  Italy.  In  point  of  fact,  Russia  was  so  nearly  gone  at  the  moment 
when  the  campaign  opened  that  it  seems  impossible  not  to  believe  that 
history  will  deal  severely  with  those  who  were  responsible  for  sending 
French  and  British  armies  to  inevitable  defeat  at  the  Craonne  Plateau 
and  Passchendaele  against  an  enemy  strongly  entrenched  and  capable 
of  matching  division  against  division. 

But  Allied  High  Command — like  Allied  statesmanship — from  the 
beginning  to  the  end  of  the  campaign  of  1917,  was  blind  to  the  truth 
so  far  as  Russia  was  concerned.  It  continued  to  believe  in  effective 
Russian  participation  when  there  was  no  basis  for  such  belief.     It 


86  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

continued  to  hope  when  hope  itself  had  become  patently  illusory. 
The  result  was  that  the  campaign  of  19 17  developed  into  a  series  of 
fruitless  separate  attacks  which  successively  exhausted  the  morale  of 
the  French,  the  British,  and  the  Italian  armies,  and  prepared  the  way 
for  the  Italian  disaster  of  Caporetto  and  the  crushing  British  defeat 
in  the  Battle  of  Picardy  in  the  following  year.  To  understand  the  cam- 
paign, however,  it  is  essential  to  bear  in  mind  the  Allied  conception  of 
coordinated  and  concomitant  attacks  on  all  fronts,  seeking  victory 
as  the  result  of  equal  pressure  exerted  at  many  points  and  putting  a 
strain  upon  German  man-power  beyond  its  capacity, 

German  strategy,  on  the  other  hand,  was  solidly  based  upon  an 
accurate  knowledge  of  the  facts.  The  German  could  calculate — and 
did — that  the  Russian  conditions  would,  before  the  end  of  the  year, 
practically,  if  not  absolutely,  eliminate  the  Russian  foe.  He  could  con- 
tinue to  follow  the  strategy  of  the  past  from  which  he  had  departed 
only  in  his  attack  upon  Verdun  and,  holding  fast  in  the  west,  finish  with 
Russia.  Thereafter,  with  his  hands  free,  he  would  be  able  to  concen- 
trate his  entire  strength  in  a  colossal  and  final  effort  to  wrest  a  deci- 
sion from  the  armies  of  France  and  Britain. 

Therefore  the  German  campaign  of  1917  resolves  itself  into  the  story 
of  a  successful  defensive  in  the  west  combined  with  such  activity  as 
was  necessary  in  the  east,  activity  of  propaganda  even  more  than  of 
arms,  to  complete  the  destruction  of  the  military  power  of  Russia.  The 
German  at  the  opening  of  1917  said:  "This  year  I  shall  hold  France 
and  Britain,  so  far  as  my  armies  are  concerned,  while  I  dispose  of  Rus- 
sia. But  coincident  with  the  defensive  on  land  in  the  west  I  shall  use 
my  submarine  warfare  so  to  harry  Allied  commerce  as  to  bring  famine 
to  Britain  and  exhaustion  to  the  factories  of  France.  Almost  certainty 
in  submarine  campaign  will  bring  Britain  to  surrender.  Even  if  it 
does  not  I  shall  be  able  next  year  to  dispose  of  both,  and  finally  win  the 
war." 

The  submarine  was  an  essential  element  in  the  calculation.  The 
German  believed  that  relentless  submarine  warfare  would  effectively 
blockade  Britain  and  equally  effectively  prevent  the  transport  of  Amer- 


IHE     KETKEAT     TO     THE 
HINDENBURG    LINE 


From  a  French  Official  Photograph 

THE  CATHEDRAL  OF  ARRAS  AS  THE  GERMANS  LEFT  IT 


Copyright  by  Underwood  y  Unienvood 


....,^ 

i 

i 

^ 

|\I>  ' 

A 

\  ^;-, 

(■• 

-  ""•' 1^  > , ,  -.i»' 

-      -  -•■       ■                    ** 

- 

Copyright  by  I.^nder:iccd  y  Under'J-ood 


ON   IHL  BRITISH  FRONT 


Copyright  by  Underwood  l^  Underwood 


Above — Cavalry  resting  near  the  Pol-Arras  road. 

Centre — Cavalry  awaiting  orders  to  advance. 

Below — German  prisoners  helping  to  bring  in  the  wounded  to  an  advanced  dressing-station. 


Copyright  by  Committee  on  Public  Information 

AIRPLANE  PHOTOGRAPHS  OF  ROAD  AND  TRENCH  SYSTEMS  ON  THE  WESTERN  FRONT 


GENERAL  MADOLON  INSPECTS  SOME  NEW  DUGOUTS  WITH  GENERAL  WOOD 


THE  GREAT  RETREAT  95 

lean  troops  to  the  Continent.  He  did  not  reckon  with  America  as  a 
miHtary  force.  He  did  not  conceive  of  the  possibility  of  the  transport 
of  vast  American  armies  to  Europe.  He  saw  only  the  European  factors 
in  the  game,  and,  seeing  them  alone,  he  saw  victory.  In  this  he  reas- 
onecj  not  inaccurately,  since  only  the  arrival  of  American  numbers  en- 
sured his  ultimate  defeat. 

II.    THE    GERMAN    PLAN 

Having  deliberately  adopted  the  defensive  on  the  western  front,  the 
German  had  to  face  immediate  conditions  which  were  unfavourable  in 
the  extreme.  As  a  consequence  of  the  Battle  of  the  Somme,  a  broad, 
deep  salient  had  been  driven  into  his  old  line.  At  the  outset,  when  the 
armies  dug  in  between  the  Aisne  and  the  Channel,  he  had  had  the  ad- 
vantage of  time  in  the  selection  of  his  positions,  and  in  the  months  that 
followed  he  had  transformed  these  positions  into  a  fortress.  At  the  open- 
ing of  the  Battle  of  the  Somme  he  held  practically  every  vantage  point 
from  the  Lys  to  Champagne. 

But  in  the  Battle  of  the  Somme  he  had  been  pushed  off  the  high 
ground;  that  portion  of  his  force  about  Noyon  nearest  Paris  found  its 
rear  and  communications  menaced  by  Allied  gains  from  Peronne  to  Roye. 
The  other  section  of  his  armies  north  of  the  Somme  as  far  as  Arras 
was  equally  menaced  by  the  ever-growing  British  wedge  driven  toward 
Bapaume.  British  artillery  had  now  gained  the  upper  hand  along  the 
whole  front  and  in  inferior  positions  the  German  was  compelled  to 
take  the  medicine  that  had  been  the  portion  of  the  Allies  for  two  years. 

More  than  this,  it  was  apparent  from  the  beginning  of  the  year  that 
Allied  attacks  would  be  delivered  from  all  the  vantage  points  gained  in 
the  Battle  of  the  Somme,  and  the  enemy  knew  that  during  the  winter 
British  and  French  engineers  had  been  busy  constructing  railroads  and 
highways  up  to  that  new  front  and  preparing  for  the  attack  of  the  com- 
ing campaign. 

Given  his  experience  at  the  Somme,  given  the  advantage  of  the 
position  the  enemy  now  occupied,  it  was  clear  to  the  German  that  he  was 
doomed  to  suffer  at  least  considerable  local  defeats  if  he  maintained  the 


96  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

position  in  which  he  stood  when  the  operations  of  the  previous  year 
terminated.  He  had  therefore  to  choose  between  accepting  battle  on 
unfavourable  ground,  with  the  certainty  of  suffering  local  defeats,  and 
of  being  compelled  to  make  local  retreats  during  the  progress  of  the 
campaign,  or  solving  all  his  difficulties  by  declining  battle  and  retiring, 
in  advance  of  attack,  to  new  positions  on  more  favourable  ground. 

On  the  military  side  the  advantages  of  a  general  retirement  were 
patent.  The  territory  occupied  had  no  value;  it  contained  no  cities 
of  size,  no  industrial  plants  of  value  to  the  invader;  much  of  it  had  been 
torn  by  shell  fire,  wasted  by  two  and  a  half  years  of  military  occupation; 
the  vantage  points  had  been  lost  in  the  campaign  of  1916,  and  were  now 
securely  in  enemy  hands.  Allied  success  at  the  Somme  had  removed 
the  chance  of  any  push  toward  Paris  from  the  Noyon  salient.  A  retire- 
ment which  would  shorten  and  straighten  his  line,  iron  out  the  bulging 
and  dangerous  salients,  releasing  a  certain  number  of  troops,  would  be 
of  obvious  profit  to  the  German. 

On  the  other  hand,  a  retreat,  and  a  considerable  retreat,  the  first  in 
the  west  since  the  Marne  campaign,  would  unquestionably  bestow  a 
great  moral  advantage  upon  the  Allies.  Following  the  repulse  at  Ver- 
dun and  the  considerable  if  gradual  retirement  at  the  Somme,  it  was 
bound  to  be  interpreted  in  Allied  quarters  not  merely  as  proof  of  victory 
in  a  past  campaign  but  as  the  beginning  of  the  end  in  the  war  itself. 
Coming  at  the  opening  of  a  new  campaign  it  was  bound  to  awaken  new 
hopes  and  inspire  greater  efforts  in  Allied  armies. 

Notwithstanding  the  moral  consequences  of  retreat,  however,  the 
German  decision  was  quickly  made.  Hindenburg  who,  at  the  close  of 
19 1 6  had  risen  to  supreme  command,  had  now  come  west  and,  what  was 
of  more  importance,  he  had  brought  with  him  LudendorfF,  henceforth 
the  great  figure  on  the  German  side  and  certainly  one  of  the  great 
figures  in  military  history.  The  prestige  of  Hindenburg,  now  at  its 
apex,  was  sufficient  to  deprive  a  retirement  of  any  sting  for  the  German 
public,  while  the  confidence  of  the  German  people  alike  in  their  military 
idol  and  in  their  victorious  prospects  was  sufficient  to  avoid  any  danger- 
ous depression  at  home. 


THE  GREAT  RETREAT  97 

Therefore,  by  the  ist  of  January,  German  High  Command  had 
resolved  upon  the  wide  swinging  retreat  to  new  Hnes  and  by  the  first 
week  in  February  this  great  operation  began. 

III.    THE    GREAT    RETREAT 

The  German  retirement  in  the  late  winter  and  early  spring  of  1917 
is  one  of  the  great  strategic  conceptions  of  the  whole  war.  It  trans- 
formed the  entire  character  of  the  campaign  of  191 7,  it  totally  dislocated 
all  Allied  strategy  in  the  west.  By  shortening  the  German  line  and  by 
creating  on  nearly  a  hundred  miles  of  front  a  desert  without  roads  or 
communications  it  released  many  German  divisions  whose  presence  in 
Flanders  and  about  the  Aisne  sufficed  to  defeat  British  and  French 
offensives.  At  the  moment  when  it  developed,  Allied  plans  and  prep- 
arations were  complete  for  a  gigantic  offensive  extending  from  Arras 
to  Soissons.  By  it  all  these  plans  and  preparations  were  rendered  useless 
and,  instead  of  attacking  on  the  ground  they  had  chosen,  the  Allies  were 
forced  to  decide  between  assault  on  narrow  fronts,  precisely  where  the 
enemy  had  made  his  great  counter-preparations,  and  abandoning  the 
offensive  altogether. 

It  would  be  difficult  to  find  in  all  history,  certainly  in  all  records  of 
modern  warfare,  a  more  simple  or  more  brutal  policy  than  that  which 
was  expressed  in  the  German  retreat.  Stripped  of  all  disguise  of 
euphemism  German  strategy  was  to  turn  a  thousand  square  miles  of 
fertile  fields,  smiling  villages,  busy  towns  into  an  absolute  desert. 
Retiring  to  new  positions  selected  in  advance,  prepared  with  every  art 
of  military  science,  the  German  willed  to  leave  between  himself  and  his 
enemies  an  indescribable  region  of  bridgeless  rivers,  broken  cities, 
destroyed  railways.  He  reasoned — and  he  reasoned  correctly — that 
with  such  a  destruction  any  great  Allied  offensive  on  a  wide  front  in  the 
west  would  be  impossible  in  1917,  and  he  calculated  that  in  the  respite 
gained  he  would  be  able  to  deal  finally  with  Russia  and  then,  turning 
westward,  try  again — as  he  had  tried  at  the  Marne  and  once  more  at 
Verdun — for  decisive  victory. 

The  story  of  German  devastation  between  Arras  and  Soissons  is  one 


98 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 


THE  DEVASTATED  AREA 


The  solid  black  from  Lens  to  Craonne  shows  the 
country  ravaged  by  the  Germans  in  their  great  retreat 
to  the  Hindenburg  Line  or  in  the  construction  of  this  line 


which  almost  taxes  imagina- 
tion to  believe.  Rivers  were 
dammed  and  wide  areas  flooded ; 
towns  and  villages  were  razed 
to  the  ground;  fruit  trees  and 
shade  trees  were  methodically 
felled  and  lay  in  prostrate  rows; 
every  vestige  of  human  habita- 
tion and  human  occupation 
was  removed  with  meticulous 
care.  Standing  on  one  of  the 
hills  of  Picardy  when  the  Ger- 
man had  gone,  and  looking  east- 
ward toward  his  new  position, 
one  might  fancy  oneself  in  the 
midst  of  the  Sahara  with  noth- 
ing but  the  shifting  sand  lacking 
to  complete  the  picture  of  utter 
desolation. 

On  the  military  side  this  was 
sound  policy.  It  was  the  ulti- 
mate example  of  the  German 
idea  of  war 
making.  To 
serve  German 
military  needs 
it  was  advan- 
tageous to  cre- 
ate a  desert, 
to  remove  the 
means  of  com- 
munication 


The  small  bit  of  by  which  the 

black  south  of  Ypres  shows  territory  re-conquered  by  the  British  in  the  June    .  .    , 

attack  on  the  Messines-^Whitesheet"  Ridge.  IOC  might  ap- 


THE  GREAT  RETREAT  99 

proach  his  own  lines,  to  remove  the  habitations  in  which  this  foe  might 
find  shelter  in  the  coming  winter.  To  make  observation  of  his  airmen 
easy,  it  was  important  to  eliminate  every  possible  means  of  cover.  And 
since  these  were  the  facts  the  German  did  not  hesitate.  From  the  vil- 
lages, from  towns,  he  evicted  the  miserable  remnant  of  the  population 
which  had  failed  to  escape  in  the  first  weeks  of  the  war  and  had  lived 
in  ever-growing  wretchedness  thereafter.  Herding  these  people  in  a  few 
scattered  villages,  sweeping  off  the  able-bodied  men  and  women  to  be- 
come his  labourers  or  worse,  he  applied  the  torch,  the  bomb,  the  mine; 
for  weeks  after  his  retreat  began  the  nights  were  lurid  with  the  flames 
of  burning  villages  and  the  earth  shook  with  the  explosions  which  de- 
stroyed towns  and  villages;  while  behind  him  he  left  every  form  of 
hellish  device — delayed  mine,  booby  trap — to  slay  his  pursuers. 

When  he  had  completed  his  task  of  destruction  and  was  within  his 
own  lines  the  German  looked  westward  upon  a  waste  hardly  to  be 
paralleled  in  Europe.  Not  a  tree,  not  a  wall,  not  a  sign  of  human 
residence  was  to  be  seen  from  his  front,  and  there  were  miles  and  miles 
of  what  had  once  been  the  garden  land  of  France  in  which  the  only 
things  left  intact  were  those  colossal  cemeteries  which  the  German  had 
constructed  on  conquered  territory  and  the  huge,  barbaric  monuments 
he  had  erected  to  his  own  dead.  And  even  as  he  honoured  his  own  dead 
he  dragged  bodies  of  French  men  and  women  from  their  cemeteries, 
scattered  their  bones,  defaced  and  defiled  their  monuments,  as  if  to 
demonstrate  that  not  even  the  dead  themselves  were  to  be  spared  in  his 
rage  of  destruction. 

IV.    HOW    IT   WAS    DONE 

The  actual  details  of  the  German  retreat  are  simply  told.  The 
winter  of  191 7  was  one  of  almost  unprecedented  cold.  Much  snow  fell 
in  northern  France  and  for  several  weeks  in  January  and  February  the 
temperature  fell  to  zero  Fahrenheit.  The  ground  was  frozen,  military 
operations  were  impossible,  aerial  observations  inaccurate  and  unsatis- 
factory, and  in  this  time  the  German  slowly  and  steadily  moved  his 
heavy  artillery  backward.  In  the  words  of  Sir  Douglas  Haig — *The 
task  of  obtaining  the  amount  of  railway  material  to  meet  the  demands  of 


lOO 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 


our  armies,  and  of  carrying  out  the  work  of  construction  at  the  rate 
rendered  necessary  by  our  plans,  in  addition  to  providing  labour  and 
materials  for  the  necessary  repair  of  roads,  was  one  of  the  very  greatest 
difficulty."  On  February  6th  the  British  reported  a  German  retire- 
ment out  of  Grandcourt  on  the  arc  facing  Beaumont  Hamel,  the  scene 
of  desperate  fighting  In  the  last  campaign.  Through  February  there 
were  multiplying  reports  of  slight  German  retreats,  retreats  which 


tN  O  RTH:=S  Efi\. 


ENGLAND 


^7*t./-^WH  OLLA  N  D  ! 


BRUSSELS  «   nAELcn 


Lr>®..«^l 


MOV  f\    f"    *>^  ^ 


/^< 


scAic  or  Miia 


THE  THREE  FRONTS  IN  FRANCE 

The  solid  black  shows  territory  occupied  by  the  Allies  at  the  close  of  the  Hindenburg 
retreat  in  1918.  The  white  line  from  Arras  to  Soissons  shows  the  front  at  the  opening  of  the 
Battle  of  the  Somme  in  July,  1916.  Both  Arras  and  Soissons  were  then  in  Allied  hands. 
The  white  line  from  La  Bassee  through  Beauvais,  Meaux,  Esternay,  Vitry,  to  Verdun  and  south 
of  Verdun  shows  the  limit  of  German  advance  in  the  Mame  campaign  of  1914. 

seemed  at  the  moment  rather  rectifications  of  the  front,  and  this  impres- 
sion was  confirmed  by  frequent  German  newspaper  and  official  com- 
munications trumpeting  the  impregnability  of  the  main  German  posi- 
tion while  conceding  and  thus  minimizing  slight  retirements. 

It  was  not  until  the  middle  of  March  that  the  real  movement  began. 
Then  as  the  winter  broke  the  weather  became  misty,  the  ground  soft. 


THE  GREAT  RETREAT  loi 

Of  a  sudden,  on  the  whole  front  from  Arras  to  Solssons,  the  German 
began  to  go  back.  Day  by  day  the  retirement  spread  and  grew. 
AlKed  newspapers  were  filled  with  the  account  of  the  occupation  of 
town  after  town  and  village  after  village  which  had  been  the  unattained 
objectives  of  two  years  of  fighting.  Bapaume,  Ham,  Peronne,  Noyon, 
were  successively  evacuated  and  occupied.  Allied  advance  guards  lost 
touch  with  the  German  rear  guards  and,  for  the  first  time  in  nearly 
three  years  of  war,  troops  advanced  in  the  open  again  and  for  the 
moment  trenches  disappeared. 

It  would  be  difficult  to  exaggerate  the  momentary  burst  of  enthu- 
siasm and  joy  which  was  evoked  by  the  news  of  this  German  retreat. 
British  and  French  publics  alike,  fired  with  the  idea  of  the  Somme  as  a 
decisive  victory  and  Verdun  as  a  colossal  disaster,  interpreted  the  German 
retirement  as  a  confession  of  final  defeat.  The  progress  of  the  submarine 
campaign,  the  ever-deepening  anxieties  about  Russia,  were  forgotten 
in  the  few  days  when  Allied  troops  moved  forward  from  the  Scarpe  to 
the  Aisne  over  territory  which  had  been  lost  since  August,  1914. 

Yet  very  early  in  the  retreat  it  became  patent  that  the  German  was 
drawing  back  deliberately,  without  disorder,  in  accordance  with  me- 
thodical, well-conceived  plans.  He  left  behind  him  neither  prisoners  nor 
guns.  He  took  with  him  everything  of  the  smallest  value  in  all  the 
country  he  had  occupied,  and  what  he  did  not  move,  he  destroyed. 
Even  the  enthusiasm  of  the  French  soldiers  pushing  forward  over  a 
regained  province  could  hardly  dispel  the  agony  of  the  whole  French 
nation  as  it  began  to  learn  the  extent  of  devastation  and  desolation 
which  the  German  was  leaving  behind  him. 

At  the  moment  when  the  retreat  disclosed  itself.  Allied  capitals  were 
filled  with  speculation  as  to  the  extent  of  the  withdrawal.  Would  it 
be  to  the  frontier,  as  had  long  been  forecast  by  military  writers.''  If 
the  German  was  actually  hard  pushed  for  numbers,  if  his  man-power 
was  in  fact  failing  as  the  Allied  critics  asserted,  no  lesser  retirement 
would  suffice,  and  in  the  middle  of  March,  Allied  publics  looked  con- 
fidently forward  to  the  swift  arrival  of  French  and  British  armies  at  the 
Belgian  frontier  from  the  Scheldt  to  the  Meuse.    The  liberation  of 


I02  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

northern  France,  even  the  invasion  of  Germany,  seemed  at  hand  in  that 
brief  but  joyous  interlude  between  the  hour  when  the  German  left  his 
old  battle-line  and  the  moment  when  he  was  disclosed  standing  again 
behind  those  positions  which  henceforth  for  more  than  a  year  were  to 
be  known  as  the  Hindenburg  Line.  That  the  German  still  felt  himself 
victorious  and  certain  to  win  the  war  was  perhaps  most  clearly  demon- 
strated by  the  ruthlessness  of  this  retreat.  Such  destruction  as  he 
left  behind  him  would  have  been  unthinkable  had  he  conceived  for  a 
single  moment  that  he  might  lose  the  war  and  be  compelled  to  restore  the 
regions  he  had  devastated,  or  had  he  thought  that  an  hour  might  come 
when  Allied  armies  would  be  able  to  enter  German  territory  and,  if  they 
chose,  imitate  in  the  Rhine  lands  that  policy  which  had  turned  so  much 
of  northern  France  into  a  waste. 

On  the  merely  statistical  side  the  German  destruction  totally  oblit- 
erated 264  villages,  225  churches,  and  more  than  38,000  houses.  On  the 
artistic  side,  some  of  the  most  beautiful  monuments  of  Europe  were  re- 
duced to  cinders;  the  splendid  castle  of  Coucy-le-Chateau,  hardly 
matched  in  the  world,  was  transformed  by  dynamite  into  a  shapeless 
pile;  famous  chateaux,  churches,  public  buildings  shared  the  same 
fate ;  the  statues  of  the  great  Frenchmen  of  the  past  were  torn  from  their 
pedestals ;  wells  were  filled  or  poisoned ;  the  British  army,  entering  the 
smoking  ruins  of  Bapaume,  saw  before  it  a  huge  sign  on  which  was 
painted  the  legend:  "Show  not  wrath  but  wonder.'* 

The  German  newspapers  themselves  frankly  described  the  work 
of  German  hands.  "All  the  country  is  but  an  immense  and  sad  desert," 
said  the  Berliner  Tageblatt,  "without  a  tree,  a  bush,  or  a  house.  Our 
pioneers  have  sawed  and  cut  the  trees  which  for  days  have  fallen  until 
the  whole  surface  of  the  earth  is  swept  clear;  the  wells  are  filled  up,  the 
villages  abolished.  Dynamite  cartridges  explode  on  all  sides;  the  at- 
mosphere is  obscured  by  dust  and  smoke." 

Since  the  days  of  Attila,  Europe  has  seen  no  such  wanton  and 
terrible  waste  of  a  country,  and  no  modern  people  has  ever  accumulated 
such  a  debt  as  did  the  German  people  by  this  supreme  offence  against 
civilization. 


THE  GREAT  RETREAT  103 

V.       THE    HINDENBURG    LINE 

It  remains  now  to  describe  the  line  on  which  the  German  retired, 
which  instantly  became  famous  as  the  Hindenburg  Line,  while  for  its 
various  ramifications  it  borrowed  names  from  German  legend. 

The  German  retreat  had  swung  inward  from  two  fixed  points,  which 
were  in  a  sense  the  hinges.  These  fixed  points  were  Vimy  Ridge,  north 
of  Arras,  and  the  Craonne  Plateau,  north  of  Soissons.  Each  was  a 
commanding  position  fortified  by  all  the  art  of  the  German  military  en- 
gineers, each  was  regarded  by  the  Germans  as  itself  impregnable  and  as 
a  guarantee  against  any  flank  attack. 

Between  these  two  anchorages  the  Hindenburg  Line  hung  like  a 
cable.  From  Vimy  Ridge  it  ran  straight  across  the  Douai  Plain,  cover- 
ing Douai  and  Cambrai.  Thence  it  turned  south  on  the  high  ground 
between  the  Scheldt  and  the  Somme,  covered  St.  Quentin,  crossed  to 
the  Oise,  and  followed  the  east  bank  of  the  flooded  river  until  it  reached 
the  enormous  bulwark  of  St.  Gobain  Forest,  which  was  like  a  central 
support,  an  impregnable  barrier  of  forest  and  hill.  Beyond  the  St. 
Gobain  Forest  it  passed  south  of  Laon  across  the  region  between  the 
Ailette  and  the  Aisne,  touched  the  Aisne  east  of  Soissons,  and  then  fol- 
lowed the  course  of  the  famous  Craonne  Plateau  where  Napoleon  and 
Bliicher  had  fought,  crossing  the  famous  Chemin-des-Dames  which 
ran  along  the  crest  of  the  plateau.  Beyond  Craonne  it  turned  south- 
ward, following  the  old  trace  to  those  dismantled  forts  from  which  for 
more  than  two  and  a  half  years  the  German  artillery  had  continued  to 
pour  shells  into  the  city  and  cathedral  of  Rheims. 

To  defend  this  Hindenburg  Line  the  German  had  constructed  not 
one  or  several  trench  lines  but  a  great  fortified  zone  some  ten  or  twelve 
miles  deep  in  places.  This  zone  was  lined  with  immense  concrete 
machine-gun  positions ;  it  was  covered  by  vast  meshes  of  barbed  wire. 

Between  the  Scarpe  below  Vimy  Ridge  and  the  Oise  south  of  St. 
Quentin,  where  it  crossed  open,  rolling  country,  the  German  defence 
borrowed  the  swells,  cunningly  constructed  dug-outs  and  concrete  pill- 
boxes behind  each  upward  curve  of  the  ground;  while  behind  the  main 


I04  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

fortified  zone  he  constructed  support  or  switch  Hnes  which  sei'ved  the 
purpose  of  compartments  in  an  ocean  Hner  and  enabled  him  to  hold  the 
major  part  of  his  main  fortified  zone  even  though  it  were  penetrated  at 
some  point. 

To  the  eye  the  Hindenburg  Line  was  not  impressive,  it  was  not  a 
mass  of  great  forts.  It  lacked  those  redoubts  and  "works"  famous  in 
the  Battle  of  the  Somme  which  offered  such  admirable  targets  to  enemy 
artillery.  It  was  organization  in  depth,  and  the  German  coined  the 
phrase  "elastic  defence*'  to  describe  his  tactics.  Holding  the  outer 
fringe  of  the  fortified  zone  lightly,  but  with  picked  troops  and  a  wealth  of 
machine  guns,  the  German  permitted  his  assailants  to  enmesh  them- 
selves and,  when  they  advanced  and  became  entangled  in  the  outer 
series  of  lines,  German  reserves  counter-attacked  the  exhausted  and 
heavily  punished  troops. 

The  main  elements  in  this  new  defence  line  were  the  concrete  works 
so  camouflaged  as  to  escape  the  observation  of  the  airmen,  so  spaced 
as  to  deliver  deadly  cross  fire  upon  attacking  troops,  and  sufficiently 
strong  to  offer  protection  to  the  three  or  four  men  who  constituted 
the  garrison,  alike  against  artillery  and  against  tanks.  In  this  system 
positions  such  as  had  been  contested  in  previous  campaigns  counted 
for  little.  Even  when  he  had  lost  Vimy  Ridge,  the  German  retired  to  a 
switch  line  running  across  the  plain  and  easily  halted  further  advance 
of  victorious  British  troops. 

The  natural  obstacles  in  the  pathway  of  the  assailants  of  the  Hinden- 
burg Line  were  of  two  sorts.  The  Douai  Plain  is  cut  with  many  canals; 
the  rivers  are  inconsiderable,  but  the  canals,  doubling  the  rivers  in  many 
places,  constitute  a  protection  against  tanks  and  a  difficult  barrier  for 
infantry  to  negotiate.  Of  these  waterways  the  unfinished  Canal  du 
Nord,  going  northward  from  Peronne  to  the  Douai  Plain,  and  the  Scheldt 
Canal  going  up  from  St.  Quentin  to  Cambrai,  played  the  most  consider- 
able part  both  in  1917  and  1918.  The  Oise  River,  from  the  point 
where  the  line  touched  it  south  of  St.  Quentin  to  La  Fere,  was  trans- 
formed into  an  impassable  lake.  In  addition  to  the  water  obstacles, 
Havrincourt  Wood,  where  the  Canal  du  Nord  reaches  the  Douai  Plain, 


THE  GREAT  RETREAT  105 

and  Bourlon  Woods  looking  down  on  Cambrai  and  the  St.  Gobain 
Forest,  were  the  most  considerable;  and  the  first  two  were  scenes  of 
desperate  fighting. 

Yet  in  the  main,  from  the  Scarpe  to  the  Oise  the  country  was  open, 
rolhng,  a  country  of  far  views  with  hills  little  above  the  general  level,  a 
country  admirably  suited  for  artillery,  and,  when  the  German  had  swept 
it  clear  of  villages  and  cover  of  every  sort,  a  country  in  which  every 
movement  of  the  Allies  could  be  promptly  discovered  and  every  in- 
fantry attack  terribly  punished. 

And  German  purpose  expressed  in  this  system  of  defence  was  not 
to  hold  any  given  point  but  rather  to  exact  such  a  price  from  the  assail- 
ant as  to  break  the  spirit  of  the  army  and  exhaust  the  man-power  of  the 
nation.  The  German  calculated,  and  calculated  correctly,  that  given 
the  devastation  before  his  line  and  the  long  months  of  labour  that  must 
ensue  before  the  Allied  troops  could  attack  his  new  front,  he  could  with 
relatively  restricted  numbers  hold  out  in  the  west  until  the  task  in  the 
east  was  completed.  He  further  reasoned  that  by  retiring  from  the  old 
front,  now  dominated  by  the  enemy  from  positions  which  he  had  lost, 
to  a  line  of  his  own  choosing,  he  would  regain  strategic  freedom;  and 
if  the  hour  arrived  to  return  to  the  offensive  he  would  be  able  to  strike 
with  every  advantage  of  position  and  communication  in  his  own 
favour. 

In  sum,  then,  the  great  German  retreat  resulted:  first,  in  giving  the 
German  a  shorter  front  and  thus  releasing  many  divisions  for  service 
at  other  points;  secondly,  the  devastation,  demonstrating  as  it  did  what 
German  tactics  would  be  if  German  armies  were  compelled  to  make  fur- 
ther retirement,  insensibly  but  unmistakably  affected  French  morale. 
While  French  armies  were  still  fresh,  with  the  great  offensive  still  in 
preparation,  a  burning  passion  of  anger  fired  the  French  nation;  but  when 
the  French  army  had  broken  against  the  Hindenburg  Line,  when  the 
spring  offensive  had  come  and  failed,  the  effect  of  this  terrible  destruc- 
tion was  more  and  more  potent  for  peace  in  a  war-weary  people.  Thirdly, 
by  his  retirement,  the  German  totally  disarranged  the  Allied  plan  of 
attack.     Instead  of  a  colossal  drive  upon  a  great  front  the  French  and 


io6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

the  British  were  condemned  to  attack  upon  narrow  fronts;  and  the  Ger- 
man, immune  from  assault  for  many  months  along  the  whole  stretch 
of  his  main  front,  was  able  to  mass  his  reserves  on  those  narrow  sectors 
left  to  his  enemy  to  attack.  Finally,  as  the  German  commentators 
affirmed  at  the  time,  thereby  exciting  Allied  derision,  the  German  re- 
gained strategic  liberty  of  action.  The  Hindenburg  Line  was  not 
merely  a  defensive  position;  it  was  to  prove  a  most  admirable  point 
of  departure  for  that  stupendous  attack  of  the  following  year  which 
so  nearly  won  the  war. 


CHAPTER  FIVE 

THE  BATTLE  OF  ARRAS— BAGDAD 

I 
VIMY  RIDGE 

The  honour  of  opening  the  campaign  in  the  west  fell  to  the  British. 
For  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  the  war  the  British  had  consented  to 
place  their  armies  under  the  direction  of  a  French  generalissimo.  Yield- 
ing to  the  representations  of  the  French  Government  and  of  the  new 
French  Commander-in-Chief,  the  British  had  agreed  that,  for  the  period 
of  the  first  great  attack,  British  troops  should  obey  the  orders  of  Gen- 
eral Nivelle,  although  it  was  carefully  specified  that  it  should  be  for 
Field  Marshal  Haig  to  determine  when  the  opening  battle  had  ended, 
and  thus  terminate  the  period  in  which  he  served  as  a  subordinate. 

Originally  the  British  had  expected  to  open  the  spring  operations 
by  a  renewal  of  the  Battle  of  the  Somme,  launching  converging  attacks 
upon  the  German  troops  in  the  salient  between  the  Ancre  and  the  Scarpe 
rivers,  but  their  main  stroke  for  the  year  was  to  be  delivered  in  the 
region  of  Ypres  and  to  have,  for  its  larger  purpose,  piercing  the  German 
line  on  the  Passchendaele  Ridge,  driving  a  wedge  between  the  Kaiser's 
troops  along  the  Belgian  seacoast  and  in  France,  and  compelling  a  with- 
drawal from  that  narrow  strip  of  sea-front,  become  so  important  in  the 
new  German  submarine  operations. 

The  great  German  retreat  eliminated  the  necessity  of  a  new  Battle 
of  the  Somme;  but  the  weather  was  not  suitable,  nor  were  the  prepara- 
tions completed,  for  opening  the  Flanders  campaign  in  April.  There- 
fore, since  the  French  scheme  called  for  an  immediate  attack,  it  was 
necessary  for  the  British  to  strike  at  once,  and  there  was  left  to  them 
as  an  available  front  only  that  narrow  strip  of  German  line  between 
La  Bassee  and  Arras  where  the  German  still  stood  in  the  positions  he 
occupied  from  the  moment  when  the  western  battle  became  stationary. 

107 


io8  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

Moreover,  on  that  portion  of  this  front  facing  Arras,  Haig  had  planned 
one  of  his  two  converging  attacks  before  the  general  retreat  and  had 
made  the  necessary  preparations. 

The  central  feature  of  this  available  front  was  the  great  Vimy  Ridge, 
the  northern  pivot  or  hinge  of  the  recent  German  retreat,  one  of  the 
commanding  landmarks  of  the  whole  western  front,  which  had  already 
been  the  objective  of  two  terrible  but  unsuccessful  offensives.  Like  the 
Craonne  Plateau  to  the  south  and  the  St.  Gobain  Forest  east  of  the  Oise, 
Vimy  Ridge  was  one  of  the  essential  bulwarks  in  the  German  defensive 
plan. 

Starting  at  the  Straits  of  Dover,  about  Calais,  there  is  a  great  chalk 
ridge  which  rises  in  gradual  folds  from  the  sea  and  breaks  down  abruptly 
into  the  northern  plain  of  France  and  Belgium.  Down  its  eastern 
slopes  come  all  the  little  rivers  tributary  to  the  Scheldt,  while  the  valley 
of  the  Somme  marks  its  southern  limit.  When,  in  the  fall  of  1 9 14,  the 
German  dug  in  after  his  failure  to  reach  the  Channel,  he  occupied  the 
easternmost  crests  of  this  highland.  Behind  him  the  land  sloped 
rapidly  down  to  the  plain.  All  the  fighting  of  the  various  Allied  offen- 
sives from  Loos  to  the  Somme  had  been  attempts  to  drive  the  German 
off  the  high  ground  down  into  the  plain.  His  retirement,  under  pres- 
sure, at  the  Somme  and  his  great  retreat  had  carried  him  down  into  the 
plain  from  the  southern  outskirts  of  Arras  to  the  country  south  of 
Cambrai,  but  at  Vimy  he  was  still  on  high  ground  from  which  he  com- 
manded the  country  in  all  directions. 

Vimy  Ridge  itself  is  a  long  isolated  hill  nearly  five  hundred  feet  above 
sea-level  and  more  than  two  hundred  feet  above  the  plain.  Approaching 
it  from  the  westward  the  ascent  is  gradual  and  long,  but  on  the  eastern 
side  it  falls  down  abruptly  into  the  plain.  To  the  northward  it  is 
separated  from  the  heights  of  Notre-Dame  de  Lorette  and  the  plateau 
above  Lens,  on  which  the  Battle  of  Loos  was  fought,  by  the  little 
muddy  brook  of  Carency,  which  at  Lens  takes  on  the  name  and  dignity 
of  the  Souchez  River.  To  the  south  it  touches  the  Scarpe  River  just 
after  that  stream,  also  insignificant,  emerges  from  the  eastern  suburbs 
of  Arras. 


THE  ANGLO-FRENCH  OFFENSIVES  OF  APRIL  AND  MAY,   I917 

The  solid  black  from  Lens  to  Croisilles  shows  the  front  of  the  British  offensive 
of  April  9th  and  the  territory  conquered  between  April  9th  and  May  5th  in  the 
Battle  of  Arras.  The  solid  black  north  of  Soissons  and  north  of  Rheims  indicates 
the  territory  gained  by  the  French  in  their  offensive  of  April  l6th  and  the  front  of 
attack  extending  from  just  north  of  Soissons  to  Rheims. 

109 


no  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

From  Vimy  the  Germans  looked  down  upon  Arras  as  they  surveyed 
Soissons  from  the  western  edge  of  the  Craonne  Plateau  and  dominated 
Rheims  from  the  old  forts  of  Brimont  and  Nogent-rAbbesse.  As  their 
line  stood  on  the  first  days  of  April,  1917,  they  occupied  all  of  Vimy 
Ridge  save  a  little  of  the  northwest  forward  slope  and  thence  their  front 
descended  southward  until  it  reached  the  suburbs  of  Arras  at  Blangy 
and  St.  Laurent  on  the  Scarpe. 

In  the  spring  of  19 15  the  French,  under  Foch,  in  their  first  consider- 
able offensive,  which  coincided  with  the  brief  and  disappointing  British 
effort  at  Festubert,  had  struck  at  Vimy  and  at  the  heights  of  Notre- 
Dame  de  Lorette,  then  in  German  hands.  They  had  pushed  down  the 
little  valley  of  the  Carency  Brook,  carried  Notre-Dame  de  Lorette,  the 
villages  of  Carency  and  of  Souchez,  and  pushed  upward  along  the 
western  slopes  of  Vimy  Ridge  itself.  But  they  had  failed  to  get  through 
the  gap  between  Notre-Dame  de  Lorette  and  Vimy,  and  their  attack 
had  been  beaten  down  with  terrific  losses  along  the  western  face  of  the 
ridge. 

In  the  autumn  of  that  year  when  the  Allies  launched  their  offensive 
at  Loos  and  in  Champagne,  the  French  had  tried  again  to  get  Vimy, 
had  actually  mastered  a  portion  of  the  summit,  but  were  unable  to  clear 
the  crest  of  Hill  145.  A  few  months  later,  when  the  British  took  over 
this  portion  of  the  French  line,  a  successful  German  counter-attack 
pushed  the  British  off  that  portion  of  the  high  ground  won  by  the  French 
back  into  the  swamp  which  had  been  the  scene  of  the  191 5  battles. 
Thenceforward  the  British  held  the  low  ground  in  the  little  valley 
between  Vimy  Ridge  and  Mont  St.  Eloi,  a  dominating  and  isolated  hill 
crowned  by  the  ruined  church  tower  which  is  a  landmark  for  many  miles 
around. 

Apart  from  its  immediate  value  as  a  strong  point,  Vimy  Ridge  was 
important  as  the  last  barrier  to  the  Douai  Plain.  While  the  Germans 
held  it,  their  communications  were  covered  from  all  direct  observation 
by  the  enemy.  If  it  passed  to  British  hands,  all  the  country  from  Lens 
to  Cambrai  would  be  spread  out  like  a  map  for  British  observers;  Lens 
itself  would  be  almost  untenable,  and  the  Germans  at  last  would  find 


THE  BATTLE  OF  ARRAS— BAGDAD  m 

themselves  where  the  French  and  British  had  been  for  so  long — in  the 
low  ground  dominated  by  enemy  positions  on  high.  Moreover,  once 
Vimy  Ridge  was  in  British  hands,  its  steep  eastern  slopes  would  be  an 
almost  impregnable  barrier  to  any  new  German  offensive — wholly  im- 
pregnable as  the  events  of  exactly  a  year  later  were  to  prove.  Seated 
on  Vimy,  the  German  had  been  for  more  than  two  years  reducing 
Arras  to  ruins  as  he  had  similarly  destroyed  Soissons  and  Rheims. 
Southward  his  lines  actually  touched  the  suburbs,  but  his  real  control  of 
Arras  lay  in  his  occupation  of  Telegraph  Hill,  the  southern  crest  of  the 
ridge. 

Vimy  Ridge  itself  had  been  fortified  with  the  utmost  care.  Here, 
as  in  all  places  where  he  occupied  heights,  the  German  had  tunnelled; 
and  vast  galleries  honeycombed  the  chalk  cliff,  giving  his  troops  shelter, 
warm  and  dry  cover  from  the  elements,  and  equally  complete  protec- 
tion against  enemy  artillery.  On  the  whole  extent  of  the  western  front 
no  single  position  surpassed  Vimy  Ridge  alike  in  natural  strength  and 
in  the  extent  of  its  fortifications. 

II.      THE    BRITISH   ARMY 

The  armies  that  were  selected  to  make  the  British  attack  upon  Vimy 
Ridge  were  those  of  General  Home,  who  henceforth  commanded  the 
British  First  Army  to  the  end  of  the  war,  and  of  General  Allenby,  who 
had  won  distinction  as  commander  of  the  cavalry  in  the  British  retreat 
from  Mons  to  the  Marne  and  achieved  justified  reputation  by  his  de- 
fence of  the  Messines  Ridge  in  the  critical  days  of  the  Ypres  campaign. 
He  was,  moreover,  at  a  later  time  to  win  still  greater  renown  as  the  con- 
queror of  Jerusalem  and  as  the  victor  at  Samaria. 

The  British  army,  as  it  entered  the  campaign  of  19 17,  had  reached 
a  high  point  alike  in  training  and  in  morale.  It  had  suffered  terrible 
losses  at  the  Somme.  The  early  expectations  of  swift  victory  had  dis- 
appeared. It  was  comparable  with  the  army  of  which  Grant  took  com- 
mand when  he  came  East  in  1864.  It  was  no  longer  a  civilian  army 
but  it  was  not  yet  merely  a  professional  army.  Despite  the  losses  of 
the  Somme  it  still  contained  much  of  the  best  of  British  manhood. 


112  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

Moreover,  the  victories  in  the  last  phase  of  the  Somme,  the  natural 
exultation  excited  by  the  recent  German  retreat,  had  created  an  at- 
mosphere of  confidence  impossible  to  exaggerate,  while,  for  the  first  time, 
the  British  troops  found  themselves,  not  only  superior  in  artillery  and 
all  the  other  mechanical  appliances  of  war  as  they  had  been  at  the 
Somme,  but  also  saw  all  this  machinery  in  the  hands  of  men  trained  by 
battle  experience  to  its  use. 

All  through  the  long,  hard  winter  the  British  army  had  felt  with 
ever-growing  certainty  a  sense  of  superiority  over  the  enemy.  They 
had  seen  him  retire  from  the  almost  impregnable  fortress  of  Bapaume 
Ridge;  they  had  captured  thousands  of  his  best  troops;  during  the 
winter  months  not  a  few  deserters  had  come  through  the  lines  bringing 
stories  of  depression.  In  April,  1917,  the  British  soldier  felt  himself 
to  be  "top  dog,"  and  for  him  the  adequate  proof  of  this  superiority  was 
found  alike  in  the  success  at  the  Somme  and  the  recent  wide-swinging 
advance  which  had  carried  him  over  all  the  immediate  objectives  of  the 
previous  campaign. 

Whatever  doubts  the  High  Command  may  have  felt  as  they  saw  the 
Russian  Revolution  marching  unmistakably  toward  the  destruction  of 
Russian  military  power — as  they  saw  the  German  retreat,  permitting 
a  safe  escape  from  the  dangerous  positions  to  new  lines  whose  strength 
was  suspected  if  not  fully  appraised — the  British  soldier  had  no  misgiv- 
ing.    For  him  the  campaign  of  victory  was  just  beginning. 

There  can  be  no  greater  tragedy  than  the  fashion  in  which  this 
British  army  and  this  British  spirit,  closely  rivalled  by  the  French  army, 
were  to  be  shaken  and  all  but  broken  by  the  terrible  experiences  that  were 
now  to  come.  Between  the  British  army  that  marched  to  the  victories 
of  Arras,  of  Messines,  and  the  terrible  conflict  of  Passchendaele  and  the 
British  armies  that  staggered  and  all  but  broke  under  the  German  offen- 
sive one  year  later,  there  can  be  no  comparison.  After  those  defeats  of 
191 8  the  British  army  rallied,  reorganized,  won  great  and  far-shining 
victories;  but  after  Passchendaele  it  was  never  again  what  it  had  been 
in  the  spring  offensive  which  began  at  Vimy.  During  the  winter  the 
British  army,  which  now  numbered  fifty-two  divisions,  as  contrasted 


THE  BATTLE  OF  ARRAS— BAGDAD       113 

with  thirty  in  the  Somme  time  and  seven  during  the  First  Battle  of  Ypres, 
had  taken  over  a  new  sector  of  the  front  from  the  French,  and  their 
Hne  was  now  nearly  one  hundred  and  twenty  miles  long  as  contrasted 
with  less  than  twenty  held  in  the  first  days  of  1915.  Under  the  efficient 
direction  of  Sir  Eric  Geddes  the  whole  system  of  communications  had 
been  reorganized.  Old  local  railroads  had  been  rebuilt  and  double- 
tracked.  Lines  in  England  and  even  in  Canada  had  been  moved  to 
France  and  the  organization  of  the  British  rear  had  become,  as  it  remained 
till  the  end  the  best  on  either  side. 

III.       STRATEGIC   AND   TACTICAL    PURPOSE 

The  British  operation  had  for  its  main  purpose  occupying  and  at- 
tracting as  large  a  number  of  German  divisions  as  possible  to  the  British 
sector.  The  main  attack  of  the  spring  offensive  was  to  be  delivered  by 
the  French  between  the  Somme  and  Rheims.  In  the  larger  conception 
the  British  offensive  had  no  more  considerable  objective  than  that  of 
occupying  German  reserves  and  placing  a  strain  upon  German  man- 
power precisely  at  the  moment  when  the  main  thrust  was  delivered  by 
the  French. 

In  this  wholly  subordinate  operation  the  main  British  objective, 
geographically,  was  Vimy  Ridge.  It  was  remotely  possible  that  having 
taken  Vimy  Ridge,  the  victorious  British  troops  might  be  able  to  press 
eastward  along  the  Douai  road,  southeastward  along  the  Cambral  road, 
breaking  the  whole  Hindenburg  system  of  defences,  and  reach  Douai 
and  Cambral — vital  points  in  the  enemy's  railroad  communications. 
But  this  was  an  utterly  remote  possibility.  At  the  moment  when  the 
blow  was  delivered  it  was  interpreted  as  an  effort  to  break  through,  to 
penetrate  the  German  defensive  system  and  reach  the  great  railroad  bases; 
but  this  was  inaccurate.  Nivelle  asked  of  Haig  that  he  should  keep  Ger- 
man divisions  occupied,  thus  lessening  the  resisting  power  of  the  Ger- 
mans on  the  French  front.  This  service  Haig  performed.  In  propor- 
tion as  the  French  attack  became  more  and  more  unsuccessful,  greater 
and  greater  demands  were  made  upon  the  British.  The  attack  of  April 
9th  reached  its  logical  conclusion  on  April  14th.     Because  of  the  French 


114  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

situation,  however,  the  British  were  asked  to  attack  again,  and  still 
later  a  third  time.  Neither  of  these  later  attacks  had  any  chance  of 
larger  success.  They  were  costly  in  the  extreme.  Their  explanation 
must  be  found  in  the  French  situation,  not  in  any  condition  growing  out 
of  the  original  blow.  As  a  battle.  Arras  was  over  on  the  14th  of  April. 
The  operations  that  followed  were  local. 

In  the  initial  attack  only  the  British  Third  Army,  commanded  by 
Allenby,  and  the  Canadian  Corps  of  the  First  Army,  were  directly  in- 
volved. The  Fourth  and  Fifth  armies  to  the  south,  under  Rawlinson 
and  Gough  respectively,  demonstrated  during  the  first  stages  of  the 
battle,  and  in  the  later  phases  participated  to  a  certain  extent;  but  the 
actual  front  of  attack  was  not  more  than  fifteen  miles  in  width,  more 
than  half  was  covered  by  Vimy  Ridge,  and  the  Third  Army  and  the 
Canadian  Corps  were  alone  engaged.  In  advance  of  the  battle  the  Brit- 
ish had  concentrated  some  four  thousand  pieces  of  artillery  on  their 
front.  The  Germans,  on  their  side,  had  massed  not  less  than  three  thou- 
sand, and  the  artillery  bombardment,  which  began  on  Easter  Sunday, 
was  one  of  the  most  terrific  of  the  whole  war.  As  usual,  in  the  British 
offensives,  the  weather  was  bad.  When  the  troops  left  the  trenches  on 
Easter  Monday  it  was  raining  heavily.  Before  the  day  had  advanced 
far,  the  rain  turned  into  snow  and  the  whole  of  the  first  day's  operations 
went  forward  in  weather  inclement  in  the  extreme,  making  aerial  obser- 
vation impossible. 

Facing  Vimy  Ridge  the  main  attack  was  delivered  by  the  Cana- 
dians. For  nearly  a  year  they  had  held  the  sector  opposite  this  barrier. 
Early  in  their  tenancy  they  had  been  driven  out  of  positions  held  by 
the  French,  from  whom  they  had  taken  over,  and  this  reverse  had  been 
a  bitter  blow  to  the  pride  of  the  troops  who  had  won  for  Canada  endur- 
ing fame  at  Ypres  and  were  now  to  achieve  the  greatest  success  for  them 
in  the  whole  war.  Southward  of  the  Canadian  front,  Scottish  troops 
also  participated  in  the  Vimy  Ridge  phase,  while  away  down  to  the 
south,  around  the  town  of  Bullecourt,  henceforth  to  have  almost  as 
glorious  and  as  bitter  memories  for  Australia  as  Gallipoli — Anzac  troops 
were  in  line.    In  the  centre,  where  the  English  troops  were  brought  up 


THE  BATTLE  OF  ARRAS— BAGDAD 


IIS 


to  the  outskirts  of  Arras,  they  made  use  of  a  tunnel  dug  for  the  attack 
and  passing  under  the  city  for  more  than  a  mile. 

IV.      THE  ATTACK 

After  more  than  twenty-four  hours  of  intense  bombardment  the 
attack  was  launched  at  5.30  on  the  morning  of  Easter  Monday. 
In  the  midst  of  rain  and  snow  thousands  and  thousands  of  Cana- 
dian, Scottish,  and  English  troops  left  their  trenches  and  swept 
forward.  The  enemy  was  not  surprised  at  the  point  of  attack.  It  was 
clear  that  he  had  expected  some  effort  on  this  front  and  had  made  a 
counter-concentration  of  guns  and  reserves.     His  surprise  was,  in  the 


^^  O/Z/GWAl     GCPMAN      POSiTSOM 

^iii^*swrrcH''LiNCS  C^^^'oppy  line") 

^233  OROCOURT  —  QueANT   UNB 
THE  GERMAN  DEFENCE  SYSTEMS  ATTACKED  BY  THE  BRITISH  ON  APRIL  9TH 


ii6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

main,  the  result  of  the  intensity  and  accuracy  of  the  artillery  preparation. 
At  the  Somme,  the  year  before,  French  artillery  preparation  had  been 
complete ;  British,  largely  a  failure.  In  the  offensive  of  1917  the  circum- 
stances were  now  to  be  exactly  reversed.  The  essential  circumstance 
in  the  attack  was  an  advance,  to  be  carried  out  by  a  succession  of  com- 
paratively short  rushes,  corresponding  approximately  with  the  enemy's 
various  systems  of  defence;  and  this  manoeuvre  required  the  closest  sort 
of  coordination  between  the  infantry  and  their  artillery  barrages.  In 
the  first  part  of  the  attack  the  Canadians  pushed  up  almost  to  the  crest 
of  Vimy  Ridge,  the  Scottish  and  English  troops  to  the  southward  broke 
out  of  the  City  of  Arras,  taking  the  suburbs  of  St.  Laurent  and  Blangy. 
Within  forty  minutes  of  the  "zero  hour"  practically  the  whole  of  the 
German  front-line  system  had  been  stormed  and  taken.  By  noon  the 
Canadians  were  in  many  places  up  and  over  the  summit  of  Vimy  Ridge. 
With  the  single  exception  of  the  railway  triangle  due  east  of  Arras,  all 
the  second  objectives  were  in  British  hands  as  far  north  as  La  Folic  Farm 
on  Vimy  Ridge  itself;  and  by  three  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  they  occu- 
pied the  entire  crest,  save  for  the  northernmost  summit.  Hill  145,  where 
the  Germans  maintained  a  desperate  and  successful  resistance  until  late  in- 
to the  night,  when  they  were  compelled  to  abandon  this  final  hold  upon 
Vimy  Ridge.  Southward,  astride  the  Scarpe,  English  troops  were  push- 
ing through  the  gap  between  the  hills  where  the  river  enters  the  Douai 
Plain,  following  the  railroad  and  the  highways  which  run  parallel  all  the 
way  to  Douai;  and  still  further  south  also  gains  were  made.  In  this 
sector  the  Third  German  defence  system  had  been  crossed  at  many  points 
and  the  gun  positions  reached. 

By  the  morning  of  Tuesday,  April  loth,  Vimy  Ridge  was  solidly  in 
Canadian  hands  and  the  German  troops  had  been  driven  into  the  plain. 
Thousands  of  prisoners  and  guns  had  already  been  captured,  and  up  to 
this  point  British  losses  had  been  inconsiderable.  On  this  Tuesday — fol- 
lowing the  Canadian  success  to  the  north,  which  deprived  the  Germans 
of  their  flanking  position — the  British  centre  began  to  push  out  rapidly 
along  the  Scarpe  toward  Douai  and  was  as  far  east  as  Fampoux,  and 
the  whole  of  the  enemy's  third-line  system  south  of  the  Scarpe  was 


THE  BATTLE  OF  ARRAS— BAGDAD 


117 


LOOS*    ]| 

J/      \  •LENS 

1 1                     ^VT            ^DROCOURT 
7  |(&IVENCHy       \            J 

MI^VIMY 

OPPY  \ 

ARRAS    l^^k/               \ 

J|^^|^^ft>MONCHY  1 

grojsilueIsV       *      I 

THE  FIRST   BLOW 


Solid  black  indicates  the  territory  gained  by 
the  British  in  the  first  days  of  their  attack  and 
shows  how  they  penetrated  the  first  German 
system  and  the  Oppy  Line. 


L006« 


.DROCOURT 


ARRA$ 


CR0I5ILLES« 


DIAGRAM  2 


QUEAN1 


HOW  THE  LINE  WAS  STRAIGHTENED  OUT 

The  solid  black  indicates  the  territory  con- 
quered between  April  9th  and  May  Sth  and 
shows  how  the  British  were  checked  at  or  near 
the  Oppy  Line. 


passed.  On  Wednesday,  April  nth,  Monchy-Ie-Preux,  next  to  Vimy 
the  most  valuable  position  in  this  sector,  was  in  British  hands  as  the 
result  of  a  daring  cavalry  charge;  from  the  Souchez  River  straight  south 
to  the  Arras-Cambrai  road  the  Germans  had  been  driven  off  the  high 
ground;  while  still  to  the  south,  beyond  the  tiny  Cojeul  and  Sensee  rivers 
where  they  still  clung  to  the  heights,  they  were  rapidly  being  enveloped 
from  the  north  and  the  south  alike. 

The  loss  of  Monchy  was  capital.  Projecting  out  into  the  Douai 
Plain  like  a  cape,  this  high  ground  not  only  commands  a  wide  view  east- 
ward toward  Douai,  but  northward  and  southward  sweeps  the  country 
actually  behind  the  lines  on  which  the  C  ermans  were  attempting  to  rally. 


ii8  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

On  Thursday,  April  12th,  the  German  had  obviously  abandoned  all  hope 
of  regaining  the  ground  which  he  had  lost ;  northward  and  southward 
he  was  beginning  his  retirement  to  his  new  positions  of  defence.  This 
gradual  retirement  continued  all  through  Friday,  the  13th;  by  Saturday, 
April  14th,  British  troops  had  passed  Lievin,  one  of  the  suburbs  of 
Lens,  and  were  actually  in  the  outskirts  of  the  coal  town  itself;  while 
farther  to  the  south,  Bailleul,  Vimy,  Givenchy,  and  Arleux  were  in  Brit- 
ish hands.  The  British  front,  which  earlier  in  the  week  had  been  indi- 
cated by  a  convex  bulge  on  either  side  of  the  Scarpe,  now  came  down 
straight  from  the  outskirts  of  Lens  to  the  Scarpe,  then  southward  to 
Croisilles.  Fourteen  thousand  prisoners,  including  285  officers  and 
more  than  200  guns,  many  of  them  of  high  calibre,  were  among  the 
fruits  of  victory;  while  Vimy  Ridge  had  passed  permanently  out  of 
German  possession  and  was  to  become  a  pillar  in  British  hands  when 
at  last  the  Germans  should  come  westward  again. 

But  successful  as  were  the  British  attacks,  there  had  been  no  break 
through.  There  had  never  been  the  smallest  chance  of  piercing  the 
Hindenburg  defensive  system.  At  the  very  moment  when  Allied  journals 
were  incorrectly  reporting  the  fall  of  Lens,  the  British  advance  had  been 
definitely  stayed  on  the  first  German  "switch  line,"  thenceforth  noto- 
rious in  the  military  reports  of  the  day  as  the  "Oppy  switch."  This 
line,  constructed  by  the  Germans  against  just  such  an  emergency  as  had 
now  come,  ran  down  southward  from  Lens,  crossed  the  Douai  Plain, 
rejoining  the  old  line  near  Bullecourt.  On  this  line  the  first  phase  of 
the  battle  ended.  German  reserves,  which  were  rushed  up,  counter- 
attacked and  broke  the  weight  of  British  pressure;  and,  moreover, 
halted  at  the  "Oppy  line,"  the  British  quickly  learned  that  behind 
this  defence  was  still  a  third  and  even  more  formidable  barrier  the 
Drocourt-Queant  "switch,"  which  paralleled  the  "Oppy  line"  several 
miles  to  the  east. 

V.      THE  END  OF  THE  BATTLE 

Checked  at  the  "Oppy  line"  after  a  week  which  was  unmistakably 
the  most  successful  in  British  military  history  during  the  whole  war  up 


THE  BATTLE  OF  ARRAS— BAGDAD       119 

to  this  point,  the  British  reinforced  and  reorganized  their  front  pre- 
paratory to  a  new  attack.  They  had  advanced  rather  more  than  four 
miles  on  a  front  of  some  twelve  miles.  They  were  on  the  outskirts  of 
Lens.  From  Vimy  Ridge  and  Monchy  they  looked  out  upon  Douai 
and  Cambrai,  and  between  them  and  these  cities,  both  of  which  were 
vital  to  the  German  communication  system,  there  were  no  great  natu- 
ral obstacles. 

Yet  the  experience  of  recent  days  had  clearly  demonstrated  the 
practical  impossibility  of  repeating  the  preliminary  success,  precisely 
as  the  history  of  the  Champagne  offensive  in  19 15  and  the  German 
attack  on  Verdun  in  19 16  had  emphasized  the  same  lesson.  The  Brit- 
ish had  advanced  beyond  the  effective  support  of  their  heavy  artillery 
and  it  was  a  matter  of  many  days  to  move  these  guns  forward.  New 
communications  had  to  be  constructed  over  difficult  country  and,  what 
was  of  even  greater  importance,  the  German  was  able  to  match  di- 
vision against  division  and  his  organization  in  depth  had  provided  him 
with  many  more  lines  of  defence.  Moreover,  beginning  with  April  14th, 
he  changed  his  tactics  and  thereafter  counter-attacked  with  a  fury  almost 
unexampled.  There  was  no  more  of  that  waiting  to  be  attacked  which 
had  contributed  so  much  to  British  confidence  in  the  closing  days  of 
the  Somme.  From  Bullecourt  straight  up  to  Lens  the  German  thrust 
back  again  and  again.  Arleux,  Oppy,  Gavrelle,  Greenland  Hill,  Roeux, 
Guemappe,  and  half  a  dozen  other  insignificant  but  henceforth  mem- 
orable hamlets  were  taken  and  retaken  innumerable  times. 

Left  to  himself  there  can  be  no  question  that  Field  Marshal  Haig 
would  have  broken  off  the  Battle  of  Arras  on  the  14th  of  April,  as  he 
himself  stated  in  his  official  report,  but  in  the  week  that  followed,  the 
French  offensive  had  begun — and  begun  badly.  Therefore,  since  he  was 
under  Nivelle's  orders,  Haig  was  compelled  against  his  better  judgment 
to  renew  the  Battle  of  Arras  on  the  23  rd  of  April  by  an  attack  on  a  nine- 
mile  front  from  Croisilles  to  Gavrelle.  In  this  renewed  offensive  local 
gains  were  registered  but  in  every  case  strong  enemy  counter-attacks 
quickly  beat  down  the  assailants.  Still  the  battle  continued;  on  May 
5th  the  front  was  further  extended  and  there  was  terrific  fighting  about 


I20  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

Bullecourt  where  the  Fifth  Army  attacked.  Thereafter  the  battle  slowly 
died  out.  Haig  himself  fixed  May  5th  as  the  final  day,  and  British  in- 
terest and  effort  were  transferred  from  Artois  to  Flanders.  In  sum,  in 
less  than  a  month  of  fighting  the  British  occupied  rather  more  ground 
than  they  had  captured  in  the  Somme  offensive  which  had  extended 
from  July  to  December.  In  Vimy  Ridge  they  took  a  position  vastly 
stronger  than  anything  which  had  confronted  them  on  July  i,  1916. 
They  captured  257  guns,  including  98  heavy  pieces,  19,500  prisoners, 
464  machine  guns,  and  227  trench  mortars.  They  had  engaged  not  less 
than  forty  divisions,  twenty-three  of  which  had  been  withdrawn  ex- 
hausted from  the  line. 

Viewed  in  its  proper  perspective — as  no  more  than  a  holding  opera- 
tion designed  to  aid  the  French  in  their  major  offensive  to  the  south — 
it  is  plain  that  the  Battle  of  Arras  was  for  the  British  not  only  a  great 
success  in  itself,  but  also  a  far  more  considerable  achievement  than 
might  have  been  expected,  given  the  limited  objectives. 

Unfortunately,  although  the  British  performed  their  part  in  the 
Allied  plan  completely  and  accurately,  the  sacrifice  was  in  the  larger 
sense  useless,  since,  in  spite  of  it,  Nivelle  failed  at  the  Craonne  Plateau. 
Moreover,  the  later  phases  of  the  battle  were  exceedingly  costly  in 
men,  and  the  prolongation  made  necessary  by  the  French  failure  fatally 
delayed  the  main  British  thrust  in  Flanders. 

The  consequences  were  not  long  in  unfolding.  It  had  been  a  great 
concession  on  the  part  of  the  British  to  place  their  vast  armies  under  the 
control  of  the  French  commander.  Having  made  this  sacrifice,  and 
having  loyally  fulfilled  the  task  assigned  to  them,  the  British  saw  the 
French  fail,  saw  their  own  troops  compelled  to  make  desperate  and 
hopeless  assaults,  saw  their  own  campaign  postponed  until  its  failure 
was  inevitable.  As  a  result,  they  resolved  against  another  experi- 
ment with  a  unity  of  command;  and  this  resolution  endured,  with 
evil  consequences,  up  to  the  moment  when  the  great  German  victory 
of  March  21st  of  the  following  year  brought  the  whole  Allied  cause  to 
the  edge  of  ruin.  Then,  and  only  then,  the  British  yielded;  and  Foch 
became  generalissimo. 


THE  BATTLE  OF  ARRAS— BAGDAD       121 

Viewed  by  itself,  the  Battle  of  Arras  was  a  brilliant  victory,  which 
revealed  the  British  army  at  its  best.  The  taking  of  Vimy  Ridge  was 
one  of  the  finest  achievements  of  the  whole  war  and,  as  the  second  act 
in  the  campaign  of  1917  following  closely  upon  the  German  retreat,  it 
awakened  hopes  which  were  not  warranted  and  led  to  disappointments 
which  had  far-reaching  effects. 

VI.      BAGDAD 

Four  weeks  before  the  British  had  opened  the  campaign  in  Europe 
with  the  victory  at  Vimy,  another  British  army,  far  out  in  Mesopotamia, 
had  achieved  a  success  which  retrieved  the  British  position  in  the  East 
and  restored  a  prestige  shaken  at  Gallipoli  and  well  nigh  destroyed  at 
Kut-el-Amara.  On  March  nth  General  Maude's  victorious  troops 
entered  Bagdad,  henceforth  to  remain  in  British  hands,  after  one  of 
the  most  brilliant  of  the  colonial  campaigns  of  which  the  history  of  the 
British  Empire  is  so  full.  Indeed  only  Kitchener's  advance  to  Khar- 
tum along  the  Nile  rivalled  the  new  river  campaign  of  Maude  along  the 
Tigris  to  Bagdad. 

The  failure  of  the  army  of  relief  to  reach  General  Townshend's  army, 
beleaguered  in  Kut-el-Amara,  after  the  disastrous  and  reckless  dash  for 
Bagdad  which  had  failed  at  Ctesiphon,  had  resulted  in  April,  1916,  in  the 
surrender  of  Townshend  and  the  collapse  of  the  Mesopotamian  cam- 
paign. Thereafter,  the  British  situation  in  the  east  remained  difficult. 
The  Turk  had  failed  in  his  effort  to  cross  the  Sinai  desert,  pass  the  Suez 
Canal,  and  burst  into  Egypt.  The  Russian  victory  in  Armenia  and  the 
capture  of  Erzerum  had  brought  to  an  end  all  possibility  of  a  successful 
invasion  of  Russian  territory  south  of  the  Caucasus  Mountains  so  long 
as  Russia  remained  a  fighting  nation.  On  the  other  hand,  the  conquest 
of  Serbia  and  the  crushing  of  Roumania  had  eliminated  the  European 
front  for  the  Turk,  although  several  of  his  divisions  were  with  Macken- 
sen's  army  along  the  Danube. 

Since  he  was  able  without  any  great  effort  to  beat  down  an  ill-con- 
ceived British  counter-offensive  seeking  to  enter  Palestine  by  Gaza, 
the  Turk  was  now  able  to  concentrate  a  considerable  army  in  Bagdad; 


122  HISTORY  OF  THE  V/ORLD  WAR 

and  his  efforts,  not  wholly  unsuccessful,  were  directed  alike  at  holding 
the  British  forces  on  the  Lower  Tigris  obtaining  control  of  Persia,  and 
raising  the  Moslem  tribes  along  the  frontiers  of  India. 

It  was  the  Indian  phase  of  the  situation  that  dictated  British  action 
in  Mesopotamia.  Indian  troops  had  shared  in  the  disastrous  campaign 
which  had  terminated  at  Kut-el-Amara.  All  India  knew  of  the  break- 
down of  the  British  army  and  the  British  military  system,  which  had 
resulted  not  alone  in  the  disaster  which  included  the  surrender  of  the 
British  army  but  also  in  the  ghastly  tragedy  disclosed  in  subsequent 
Parliamentary  investigation,  which  set  forth  the  terrible  sufferings  due 
to  inadequate  medical  supplies  and  insufficient  communications.  It 
was  essential,  therefore,  as  a  matter  of  prestige  and  as  a  matter  of  safety 
for  India,  that  the  British  should  retrieve  their  position  in  the  East  and, 
having  once  set  out  for  Bagdad,  should  arrive  victoriously  in  that  town. 

The  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Mesopotamian  Army  was  one  of 
the  great  figures  of  British  colonial  warfare.  Had  he  long  survived  his 
victorious  entry  into  Bagdad,  General  Maude  might  not  impossibly  have 
succeeded  Haig  himself  when  the  failure  of  the  British  at  Passchendaele 
gravely  compromised  the  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  European  army. 
As  it  was,  dying  almost  immediately  after  his  triumph,  Maude  will 
divide  with  Plumer  the  honour  of  being  the  most  successful  British 
army  conunander  in  the  whole  of  the  war.  In  the  second  venture 
toward  Bagdad,  none  of  the  mistakes  of  the  first  was  repeated.  River 
transport  in  abundance,  boats  specially  adapted  to  the  peculiar  condi- 
tions of  the  Tigris,  railway  lines  with  all  the  material  necessary  for  a 
campaign  along  the  banks  of  a  desert  river — recalling  the  Khartum 
campaign  vividly — were  provided  in  abundance. 

There  was  no  longer  any  political  motive  leading  the  Government  to 
press  the  military  commander  to  take  hopeless  risks  on  the  chance  that 
he  might  provide  some  shining  success  which  might  offset  failures  in 
other  fields.  Two  years  before,  the  Asquith  Ministry  had  hoped  that 
the  failure  to  get  Constantinople,  resulting  from  the  defeat  at  Gallipoli, 
might  be  covered  by  the  capture  of  Bagdad.  Accordingly,  Maude 
moved  with  utmost  deliberation.     At  the  outset  of  the  campaign  the 


THE  BATTLE  OF  ARRAS— BAGDAD       123 

Turkish  army  occupied  the  locally  famous  lines  at  Sanna-i-Yat,  a  few 
miles  below  Kut-el-Amara  on  the  Tigris  River.  The  position  was 
strong,  the  nature  of  the  country  advantageous  to  the  Turks.  The 
fighting  began  in  January,  but  notwithstanding  initial  successes  the  first 
effort  at  Sanna-i-Yat  did  not  succeed.  It  was  not  until  February  17th, 
following  a  brilliantly  successful  crossing  of  the  river,  that  the  Sanna-i- 
Yat  system  was  stormed.  On  the  following  day  it  was  in  British  hands. 
Thus  at  last  fell  a  position  which  for  more  than  a  year  had  balked  all 
British  efforts  and  had  successfully  held  up  the  relieving  army  seeking  to 
save  Townshend  at  Kut.  Kut  itself  fell  immediately  afterward  and  the 
river  was  opened  to  British  gunboats.  One  week  later  the  Turkish 
army  was  in  full  retreat  and  already  Maude  was  able  to  report  the  cap- 
ture of  4,000  prisoners,  39  guns,  22  trench  mortars,  and  11  machine 
guns,  together  with  the  re-capture  of  several  British  boats  and  much 
other  war  material. 

In  the  first  days  of  March  the  pursuit  of  the  Turkish  army,  whose 
retreat  was  now  degenerating  into  a  rout,  paused  at  Azizieh.  After  a 
week  of  reorganization  and  accumulation  of  supplies,  the  British  advance 
was  resumed  on  March  5th  and  continued  until  the  Turks  were  standing 
in  their  last  line  along  the  Diala  River,  which  enters  the  Tigris  eight  miles 
below  Bagdad.  On  this  line  there  was  severe  but  relatively  brief  fight- 
ing and  on  March  loth  the  Turks  again  retired,  permitting  the  British 
to  enter  Bagdad  on  the  following  morning. 

The  capture  of  Bagdad  was  an  event  of  world  importance.  The 
news  arrived  in  Europe  at  the  very  moment  when  the  German  retreat 
was  in  progress  and  when  Allied  publics  were  expecting  swift  and  sweep- 
ing success.  It  therefore  contributed  to  Allied  confidence  and  optimism, 
the  more  as  it  represented  final  success  in  a  field  where  there  had  been 
temporary  disaster.  But  in  the  East  the  capture  of  Bagdad  was  bound 
to  have  a  more  far-reaching  importance.  Hitherto,  although  his  empire 
had  shrunk  in  Europe  and  in  Africa,  the  Turk  had  clung  to  his  Asiatic 
provinces.  He  had  preserved  his  control  over  the  Arab  world,  im- 
portant alike  on  the  religious  and  the  political  side;  but  with  a  British 
army  established  in  Bagdad  and  pressing  northward  toward  Mosul, 


124  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

it  was  clear  that  in  no  long  time  the  Turk  would  lose  control  of  the  val- 
leys of  the  Euphrates  and  the  Tigris.  He  would  lose  touch  with  Persia, 
and  if  Russian  armies  should  continue  their  operations,  he  would  have 
to  face  converging  attacks  coming  from  Armenia,  Mesopotamia,  and 
Egypt.  Nor  was  it  less  probable,  as  the  events  showed,  that  the  Arabs 
themselves  would  go  over  to  the  enemy  and  the  day  of  Turkish  domina- 
tion in  Arab  lands  south  of  the  Cilician  Gate  would  be  at  an  end. 

For  the  British  Empire  the  capture  of  Bagdad  meant,  not  alone  a 
restoration  of  prestige  but  an  insurance  for  India.  The  German  had 
planned  to  make  the  Bagdad  Railroad  and  the  Turkish  Empire  weapons 
directed  alike  against  India  and  Egypt.  He  had  hoped  to  follow  the 
pathway  of  Alexander  the  Great  and  arrive  both  at  Cairo  and  the  plains 
of  India.  The  Turkish  failure  at  the  Suez  Canal  had  ended  the  Ger- 
man's African  dream.  The  fall  of  Bagdad  now  alike  terminated  German 
imperial  ambitions  and  dispelled  the  Turkish  pan-Turanian  mirage. 

With  the  fall  of  Bagdad,  British  armies  pressed  northward  rapidly 
toward  Mosul,  and  on  April  2nd  for  the  moment  joined  hands  with 
Russian  cavalry  coming  down  out  of  Persia;  but  the  Russian  coopera- 
tion was  only  brief  since  the  Asiatic  armies  shared  in  the  general  collapse 
of  the  military  power  of  the  great  Slav  state.  Nor  was  the  advance 
beyond  Bagdad  pushed  far.  The  campaigning  season  was  over  and, 
henceforth,  with  the  prize  for  which  it  had  striven  safely  in  its  hands,  the 
Mesopotamian  Army  sat  down  in  Bagdad.  The  fighting  in  the  valley 
of  the  great  rivers  was  over.  The  decisive  defeat  of  the  Turkish  armies 
would  be  achieved  by  Allenby,  who  was  just  launching  his  Vimy  battle 
when  the  Bagdad  operation  came  to  a  glorious  end,  while  with  the  death 
of  Maude,  only  a  little  later,  there  disappeared  one  of  the  figures  which 
in  the  British  history  of  the  war  must  continue  to  hold  a  commanding 
place. 

It  was  Bagdad  and  not  Vimy  which  really  lifted  the  curtain  in  the 
campaign  of  1917.  Coming  so  closely  together  their  moral  effect  was 
tremendous;  while  alike  on  the  military  and  the  political  sides,  the  cap- 
ture of  Bagdad  from  the  Turks  was  an  event  of  far  greater  importance — 
not  impossibly  the  beginning  of  a  new  era  in  Western  Asia. 


CHAPTER  SIX 

THE  FRENCH  OFFENSIVE 

I 

NIVELLE 

The  Battle  of  Arras  was  a  relatively  subordinate  detail  in  the  spring 
offensive.  The  main  blow  was  to  be  struck  by  the  French  army.  In 
examining  the  plans  of  the  French  General  Staff,  it  is  necessary  now  to 
consider  in  detail  the  man  who,  for  a  few  brief  months,  dominated  the 
military  situation,  so  far  as  the  French  army  was  concerned,  as  abso- 
lutely as  had  his  great  predecessor,  and,  in  addition,  exercised  a  com- 
plete control  over  the  British  army  for  that  limited  period  of  time 
necessary  for  the  great  battle  which  had  opened  at  Vimy  Ridge. 

The  circumstances  of  the  selection  of  General  Nivelle  as  Com- 
mander-in-Chief were  unusual.  When  it  became  clear  that  Joffre  must 
go,  when  the  Briand  Cabinet,  after  hesitating  and  vacillating,  at  last 
reached  the  decision  which  removed  the  victor  of  the  Marne  from  the 
active  control  of  the  French  army,  it  was  a  cause  of  surprise  to  the  whole 
world  that  the  victor  of  the  Marne  was  not  replaced  by  the  saviour  of 
Verdun.  As  Joffre's  prestige  began  to  diminish,  that  of  Petain  had 
grown  apace. 

Unhappily  for  the  French  and  for  the  Allied  cause,  the  rise  of  Petain 
to  world  prominence  in  the  Verdun  defence  had  had,  as  a  concomitant 
circumstance,  irritation  and  jealousy  at  Chantilly.  French  High 
Command,  Joffre  and  those  associated  with  him,  had  seen — with  natural 
if  censurable  heart-burning — the  unmistakable  arrival  of  a  new  man. 
It  had  not  been  an  easy  thing  to  reach  the  decision  which  eliminated 
the  chief  who  counted  to  his  credit  the  greatest  victory  of  modern 
mihtary  history  and  who,  despite  obvious  limitations,  had  preserved 
an  unbroken  front  to  the  great  enemy,  superior  both  in  resources  and 
numbers,  for  more  than  two  years.     Joffre  and  his  friends  were  the  more 

125 


126  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

easily  to  be  reconciled  to  this  decision  if  it  did  not  carry  with  it  the 
selection,  to  replace  the  retiring  chief,  of  the  man  whose  success  had 
made  him  unpopular  at  French  headquarters. 

In  addition  Petain  himself  was,  despite  his  great  qualities  both  as  a 
soldier  and  a  man,  not  unUke  our  own  General  Sherman,  difficult  to  deal 
with,  cold,  with  a  gift  of  bitter  speech,  and,  however  considerate  and 
careful  with  subordinates,  overbearing  with  equals  and  contemptuous 
of  politicians.  He  did  not  conceal  his  contempt  for  the  latter  and  his 
biting  phrases — applied  equally  to  French  politicians  and  Allied  generals 
— contributed  materially  to  produce  a  natural  if  unfortunate  unpopular- 
ity, which  led  to  the  temporary  substitution  for  a  really  great  man  and 
a  supreme  soldier,  of  a  little  man  with  strictly  limited  gifts  who  was  as 
successful  in  the  art  of  cultivating  friends  in  public  life  as  he  was  inca- 
pable of  achieving  victory  on  the  battlefield. 

Petain  being  thus  out  of  the  question,  there  remained  Foch,  the 
victor  of  the  Yser,  Joffre's  most  brilliant  lieutenant  in  the  Battle  of  the 
Marne  and  the  commander  of  the  group  of  French  armies  which,  with 
the  British,  had  fought  the  Battle  of  the  Somme.  But  Foch  at  this 
time  was  regarded  as  exhausted.  He  had  continuously  held  high  rank 
and  conducted  great  operations  since  August,  1914.  The  campaign  of  the 
Somme,  regarded  in  Great  Britain  as  a  great  victory,  was  held  in  France 
to  be,  on  the  whole,  a  check.  Particularly  in  the  closing  days  of  1916 
— ^when  the  German  retreat  had  not  yet  begun  and  Allied  armies  were 
still  faced  by  formidable  German  defences  with  only  minor  gains  of 
territory  to  show  for  tremendous  casualties — the  French  considered  the 
Somme  more  critically  than  did  the  British. 

As  a  consequence,  Foch  was,  in  the  French  military  argot,  ''Limoges'' ; 
his  group  of  armies  was  broken  up  in  the  last  days  of  19 16,  and  on 
December  20th  there  was  assigned  him  a  task  which  was  in  reality  a 
disguised  disgrace.  The  general  who  had  on  the  whole  displayed  the 
greatest  brilliance  in  action  of  any  commander  in  the  war,  on  either 
side — and  was,  one  brief  year  later,  first  to  halt  and  then  to  turn  back 
the  German  flood,  and  as  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Allied  armies,  to 
win  the  greatest  military  campaign  in  all  human  history — found  himself 


from  the  picture  h\  C.  R.  11'.  Xt-:'inion 


THE  ROAD  FROM  ARRAS  TO  BAPAUME 

A  grisly  highway  through  a  land  made  ghastly  by  the  hate  of  man.     The  trees  to  right  and  left  of  the  road  have  not 
been  wrecked  by  casual  shells,  but  were  systematically  felled  by  German  axes 


From  the  picture  b\  Major  Sir  ll'illiam  Orpeti,  A.R.A. 

THE  THINKER  ON  THE  BUTTE  DE  WARLENCOURT 


From  the  picture  by  Major  Sir  Jf'illiam  Orpen,  A.R.A. 

THE  GIRLS'  COLLEGE,  PERONNE 


From  ike  picture  by  Major  Sir  William  Orpen,  A.R.A. 

ADAM  AND  EVE  AT  PERONNE 


FRENCH  ARTILLERYMEN  GROUPED  AROUND  A  FAVOURITE  GUN 


"A  NASTY  BIT  OF  GROUiNU" 
British  artillerists  trying  to  work  a  big  gun  into  satisfactory  position 


THE  FRENCH  OFFENSIVE  135 

in  the  opening  months  of  1917  exercising  only  a  nominal  command  and 
actually  engaged  in  making  plans  against  a  hypothetical  German  inva- 
sion of  France  through  Switzerland.  In  that  period  both  in  France 
and  England,  men  said,  not  without  regret,  that  Foch  was  finished. 

Aside  from  Petain  and  Foch,  Nivelle  was  perhaps  a  logical  selection. 
He  had  served  with  distinction  under  Petain  at  Verdun.  When,  as  a 
consequence  of  his  great  achievements  in  defending  the  Lorraine  fortress, 
Petain  was  promoted  to  command  a  group  of  armies,  Nivelle,  as  his 
most  conspicuous  lieutenant,  was  named  to  succeed  him  in  command 
of  the  Verdun  Army.  Under  Nivelle's  immediate  command,  although 
the  supreme  direction  was  Petain's,  there  had  been  organized  that 
brilliant  and  amazing  counter-offensive  of  October  which  had  retaken 
Douaumont  and  Vaux  and  swept  the  Germans  out  of  the  area  of  the 
entrenched  camp  of  Verdun.  The  last  act  of  Nivelle  before  he  departed 
to  take  over  the  supreme  command  was  to  direct  the  second  Verdun 
counter-offensive,  completing  the  liberation  of  the  town  from  the  Ger- 
man menace  which  for  ten  months  had  threatened  it. 

There  was  in  addition  the  belief,  wholly  correct,  that  the  coming  of 
Nivelle  to  the  supreme  command  would  mean  aggressive  action.  Joffre 
had  on  the  whole  advocated  limited  offensives ;  Petain  was  known  to  be 
hostile  to  great  ventures  which,  if  they  failed,  meant  alike  exhaustion 
of  the  man-power  and  the  weakening  of  the  morale  of  the  French  army ; 
Nivelle  was  a  champion  of  the  attack.  And  a  war-weary  Allied  world — 
and  a  France  whose  hopes  for  the  liberation  of  her  soil  had  been  greatly 
deferred — longed  for  decisive  action. 

II.      THE   GREAT   PLAN 

Nivelle,  as  the  subordinate  of  Petain  and  his  successor  in  the  com- 
mand of  the  army  at  Verdun,  shared  in  the  closing  phase  of  that  cam- 
paign and  shared  disproportionately  the  reputation  of  his  great  chief. 
He  was  a  man  of  charm  and  force,  and  must  be  considered  one  of  the 
most  amazing  military  figures  of  the  entire  war.  To  the  statesmen  of 
Britain  as  well  as  of  France,  he  outlined  stupendous  conceptions  with  a 
coldness  of  manner  and  a  calmness  which  captivated  his  auditors.     He 


136  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

had  executed  Petain's  conceptions  in  the  retaking  of  Douaumont  and 
Vaux,  using  Mangin  as  his  instrument,  and  his  orders  to  Mangin  were 
so  artfully  written  that  if  Mangin  succeeded,  the  glory  would  be 
Nivelle's;  if  he  failed,  the  responsibility  would  be  Mangin's. 

Nivelle  thus  came  to  the  High  Command  with  a  great  reputation. 
He  came  also  with  a  colossal  plan.  Having  seen  Petain's  success  on  a 
narrow  front  in  the  Verdun  offensive — a  success  which  was  the  result  of 
carefully  calculated  estimates  of  the  relations  between  the  forces  avail- 
able and  the  possibilities  of  the  situation — he  conceived  that  if  one 
multiplied  the  forces  one  could  extend  the  front  indefinitely.  Joffre 
had  planned  in  November  a  great  offensive  between  the  Somme  and 
the  Oise,  and  between  Craonne  and  Rheims,  to  manoeuvre  the  Germans 
off  the  Craonne  Plateau.  Nivelle  proposed  to  attack  from  Arras  to 
Rheims,  to  attack  through  and  over  the  Craonne  Plateau,  and  to  break 
the  German  front.  When  he  came  to  Paris  to  explain  his  plans,  he  told 
his  amazed  listeners  that  the  problem  was  not  one  of  short  distances ; 
that  if  his  plans  were  put  in  operation,  the  question  would  be  whether 
the  German  retreat  would  halt  at  the  Meuse  or  at  the  Rhine.  Accord- 
ingly when  he  came  to  Headquarters  in  December  he  totally  transformed 
Joffre's  plan. 

Nivelle*s  statements  fell  upon  willing  ears.  The  Somme  offensive 
had  failed  to  break  through  because  it  had  been  an  attack  upon  too 
narrow  a  front.  The  German  submarine  campaign,  in  the  opening 
months  of  19 17,  grew  steadily  to  the  point  where  it  threatened  to 
become  a  decisive  factor  and  win  the  war  for  the  Germans.  Before  the 
Allied  spring  offensive  was  launched,  British  naval  authorities  con- 
fronted the  future  with  grave  apprehension,  if  with  unshaken  courage. 
British  policy  therefore,  quite  as  much  as  French,  recognized  the 
necessity  of  a  decision,  of  a  conclusive  land  victory  before  the  end  of 
1917,  of  an  absolute  success  in  the  spring  offensive.  All  this  Nivelle 
promised. 

The  Germans  had  made  their  attack  upon  Verdun  in  the  latter 
part  of  February  of  the  previous  year  and  Nivelle  promptly  borrowed 
their  time-table.     In  fact,  he  set  the  clock  ahead  and  planned  to  attack 


THE  FRENCH  OFFENSIVE  137 

in  the  early  days  of  the  month  where  the  Germans  had  attacked  at  the 
beginning  of  the  final  week.  Joffre's  last  plan,  before  his  departure, 
had  been  to  attack  on  New  Year's  Day. 

Nivelle's  plan  contemplated  confidently  a  gigantic  Sedan.  One 
group  of  French  armies  under  Franchet  d'Esperey — victor  of  Mont- 
mirail  in  the  Marne  campaign,  and  at  a  later  time  to  be  the  conqueror 
of  the  Balkans — was  to  attack  south  of  Amiens,  advancing  from  west 
to  east.  Another  group  of  armies,  including  the  Fifth,  Sixth,  and 
Tenth — commanded  by  Mazel,  Mangin,  and  Duchesne,  respectively, 
and  under  the  supreme  direction  of  Micheler — was  to  advance  from 
south  to  north  on  a  front  extending  from  Soissons  to  Rheims,  but  mainly 
straight  over  the  great  Craonne  Plateau  to  Laon.  Hundreds  of  thou- 
sands of  Germans,  innumerable  cannon,  and  almost  incalculable 
amounts  of  material,  were  to  be  captured  as  the  two  groups  of  armies 
closed  behind  the  German  rear,  as  on  a  far  more  modest  scale  Pershing's 
troops  enveloped  the  St.  Mihiel  salient  eighteen  months  later. 

In  Nivelle's  conception  the  whole  western  front  was  thus  to  be 
ruptured;  the  war  was  to  be  won.  In  his  opening  conversations, 
Nivelle  told  the  amazed  and  fascinated  public  men  who  were  his  audi- 
ence not  merely  that  his  armies  would  arrive  at  Laon  on  the  morning 
of  the  second  day  at  dawn  precisely  but  that  he  had  prepared  a  time- 
table of  the  advance  to  the  Meuse.  Twenty-four  hours  after  the  first 
attack  had  been  launched,  the  intensive  exploitation  of  the  initial 
success  was  to  begin  and,  by  the  third  day,  war  of  movement — war  in 
the  open — was  to  commence. 

As  this  great  operation,  which  was  to  liberate  northern  France,  could 
not  succeed  without  full  cooperation  of  the  British  army,  Haig  consented 
that  Nivelle  should  exercise  supreme  command  over  the  British  and 
French  armies  with  the  single  limitation  that  when  the  battle— Nivelle's 
gigantic  battle— had  terminated,  full  freedom  in  command  was  to  re- 
turn to  Haig,  while  it  was  to  be  for  Haig  to  decide  when  that  battle  had 
terminated.  In  the  first  hours  of  the  exercise  of  this  command,  Nivelle 
was  involved  in  difficulties  with  the  British  by  the  brusqueness  of  his 
orders,  but   the  incident  was  politely  forgotten.     Upon  the   British, 


138  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

quite  as  much  as  the  French,  Nivelle  made  a  great  Impression.  It  is 
not  true  that  British  influence  had  contributed  to  his  appointment. 
The  selection  was  entirely  a  French  matter.  Still  his  mother  had  been 
English  and  he  spoke  the  language  with  a  certain  fluency,  much  exag- 
gerated at  the  time.  His  success  with  the  British  was  due  rather  to  his 
manner,  to  the  distinction  of  his  bearing,  to  the  plausibility  of  his  state- 
ments. Thus  he  carried  the  British  with  him;  and  Haig,  after  prelimi- 
nary objections,  willingly  and  loyally  enlisted  as  a  subordinate  In  NI- 
velle's  campaign.  Moreover,  for  Nivelle  himself  Haig  acquired  a  real 
admiration,  and  to  those  who  talked  with  him  In  this  period,  he  spoke  of 
NIvelle's  fighting  spirit  In  words  of  unqualified  praise. 

III.      THE    FIRST   MISTAKES 

No  sooner  had  Nivelle  taken  command  than  the  very  firmness  of  his 
faith  in  the  success  of  his  plan  led  him  to  amazing  and  fatal  indiscre- 
tions. By  January  his  orders  outlining  his  great  strategic  conception 
had  been  issued  and  transmitted  down  to  the  very  commanders  of 
companies.  By  February  every  village  in  France,  no  matter  how  small, 
knew  of  the  coming  of  the  spring  offensive  and  knew  that  it  would  be 
directed  against  the  Craonne  Plateau,  and  what  the  French  knew  the 
Germans  were  equally  prompt  to  discover.  Preserving  a  certain  ele- 
ment of  common  sense,  Nivelle  first  invited  Retain  to  command  a  group 
of  armies  whose  mission  it  was  to  storm  the  Craonne  Plateau.  Retain 
promptly  pointed  out  the  disproportion  between  the  task  and  the  re- 
sources. He  did  not  believe  the  great  plan  would  succeed;  he  said  so, 
and,  as  a  result,  one  of  his  three  armies  was  taken  from  his  command 
and  given  to  Micheler.     Petain  was  thenceforth  ignored. 

Meantime,  conditions  changed.  The  Russian  Revolution  broke  out. 
It  became  clear  that  Russia  was  out  of  the  war  for  the  time  being.  This 
collapse  brought  paralysis  to  the  Italian  offensive  which  was  planned  to 
coincide  with  the  attack  on  the  western  front,  since  It  was  plain  that 
Italy  would  now  have  to  bear  the  weight  of  Austrian  troops  which 
would  be  transferred  from  the  Russian  to  the  Venetian  front.  Joffre's 
original  conception— which  fixed  November  i6,  1916,  as  the  day  for 


THE  FRENCH  OFFENSIVE  139 

launching  his  offensive— included,  as  an  essential  condition,  attacks  by 
the  Russians  and  by  the  Italians.  Nivelle's  plan  had  pre-supposcd  the 
same  element,  but  now  the  Russians  and  the  Italians  were  out  of  the 
reckoning. 

More  than  this,  in  the  first  days  of  February  the  Germans  suddenly 
began  their  great  retreat.  Slowly  at  first,  rapidly  later,  they  drew  out  of 
their  positions  on  the  Somme.  They  evacuated  precisely  those  lines 
against  which  a  great  offensive  might  have  been  launched  with  some 
hope  of  success. 

On  March  4th,  before  the  German  retreat  had  become  general  or 
considerable,  Franchet  d'Esperey  appealed  to  Nivelle  for  permission  to 
attack  at  once  as  the  enemy  was  about  to  retreat.  Nivelle  answered 
on  March  7th — after  a  three-days'  delay — that  a  German  retreat  was 
inconceivable  since  the  Germans  had  so  strongly  fortified  their  positions 
surrounding  Roye;  but  on  the  day  after  the  Nivelle  despatch  reached 
Franchet  d'Esperey,  the  Germans  were  out  of  Roye.  Thereafter  fol- 
lowed the  retreat  and  pursuit  until  the  Germans  were  well  behind  the 
Hindenburg  Line. 

Instead  of  an  attack  on  lines  Nivelle  had  foreseen,  Franchet  d'Es- 
perey's  armies  now  found  themselves  confronting  beyond  the  glacis  of 
desert  twenty-five  miles  in  width  which  was  destitute  of  all  means  of 
communication,  a  position  to  attack  which  would  involve  months  of 
preliminary  preparation  and  the  employment  of  formidable  artillery 
which  could  not  be  brought  up  for  many  weeks  owing  to  the  destruction 
of  the  roads. 

The  great  Nivelle  plan  had  been  comprehended  in  two  formidable 
thrusts  across  the  rear  of  the  Germans  in  positions  from  the  Somme 
near  Peronne  to  Rheims,  but  the  Germans,  by  retiring,  had  thus 
avoided  one  of  the  two  converging  thrusts.  Nivelle  had  envisaged 
attacks  from  two  sides  of  a  square  and  on  one  side  an  attack  was  hence- 
forth impossible. 

This  was  not  all.  In  addition,  the  Germans  had  reinforced  their 
positions  on  the  Craonne  Plateau  so  that  where  there  had  been  two  lines 
in  December  there  were  four  in  February,  as  Micheler  had  reported. 


I4J0  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

They  had  concentrated  their  artillery,  elaborated  caverns  and  grottos 
on  the  Aisne  heights,  multiplied  their  concrete  works,  and  created  an 
almost  impregnable  position.  At  the  same  time  they  were  working  on 
their  Hindenburg  Line.  Thus,  by  the  middle  of  March,  such  chance  of 
success  as  there  had  been  for  the  Nivelle  plan  had  vanished.  The  broad 
front  had  been  narrowed  by  at  least  half;  the  remaining  half  had 
been  sown  with  new  defences,  and  German  reserves  released  by  the 
Russian  Revolution  were  already  beginning  to  pour  westward.  Mean- 
time, while  the  chances  of  success  were  thus  rapidly  disappearing,  cir- 
cumstances had  combined  to  create  expectations  out  of  all  proportion 
to  the  remaining  possibilities.  The  retreat  of  the  Germans,  actually 
one  of  the  most  skilful  pieces  of  strategy  in  the  whole  war,  was  repre- 
sented to  the  French  army  and  the  French  public  as  a  flight — as  the 
beginning  of  the  end — and  the  French  soldiers  were  in  a  white  heat  of 
excitement.  At  the  precise  moment  when  the  High  Command,  save  for 
Nivelle  and  his  immediate  following,  was  unanimously  assured  of  the 
impossibility  of  the  great  plan,  the  army  was  filled  with  an  optimism  as 
dangerous  as  it  was  tremendous.  Nivelle  and  the  common  soldiers 
saw  victory  within  easy  grasp,  but  Nivelle's  lieutenants,  outside  of  a 
handful  of  subordinates  at  General  Headquarters,  saw  the  situation  as  it 
was.  These  generals  recognized  the  impossibility  of  a  supreme  and 
crushing  victory.  They  recognized  the  probability  of  a  check  after  even 
greater  losses  than  those  at  the  Somme,  with  consequences  to  the  army 
morale  beyond  calculation. 

From  all  these  officers  protests  now  began  to  flow,  and  at  this 
precise  moment  the  Briand  Cabinet  fell.  A  new  Ribot  Cabinet  arrived 
with  Monsieur  Painleve  as  Minister  of  War,  and  no  sooner  had  he  come 
to  office  than  Painleve  discovered  the  chaos  that  now  existed.  The 
relations  between  Nivelle  and  his  subordinates  were  strained.  The 
confidence  of  these  subordinates  in  their  chief  was  gone;  yet,  in  the  midst 
of  all  this  anarchy,  Nivelle's  confidence  had  grown  beyond  belief.  To 
those  who  questioned  the  possibility  of  success  under  changed  con- 
ditions and  asked  him  if  he  recognized  the  strength  of  the  new  Ger- 
man defences   on    the    Craonne    Plateau,    he    answered    calmly  that 


THE  FRENCH  OFFENSIVE  141 

he  already  had  the  Craonne  Plateau  in  his  pocket,  that  the  only- 
question  in  his  mind  was  whether  he  would  have  temporarily  to  halt 
his  advance  at  the  Serre  or  at  the  Oise,  on  account  of  the  difficulty  of 
moving  up  his  supplies  before  he  resumed  the  main  thrust  to  the  Dutch 
frontier. 

For  the  new  Ministry,  there  was  then  raised  the  acute  question: 
Should  there  be  an  offensive  ?  But  here  again  was  a  new  circumstance, 
for  if  the  collapse  of  Russia  had  made  a  new  offensive  in  the  west  dif- 
ficult in  the  extreme;  if  it  had  removed  a  large  fraction  of  the  remaining 
chance  of  success;  it  had,  on  the  other  hand,  certainly  made  such  an 
offensive  imperative  alike  to  save  Russia  and  to  prevent  the  possible 
arrival  of  German  troops  on  the  Italian  frontier — to  prevent  in  the 
spring  what  actually  happened  in  the  autumn  and  produced  the  great 
disaster  of  Caporetto.  Added  to  this  were  British  anxiety  and  appre- 
hension over  the  submarine  peril,  which  was  at  this  moment  becoming 
terribly  acute.  The  German  submarine  campaign  was  achieving  incon- 
ceivable success.  For  the  moment  the  British  navy  was  frankly  in- 
capable of  coping  with  the  danger. 

That  Nivelle's  grandiose  plan  could  now  succeed  seemed  impossible, 
both  to  his  subordinates  and  to  the  French  Ministry;  but  a  lesser  offen- 
sive, with  limited  objectives,  carefully  prepared  and  calling  for  small 
losses — an  attack  carrying  with  it  the  possibility  of  inflicting  heavy  cas- 
ualties and  achieving  local  and  useful  gains — still  held  out  attractions. 
If  the  initial  attack  should  result  not  in  these  modest  gains  but  in  that 
actual  break  which  Nivelle  foresaw,  then  the  operations  might  be  con- 
tinued and  expanded.  This  was  the  view  of  the  Government  and  this 
was  the  extent  of  its  consent  to  the  Nivelle  programme.  As  for  Nivelle 
himself,  he  heard  the  words  of  warning  of  his  subordinates  and  the  words* 
of  advice  of  the  civilian  officials  with  a  contempt  born  of  supreme  opti- 
mism. He  still  believed  in  a  complete  victory.  At  the  moment  of  at- 
tack, he  laid  before  the  Government  maps  which  showed  an  initial  ad- 
vance of  twelve  kilometres  and  this  optimism  did  not  desert  him  when 
25,000  French  dead  and  five  hundred  yards  of  gain  were  the  total  har- 
vest of  the  first  day  of  the  offensive. 


142  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

IV.      THE    CRAONNE    PLATEAU 

In  Nivelle's  original  conception,  his  great  offensive  was  to  be  on  a 
front  from  Arras  to  Rheims,  the  British  attacking  in  the  sector  above  the 
Somme.  The  German  retreat  narrowed  the  British  operative  front  to 
some  twelve  miles  immediately  east  of  Arras.  Up  to  the  very  last  mo- 
ment, Nivelle  hoped  to  employ  Franchet  d'Esperey's  armies  west  of  the 
Oise  despite  the  German  retreat,  but  a  preliminary  effort  made  by  this 
group  of  armies  on  April  14th  failed  completely,  and  thereafter  the  fight- 
ing was  restricted  to  the  country  between  the  southeast  corner  of  the 
St.  Gobain  Forest  and  the  heights  to  the  north  of  Rheims.  Across  two 
thirds  of  this  front  stretched  the  famous  Craonne  Plateau  which  had 
seen  desperate  fighting  in  the  days  following  the  Marne,  when  Allied 
pursuit  culminated  in  the  First  Battle  of  the  Aisne,  and  one  year  later 
was  to  see  the  greatest  French  disaster  of  the  war  in  the  Battle  of 
Chemin-des-Dames. 

Resembling  Vimy  Ridge  in  certain  respects,  the  Craonne  Plateau 
is  both  higher  and  longer.  It  is  actually  the  outermost  rampart  of 
Paris.  Northward  the  ground  slopes  to  the  great  northern  plain,  and 
invaders  approaching  Paris  from  the  northeast  encounter  this  great 
obstacle  as  the  first  barrier  after  passing  the  frontier  of  France.  On  the 
northern  side,  the  Craonne  Plateau  drops  down  sharply  for  more  than 
two  hundred  feet  into  the  narrow,  swampy  valley  of  the  tiny  Ailette 
River.  Seen  from  this  northern  side,  it  resembles  a  huge  wall,  its  sum- 
mit level  against  the  horizon,  with  precipitous  approaches — a  military 
obstacle  deemed  impregnable  until  that  subsequent  May  day  when  the 
German  troops  scaled  it  and  pressed  southward  to  the  Marne  again. 

But  on  the  southern  side  the  Craonne  Plateau  descends  more  gently 
and  slowly  to  the  Aisne.  Whereas  the  northern  side  is  substantially  a 
straight  and  solid  wall,  the  southern  side  is  cut  by  many  deep  ravines 
or  glens  through  which  brooks  pass  to  the  Aisne.  On  a  relief  map,  the 
Craonne  Plateau  suggests  a  comb  with  the  teeth  pointed  southward, 
the  spaces  between  the  teeth  representing  the  little  valleys.  These 
valleys  were  of  enormous  importance  in  the  battle  of  19 17  because  they 


THE  FRENCH  OFFENSIVE  143 

supplied  admirable  cover  for  machine-gun  nests — cover  which  rendered 
machine-gun  positions  practically  undiscoverable  because  the  valleys 
were  themselves  filled  with  small  woods  and  underbrush.  Across  the 
actual  summit,  following  the  crest  from  end  to  end — that  is  from  the 
Laon-Soissons  road  to  the  village  of  Craonne — ran  the  famous  Chemin- 
des-Dames,  the  scene  of  some  of  the  most  intense  fighting  of  the  whole 
World  War. 

In  1 914  when  Kluck  retired,  after  the  Battle  of  the  Ourcq,  he  had 
halted  his  armies  on  the  first  slopes  of  the  Craonne  Plateau  just  across 
the  river  from  Soissons.  In  the  Battle  of  the  Aisne  the  British  had  suc- 
cessfully passed  the  river,  east  of  Soissons,  and  pushed  part  way  toward 
the  crest  of  the  ridge.  The  French  to  the  eastward  had  actually  reached 
the  crest  at  certain  points  and  almost,  but  not  quite,  reached  the  out- 
skirts of  the  village  of  Craonne.  In  January,  1915,  during  a  period  of 
high  water  on  the  Aisne,  the  Germans  had  vigorously  attacked  the 
French — ^who  occupied  the  lines  originally  taken  by  the  British — sharply 
defeated  them,  and  forced  them  southward  so  that  practically  all  the 
high  ground  remained  in  German  hands.  From  this  high  ground  the 
Germans  were  able  to  bombard  Soissons  at  will,  the  city  itself  being  less 
than  a  mile  from  their  front  at  Crouy. 

In  the  great  retreat  of  March,  the  Germans  again  evacuated  ground 
which  they  had  taken  in  1915,  but  continued  to  hold  a  bridge-head  south 
of  the  Aisne  nearVailly  which  constituted  a  sharp  southerly  salient  domi- 
nated by  the  high  ground  on  which  stood  the  dismantled  fort  of  Conde; 
then  their  line  bent  back  sharply  almost  to  the  crest  which  it  then  fol- 
lowed to  Craonne. 

A  more  difllicult  military  obstacle  than  the  Craonne  Plateau,  as  the 
Germans  had  organized  it,  would  be  impossible  to  imagine.  The  as- 
sailants were  obliged  to  advance  over  open  country  in  plain  view  of  the 
Germans  with  an  unfordable  river  behind  them,  and  in  places  they  had 
to  cross  the  river  itself  under  fire.  For  centuries  this  plateau  had  been 
worked  for  building-stone  and  was  filled  with  immense  caves  and  grottos 
which  the  Germans  had  organized  for  defensive  warfare.  The  ravines 
were  lined  with  machine  guns  which  swept  the  flanks  of  the  French  waves 


144  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

as  they  advanced;  the  German  trenches  ran  line  on  Hne  backward  up  the 
gentle  slopes  to  the  summit,  while  the  German  heavy  artillery  was  in 
position  safely  covered  on  the  reverse  slopes.  Nor  had  the  Germans 
relied  simply  upon  natural  defences.  They  had  filled  the  whole  zone 
with  concrete  machine-gun  emplacements  until  it  constituted  a  vast  de- 
fensive zone  from  six  to  ten  miles  deep. 

The  traveller  who  hereafter  passes  over  the  Soissons-Laon  road — 
reminiscent  of  the  stretch  of  the  Albert-Bapaume  road,  as  it  ascends 
to  the  summit  of  the  Pozieres  Ridge,  rising  slowly  to  the  plateau  and  fol 
lowing  the  highway  as  it  marches  between  fields  which  for  many  years 
must  retain  traces  of  the  terrible  artillery  destruction — will  marvel  at 
the  courage  or  temerity  which  was  responsible  for  an  offensive  against 
a  position  naturally  as  strong  as  that  he  sees  about  him. 

Where  it  left  the  Craonne  Plateau,  at  the  point  where  the  hill  on  the 
flank  of  which  Craonne  itself  stands,  towers  above  the  plain  in  gaunt 
impressiveness — recalling  Douaumont  as  seen  from  the  plain  of  the 
Woevre — the  German  line  bent  sharply  southward  crossing  the  Aisne 
at  Berry-au-Bac,  and  extending  to  the  dismantled  forts  above  Rheims. 
Here  the  nature  of  the  country  was  less  favourable  for  the  defence.  For 
a  stretch  of  ten  miles  on  either  side  of  the  Aisne,  the  line  ran  across 
flat  country  covering  a  gap  between  the  Craonne  Plateau  and  the 
mountain  of  Rheims.  Could  the  French  penetrate  this  gap,  they  would 
cut  the  German  armies  in  France  in  halves  and  take  in  the  rear  both  the 
Craonne  Plateau  and  the  German  positions  eastward  of  Rheims. 
Through  this  gap  Nivelle  planned  to  throw  Duchesne*s  armies  once  the 
Craonne  Plateau  and  Fort  Brimont  had  fallen. 

But  recognizing  the  natural  weakness  of  this  position  the  Germans 
had  worked  for  nearly  three  years  with  characteristic  energy  and  in- 
dustry. Nowhere  on  the  western  front  were  so  many  concrete  works  to 
be  found.  The  little  hill  near  Ville-aux-Bois  to  the  south  of  Craonne 
had  been  tunnelled,  galleries  had  been  constructed,  every  conceivable 
device  had  been  employed  to  render  impregnable  a  position  which  of 
itself  was  vulnerable.  Southward  from  the  Aisne  at  Berry-au-Bac  to 
the  heights  about  Rheims,  the  Germans  had  used  the  high  ground  east 


THE  FRENCH  OFFENSIVE  145 

of  the  Aisne  Canal  and  parallel  to  the  Rheims-Laon  highway;  the  key- 
stone of  their  fortified  system  was  the  old  fort  of  Brimont. 

Against  a  surprise  attack,  neither  the  Craonne  Plateau  nor  the 
position  between  Craonne  and  Rheims  was  perhaps  invulnerable. 
Certainly  the  Germans  were  able  to  smash  through  on  this  entire  front 
a  year  later — when  the  French  occupied  all  the  Craonne  Plateau  and 
many  of  the  strongest  positions  to  the  south,  which  were  in  German 
hands  in  April,  191 7;  but  the  element  of  surprise  restored  by  the  Germans 
in  the  campaign  of  1918  did  not  exist  for  the  French.  Nivelle  himself 
had  set  the  example  of  contemptuous  publicity,  and  all  the  world, 
German  and  Allied  alike,  was  aware  of  the  front  on  which  the  French 
were  to  attack.  Not  only  that,  but  the  several  postponements  of  the 
assault  from  January  to  April  had  permitted  the  Germans  to  construct 
four  lines  where  they  had  had  but  two,  and  to  multiply  their  concrete 
defences,  their  machine-gun  nests,  and  their  battery  positions.  To 
defend  what  was  unmistakably  the  strongest  single  stretch  of  western 
front,  the  Germans  had  amassed  forty  divisions  where  the  French  sought 
— unsuccessfully,  to  be  sure — to  defend  the  same  ground  with  six  a 
year  later. 

The  strength  of  the  Craonne  Plateau  must  be  manifest  to  the  merest 
civilian  who  looks  up  at  the  heights  from  the  shallow  valley  through 
which  flows  the  considerable  Aisne,  yet  two  successive  struggles  over 
these  slopes  have  served  largely  to  obliterate  the  innumerable  trench 
lines  which  seamed  the  hillside.  Strong  as  was  the  VImy  position  itself 
it  was  Incomparably  less  imposing  and  less  considerable  than  that  on 
which  the  armies  of  the  German  Crown  Prince  now  awaited  their 
French  opponent,  prepared  to  take  full  revenge  for  their  own  defeat  at 
Verdun.  So  strong  indeed  was  the  Craonne  position  that  Joffre  him- 
self, in  planning  an  offensive  over  the  same  ground,  had  calculated  to 
turn  it  from  the  north  and  from  the  south.  Yet  in  Nivelle's  great  plan 
the  essential  circumstance  was  the  advance  of  Mangln's  Sixth  French 
army  straight  over  the  Craonne  Plateau.  So  complete  was  his  confi- 
dence, he  calculated  that,  by  the  dawn  of  the  second  day,  his 
cavalry  would  be  under  the  walls  of  Laon,  whose  cathedral,  from  a 


146  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

rocky  eminence  recalling  the  Acropolis  at  Athens,  looks  southward  at 
the  Craonne  Plateau,  and  northward  and  eastward  over  the  vast  plain  of 
northern  France. 

In  the  operation  which  we  are  now  to  examine,  the  main  French 
attacks  were  made  on  the  Craonne  Plateau  and  Fort  Brimont  by  the 
armies  of  Mangin  and  Mazel,  respectively.  In  the  latest  phase  of  the 
offensive  still  a  third  attack  was  launched  east  of  Rheims  against  the 
isolated  Moronvillers  Hills  which  dominate  the  whole  of  Champagne 
and  constitute  military  obstacles  hardly  inferior  to  the  Craonne  Plateau 
itself.  On  this  third  field  where  the  organization  of  the  attack  fell  to 
Retain,  the  French  were  to  win  a  considerable  but  useless  success  on  the 
very  ground  which  was  to  see  the  failure  of  the  final  German  offensive 
— that  of  July  15,  1918.  But  despite  the  brilliance  of  this  local  opera- 
tion, it  had  no  effect  upon  the  main  battle.  Actually,  the  decision  was 
had  in  the  sector  between  the  Soissons-Laon  road  and  the  heights  of 
Sapigneul  around  Fort  Brimont.  On  this  line  the  French  attempted, 
by  a  brusque  offensive  extending  over  the  widest  front  yet  assailed  in  a 
single  operation,  to  smash  their  way  through  the  German  lines  as  the 
Germans  had  endeavoured  to  hack  their  way  first  through  Ypres  to  the 
Channel  and,  second,  through  Verdun  to  the  heart  of  France. 

V.   THE    BATTLE 

Before  the  Battle  of  Craonne  was  joined,  the  chance  of  a  wide-swing- 
ing success  had  utterly  vanished.  Almost  without  exception  Nivelle's 
subordinates,  aware  of  this  fact,  had  advised  him  and  the  Government 
against  the  attack,  and  the  Government  itself  had  sought  to  limit  the 
grandiose  scheme  to  a  modest  local  offensive — necessary  both  because 
of  the  Russian  and  the  submarine  situations. 

But  there  were  other  conditions  which  made  unlikely  even  a  local 
success.  Retain  in  his  two  Verdun  counter-offensives — delivered  on  a 
three-  and  a  five-mile  front  respectively — had  calculated  accurately 
and  methodically  the  relation  between  the  forces  at  his  disposal 
and  the  artillery  "with  which  he  could  prepare  the  way.  Before  he 
launched  Mangin  in  October  he  had  spent  weeks  and  months  in  the 


THE  FRENCH  OFFENSIVE 


147 


THE  BATTLE  OF  CRAONNE 

The  solid  line  shows  the  French  front  at  the  opening  of  the  attack  of  April  14th.     The  broken 
lines  show  approximately  the  extent  of  the  French  gains 

preparation  of  comrnunications  and  the  organization  of  the  rear. 
Nivelle  had  dreamed  of  expanding  the  Petain  method  from  a  three-  to 
a  sixty-mile  front,  but  he  was  incapable  of  making  the  preparations 
keep  pace  with  the  expansion. 

Cannon,  munitions,  armament  of  all  sorts,  collected  for  the  armies 
which  were  to  deliver  the  attack,  were  woefully  insufficient;  but  had 
they  been  adequate,  the  armies  were  insufficiently  prepared  both  as  to 
ways  of  communication  and  as  to  the  professional  training  of  the  com- 
batants. The  medical  service  left  much  to  be  desired,  as  was  subse- 
quently established  in  official  reports.  Three  other  circumstances 
combined  to  abolish  all  possibility  of  the  local  success,  which  was  now, 
in  the  minds  of  all  reasonable  and  informed  observers,  a  maximum  of 
expectation.  These  three  circumstances  were:  the  bad  weather;  the 
stupidity,  folly,  and  imprudence  of  the  command  in  the  Fifth  Army; 


148  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

and  finally,  the  failure  of  the  artillery  preparation,  due  in  some  measure 
to  the  weather. 

After  one  of  the  roughest  winters  in  half  a  century,  the  month  of 
April,  1917,  was  a  time  of  snow  and  storm.  The  great  British  attack  of 
Easter  Monday,  one  week  preceding  the  opening  of  the  Craonne  engage- 
ment, had  been  made  in  rain  and  snow  and  all  April  was  marked  with 
this  inclemency.  Because  of  weather  conditions  the  offensive  had  to  be 
delayed  many  times  at  the  request  of  General  Mangin  himself.  In 
March  the  newspapers  had  printed  the  precautionary  warning:  "Given 
the  state  of  the  ground,  and  recognizing  that  winter  still  lasts,  all  pros- 
pect of  a  rapid  advance  is  Utopian."  As  the  event  showed  the  weather 
was  so  bad  that  it  was  impossible  for  the  infantry  to  follow  the  barrage 
of  the  artillery.  The  rapid-fire  guns,  machine  guns,  and  even  the  arms 
of  the  soldiers  were  completely  put  out  of  service.  The  infantry  threw 
away  all  of  its  burdens  and  supplies.  The  black  troops,  which  had 
demonstrated  their  value  as  shock  units  on  half  a  score  of  fields,  lost 
three  quarters  of  their  fighting  efficiency  because  of  the  temperature. 
The  assault  was  necessarily  slowed  down.  All  real  observation  and 
regulation  of  artillery  fire  was  impossible.  Transport  failed.  Testi- 
mony to  these  facts  is  found  and  re-found  in  the  journals  of  opera- 
tions of  all  the  armies  that  took  part  in  the  attack.  These  show  the 
mistake,  now  committed  for  a  second  time,  of  fixing  a  general  offensive 
for  the  equinoctial  period,  as  had  already  been  done  in  the  Battle  of 
Champagne  of  September  25,  1915. 

The  second  mistake  grew  out  of  an  imprudence  in  the  Fifth  Army. 
Three  days  before  the  attack  a  sergeant — carrying  the  order  of  opera- 
tions which  indicated  in  detail  the  disposition  of  the  attacks  to  be  made 
by  the  7th,  32nd,  and  38th  Corps  and  the  Russians — was  killed,  and  his 
despatch  bag  captured  by  the  enemy.  The  order  contained  a  synthesis 
of  the  attack  on  Fort  Brimont.  There  the  principal  blow  was  to  be 
delivered  from  the  north  to  the  south  and  it  pre-supposed  the  capture 
of  the  heights  of  Sapigneul.  Thus  warned,  the  enemy  reinforced  the 
threatened  sector  promptly  and  the  French  advance  here  was  nil,  while 
the  losses  of  the  Seventh  Corps  alone  in  four  days  exceeded  fifteen 


THE  FRENCH  OFFENSIVE  149 

thousand  men.  For  the  officer  responsible  for  the  imprudence  there 
was,  however,  this  palliating  circumstance.  He  had  promptly  and 
frankly  confessed  his  fault  in  permitting  a  non-commissioned  officer  to 
carry  a  plan  of  operations,  and  the  French  High  Command  was  aware 
that  its  offensive  plan  was  known  by  the  enemy  down  to  its  last  detail, 
so  far  as  three  army  corps  were  concerned.  But,  knowing  this,  what 
possible  justification  remained  for  risking  the  attack.? 

Finally,  the  artillery  preparation  was  badly  done.  Ten  days  of 
bombardment  were  as  unsuccessful  in  reducing  the  enemy  works  as 
had  been  the  preliminary  artillery  preparation  of  the  British  at  the 
Somme.  Weather  conditions,  which  prevented  aerial  observations, 
partially  explained  this  failure,  but  beyond  and  above  this  was  the  fact 
that  Nivelle  lacked  artillery  in  sufficient  quantities  and  munitions  in 
adequate  volume  to  reduce  the  enemy  works  over  so  vast  a  front,  partic- 
ularly when  for  the  larger  portion  of  that  front  the  enemy  position 
rested  upon  magnificent  natural  obstacles  reinforced  by  skilful  military 
engineers. 

In  the  face  of  all  these  circumstances;  with  doubts  and  hesitations 
amounting  almost  to  insubordination  among  his  lieutenants — interesting 
proof  of  which  may  be  found  in  a  letter  of  February  13th  written  by 
Nivelle  to  Micheler,  commander  of  the  group  of  armies  which  was  to 
make  the  attack  and  containing  unmistakable  evidence  of  the  lack  of 
harmony  and  the  almost  unbelievable  anarchy  existing  in  the  High 
Command — but  with  an  army  fired  by  the  recent  German  retreats, 
knowing  that  their  commander  expected  to  break  the  German  line, 
Nivelle,  still  unshaken,  announced  that  he  expected  to  succeed  on  the 
Craonne  Plateau.  This  announcement  was  made  to  the  Government 
after  the  first  attack — that  on  St.  Quentin — had  been  made  on  April 
14th  and  had  completely  failed,  thus  dooming  the  whole  enterprise. 
Nevertheless,  fixing  his  attack  for  the  morning  of  the  i6th,  Nivelle 
repeated  his  familiar  forecast  that  he  would  arrive  in  Laon  at  dawn  on 
the  17th,  and  that  his  cavalry  would  reach  La  Fere  by  sunset  on  the 
same  day.  Brimont  was  to  be  taken  in  five  hours  by  that  envelopment 
from  the  north  of  which  the  Germans  had  been  so  completely  forewarned. 


ISO  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

Therefore,  just  one  week  after  the  British  had  brilliantly  delivered 
their  offensive  on  Vimy  Ridge,  but  at  the  precise  moment  when  their 
advance  had  been  pinned  down,  Nivelle  launched  his  waiting  armies. 
The  armies  of  Mangin  and  Mazel  left  their  trenches  at  six  o'clock  in 
the  morning  in  the  midst  of  a  tempest  of  snow,  rain,  and  wind.  The 
aviation  could  not  function;  the  artillery  was  dependent  entirely  upon 
ground  observation.  It  was  in  vain  that  the  trench  mortars  destroyed 
practically  ever3rwhere  the  enemy  first  line.  An  actual  telescoping 
occurred  on  this  first  position  with  the  mass  of  the  German  army  which 
had  received  and  executed  the  order  to  die  on  its  first  line  rather  than 
yield. 

Warned  long  in  advance,  the  Germans  had  no  less  than  four  lines, 
in  a  depth  of  eight  miles.  These  lines  were  literally  stuffed  with  light 
machine  guns,  hidden  in  the  innumerable  grottos  and  caverns  of  the 
porous  cliffs.  The  French  artillery  did  not  completely  dominate  the 
situation  as  all  the  instructions  of  the  High  Command  had  expected. 
The  tanks,  in  a  gallant  attack  near  Pontavert — ^which  was  designed  to 
clear  the  gap  between  the  Craonne  Plateau  and  Brimont  and  open 
the  way  for  the  cavalry  exploitation  to  Laon  behind  the  Craonne 
Plateau — nowhere  reached  the  third  line,  which  had  been  their  objective. 
The  French  armies  were  compelled  to  halt  after  the  first  hours,  and  the 
unforeseen  pause  jammed  and  blocked  everything  behind — organized 
for  a  great  forward  leap.  This  congestion  and  confusion  of  every 
sort  still  further  aggravated  the  disappointment  and  disillusionment 
consequent  upon  a  sharp  check.  All  official  records  of  the  opera- 
tions of  the  i6th  and  17th  of  April,  in  both  armies  alike,  reveal  with 
truly  tragic  monotony  the  essential  fact  that  the  complete  check  of  the 
French  attack  was  everywhere  due  to  the  multiplied  use  of  enemy 
machine  guns  which  had  survived  inadequate  artillery  preparations. 

The  machine  guns  had  not  been  completely  destroyed  anywhere 
by  artillery  preparation,  and  precisely  this  machine-gun  fire,  after  the 
first  hours,  stopped  the  advance  and  broke  the  spirit  of  the  best  fighting 
forces  of  the  French  army.  Some  thousands  of  these  guns,  well  placed 
and  well  served,  were  sufficient  to  stop  in  full  cry  the  forward  sweep 


THE  FRENCH  OFFENSIVE  151 

of  many  thousands  of  veteran  infantry  soldiers  confident  of  victory, 
and  Americans  will  find  food  for  reflection  when  they  recall  that  a  little 
more  than  a  year  later,  in  the  great  battle  of  the  Meuse-Argonne,  their 
own  soldiers,  with  even  less  adequate  artillery  support,  wrestled  with 
these  same  machine-gun  problems  and  suff^ered  casualties  well  in  excess 
of  those  which  sufficed  to  destroy  the  French  offensive  of  19 17. 

On  the  morning  of  April  17th,  when  Nivelle's  victorious  troops 
should  have  arrived  at  dawn  under  the  walls  of  Laon,  they  were  act- 
ually only  a  few  hundred  yards  from  their  starting  place,  holding  with 
difficulty  the  second  line  of  the  Germans.  All  the  plan  for  later  inten- 
sive exploitation  by  Duchesne's  Army  pressing  through  the  gap  be- 
tween Craonne  and  Brimont  had  crumbled  into  dust.  Gains  had  been 
made,  certainly  not  negligible;  yet,  given  the  glowing  forecasts  of  the 
Commander-in-Chief,  it  is  easy  to  understand  the  extent  of  the  disil- 
lusionment alike  of  the  Government  and  of  the  French  people.  And 
public  opinion  held  responsible  for  this  disillusionment  that  commander 
who  had  produced  it,  by  the  exaggerated  grandeur  of  his  conception. 

VI.    THE    CONSEQUENCES 

As  to  the  offensive  itself.  Having  failed  to  attain  the  expected  rup- 
ture, Nivelle  on  the  17th,  although  he  subsequently  declared  that  he  had 
stopped  it  absolutely  at  noon,  directed  Mangin  and  Mazel  to  shift  their 
attack  to  the  northeast  and  go  on,  and  in  accordance  with  the  original 
plan  Anthoine's  Fourth  Army  was  launched  against  Moronvillers.  Severe 
fighting  continued  over  the  next  four  days,  fighting  which  increased  the 
casualties,  already  great,  and  resulted  only  in  small  rectifications  of  the 
line,  the  most  considerable  of  which  was  the  reduction  of  the  Vailly 
salient  and  the  elimination  both  of  the  German  bridgehead  south  of  the 
Aisne  and  the  position  about  the  dismantled  Fort  of  Conde,  from  which 
the  Germans  had  swept  the  valley  of  the  Aisne  east  and  west  with  en- 
filading fire.  On  April  21st  Micheler  informed  Nivelle  that  it  was  now 
necessary  to  give  up  the  fight.  In  this  letter  Micheler  pointed  out 
that  there  were  only  four  divisions  of  infantry  available,  in  the  reserves 
of  the  three  armies  combined,  to  deliver  the  attack  which  would  achieve 


152  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

that  prospective  rupture  which  Nivelle  still  expected.  This  letter  is  an 
interesting  document  in  view  of  the  later  statement  of  Nivelle's  cham- 
pions that  new  French  armies  were  ready  to  enter  the  fight.  Micheler 
in  his  letter  proposed  also  that  local  operations  should  be  resumed  on 
April  30th,  which  should  include  an  attack  upon  Brimont  still  later  on. 
In  accordance  with  this  suggestion  of  Micheler,  on  April  22nd  there  was 
considered,  and  decided  in  principle,  the  question  of  an  energetic  resump- 
tion of  the  general  battle  in  the  form  of  partial  offensives — designed  to 
gain  both  the  Craonne  Plateau,  in  order  to  uncover  Laon,  and  the  height 
of  Moronvillers,  to  unblock  Rheims.  In  point  of  fact,  despite  the  later 
fighting,  which  included  the  taking  of  the  Moronvillers  Heights  but  was 
marked  by  a  new  failure  at  Brimont,  the  Battle  of  Craonne  was  over  on 
April  25th.  In  ten  days  of  terrible  struggle  the  French  army  had  been 
checked  after  a  slight  advance  inconsiderable  by  comparison  with  the 
British  progress  before  Arras;  its  fighting  spirit  had  been  broken;  the 
soldiers  recognized  that  they  had  been  thrown  against  positions  un- 
shaken by  artillery  preparation;  their  confidence  in  their  Commander-in- 
Chief  was  gone.  They  were  defeated  troops;  no  camouflage  in  reports 
of  ground  gained  could  disguise  from  these  veterans  the  fact  that,  having 
set  out  for  Laon  and  La  Fere,  they  had  actually  arrived  only  at  the 
second  and  third  lines  of  their  foe. 

As  to  losses.  On  May  13th  Nivelle  made  a  remarkable  statement 
to  the  Minister  of  War  of  his  casualties  between  April  i6th  and  25th. 
Therein  he  cited  the  number  of  the  dead — ^whose  deaths  had  been  wit- 
nessed by  at  least  two  people— as  15,500  and  gave  as  missing  20,000, 
but  only  5,000  of  these  20,000  were  afterward  reported  as  prisoners;  so 
in  fact  the  killed  in  the  ten  days'  fighting  amounted  to  30,000  while  the 
other  casualties  approximated  70,000.  The  total  loss  was  thus  close 
to  100,000. 

Against  this  terrible  butcher's  bill  Nivelle  could  show  only  minor 
gains,  which  nowhere  imperilled  the  main  fighting  position  of  his  foe, 
and  the  capture  of  23,000  prisoners,  175  cannon,  412  machine  guns,  and 
119  trench  mortars. 

Nivelle*s  grand  offensive,  then,  had  failed  and  it  was  necessary  for  the 


THE  FRENCH  OFFENSIVE  153 

British  to  prolong  their  costly  and  useless  battle  for  many  days  to  relieve 
the  strain  upon  the  beaten  French  army,  in  which  now,  for  the  first 
time,  certain  signs  of  demoralization  began  to  appear.  Meantime, 
the  Government  in  Paris  had  been  more  and  more  alarmed  by  the  size 
of  the  casualty  lists;  by  the  ever-increasing  protests  from  the  officers; 
by  the  unmistakable  demoralization  in  the  fighting  forces  which  was 
shown  when  veteran  regiments,  which  had  participated  victoriously 
and  gloriously  in  a  score  of  struggles,  declined  to  advance;  and  the 
Minister  of  War  was  called  upon  to  sign  death  warrants  of  French 
soldiers  who  refused  to  be  murdered  in  the  hopeless  gamble  of  Nivelle. 

We  have,  then,  in  the  first  two  weeks  of  May,  a  real  crisis,  in  which 
Nivelle,  having  lost  the  confidence  of  the  Government,  his  lieutenants, 
his  soldiers,  still  continued  on  the  hopeless  enterprise  of  breaking  the 
German  line,  until  at  last,  on  May  15th,  he  is  summarily  removed  and 
Petain  is  called  upon  to  undertake  the  task  of  restoring  the  French 
army,  a  task  hardly  more  difficult  or  more  doubtful  of  success  than  that 
which  had  fallen  upon  his  shoulders  a  little  more  than  a  year  before 
when  he  arrived  at  Verdun,  after  the  mistakes  of  those  who  had  pre- 
ceded him  had  permitted  Douaumont  to  fall  undefended  into  German 
hands.  At  the  same  moment  Foch  succeeded  Petain  as  Chief  of  the 
General  Staff  of  the  French  army,  a  position  which  Petain  had  occupied 
only  since  April  30th,  when  the  Government  took  its  first  step  to  limit 
Nivelle's  authority. 

About  all  this  Nivelle  episode  there  raged  and  continues  to  rage 
a  great  controversy.  It  is  asserted  that  the  politicians  interfered  to 
check  a  victorious  offensive  in  the  full  cry  of  victory.  Nivelle's  cham- 
pions, few  but  ardent,  continue  to  declare  that  the  Germans  were  on  the 
point  of  retiring  to  the  Meuse  when  Nivelle  was  removed  and  the 
French  offensive  stopped;  but  competent  and  universal  testimony  of 
French  officers  is  directly  in  conflict  with  this.  There  is  a  common 
agreement,  confirmed  by  the  testimony  of  Micheler  himself  in  the  letter 
above  cited,  that  on  the  21st  of  April  the  offensive  had  so  completely 
failed  that  it  was  necessary  to  abandon  it.  In  the  few  months  of  his 
supreme  control  Nivelle  had  suffered  a  bloody  defeat,  shaken  the  con- 


154  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

fidence  of  the  army  and  of  the  country.  Thereafter  he  departed  from 
active  service,  leaving  to  Retain  and  to  Foch,  whom  he  had  displaced, 
the  gigantic  task  of  repairing  his  errors;  and  Petain's  first  warning  to  his 
British  alhes  when  he  undertook  his  task  was  that  many  weeks  must 
pass  before  the  French  army  would  be  capable  of  another  offensive. 
In  point  of  fact,  it  was  late  October  before  they  struck  again  at  Craonne. 


CHAPTER  SEVEN 

ITALY  AND  (iRKECE 

I 
THE  MAY  OFFENSIVE 

It  had  been  the  original  conception  of  AUied  High  Command  that  all 
the  armies  about  the  circle  which  encompassed  Germany  should  attack 
the  Central  Powers  at  one  time,  exerting  equal  pressure  on  many  sides, 
and,  by  virtue  of  superior  numbers,  exhaust  German  and  Austrian  re- 
serves and  either  penetrate  through  some  weak  point  or,  by  attrition, 
produce  collapse. 

We  have  seen  that  various  circumstances  combined  to  postpone 
Nivelle's  Anglo-French  offensive  on  the  E^rench  front  from  February 
until  April.  By  this  time  the  Russian  Revolution  had  so  far  paralyzed 
Russian  military  strength  that  even  the  last  fatal  Kerensky  offensive 
was  postponed  until  July.  A  similar  delay  had  attended  Italian  prep- 
arations. Instead  of  being  able  to  attack  in  April,  combining  their 
blow  not  merely  with  that  of  Nivelle  but  that  of  Brusiloff  also,  the 
Italians  found  themselves  unable  to  depend  upon  Russian  cooperation, 
compelled  to  postpone  their  attack  from  week  to  week,  and  finally  to 
deliver  it,  not  merely  without  Russian  aid  but  against  an  enemy  who 
was  already  reinforcing  his  imperilled  front  by  divisions  drawn  from 
Russia. 

The  Italian  campaign  of  1917,  between  May  and  November, 
amounted  to  a  gallantly  sustained,  terrifically  costly  endeavour — the 
third — to  burst  through  that  gap  between  the  Julian  Alps  and  the  head 
of  the  Adriatic,  and  advance  behind  Trieste  into  Austrian  territory. 

By  this  time  the  world  was  as  familiar  with  the  Isonzo  front  as  with 
the  various  sectors  of  British  and  French  activity.  When  Italy  entered 
the  war  the  Austrians  had  stood  between  the  Julian  Alps  and  the  sea 
on  a  front  of  a  little  less  than  forty  miles,  with  the  Isonzo  as  a  deep  and 

155 


IS6 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 


almost  impassable  moat  from  Tolmino  straight  down  almost  to  Gorizia, 
where  their  lines  crossed  the  river  and  held  the  height  of  Podgora  cover- 
ing the  town.  Thence  their  line  recrossed  the  river  and  drew  back 
from  it  across  the  Carso  Plateau  to  the  Adriatic. 

This  front  had  three  contrasting  geographical  features.  From  Tol- 
mino almost  to  Gorizia  there  was  high  ground,  with  crests  passing 
2,000  feet  in  elevation.  This  high  ground  was  divided  into  two  pla- 
teaux by  the  valley  and  depression  of  Chiaponavo,  the  northern  half 

bearing  the  name,  henceforth 
memorable,  of  Bainsizza.  The 
southern  half  was  known  to  the 
Italians  as  the  Selva  di  Ternova. 
Both  these  plateaux  were  tilted 
up  on  their  western  rims  so  that 
their  highest  ground  rose  straight 
from  the  Isonzo  Valley  and  the 
peaks  or  hills  which  were  now  to 
acquire  battle  fame — Kuk,  Vo- 
dice,  Santo,  San  Gabriele,  and  San 
Daniele — confronting  the  Italians. 
South  of  these  two  plateaux 
was  the  valley  of  the  Vippacco 
stream,  which  comes  down  from 
the  east  and  joins  the  Isonzo  be- 
low Gorizia.  Still  farther  to  the 
south  was  the  Carso  Plateau, 
culminating  not  far  from  the 
Adriatic  in  the  peak  of  Hermada. 
In  1916  the  Italians  had  taken 
Gorizia  and  pushed  a  wedge 
eastward  up  the  Vippacco  Valley 
between  the  northern  plateau  and 
Hermada,  but  they  were  unable 
to   advance   this    wedge    further 


Italy's  battlefield 


ITALY  AND  GREECE  157 

because  it  was  a  narrow  salient  in  low  ground  commanded  by  Austrian 
artillery  on  the  northern  and  southern  elevations.  It  was  plain  that  no 
further  advance  eastward  could  be  made  until  both  Hermada  and  the 
two  northern  plateaux,  Bainsizza  and  Ternova,  were  reduced.  Even  if 
Hermada  should  fall,  the  distance  between  Ternova  and  the  sea  was  too 
short  to  give  Cadorna  elbow  room,  while  the  Austrians  remained  on 
Ternova  and  Bainsizza. 

The  Italian  plan,  therefore,  consisted  in  a  series  of  movements 
which  had  for  their  objectives  the  reduction  of  Hermada  and  the  occupa- 
tion of  Ternova  and  Bainsizza  plateaux.  On  May  14th,  just  one  month 
lacking  two  days  after  Nivelle  had  launched  his  unsuccessful  attack  in 
Champagne,  Cadorna  opened  his  battle  by  an  attack  directed  against  the 
southern  edge  of  the  Bainsizza  Plateau  and  the  western  extremity  of  the 
Selva  di  Ternova.  The  peaks  of  Kuk,  Vodice,  Santo,  and  San  Gabriele 
were  the  immediate  objectives  of  this  preliminary  movement.  Lodg- 
ments were  effected  on  Kuk  and  Vodice ;  Monte  Santo  was  taken  and  lost. 
There  followed  in  the  next  few  days  furious  Austrian  counter-attacks, 
but  the  Italians  hung  on  to  their  foothold  on  the  Bainsizza  Plateau. 

A  little  more  than  a  week  later,  on  May  23rd,  a  second  assault  was 
directed  at  the  Carso,  the  southern  buttress  of  the  Isonzo  position.  In 
a  week  of  desperate  fighting  the  Italians  reached,  the  western  edge  of 
Hermada,  but  by  May  30th  they  were  again  held  by  a  new  series  of 
Austrian  counter-offensives,  in  which  troops  brought  from  the  Russian 
front  participated. 

Cadorna  had  now  tried  to  seize  both  the  northern  and  the  southern 
anchorages  of  the  Austrian  position  by  brusque  attacks.  Despite 
material  progress  two  weeks  of  fighting  had  resulted  in  the  failure  to 
attain  either  end.  Twenty-four  thousand  Austrian  prisoners,  thirty- 
eight  cannon,  and  a  number  of  positions  of  vast  strength  were  the 
rewards  of  the  effort,  but  Austrian  official  statements  claimed  nearly 
an  equal  number  of  prisoners  and  proclaimed  a  victory,  since  their 
lines  still  held.  The  whole  month  of  June  was  consumed  in  beating 
off  the  Austrian  counter-offensives,  which  made  no  considerable  gain 
but  precluded  any  renewal  of  Italian  attack. 


158  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

We  now  touch  upon  one  of  the  contested  questions  of  the  war. 
Cadorna  found  himself  unable  to  make  further  advance  with  such  ar- 
tillery and  munitions  as  he  possessed.  Accordingly  he  and  his  govern- 
ment appealed  to  the  Allies  for  guns  and  munitions,  giving  assurances 
that,  were  these  provided,  Italy  could  win  a  decisive  victory  which  would 
put  Austria  out  of  the  war.  His  request  fell  upon  deaf  ears.  The 
British  had  launched  their  unfortunate  Flanders  venture;  the  French 
army  was  only  just  beginning  to  recover  from  the  consequences  of  Ni- 
velle's  failure.  Neither  Petain  nor  Haig  felt  himself  able  to  go  beyond 
the  despatch  of  a  limited  number  of  guns.  In  a  word,  while  a  certain 
restricted  assistance  was  forthcoming,  Cadorna  and  Italy  met  with  a 
substantial  rebuff  from  Britain  and  from  France,  and  to  this  rebuff  the 
Italians  lay  subsequent  failure  of  their  offensive  and  the  supreme  dis- 
aster which  presently  overtook  their  armies. 

By  the  time  he  was  ready  to  move  again,  Cadorna's  situation  had 
fearfully  worsened.  Russia  had  completely  collapsed,  Austrian  divi- 
sions had  streamed  westward  from  Galicia  to  the  frontiers  of  Venetia, 
while  there  was  more  than  a  hint  that  German  divisions  would  also 
presently  appear  on  the  Isonzo  front.  Counsels  of  caution  now  would 
seem  to  have  advised  that  the  Italians,  like  the  French,  should  renounce 
the  offensive  and  gather  up  their  resources  for  a  storm  which  was  bound  to 
break.  On  the  other  hand,  pressure,  alike  from  the  Allies  and  from  the 
Italian  Government  and  people,  combined  to  drive  Cadorna  forward  into 
precisely  the  sort  of  blunder  which  the  British  were  making  in  Flanders, 
with  equally  disastrous  results,  though  the  British  defeat  at  the  Somme 
was  not  to  come  until  March,  1918,  while  the  Italian  reverse  at  Caporetto 
was  far  closer  at  hand. 

II.       BAINSIZZA 

Beginning  on  August  18th  the  Italians  shifted  their  operations 
back  to  the  Bainsizza  Plateau.  They  sought  to  complete  the  clearance 
of  the  eastern  bank  of  the  Isonzo;  to  seize  and  hold  all  of  the  Bainsizza 
Plateau;  to  push  southward,  encircling  first  the  plateau  of  Ternova 
with  its  dominating  height  of  Monte  San  Gabriele  and  then  all  the 
Austrian  positions  east  and  south  of  Gorizia. 


ITALY  AND  GREECE  159 

For  a  wliole  month  thereafter  the  ItaHans  slowly  but  successfully 
mounted  the  slopes  of  Bainsizza,  cleared  all  the  higher  summits  from 
Monte  Santo  to  Kuk,  and  began  to  threaten  the  plateau  of  Ternova 
by  an  enveloping  movement  from  the  north. 

It  would  be  difficult  to  describe,  and  impossible  to  exaggerate,  the 
greatness  of  Italian  labour  in  this  terrible  month.  They  had  to  cross 
an  unfordable  river  flowing  in  a  valley  almost  comparable  to  a  western 
canyon.  They  had  to  transport  munitions  and  supplies  over  the  east- 
ern edge  of  the  Bainsizza  Plateau,  here  amounting  to  a  precipice,  and 
to  maintain  an  army  on  the  sterile  plateau  above. 

The  achievement  of  Italy  on  the  Bainsizza  Plateau  was  beyond 
praise.  It  must  rank  with  the  successful  military  operations  of  the 
war,  but  before  it  could  result  in  decisive  success  Cadorna's  munitions 
failed.  His  losses  had  been  tremendous,  amounting,  even  in  the  last 
phase  of  Bainsizza  alone,  to  twice  the  cost  to  France  of  Nivelle's  failure 
at  Craonne.  Moreover,  he  found  himself  daily  confronted  with  new 
divisions  drawn  from  the  Russian  front,  and,  at  last,  conducting  an 
offensive  with  numbers  only  equal,  if  not  actually  inferior,  to  those  with 
which  the  Austrians  held  positions  beside  which  Craonne  and  Vimy 
were  but  insignificant  ant-hills. 

B}^  the  month  of  September  the  Bainsizza  operation  was  over.  It 
was  a  failure  in  all  but  local  circumstances,  a  failure  which  had  shaken 
the  morale  of  the  Italian  army  and  the  Italian  people  precisely  as  Ni- 
velle's unsuccessful  offensive  had  weakened  his  army  and  shaken  the 
confidence  of  the  French  nation.  The  best  of  Italian  shock  troops  had 
been  sacrificed  to  gain  a  few  miles  of  shell-torn  slopes.  A  new  offen- 
sive, designed  to  produce  decisive  results,  had  been  beaten  down  with- 
out any  penetration — without  a  break  through  of  the  enemy  lines. 
Moreover,  the  ground  which  the  Italians  had  now  gained,  if  advan- 
tageous for  a  resumption  of  an  offensive  at  a  future  time,  was  unmis- 
takably dangerous  to  hold  were  the  initiative  suddenly  to  pass  to  the 
enemy.  Having  thrust  forward  on  to  the  Bainsizza  Plateau  the  Italians 
had  materially  lengthened  their  lines  of  communication  by  which  the 
advancing  troops  were  to  be  supplied  and  the  Italian  Second  Army  was 


i6o 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 


Kambresko 


>tk 


Siroko  *Njiv9 


*  Sen  ICO  "%..- 


,,J/.o 


:  ^0  i    ^ 
t-Lastivriico  to8    **  ;""*'*  ^'. 

'  3p/):of'''^  Bainsiiza 


Hovca 


r,....  ... 


KU  k^';  #eiSe/ra       P 1 3 1 C  3  U 


zze 


THE  BAINSIZZA  PLATEAU 


ITALY  AND  GREECE  i6i 

now  pushed  forward  in  a  dangerous  salient  exposed  to  a  fatal  disaster 
could  the  enemy  to  the  northward  break  through  the  covering  troops 
and,  flowing  southward,  reach  Udine  in  advance  of  the  Italians  on  Bain- 
sizza. 

The  Ypres  salient — so  costly  to  the  British  to  hold,  so  perilous  at  all 
times  during  the  war — had  been  born  of  an  unsuccessful  and  uncom- 
pleted British  offensive  In  October,  1914.  More  than  once  since  that 
time  the  British  troops  in  "the  salient"  had  been  in  grave  danger. 
Now  the  Italian  offensive  across  the  Isonzo  had  created  a  new  salient 
far  more  dangerous.  Having  to  choose  between  abandoning  all  his 
gains  in  a  bloody  campaign  and  running  the  obvious  risks  incident  to 
holding  them,  Cadorna  chose  the  latter  course.  The  result  was  one  of 
the  greatest  disasters  of  the  war,  but  it  is  essential  to  see  that,  before  the 
disaster  came,  Cadorna  had  fought  his  army  beyond  the  limit  of  en- 
durance— precisely  as  Nivelle  had  over-strained  his  troops  at  the 
Craonne  Plateau  and  as  Haig  all  but  demoralized  his  armies  in  the 
bloody,  useless  Passchendaele  offensive  which  had  the  disaster  of  the 
Somme  for  its  consequence,  as  Cadorna's  errors  were  paid  for  at 
Caporetto. 

In  many  ways  the  Austrian  defence  of  the  Gorizia  gateway,  in  not 
less  than  twelve  battles  of  the  Isonzo,  was  the  most  brilliant  and  suc- 
cessful of  all  Austrian  campaigns  during  the  war.  The  general  who  held 
this  gap,  Field  Marshal  Boroevic,  must  rank  with  the  great  commanders 
of  the  Central  Powers.  A  still  further  circumstance,  deserving  of  notice 
now  because  of  its  later  bearing,  was  that  while  Austrian  troops  fre- 
quently proved  themselves  helpless  in  the  presence  of  the  Russians,  and 
divisions  from  the  Slav  provinces  displayed  disloyalty  even  more  than 
cowardice  in  the  presence  of  Slav  troops  on  the  eastern  front,  Boroevic's 
armies,  made  up  almost  exclusively  of  Southern  Slavs,  fought  the  Ital- 
ians with  unflinching  determination.  The  explanation  is  simple. 
However  much  the  Slovenes,  the  Croatians,  the  Dalmatians  hated  the 
Hapsburg  Monarchy  and  their  Austrian  and  Hungarian  masters,  they 
preferred  to  remain  under  the  rule  of  the  rapidly  decaying  Dual  Mon- 
archy—until such  time  as  they  could  realize  their  own  aspirations  of 


i62  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

independence  and  association  with  the  Serbs — to  accepting  a  new  par- 
tition which  would  give  to  a  victorious  Italy  hundreds  of  tliousands  of 
Slovenes  and  Serbs  and  deprive  the  Southern  Slavs  of  the  Trieste  and 
Fiume  outlets  upon  the  sea  essential  to  the  new  state  already  existing 
in  their  dreams.  This  hostility  between  the  Southern  Slav  and  the 
Italian,  always  latent,  was  intensified  by  the  years  of  struggle  upon  the 
Isonzo,  in  which  Italy's  great  sacrifices  and  tremendous  efforts  were 
blocked  by  Southern  Slav  armies  under  a  general  of  their  own  race. 

Actually  the  spring  and  summer  campaign  of  Italy  had  been  fought 
for  the  possession  of  two  hills,  the  northern  and  southern  bastions  of 
the  Isonzo  position — San  Gabriele  and  Hermada.  When  the  fighting, 
which  began  in  May,  terminated  in  September,  half  of  San  Gabriele 
was  in  Italian  hands  and  the  western  slopes  of  Hermada  were  in  no 
man's  land,  but  Italian  casualties  in  battle  and  as  a  result  of  disease  had 
amounted  to  nearly  three  quarters  of  a  million,  and — precisely  as  French 
armies  had  set  out  for  Laon  and  the  frontier,  to  arrive  only  at  the 
Craonne  Plateau — Italian  troops  (who  had  confidently  mounted  to  the 
assault  with  a  vision  of  an  arrival  at  Laibach  and  a  successful  reappear- 
ance along  the  pathway  by  which  Napoleon  in  1797  had  led  his  army 
to  the  point  where  Vienna  was  in  his  grasp  and  Austrian  surrender 
inevitable)  were  halted  before  the  immediate  objective  had  been  at- 
tained. 

III.       CONSTANTINE 

At  the  moment  when  Italy  was  opening  her  spring  offensive  and 
Russia  preparing  the  last  despairing  Kerensky  offensive,  there  ter- 
minated in  Athens  the  sordid  and  ridiculous  drama  which  for  two  years 
had  continued  to  humiliate  Allied  statesmen  and  soldiers  and  under- 
mine Allied  prestige  in  the  Near  East.  On  June  12th  King  Constan- 
tine  abdicated  in  favour  of  his  second  son,  Alexander,  and,  with  the 
Crown  Prince  and  his  family,  embarked  for  Switzerland,  henceforth  an 
exile. 

When  the  whole  story  of  the  Greek  episode  can  be  told  it  will  be  a 
tragi-comedy  unbelievable,  so  unreal  and  so  preposterous  were  many  of 
its  circumstances.     King  Constantine  himself  was  a  field  marshal  of 


ITALY  AND  (GREECE  163 

the  German  army  and  a  brother-in-law  of  the  Kaiser;  a  vain,  stupid, 
obstinate  man;  dominated  by  his  wife,  and  controlled  by  two  passions: 
admiration  for  Germany,  and  hatred  for  Venizelos,  the  great  Greek 
statesman. 

We  have  seen  how  Constantine  in  1916 — having  a  year  previous 
kept  Greece  neutral  when  Serbia  was  destroyed — continued  by  every 
conceivable  act  to  aid  the  Central  Powers.  His  agents  warned  the 
Germans  of  each  projected  operation  of  Sarrail's  Salonica  army.  His 
officers  had  surrendered  Greek  troops  and  Greek  fortresses  to  the  he- 
reditary enemy,  Bulgaria,  when  Germany's  allies  had  attempted  a  south- 
ward push  in  the  spring  and  summer  of  1916.  In  December,  French 
and  British  sailors  who  had  landed  in  Athens  in  one  of  those  brief  mo- 
ments when  Allied  indecision  gave  way  to  ineffective  Allied  action,  had 
been  murdered  and  their  murder  had  been  accompanied  by  a  pogrom 
of  the  political  associates  of  Venizelos. 

Constantine  believed  Germany  would  win  the  war.  His  confidence 
in  the  ultimate  success  of  German  arms  was  never  shaken,  and  his  com- 
rades in  the  Greek  army  shared  his  admiration  and  worship  for  the 
German  military  machine.  He  was  confident  that  the  Kaiser  would 
presently  realize  the  grandiose  scheme  of  Mittel-Europa;  and,  in  that 
scheme,  he  saw  Greece  a  secure  and  prosperous  unit  in  a  German  system, 
and  saw  himself  a  great  figure  in  this  new  Europe.  He  did  not  betray 
his  country  to  an  enemy.  On  the  contrary,  he  was  convinced  that  the 
salvation  of  Greece  could  be  found  only  in  alliance  with  Germany. 
However  stupid  and  short-sighted  the  King  was,  he  acted  in  the  convic- 
tion that  his  own  and  his  country's  prosperity  were  equally  menaced  by 
the  Allies  and  would  be  advanced  by  German  victory. 

Yet  despite  all  Constantine's  open  and  covert  services  to  the  Central 
Powers;  despite  the  fact  that  the  Allies  knew  that  at  a  propitious  mo- 
ment the  Greek  army  would  be  flung  in  the  rear  of  Sarrail's  forces  at 
Salonica,  and  saw  that  Greek  harbours  offered  ports  of  call  for  German 
submarines,  Constantine  remained  master  of  Greece. 

The  reasons  for  this  extraordinary  persistence  were  manifold.  In 
Britain,  the  Court  and  the  Tory  party  set  their  faces  stubbornly  against 


1 64  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

the  removal  of  the  King.  In  Italy  the  overthrow  of  Constantinc  and 
the  return  of  Venizelos  were  correctly  analyzed  as  certain  alike  to  restore 
Greece  and  intensify  Hellenic  rivalry  to  Italy  from  Valona  to  Smyrna. 
In  Russia,  to  the  natural  opposition  of  the  Czar  to  the  dethronement  of 
a  brother  monarch  there  was  added  the  selfish  consideration  that  Greece 
claimed  Constantinople,  the  prize  of  Russian  wars  for  more  than  a 
century,  and  that  if  Greece  regained  Venizelos  this  claim  might  become 
annoying  if  not  dangerous.  Only  the  French  were  neither  concerned 
with  respect  for  royalty  nor  by  immediate  selfish  interests,  but  not  until 
the  Czar  had  fallen,  the  Revolution  renounced  Constantinople,  and 
Italy's  various  claims  satisfied  in  a  degree  by  Allied  pledges,  were 
the  French  able  to  prevail  upon  their  allies  to  take  a  step  as  logical  as  it 
was  necessary. 

As  late  as  the  last  days  of  May  and  the  first  of  June  the  new  French 
premier,  Ribot,  and  his  most  influential  minister,  Painleve,  soon  to 
succeed  him,  found  in  London  the  familiar  opposition  to  the  removal 
of  Constantine.  Long  debates  terminated  in  apparent  deadlock, 
removed  only  by  a  private  contract,  between  Painleve  and  Lloyd 
George,  in  which  it  was  agreed  that  France  should  undertake  the  re- 
sponsibility for  the  ultimate  disposition  of  Constantine  with  the  under- 
standing that  Britain  would  disavow  any  failure.  What  Lloyd  George 
agreed  to  was  that  England  would  look  the  other  way  while  France  was 
removing  a  nuisance,  but  he  warned  that  unless  the  thing  were  done 
swiftly,  quietly,  with  respect  for  those  decencies  so  dear  to  the  British 
mind,  Great  Britain  might  be  compelled  to  protest  against  the  action 
which  she  consented,  in  advance,  temporarily  to  ignore. 

Happily  the  situation  found  the  man.  To  Athens  the  French  Gov- 
ernment sent  Jonnart,  Governor  General  of  Algeria  for  many  years,  a 
man  of  fimmess  and  decision.  Arrived  in  Athens,  with  the  full  authority 
of  the  French  Cabinet  behind  him,  in  the  decisive  moment  aided  by  the 
presence  of  warships  and  troops,  he  procured  from  Constantinc  the  neces- 
sary abdication  without  using  cither.  At  the  very  moment  when  Con- 
stantinc set  his  signature  to  the  document  which  ended  his  reign,  the 
British  Government  was  preparing  to  protest  against  the  course  of 


ITALY  AND  GREECE  165 

Jonnart  in  Greece.  The  news  of  success  silenced  this  protest.  Great 
Britain  acquiesced  in  an  accomplished  fact.  Henceforth  the  situation 
in  the  Near  East  was  to  improve  alike  in  Mesopotamia,  Palestine,  and 
Macedonia,  while  Constantine  was  to  prove  only  the  first  of  the  kings 
and  princes  reigning  in  Central  European  states  to  lose  his  throne  be- 
cause he  misinterpreted  the  course  of  events.  Seventeen  months  later 
his  illustrious  brother-in-law  was  to  flee  his  empire  with  far  less  grace 
and  on  infinitely  worse  terms  than  the  man  who  had  won  for  Greece 
greater  victories  than  Hellenic  history  had  known  since  the  fall  of  the 
Byzantine  Empire,  and  lost  all  by  his  fatal  inability  to  perceive  ultimate 
German  defeat,  or  to  make  use  of  the  services  of  a  supremely  great 
minister,  who  now  returned  to  resume  his  task  as  the  architect  of  a  re- 
stored Hellenic  state. 


CHAPTER  EIGHT 

THE  RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION 

I 
CAUSES  AND  CHARACTER 

We  have  seen  that  the  French  offensive  had  failed,  that  the  British 
campaign  for  the  year  in  Flanders  had  been  delayed  by  the  necessity  of 
supporting  the  French  by  the  Arras  operation  until  all  hope  of  decisive 
or  even  considerable  success  had  vanished.  The  opening  Italian  attacks 
had  been  productive  of  no  more  than  local  or  relatively  inconsiderable 
successes.  Meantime,  the  submarine  campaign  of  the  Germans,  with 
its  harvest  of  destruction,  had  assumed  proportions  which  seemed  to 
forecast  complete  triumph  for  this  weapon  and  a  consequent  loss  of  the 
war  by  the  Allies.  While  this  situation  was  developing  on  the  western 
front,  Russia  had  entered  upon  that  long,  obscure,  and  bloody  chapter 
of  her  history  which  led  straight  toward  domestic  anarchy  and  external 
impotence. 

The  Russian  Revolution  of  191 7  is  one  of  those  great  human  con- 
vulsions whose  causes  are  so  mingled  both  with  the  history  and  with  the 
psychology  of  a  people  that  its  origin,  development,  and  meaning  re- 
main for  long  a  sealed  book  to  other  peoples.  Certainly  the  first  three 
years  of  this  tremendous  convulsion  were  totally  misunderstood  and 
misinterpreted  by  the  Western  world,  which  knew  httle  of  Russia  at 
the  outset,  and,  so  far  from  understanding  the  Russian  causes,  sought 
with  ever-increasing  folly  to  invest  the  Slavonic  upheaval  with  the 
nobler  and  greater  qualities  of  the  French  Revolution. 

For  the  purpose  of  this  history  the  Russian  Revolution  must  be 

examined  primarily  to  determine  what  its  effect  was  upon  the  progress 

of  the  World  War.     It  is  not  inconceivable,  however  unlikely,  that  out 

of  this  great  convulsion  new  ideas  and  new  forces  may  yet  develop  which 

will  make  it  even  more  important  than  the  world  struggle  itself  in  its 

166 


RUSSIA     IN     REVOLUTION 


)>,       >■■  :r  - 


RUSSIAN  SHOCK  TROOPS  CHARGING  THE  GERMANS 

Russian  soldiers  were  brave  enough.     But  they  had  much  of  the  helplessness  and  ignorance  of  children  and  the  simple- 
hearted  fellows  were  again  and  again  betrayed  by  pretended  friends 


WHEN  HOPE  WAS  THE  ORDER  OF  THE  DAY 
Soldiers  marching  to  the  Duma  with  banner  inscribed:  "Down  with  Monarchy!     Long  live  the  Democratic  Republic!" 


THE  REDOUBTABLE  COSSACKS 

Ihese  splendid  horsemen  were  Russia's  stanchest  defenders.  When  the  Bolshevist  blight  fell  upon  the  armies, 
most  of  the  Cossacks  stood  fast.  It  is  said  that  the  Germans  would  have  been  troubled  with  no  Russian  Front  at  all  in 
1917  had  it  not  been  for  the  Cossacks  and  the  famous  Battalions  of  Death. 


9E^  ^  ^"HUMnB^I 

^^^H 

I^HH ^^^Ka^^^^0wt  P^ff^           ^t^K^^^M^^^^M ^^^^^B^I^^H ^H^^^^^^^^l^^^^^^^^^^l 

^H 

iC^'^^K^B^Hi^^H^H.^  '.^B&  SUM  -3^  .^^n^^E 

rtftrj^H  ^'^^ 

F             "  ^S                     ■  ■--"■^'-'iS^i.'-l.-  ^ '  -.             "^                           "^            ■""" 

"""^t™ 

nil.  1;A1  lAl.loXS  OF  DEATH 

Above — Maria  Botchkareva,  organizer  and  commander  of  the  Russian  women's  Battalions  ot  Death,  receives 
a  dispatch  from  the  hand  of  a  respectful  subordinate,  while  Mrs.  Pankhurst,  a  sister  militant  but  not  military, 
is  an  interested  spectator. 

Below — The  "march  past"  of  the  women  recruits.  Only  those  between  the  ages  of  eighteen  and  thirty-seven 
were  permitted  to  enlist. 


FIGURES  OF  THE  RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION— II 
Catherine  Breshkovskaya,  "Little  Grandmother  of  the  Revohition,"  returns  in  triumph  from  exile  in  Siberia 


FKJURES  OF  THE  RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION— HI 

The  sinister  monk  Rasputin  was  assassinated  before  the  outbreak  of  the  Revolution.  Yet  no  figure  was  more 
prominent  during  the  evil  days  which  preceded  it,  among  the  pro-German  traitors  at  the  court  of  the  Czar.  He  is 
here  shown  drinking  tea  with  a  characteristic  group  of  women  admirers. 


AMERICANS  IN  RUSSIA 

Above — Ambassador  David  R.  Francis  stands  uncovered  as  the  bodies  of  soldiers  who  have  died  for  Russia  are 
carried  through  a  street  of  the  capital. 

Belozv — Chief  Surgeon  Egbert  with  the  American  Red  Cross  unit  at  Kief.     He  was  troubled  to  find  that  two  of  the 
physicians  on  his  statt"  were  Russian  pro-Germans,  while  one  of  the  Russian  nurses  in  the  picture  was  an  active  spy. 


THE  END  OF  IT  ALL 

Many  Russian  soldiers  dully,  hopelessly  surrendered  to  the  enemy;  while  a  faithful  remnant,  betrayed  by  their  brethren, 
died  a  horrible  death  in  a  vain  attempt  to  storm  the  German's  defences 


THE  RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION  175 

relation  to  human  development.  It  is  equally  possible  that  it  may 
continue,  as  it  seems  to  Western  civilization  now,  a  supreme  expression 
of  anarchy,  chaos — a  mad,  passionate  boiling  up  from  the  depths  of  all 
the  dark,  incoherent,  bestial  passions  and  emotions  of  a  race,  or  rather  of 
many  races,  Asiatic  rather  than  European. 

The  causes  of  the  Russian  Revolution  are  many,  remote,  and  immedi- 
ate. When  Russia  entered  into  the  World  War,  that  fabric  of  govern- 
ment which  held  together  one  hundred  and  eighty  millions  of  human 
beings  was  already  devoid  both  of  vitality  and  of  force.  If  a  victory 
might  conceivably  have  contributed  to  restore  the  machinery,  to  give 
it  a  new  hold  alike  upon  the  respect  and  the  obedience  of  the  subjects 
of  the  Czar,  it  was  inevitable  that  defeat,  failure,  disaster,  easily  trace- 
able to  the  corrupt  inefficiency  of  the  ruling  classes,  would  lead  to  the 
ultimate  collapse  of  a  system. 

Moreover,  as  in  the  case  of  the  House  of  Bourbon  in  the  period 
preceding  the  outbreak  of  the  French  Revolution,  scandal  attached  to 
the  Court.  The  story  of  the  influence  exercised  by  that  vile  creature, 
Gregory  Rasputin,  upon  the  mind  of  the  Czarina,  upon  the  Russian 
Court,  upon  the  Russian  Church — constituted  a  chapter  Byzantine  in 
character,  incomprehensible  to  the  Western  world,  calculated  to  destroy 
— as  it  did  destroy — the  last  vestige  of  reverence  and  respect  among  the 
Muscovite  millions.  Rasputin  was  finally  murdered — "executed"  per- 
haps is  the  better  word — by  a  member  of  the  Imperial  Family  jealous 
alike  of  the  honour  of  the  House  of  Romanoff  and  of  that  nobility  daily 
smirched  by  the  existence  of  this  vile  creature.  But  Rasputin  did  not 
die  until  his  contribution  to  the  general  ruin  of  the  fortunes  of  Nicholas 
had  been  made. 

When  the  Russian  Revolution  broke,  the  Western  world  turned 
instantly  to  the  parallels  of  the  French  Revolution,  and  particularly  in 
Great  Britain — that  nation  which  had  fought  the  French  Revolution 
because  of  principles  which  Time  has  approved — sought  to  invest  this 
new  upheaval  with  virtues  which  Englishmen  had  rejected  in  that  other 
earthquake  a  century  and  a  quarter  before.  Moreover,  the  whole  West- 
ern world  recalled  that  the  French  Revolution,  once  it  had  been  attacked 


176  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

by  Europe,  was  roused  to  a  sense  of  nationalism,  of  patriotism,  to  a 
military  effort  begun  in  self-defence  which  did  not  end  until  the  French 
armies  had  occupied  Moscow  and  Madrid  and  for  more  than  twenty 
years  victoriously  traversed  Europe  and  even  penetrated  into  Asia  and 
North  Africa.  Accordingly,  Great  Britain  and  France — recognizing 
that  the  Russian  Monarchy  in  the  closing  months  of  1916  and  the 
opening  weeks  of  1917  had  been  disloyal  to  the  Allied  cause,  that  the 
creatures  of  the  impotent  Czar  had  betrayed  both  Roumania  and 
Russia — hailed  the  coming  of  a  liberal  government  and  a  new  group  of 
leaders  as  a  sign  that  Russia  would  resume  her  place  on  the  firing  line 
of  Europe,  that  Russian  millions  in  arms  would  become  imbued  with 
the  spirit  which  had  moved  the  masses  of  the  French  Republic,  still 
undisciplined,  to  march  to  the  frontiers  in  1792. 

A  more  colossal  misapprehension  it  would  be  difficult  to  imagine. 
France,  at  the  moment  of  her  revolution,  was  inhabited  by  a  people 
whom  centuries  of  association  in  battle  and  in  common  history  had 
taught  a  sense  of  nationality  and  a  spirit  of  patriotism.  The  orderly 
inheritance  of  Latin  peoples,  retaining  the  Roman  conception  of  law 
and  discipline,  expressed  itself  promptly  when  the  Ancient  Regime  fell. 
But  Russia  had  never  been  fused  into  a  national  consciousness.  It  was 
a  geographical  expression,  not  a  political  nor  even  a  racial  fact.  From 
Peter  the  Great  to  the  last  and  microscopic  Nicholas,  Russian  autocracy 
directing  a  huge  army,  had  acquired  province  after  province.  The 
Pole,  the  Lett,  the  Lithuanian,  the  Armenian,  the  innumerable  peoples  of 
Asia,  retained  either  a  consciousness  of  a  racial  independence  which  had 
persisted  under  Russian  rule  or  an  allegiance  to  that  state  of  semi-barbar- 
ism which  had  been  interrupted  by  the  arrival  of  Russian  divisions. 

Not  only  were  the  people  of  the  fringes  from  the  Arctic  to  the  Caspian, 
from  the  Dniester  to  the  Pacific,  unassimilated,  but  the  Russian  family 
itself  was  divided,  and  the  Ukranians  of  the  South  sought  separation, 
not  fusion.  All  this  vast  assemblage  of  peoples  was  held  together  by 
the  double  forces  of  bureaucracy  and  the  army.  It  was  held  together 
by  abnormal  forces,  by  forces  which  had  no  roots  in  the  separate  races, 
and  nothing  was  more  certain  than,  when  once  this  double  pressure  was 


THE  RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION  177 

removed,  that  Russia  would  resolve  itself  into  its  innumerable  frac- 
tions and  natural  chaos  succeed  artificial  unity. 

There  was  a  still  further  centrifugal  force.  The  small  but  influential 
industrial  element  inhabiting  the  cities— which,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
French  Revolution,  rapidly  laid  hands  upon  the  whole  fabric  of  the 
Revolution— was  not  itself  affected  by  the  issues  of  the  World  War, 
but,  so  far  as  its  leaders  at  least  were  concerned,  was  animated  by  the 
principles  and  dominated  by  the  passions  of  that  Marxian  socialism 
whose  essential  doctrine  is  class  war  waged  internationally.  It  was 
Capitalism,  not  Germanism,  that  the  mass  of  the  men  and  women  who 
possessed  even  a  shadow  of  intellectual  illumination  believed  to  be  the 
enemy.  The  autocracy  and  the  army,  with  a  declining  zeal  and  intens- 
ity to  be  sure,  had  accepted  the  challenge  and  made  war  upon  Germany, 
but  this  very  fact  discredited  the  war  itself  in  the  eyes  of  Russian  social- 
ism. Moreover,  other  elements  in  the  vast  Russian  population  which 
had  suffered  from  the  iniquities,  the  oppression,  the  abuse  of  the 
bureaucracy  which  was  the  instrument  of  the  Romanoff  Dynasty,  not 
only  felt  toward  the  Czar  and  his  associates  an  inextinguishable  hatred 
but  were  hostile  to  the  war  upon  Germany  itself  because  it  had  been 
made  by  the  Czar  and  his  government. 

If  in  the  first  moment  of  the  Revolution  there  was — or  if  there  seemed 
to  be — a  re-birth  of  national  spirit,  and  the  men  who  took  office  and  held 
power  were  alike  moved  by  the  influence  of  liberal  ideas  of  the  sort  the 
West  describes  as  democratic,  and  stirred  by  this  patriotic  emotion 
comprehensible  equally  to  the  American,  the  Frenchman,  and  the 
Briton,  this  was  but  a  brief  and  transitory  phase.  It  did  not  represent 
the  fact  in  Russia  and  it  totally  deceived  the  western  Alliance  which 
welcomed  the  Revolution  because  it  removed  that  reproach — ever 
present,  ever  felt — incident  to  an  alliance  between  the  three  great 
democracies  of  the  west  and  a  reactionary  Czaristic  Russia.  America, 
on  the  brink  of  entrance  into  the  World  War,  was  profoundly  influenced 
toward  her  final  action  by  the  performance  in  Russia.  For  the  moment 
critical  voices  were  silenced  in  Britain  and  in  France.  Yet  there  never 
was  a  grosser  deception,  nor  a  more  terrible  awakening. 


178  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

II.       WESTERN    MISUNDERSTANDINGS 

When  the  news  of  the  Russian  Revolution,  with  its  relatively  peace- 
ful opening  act,  reached  London  and  Paris  and  Washington,  there  was  a 
rejoicing  difficult  now  to  describe.  In  every  Allied  capital  the  passing 
of  another  tyranny  was  celebrated  as  a  victory  for  human  liberty  by 
those  who  were  soon  to  recognize  that,  whatever  else  the  effect  of  the 
Russian  Revolution  might  be,  its  immediate  consequences  threatened  to 
ensure  the  triumph  of  German  arms.  There  was  an  easy  assumption 
that  revolution  in  Russia  would  be  the  preliminary  step  to  the  entrance 
of  Russia  into  that  family  of  democratic  nations  whose  institutions  were 
on  the  whole  of  a  similar  sort,  founded  upon  a  common  conception  of 
social  and  economic  principles.  There  was  not  the  smallest  suspicion 
that,  when  the  smoke  and  dust  of  the  first  weeks  and  months  of  the 
Russian  upheaval  had  passed  away,  the  terrible  fact  would  be  discovered 
that  those  who  dominated  Russian  affairs  were  animated  by  a  spirit  of 
hostility  to  Western  democracy  far  more  intense  than  their  opposition 
to  German  autocracy.  There  was  not  a  suspicion  that  when  the 
Revolution  found  its  man,  as  revolutions  do,  Lenin  would  preach  a 
doctrine  of  class  warfare  and  direct  all  the  great  latent  forces  of  Russia, 
not  against  the  German  foe,  but  against  that  whole  system  of  political 
and  economic  life  which  prevailed  in  the  Western  nations. 

The  fact,  as  contrasted  with  the  pleasant  fiction  long  cherished  in 
the  West,  was  this:  The  war  had  found  Russia  ripe,  not  only  for  the 
overthrow  of  the  autocracy  and  the  elimination  of  the  futile  Czar,  but 
ready  to  burst  into  a  thousand  fragments  as  the  unassimilated  races  and 
tribes,relievedof  the  constraintof  Russian  imperial  military  power,  under- 
took once  more  to  take  up  their  ancient  pathways.  Russia  had  become 
a  geographical  expression,  a  vast  blot  of  colour  upon  the  map,  but  it  had 
never  been  a  nation  in  the  western  sense;  and  now,  like  so  many  empires 
built  by  Asiatic  conquerors  whose  swords  enforced  unity  while  they 
lived,  it  was  ready  to  return  to  the  chaos  from  which  it  had  been  called 
by  a  genius  not  long  surviving  to  enforce  his  will. 

In  addition,  the  war  itself  had  brought  to  the  Russian  masses  inde- 


THE  RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION  179 

scribable  agonies.  Millions  of  Russian  soldiers  had  perished  because  of 
the  corruption  and  the  treason  of  the  civil  government.  The  vast 
resources  of  the  Russian  Empire  had  been  inadequate  not  alone  to  muni- 
tion but  to  clothe  and  to  feed  the  hosts  collected  at  the  call  to  the  colours. 
The  armies  had  been  defeated;  disasters  in  the  field  had  followed  one 
another  with  regular  succession.  The  morale  of  the  army  had  been 
weakened  as  the  common  soldier  was  called  upon  to  face  artillery  and 
machine  guns  and  offer  himself  as  a  consequence  of  the  failure  of  his  supe- 
riors and  of  his  government  to  provide  the  necessary  machinery  of  war. 
And  great  as  was  the  suffering  of  the  army,  the  misery  behind  the  lines 
far  surpassed  it.  All  the  machinery  of  national  existence  had  broken 
down  under  the  strain  of  the  war;  starvation  reigned  in  provinces 
whose  frontiers  marched  with  the  greatest  wheat-producing  regions  of 
the  world.  In  one  section  of  the  Russian  Empire  foodstuffs  rotted, 
while,  in  another,  women  and  children  died  of  hunger. 

In  all  the  nations  at  war  the  progressive  degeneration  of  national 
life  and  national  industry  was  taking  place.  A  sense  of  exhaustion, 
due  to  supreme  suffering  in  consequence  of  the  prolongation  of  the 
contest,  was  making  itself  manifest  in  every  combatant  nation,  but  in 
the  western  countries — however  unmistakable  the  decline,  the  wearing- 
out  alike  of  the  human  and  the  mechanical  instruments  of  production, 
of  transportation — there  was  still  a  functioning.  The  decay  moved  with 
slow  if  certain  pace.  Highly  organized  countries  with  disciplined  popula- 
tions submitted  only  slowly  to  the  dislocation  entailed  by  the  conflict, 
but  in  Russia  the  organization  was  too  elementary,  the  machinery  in  too 
woefully  inefficient  hands.  Therefore  that  disease  which  was  attacking 
the  existence  of  the  other  peoples  at  war  swept  over  the  Russian  Empire 
with  the  rapidity  and  the  deadliness  of  some  new  scourge,  while  in  the 
west  it  merely  sapped  the  strength  with  the  slow  but  steady  march  of  a 
constitutional  disease. 

If  the  men  who  for  the  moment  controlled  the  destinies  of  Russia, 
when  the  Czar  and  his  regime  had  fallen,  proclaimed  their  will,  and  the 
will  of  the  nation  to  be,  that  Russia  should  continue  the  struggle 
against  the   German   until   her   own   territories    were    liberated    and 


i8o  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

she  and  her  allies  had  abolished  the  German  threat,  this  was  but  the 
expression  of  now  unrepresentative  if  noble  patriots.  The  millions  of 
Russia  desired  peace.  There  was  no  national  consciousness  which 
moved  them  to  continue  in  the  struggle  while  Austrian  troops  held 
Bessarabia  or  German  divisions  were  in  Poland.  The  people  of  France 
might  continue,  and  did  continue,  to  endure  the  agonies  of  the  World 
War  because  even  those  agonies  seemed  less  intolerable  than  the  perma- 
nent surrender  of  Flanders,  Artois,  Picardy,  and  northern  Champagne 
with  the  consequent  enslavement  of  three  millions  of  French  men  and 
women.  But  no  corresponding  sense  of  national  pride  or  national  sym- 
pathy induced  a  similar  willingness  to  endure  pain  on  the  part  of  Russia. 

The  absence  of  a  sense  of  nationality  excluded  the  possibility  of  a  real 
patriotic  revival  following  the  revolution,  such  as  made  the  French 
Revolution  one  of  the  most  splendid  pages  in  the  history  of  any  people. 
What  the  Russian  millions  demanded  was  not  national  integrity  but 
peace  at  any  price,  an  ending  of  the  now  intolerable  agonies  incident 
to  the  struggle ;  and  if  the  price  of  such  a  cessation  of  suffering  was  the 
surrender  of  provinces  remote  and  won  by  military  conquests  of  the 
now-fallen  Czardom,  it  was  a  matter  of  no  concern  to  them. 

Nor  were  they  more  troubled  by  the  fact  that  peace  between  Russia 
and  Germany,  a  separate  peace,  meant  the  betrayal  of  the  western 
Alliance,  meant  the  possible  victory  of  Germany,  meant  a  supreme 
breach  of  national  honour.  France  and  Great  Britain  were  not  the 
allies  of  Russia,  of  the  Russian  people — in  the  eyes  of  those  men  who 
were  rising  to  power.  Rather  they  were  the  allies  of  that  Czar  and  that 
autocracy  to  which  the  Russian  people  owed  their  centuries  of  suffering, 
owed  their  present  misery.  French  gold  had  fortified  the  Romanoff 
power;  British  capital  had  supported  the  beginnings  of  an  industrial 
system  hateful  to  the  men  who  were  shortly  to  be  the  masters  of  the 
revolution.  The  obligations  of  Russia  to  the  nations  in  the  west  were, 
in  the  eyes  of  these  men,  no  national  commitment  but  the  pledges 
of  a  regime  now  banished.  Moreover,  since  this  was  itself  anathema, 
all  its  undertakings  were  suspect  and  the  allies  of  the  Czar  were  to  be 
resjarded  as  the  enemies  of  the  Revolution. 


THE  RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION  i8i 

The  first  demand  of  the  Revolution,  when  at  last  it  found  its  voice,  was 
peace.  It  was  not  concerned  with  the  fate  of  France  nor  the  fortunes 
of  Britain.  It  was  not  influenced  by  appeals  to  the  sense  of  national 
honour.  It  looked  upon  the  western  nations  neither  with  sympathy  nor 
friendliness.  It  regarded  their  appeals  to  Russia  to  stand  firm  in  the 
fight  against  Germany  as  an  invitation  to  Russians  to  pay  a  still  further 
tax  of  blood  and  misery  that  the  western  Allies  might  realize  imperialis- 
tic ambitions,  and  that  capitalistic  governments  might  fortify  them- 
selves at  home  by  conquests  abroad. 

Become  articulate,  the  Russian  Revolution  demanded  that  the  west 
should  lay  aside  every  claim  formulated  in  the  progress  of  the  war 
and  now  become  an  obstacle  to  peace.  It  renounced  for  Russia  the 
possession  of  Constantinople  and  the  acquisition  of  Turkish  lands  in 
Asia  Minor.  It  demanded  that  France  should  surrender  her  aspirations 
to  Alsace  Lorraine.  It  proclaimed  that  Russia  would  accept  a  peace 
without  annexation  and  without  indemnity  which  would  have  left  France 
and  Belgium  ruined  by  German  devastation.  Nor  was  it  profoundly 
concerned  If  Germany  achieved  its  ultimate  objectives  in  the  west.  The 
millions  of  Russia  desired  peace  at  any  cost.  The  men  who  rose  to 
power  in  the  Russian  Revolution  by  promising  the  Russian  millions 
peace  were  seeking  a  total  overthrow  of  the  economic  and  national  sys- 
tems which  prevailed  in  Europe  and  in  the  world.  The  gospel  preached 
by  Lenin  was  a  gospel  destructive  quite  as  much  of  British  and  of  Ameri- 
can governments  and  social  orders  as  of  German.  American  democracy 
was,  in  the  eyes  of  Lenin,  as  evil  a  thing  as  Hohenzollern  monarchy. 
Capitalism  was  the  foe.  Lenin  was  prepared  to  make  peace  with  Ger- 
many, no  matter  how  much  it  cost  Russia  in  territory,  that  on  such  lands 
as  remained  he  might  organize  Russia  to  become  the  agent  of  destruction 
directed  against  the  governments  and  the  systems  of  all  civilized  and 
industrialized  nations. 

In  such  a  situation  there  could  be  but  one  consequence.  When 
those  men — moderates,  who  were  collectively  possessed  of  all  the  knowl- 
edge, understanding,  and  sympathy  with  the  democracies  of  the  west 
and  with  western  civilization  existing  in  Russia — had  enjoyed  their 


i82  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

brief  hour  of  power  and  had  fallen  because  they  were  not  repre- 
sentative of  a  Russia  which  knew  not  patriotism,  knew  not  nation- 
ality, and  was  dominated  by  a  desire  for  peace;  when  they  were 
succeeded  by  Kerensky — a  fugitive  figure,  representative  in  his 
understanding  of  the  masses  but  for  ever  chained  by  his  compre- 
hension of  the  western  situation — and  he  had  equally  failed;  then 
at  last  power  fell  into  the  hands  of  a  great  man,  prepared  to  give  the 
Russian  people  that  peace  which  they  demanded  that  he  might  obtain 
the  power  that  he  sought  to  destroy  the  social  order  of  the  western  world. 
With  the  fall  of  the  first  provisional  government  all  chance  of  a  Russian 
patriotic  revival  perished.  With  the  fall  of  Kerensky  the  last  bond  be- 
tween Russia  and  her  former  western  allies  dissolved.  When  Lenin 
came  there  was  no  more  a  Russia.  All  that  remained  was  a  certain  ma- 
chinery of  government,  hopelessly  dislocated  but  still  capable  of  a 
degree  of  motion,  and  this  machinery  was  thereafter  operated,  with- 
out regard  to  the  war,  to  serve  the  purposes  of  a  man  who  conceived 
of  overthrowing  not  alone  German  tyranny  but  also  Allied  democracy — 
who  looked  upon  the  German  system  of  government  and  rulers  and  the 
Allied  executives  and  parliaments  as  equally  hateful,  equally  subversive 
of  the  principles  he  had  preached  and  practised  during  his  lifetime. 

Thenceforth  Russia  was  in  the  hands  of  a  man  who  saw  the  World 
War  not  as  a  conflict  between  two  principles,  one  right  and  one  wrong, 
but  as  a  conflict  between  two  sets  of  powers,  each  dominated  by  men 
and  representative  of  principles  which  it  was  his  mission  to  destroy. 
The  more  the  war  undermined  and  sapped  the  fabric  of  governments; 
the  more  the  several  peoples  engaged  in  the  conflict  murmured  and  com- 
plained at  the  intolerable  pangs  of  the  struggle;  the  more  confidently 
Lenin  looked  forward  to  that  day  when  these  several  peoples  should 
adopt  his  ideas,  and  Bolshevist  anarchy  and  destruction  which  had 
seized  upon  Russia  and  was  transforming  that  country  into  a  wilderness 
and  an  economic  ruin,  should  obtain  equal  sway  in  France,  in  Britain, 
and  in  the  United  States. 

All  this  was  long  hid  from  the  Western  world.  In  the  first  hours  the 
west  rejoiced  that  Russia  had  been  converted  to  the  religion  of  Western 


THE  RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION  183 

democracy,  just  as  it  had  clung,  through  all  the  revelations  of  the 
war,  to  the  equally  puerile  notion  that  the  German  people  were  the 
victims  of  a  government  which  by  force,  and  by  force  alone,  prevented 
them  from  adopting  the  beneficent  systems  of  democracy  of  their 
western  neighbours.  Mission  after  mission  of  eminent  statesmen,  rang- 
ing from  Lord  Milner  to  Arthur  Henderson,  from  Elihu  Root  to  Albert 
Thomas,  visited  Petrograd  and  returned  with  varying  reports,  were 
themselves  bewildered  by  what  they  saw  and  heard,  or  even  in  a  small 
but  unmistakable  degree  impressed  and  influenced  by  the  gospel  which 
they  heard  preached.  But  the  masses  and  the  governments  of  the  peo- 
ples of  the  west  remained  impervious  to  the  truth.  Not  until  Russia  had 
made  a  separate  peace  and  quit  the  firing  line;  not  until  they  were 
aware  not  merely  that  Russia  had  deserted  her  old  allies  but  that  the  men 
in  control  of  Russian  aflPairs  were  as  hostile  to  the  governments  and  states- 
men of  the  west  as  they  were  to  those  of  Germany  and  Austria — that 
in  fact  a  new  force  or  a  new  disease  was  abroad  in  the  world;  did  the 
western  powers  at  last  in  any  measure  comprehend  Russian  events. 

In  sum:  between  February  and  August  the  Russian  Revolution 
ran  the  whole  gamut  from  a  protest  of  enlightened  patriotism  and  mod- 
erate democracy  to  the  anti-patriotic,  anti-social  Bolshevist  fury  of 
Lenin.  In  that  period  Russian  unity  was  destroyed;  such  machinery 
of  government  and  production  as  remained  was  abolished.  The  Rus- 
sian army  was  first  disorganized  from  within  and  then — after  a  brief, 
successful  offensive — revealed,  fleeing  from  a  field  of  victory,  no  longer  a 
force  or  a  factor  in  the  war.  Long  before  August  arrived  Russia  had 
ceased  to  be  an  ally,  had  become  a  problem  and  even  a  peril.  Thereafter 
it  was  to  continue  an  ever-growing  menace,  the  doctrines  of  its  leaders 
undermining  and  destroying  national  unity  in  Allied  countries,  while, 
freed  from  Russian  danger,  Germany  was  to  bring  her  vast  hosts  to 
Picardy,  and  Austria  and  Germany  to  transfer  still  other  divisions  to 
the  Venetian  front,  so  that  while  Allied  capacity  for  resistance  behind  the 
line  diminished,  actual  defeat  upon  the  battlefield  and  new  onrushes 
of  German  and  Austrian  troops  were  still  further  to  test  the  already 
war-tried  temper  of  the  French,  the  Italian,  and  the  British  peoples. 


i84  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

III.      THE    FALL   OF   THE    HOUSE    OF    ROMANOFF 

It  remains  now  to  trace  rapidly  the  several  steps  in  the  Revolution. 
In  January  and  February  Russia  was  in  the  hands  of  the  reactionary 
influences  whose  conspicuous  representative  was  Protopopov.  The 
assassination  of  Rasputin  on  December  30th,  celebrated  by  the  nation 
as  a  deliverance  but  viewed  by  the  Czarina  as  a  personal  affliction, 
had  been  the  signal  for  the  loosing  of  the  influences  of  reactionary 
tyranny.  All  through  the  first  two  months  of  the  new  year,  while  Pet- 
rograd  had  been  filled  with  machine  guns  and  with  troops,  one  provoca- 
tion after  another  had  been  resorted  to  in  the  hope  of  driving  a  hungry 
and  exasperated  populace  to  throw  itself  upon  the  prepared  weapons 
of  the  agents  of  reaction.  When  at  last  the  Duma  assembled  on  the 
27th  of  February,  more  than  a  month  after  the  date  set  for  its  meeting, 
the  atmosphere  was  tense,  the  signs  of  the  coming  storm  were  on  all 
sides.  Prior  to  the  8th  of  March  there  were  bread  riots.  On  this  day 
there  was  a  disturbance  provoked  by  the  Cossacks,  which  in  the  next 
day  expanded  to  a  real  revolt.  Almost  spontaneously,  with  little  sign 
of  direction,  the  people  of  the  Russian  capital  flowed  into  the  streets; 
meetings  of  protest  were  held;  and  finally — sure  concomitant  of  every 
revolution — the  soldiers  of  tyranny  fraternized  with  the  people.  Out  of 
the  fraternizing  there  developed  a  general  and  complete  extermination 
of  the  police  who  had  been  the  chosen  tools  of  the  bureaucracy  and  of 
tyranny  for  so  many  years.  These  wretched  creatures  were  hunted 
down  and  slain  wherever  found.  They  were  in  fact  almost  the  sole 
victims  of  the  first  phase  of  the  Russian  Revolution,  which  in  every  other 
aspect  was  orderly,  and  impressed  the  world  with  the  absence  of  pre- 
cisely those  circumstances  which  one  associates  with  revolutions  even 
in  their  initial  phases. 

Between  the  8th  and  12th  of  March  the  Revolution  had  achieved 
complete  success.  The  later  date  was  marked  by  an  assault  upon  the 
great  prison  fortress  of  St.  Peter  and  St.  Paul,  comparable  in  many  re- 
spects with  that  attack  upon  the  Bastille  which  was  the  decisive  act 
of  the  French  Revolution.     Ordered  to  fire  upon  the  masses,  even  the 


THE  RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION  185 

chosen  Guard  troops  fired  upon  their  own  officers,  and  before  noon  of 
March  12th  the  old  Russian  order  had  fallen. 

Meantime,  the  Duma  held  aloof.  Messages  were  sent  to  the  Czar 
warning  him  of  the  crisis.  One  message  was  ignored;  another,  an- 
swered by  the  futile  statement  that  the  feeble  Nicholas  was  coming  to 
the  capital.  He  never  reached  Petrograd.  On  this  March  12th  the 
Duma  named  a  provisional  government  of  twelve  of  its  members,  while 
at  the  same  moment  a  Committee  of  Workmen,  Soldiers,  and  Sailors 
was  formed — an  executive  body  destined  to  supplant  the  Duma  in  due 
course  of  time. 

This  First  Provisional  Government  contained  among  others  Rod- 
zianko,  Prince  Lvov,  Miliukov,  and  Kerensky.  Two  days  later  such 
government  as  was  left  in  Russia  consisted  of  the  twelve  named  by 
the  Duma  and  the  Council  of  Workmen  and  Soldiers  Delegates — that 
Council  of  the  Soviets,  destined  in  a  few  months  "to  rival  and  even  to  sur- 
pass that  Committee  of  Public  Safety  which,  in  the  Terror  of  the  French 
Revolution,  established  a  record  of  violence  till  then  unparalleled.       ' 

Meantime  the  armies  and  their  commanders,  Russky  and  Brusiloff, 
had  accepted  the  Revolution,  and  on  March  15th  even  the  Grand  Duke 
Nicholas  advised  the  Czar  that  he  must  abdicate.  To  this  decision 
Nicholas  bowed  and  on  that  day  abdicated  in  favour  of  the  Grand  Duke 
Michael.  On  this  same  day  the  Duma  announced  a  new  government. 
Already  there  was  a  clash  between  the  Soviets,  who  sought  a  republic, 
and  the  Duma,  which  still  advocated  a  constitutional  monarchy. 
One  day  later  the  Grand  Duke  Michael,  in  his  turn,  was  forced  to  re- 
nounce the  throne.  The  House  of  Romanoff  had  fallen,  in  seven  days. 
Still  another  week  and  Nicholas  Alexandrovitch  Romanoff  was  a  pris- 
oner at  the  Palace  of  Tsarkoe  Selo,  entering  upon  that  long  agony  which 
was  to  end  as  tragically  and  even  more  sordidly  than  the  similar  ex- 
perience of  Louis  XVI.     This  phase  of  the  drama  was  complete. 

IV.       THE    DUMA 

The  second  act  was  marked  by  the  effort  of  the  Duma,  through  its 
provisional  government,  to  carry  on  orderly  administration,  to  reform 


iS6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

Russia  by  degrees,  to  preserve  Russia's  association  with  the  Western 
powers  and  to  fulfil  her  obligations  as  a  partner  in  the  war  against  Ger- 
many. But  while  the  Duma  and  the  Provisional  Government  were  seek- 
ing to  ensure  the  peaceful  evolution  of  Russia,  the  Soviets,  assembling  in 
congress,  gave  instant  evidence  of  a  totally  different  purpose.  Re- 
nouncing for  Russia  all  previous  agreements  by  which  Constantinople 
and  other  rewards  were  assured  to  the  Czar,  the  Soviets  demanded 
similar  sacrifices  from  the  western  Allies  as  the  sole  condition  on  which 
Russia  should  continue  in  the  war.  Already  in  this  initial  assembly 
the  voice  of  Lenin  was  heard  preaching  the  gospel  of  class  warfare, 
demanding  not  a  continuation  of  the  war  against  Germany  but  an  expan- 
sion of  the  war  to  a  crusade  against  all  capitalistic  governments,  Allied 
and  German  alike,  an  appeal  to  the  masses  of  the  population  of  all  the 
countries  to  rise  against  their  own  governments,  and  throwing  off  the 
bondage  of  nationalism  and  racial  patriotism,  to  share  in  the  common 
cause  which  had  for  its  object  the  obliteration  of  national  frontiers  and 
the  elimination  of  the  bourgeoisie  everyw^here. 

Lenin  had  long  been  the  apostle  of  this  gospel  of  class  warfare  and 
Marxian  socialism.  Exiled  from  Russia  he  had  found  asylum  in 
Switzerland.  When  the  Revolution  came,  German  assistance  had 
made  possible  his  return  to  his  own  country,  and,  arrived  at  home,  he 
served  the  German  cause  by  assailing  every  influence  in  Russia  which 
made  for  the  continuation  of  Russia  in  the  war  against  Germany. 
From  the  very  outset  of  the  later  phase  the  Russian  Revolution  became  a 
battle  between  Kerensky — himself  a  Socialist,  too,  but  the  champion  of 
more  moderate  policies  and  of  continued  alliance  with  the  western 
powers — and  Lenin,  a  consistent  and  uncompromising  advocate  of  the 
universal  war  against  Capital,  preceded  by  an  immediate  peace  with 
Germany.  Kerensky  was  compelled  to  urge  the  Russian  people  to  new 
effort  in  a  war  which  had  become  intolerable.  Lenin  promised  imme- 
diate relief  from  this  conflict.  Kerensky  appealed  to  the  sense  of  duty; 
Lenin,  to  the  selfishness  and  weakness  of  his  fellow-countrymen. 

In  all  this  period  Kerensky  sought  on  the  one  hand  to  persuade  the 
western  powers  to  modify  their  war  purposes  and  bring  their  policies 


THE  RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION  187 

into  accord  with  the  Russian  formula  of  peace  without  annexation  and 
without  indemnity,  while  he  endeavoured  to  hold  the  Russian  people 
fixed  to  their  alliance  with  the  west.  It  was  an  impossible  task  for  a 
man  whose  sole  qualifications  lay  in  a  brilliant  imagination  and  an 
unrivalled  eloquence.  Kerensky  was  able  to  sway  every  audience 
which  he  addressed,  and  when  he  was  an  exile  in  England  he  captured 
hearers  who  did  not  even  understand  the  language  which  he  spoke,  but  he 
had  not  the  power  of  organization  nor  the  iron  will  which  the  situation 
required.  His  task  was  probably  beyond  human  strength  at  best  but  it 
was  beyond  all  question  hopeless  when  his  ultimate  resource  was  words. 
Lenin's  game  was  steadily  played  by  the  Central  Powers.  In  April 
Austria  made  a  proffer  of  peace  and  in  the  same  month  the  calling  of  a 
Socialist  conference  at  Stockholm  was  seized  upon  by  Berlin  to  tempt 
the  Russians  and  confuse  the  Allies.  By  the  i6th  of  May  the  Pro- 
visional Government  had  broken  down  and  the  new  government  repre- 
sented an  attempted  coalition  between  the  Duma  and  the  Soviets, 
although  Prince  Lvov,  who  had  headed  the  first  government,  still  re- 
tained his  post,  and  Kerensky  exchanged  the  Ministry  of  Justice  for 
that  of  War  and  Marine.  In  this  time  a  first  effort  of  Lenin  to  seize 
control  of  the  Government  failed.  For  a  single  hour  it  seemed  as  if 
Kerensky  had  at  least  measured  up  to  his  task  and  would  be  able  to 
control  with  an  iron  hand  the  elements  of  disorder  within  while  he  di- 
rected Russian  armies  into  conflict  with  the  foes  without.  In  this 
period,  yielding  to  the  ever-growing  insistence  of  the  western  Allies,  al- 
ready gravely  compromised  by  Russian  military  quiescence,  he  agreed  to 
an  offensive,  but  the  anarchy  which  had  wrecked  the  domestic  machinery 
had  already  permeated  the  army.  The  death  penalty  had  been  abol- 
ished ;  a  discipline  severer  and  more  terrible  than  thatwhich  had  prevailed 
in  the  German  army  now  gave  way  to  a  method  of  control  under  which 
soldiers  chose  their  own  oflftcers  and  debated  obedience  to  or  rejection 
of  their  orders. 

v.       THE    FINAL    OFFENSIVE 

We  have  now  to  examine  the  final  Russian  offensive,  which  in  its 
brief  hour  of  success  aroused  hopes  among  western  nations  which  would 


i88  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

not  stir  again  until  American  millions  had  replaced  Russian  and  the 
final  German  western  offensive,  the  ''peace  storm"  of  July,  191 8,  had 
ended  in  decisive  defeat. 

To  understand  the  actual  history  of  the  Russian  attack  in  Galicia 
it  is  necessary  to  recall  certain  facts  familiar  in  1916  but  now  forgotten. 
When  in  August  Brusilojff's  great  offensive  came  to  an  end  the  Austrian 
armies  in  Galicia  were  standing  in  a  wide  semicircle  about  Lemberg 
and  from  forty  to  sixty  miles  east  of  that  city.  To  the  north,  in  Vol- 
hynia,  the  Russian  advance  had  stopped  along  the  line  of  the  Stokhod 
River,  some  twenty  miles  east  of  the  vital  railroad  centre  of  Kovel. 
Had  the  Russians  reached  Kovel  a  great  Austro-German  retreat  from 
the  Gulf  of  Riga  to  the  Carpathians  would  have  been  inevitable. 

In  Galicia  the  Austrians  were  standing  behind  the  upper  stream  of 
the  Styr,  which  flows  northward  out  of  Galicia;  their  centre  was  along  the 
Zlota  Lipa,  which  rises  near  the  Styr  but  flows  southward  into  the  Dnie- 
ster, with  their  extreme  right  centre  bent  back  north  of  the  Dniester  to 
the  point  where  the  Gnila  Lipa  enters  it.  South  of  the  Dniester  their  line 
ran  behind  the  Bystritza,  just  west  of  Stanislau,  straight  down  to  the 
Carpathians.  They  were  actually  in  a  temporary  position,  were  on 
the  point  of  drawing  back  their  centre  behind  the  Gnila  Lipa,  when  the 
Russian  offensive  stopped.  After  the  pause  the  Austrian  and  German 
troops  held  on. 

The  main  mission  of  the  Austro-German  forces  in  Galicia  was  to 
cover  Lemberg.  Originally  they  had  stood  along  the  line  of  the  Strypa, 
which  parallels  the  Zlota  Lipa  to  the  eastward.  They  had  fallen  back 
to  the  Zlota  Lipa,  and  the  Russians  had  succeeded  in  passing  the  lower 
stretch  of  this  river,  thus  turning  the  Zlota  Lipa  position.  Actually, 
the  Austrians  had  left  to  them  the  Gnila  Lipa  position;  that  is,  the 
position  behind  this  river  which  rises  in  the  hills  east  of  Lemberg 
and  flows  fairly  straight  down  to  the  Dniester,  which  it  enters  opposite 
Halicz.  This  is  the  natural  covering  position  of  an  army  defending 
Lemberg,  itself  an  open  town;  it  is  the  position  from  which  the 
Austrians  had  defended  the  town  in  August,  1914,  and  when  they  were 
defeated  here  they  evacuated  Lemberg. 


THE  RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION  189 

The  Bug  River,  rising  in  the  hills  that  also  see  the  birth  of  the  Gnila 
Lipa  and  at  one  point  coming  within  half  a  dozen  miles  of  this  stream, 
turns  northward  and  flows  across  eastern  Galicia  into  Russia  and  this 
makes  a  natural  extension  to  thenorthward  of  theGnilaLipa  position,and 
together  the  lines  of  the  Bug  and  the  Gnila  Lipa  constitute  the  last  and 
best  defensive  position  before  Lemberg.  South  of  the  Dniester  the 
Bystritza,  and  behind  it  the  Lomnica,  serve  as  extensions  of  this  Gnila 
Lipa-Bug  Line. 

In  August,  19 1 6,  the  world  believed  that  the  Austro-Germans  would 
be  compelled  to  draw  back  to  the  Gnila  Lipa  position.  But  they  stood; 
their  centre  still  advanced  along  the  Zlota  Lipa;  and  it  was  against  this 
centre,  and  about  the  town  of  Brzezany,  that  the  first  Russian  attack 
of  19 17  was  delivered  on  a  wide  front  from  north  of  the  Lemberg- 
Brody  railroad  to  the  ground  south  of  Brzezany. 

This  attack  met  with  local  successes.  The  town  of  Koniuchy, 
northeast  of  Brzezany,  was  taken;  Brzezany  itself  was  threatened;  some 
20,000  prisoners  were  captured,  together  with  many  guns.  But  these 
local  successes  were  all  that  resulted.  The  Austrian  line  was 
reinforced  and  held  on.  Fresh  Russian  attacks  were  met  by  stiff 
resistance  and  brought  heavy  losses.  The  attack  had  begun  on  June 
30th.  By  July  4th  it  was  beginning  to  flicker  out  and  there  was  no 
longer  immediate  promise  of  any  renewal  of  the  achievement  of  1914  or 
of  1916. 

The  most  that  could  be  said  for  this  first  attack  was  that  it  had  sur- 
prised the  world  by  showing  that  Russia,  apparently,  was  resolved  to 
fight  on;  had  revealed  the  Russian  army  as  better  prepared  in  artillery 
and  other  munitions  than  had  been  expected,  and  disclosed  the  soldiers 
as  having  a  fighting  spirit  once  more. 

But  had  it  ended  with  the  Brzezany  episode  the  Russian  offensive 
would  have  had  little  real  military  value,  measured  by  actual  achieve- 
ment. As  it  turned  out  this  was  only  a  beginning.  After  a  few  days' 
pause  the  Russians  renewed  the  attack,  this  time  south  of  the  Dniester 
and  along  the  Bystritza,  west  of  Stanislau.  Here  their  success  was  im- 
mediate and  considerable.     The  Austrian  lines  were  pierced  and  there 


loo  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

began  a  drive  momentarily  quite  like  those  of  1916.     This  victory  was 

achieved  by  the  army  of  Korniloff. 

Recall  again  the  relation  of  the  various  rivers  to  Lemberg.  The 
Austrians  still  held  a  portion  of  the  Zlota  Lipa  line.  They  could  still 
retire  to  the  line  of  the  Gnila  Lipa,  as  far  as  pressure  north  of  the  Dnies- 
ter was  concerned.  But  the  Russians  had  passed  both  the  Bystritza 
and  the  Lomnica,  which  are  the  natural  extensions  of  the  Gnila  Lipa 
line  south  of  the  Dniester;  they  had  crossed  the  Dniester  from  the  south, 
opposite  Halicz,  which  they  had  captured ;  and  were  thus  west  of  the 
Gnila  Lipa,  north  of  the  Dniester. 

The  situation  south  of  the  Dniester  was  perhaps  more  serious,  for  the 
Russians  had  passed  both  the  Bystritza  and  the  Lomnica,  and  having 
taken  Kalusz  were  moving  westward  between  the  Dniester  and  the  Car- 
pathian foothills,  driving  a  wedge  between  the  Austrians  north  of  the 
Dniester  and  those  to  the  south,  and  threatening  to  open  a  wide  gap 
through  which  their  troops  would  pour  in  from  north  and  west  and 
threaten  Lemberg.  The  real  test  of  the  Russian  success  was  now  their 
ability  to  reach  the  city  of  Stryj,  thirty-odd  miles  northwest  of  Lemberg 
and  an  important  railroad  junction.  If  they  got  to  Stryj,  then  the 
evacuation  of  Lemberg  would  be  well-nigh  inevitable. 

It  was  possible  that  the  passing  of  the  river  at  Halicz  might  compel 
the  abandonment  of  the  Gnila  Lipa  River  line  by  the  Austrians  and  the 
eventual  retirement  west  of  Lemberg.  It  did  in  1914,  but  it  was  less 
likely  that  this  success  would  be  decisive  than  that  the  fall  of  Lemberg 
would  be  determined  by  operations  to  the  south  of  the  Dniester,  where 
there  were  more  evidences  of  Austrian  collapse. 

Before  there  could  be  any  determination  of  this  battle,  the  whole 
Russian  line  north  of  the  Dniester  before  Tarnopol  and  northward  to 
the  Lemberg-Brody  railroad  suddenly  collapsed.  There  was  no  con- 
siderable German  attack;  there  was  no  great  engagement,  but  a  panic— 
a  rout— ensued.  German  spies,  German  agents,  anarchists,  and  war- 
weary,  deluded  soldiers  united  in  the  destruction  of  discipline,  and 
the  army  which  had  taken  Koniuchy  and  threatened  Brzezany  two 
weeks  earlier  was  suddenly  transformed  into  a  fleeing  horde,  comparable 


THE  RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION  191 

to  that  army  which  set  out  from  the  battlefield  of  First  Bull  Run  for 
Washington. 

And  the  effect  of  this  collapse  of  the  Russian  centre  in  Galicia  was 
to  leave  Korniloff's  victorious  army  south  of  the  Dniester  in  the  air.  It 
had  no  choice  but  to  fall  rapidly  back  for  a  hundred  miles  through 
Bukowina  to  the  Russian  boundary,  surrendering  all  of  Bukowina  and  all 
of  Galicia  held  since  the  opening  of  the  campaign  of  19 16.  When  the  re- 
arrangement was  complete  the  Austrians  once  more  could  boast  a  soil 
practically  freed  of  the  invader  and  this  had  not  been  the  case  since 
the  very  opening  days  of  the  war. 

In  men  the  Russians  lost  surprisingly  few  by  this  wretched  per- 
formance. Official  German  figures  placed  the  captures — up  to  mid- 
August,  from  Roumania  to  the  Bug — at  only  42,000  men  and  257  guns. 
In  their  offensives  in  April  the  British  and  the  French  together  had  cap- 
tured over  5 5, 000  German  prisoners  and  more  than  400  guns.  The 
Russians  in  their  first  two  weeks  this  year,  while  the  armies  still  fought, 
had  taken  36,000  prisoners,  and  captures  in  Roumania  brought  the 
balance  even  for  the  two  forces  on  the  southeastern  front.  Compare 
this  with  150,000  Austrian  prisoners  taken  by  the  Russians  after  Lem- 
berg  in  1914  or  120,000  prisoners  after  the  capture  of  Lutsk  in  1916. 
The  loss  of  guns  was  more  serious,  but  the  real  disaster  was  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  cohesion  of  the  Russian  armies. 

At  a  critical  moment  the  inevitable  effect  of  the  domestic  agitations 
had  been  felt  and  Germany  had  been  saved  from  deadly  peril,  the  peril 
flowing  from  the  opening  of  a  joint  attack  in  the  east  and  in  the  west. 
Ludcndorff  himself  subsequently  declared  in  a  military  conference  in 
Berlin  that  had  this  Russian  offensive  coincided  with  the  Anglo-French 
attacks  before  Arras  and  at  the  Craonne  Plateau  the  consequences  might 
have  been  fatal  to  Germany.  Now  she  could  concentrate  her  attention 
upon  Belgium  and  Artois,  for  even  if  Russian  armies  could  be  reorgan- 
ized and  restored  before  the  end  of  the  cam-paigning  season  it  was  be- 
yond possibility  that  they  could  conduct  a  new  offensive 

In  point  of  fact  Russia  had  collapsed.  If  Korniloff ,  who  had  planned 
the  victorious  offensive  which  ended  so  ignominiously,  could  in  associa- 


192  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

tion  with  Kerensky  make  one  more  effort  to  restore  discipline  in  the 
army,  this  association  was  destined  to  Hve  but  a  brief  time,  and  while 
Bolshevist  uprising  in  Petrograd  accompanied  mutiny  and  desertion 
on  the  field  of  victory,  Russia  was  slipping  inescapably  into  the  bog  of 
anarchy.  The  break  between  Korniloff  and  Kerensky,  a  few  weeks 
later,  was  to  shatter  the  last  power  of  resistance  in  the  Provisional 
Government,  in  which  Lvov  had  already  given  place  to  Kerensky. 

Henceforth  Russia  is  no  more  than  a  cauldron  in  which  boil  up  all 
sorts  of  bubbles.  It  is  no  longer  a  nation  or  a  state.  It  is  no  more 
capable  of  conducting  war,  of  making  peace,  of  manning  the  machinery 
of  production  and  communication.  Ukrainian,  Polish,  Lithuanian 
separatist  movements  destroy  a  physical  unity  already  shaken  by  do- 
mestic anarchy. 

The  fall  of  Russia  well-nigh  lost  the  war  for  the  western  Allies. 
Had  the  Germans  refrained  from  their  submarine  attack,  which  en- 
listed the  United  States,  it  is  inconceivable  that  victory  could  finally 
have  escaped  the  Kaiser.  With  the  failure  of  the  Russian  offensive 
the  whole  Allied  campaign  of  191 7  was  doomed.  The  French  had  failed 
outright  at  the  Craonne  Plateau;  the  Italians,  mounting  with  difficulty 
the  Bainsizza  Plateau,  were  condemned  to  find  complete  disaster  after 
transient  success ;  British  armies  were  already  floundering  in  the  morass 
of  Flanders  in  their  tragically  abortive  campaign;  while,  with  ever- 
increasing  insistence,  demands  for  peace — formulated  by  the  honest 
but  weak  and  the  corrupt  but  influential — sounded  in  Allied  capitals 
and  countries. 

In  July,  1917,  and  in  the  succeeding  months  up  to  the  Treaty  of  Brest- 
Litovsk  we  touch  the  dead  low-water  mark  of  Allied  hopes.  Allied  pros- 
pects. Allied  courage.  Every  calculation  of  victory  had  been  predicated 
upon  the  participation  of  Russia.  Again  and  again  the  western  publics 
had  been  solaced  for  failure  on  their  own  front  by  promises  of  the 
arrival  of  the  Russian  steam  roller  in  Berlin  and  Vienna.  Such 
promises  could  be  made  no  longer.  The  last  illusion  was  disappearing;, 
even  the  American  hope  lost  appeal  in  the  light  of  Russian  deception. 

Tliere  is  another  side  to  the  Russian  Revolution.     Th*s  aext  two  years 


THE  RUSSIAN  REVOLUTION  193 

were  to  show  that  the  Russian  collapse  had  not  merely  imperilled  Allied 
prospects  of  military  triumph  immediately  and  greatly  but  that  the 
disease  which  had  seized  upon  Russia  was  destined  to  invade  the 
west.  Germany,  which  had  procured  the  return  of  Russian  anarchists 
following  the  Revolution — which  had  profited  greatly  by  the  disorganiza- 
tion in  Russia — the  work,  if  not  primarily  of  its  agents,  at  least  the 
result  in  no  small  degree  of  its  manoeuvres ;  Germany  herself  was  to  suffer 
from  the  scourge,  and  no  western  power  was  to  go  unscathed.  Hence- 
forth, for  the  period  of  the  war,  for  the  period  of  the  Armistice,  when 
at  last  peace  had  been  signed,  Russia  was  to  remain  outside  the  circle 
of  nations — outside  the  bonds  of  international  association — suffering 
miseries  unequalled  in  modern  history,  but,  under  the  leadership  of 
Lenin,  despite  indescribable  weakness,  to  continue  an  immeasurable 
peril  to  the  west — to  Germany,  as  to  France  and  Great  Britain — a 
phenomenon  as  inexplicable  to  contemporary  mankind  as  was  the 
French  Revolution  a  century  and  a  quarter  before. 


CHAPTER  NINE 

THE  SUBMARINE 

I 
THE  GRAVER  MENACE 

Grave  as  were  the  military  circumstances  for  the  western  Allies 
even  before  Russia  had  collapsed,  the  naval  prospects  were  infinitely 
worse.  In  April  and  May  Germany  was  winning  the  war  with  the  sub- 
marine. In  the  former  month  upward  of  a  million  tons  of  shipping  had 
been  sunk,  and  Admiral  Sims,  going  to  London  to  establish  relations  be- 
tween the  American  and  Allied  navies,  was  met  by  the  appalling  state- 
ment— made  by  Jellicoe  and  by  civil  officials  alike — that,  unless  some  new 
weapon  or  some  new  method  could  be  discovered  to  deal  with  the  sub- 
marine, and  could  be  discovered  promptly,  then,  not  later  than  Novem- 
ber, Great  Britain  would  be  starved  into  surrender,  the  war  lost,  the 
German  victory  on  land  and  on  sea  inescapable.  Mr.  Balfour,  when  he 
came  to  the  United  States  immediately  after  American  entrance  into 
the  war,  brought  a  similar  message,  and  delivered  it  at  the  moment  the 
American  military  authorities  were  learning  from  Marshal  Joffre  that 
the  Nivelle  offensive  had  failed  and  that  the  immediate  presence  of 
American  soldiers  in  Europe,  and  in  large  numbers,  was  necessary. 

We  have  now  briefly  to  consider  the  submarine  aspect  of  the  war. 
It  is  plain  that  had  the  Germans,  before  the  outbreak  of  the  war, 
recognized  the  value  of  the  weapon  they  possessed  in  the  submarine; 
had  they,  instead  of  following  the  example  of  the  British  navy  and 
embarking  upon  a  pursuit  race  to  overtake  British  sea  power  by  the 
construction  of  capital  ships,  concentrated  their  energy  and  attention 
upon  the  construction  of  a  really  considerable  submarine  fleet;  they 
might  have  won  the  war  in  the  first  three  years,  before  the  British  navy 
had  at  last  learned  to  cope  with  the  new  form  of  sea  warfare.  Nothing 
seems  more  clear  than  that  the  German  submarine  operations  were  the 

194 


THE  SUBMARINE  195 

result  of  an  appreciation,  after  the  outbreak  of  hostilities,  of  the  possi- 
bilities of  this  new  arm  directed  against  merchant  shipping,  rather  than 
the  consequence  of  marvellous  prevision — ^just  as  the  German  mobile 
heavy  artillery,  which  had  been  designed  speedily  to  reduce  French 
fortifications  and  open  the  way  to  swift  victory,  proved  of  incalculable 
value  in  unforeseen  trench  warfare,  after  having  failed  to  procure  the 
military  decision  which  had  been  planned. 

When  the  Germans  abandoned  their  first  campaign — which  had 
nearly  brought  the  United  States  into  the  war  in  191 5  and  the  first 
weeks  of  1916 — they  then  possessed  an  insufficient  undersea  fleet 
to  accomplish  their  purpose;  but  thereafter,  and  particularly  after 
Jutland,  they  concentrated  their  energies  upon  the  construction  of 
submarines,  and  were  able  to  complete  not  less  than  three  a  week. 
When  they  resumed  their  ruthless  sinkings  in  February  they  were  able, 
thanks  to  new  construction,  to  keep  not  less  than  eight  or  ten  undersea 
boats  at  work  at  all  times,  and — contrary  to  all  the  reports  of  that 
period,  official  and  otherwise — their  loss  was  inconsiderable  and  far  too 
insignificant  to  defeat  the  campaign  itself. 

Against  a  possible  resumption  of  this  campaign  the  British  navy 
had  neither  fortified  itself  by  the  construction  of  destroyers — the 
sole  type  of  craft  capable  of  dealing  with  the  submarine — nor  had  it 
formulated  plans  against  such  an  emergency.  Such  destroyers  as  it  had 
were  almost  all  occupied  in  protecting  the  Grand  Fleet.  The  few  that 
were  left  for  sea  patrol  were  so  ridiculously  inadequate  as  to  make 
hopeless  the  task  assigned  to  them.  Nor  had  the  British  Government 
foreseen  the  coming  crisis  and  provisioned  the  British  Isles  in  advance. 
In  April,  when  the  Germans  put  nearly  a  million  tons  of  shipping  under, 
Britain  had  six  weeks  of  foodstufi^s  on  hand,  so  that  a  continuation  of 
the  rate  of  sinkings  for  that  month  made  surrender  by  November  ist 
inevitable. 

It  is  essential  to  see  the  submarine  element  in  the  war  accurately. 
The  Germans  did  not  risk  involving  the  United  States  in  the  world 
conflict  merely  to  make  a  hazardous  gamble.  They  had  calculated  cor- 
rectly, that  as  the  British  navy  was  fighting  the  submarine  in  February, 


196  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

19 1 7,  and  as  it  continued  to  fight  it  for  months  thereafter,  the 
success  of  the  new  campaign  was  mathematically  certain.  They 
assumed  that  they  would  sink  more  than  a  million  tons  a  month — 
perhaps  two  millions.  They  calculated  that  three  months  of  this 
campaign  would  bring  Britain  to  her  knees;  British  calculations  differed 
only  as  they  doubled  the  period  of  grace.  The  German  saw  victory 
before  America  could  be  a  real  participant.  He  refrained  from  any 
attack  upon  American  shores  and  from  any  considerable  violence  to 
American  shipping  in  the  belief  that  the  war  would  be  over  before 
America  could  much  affect  its  course,  and  with  the  thought  that,  in  such 
circumstances,  there  would  not  be  in  America  any  such  permanent 
hostility,  dangerous  to  the  after-war  prosperity  and  commerce  of  Ger- 
many, as  now  existed  all  over  Europe. 

Conceivably,  although  the  German  hardly  reckoned  upon  it,  the 
submarine  campaign  might  only  prepare  the  way  for  one  more  western 
offensive.  This  was  a  possibility  foreseen  when  Hindenburg  devastated 
northern  France  and  retired  to  his  own  front  while  German  armies  and 
German  agents  completed  the  demoralization  of  Russia.  The  mission 
of  the  western  front  was  to  hold  fast  until  Russia  had  fallen  and  the 
submarine  had  either  won  the  war,  or  so  weakened  British  powers  of 
resistance  at  home  by  the  sure  process  of  starvation,  that  an  initial 
victory  in  the  west,  in  1918,  would  bring  a  collapse  in  Britain  compar- 
able with  that  in  Russia. 

It  was  the  ever-mounting  danger  of  the  submarine  that  led  the 
British  to  place  their  armies  under  the  control  of  Nivelle,  and  welcome 
that  alluring  if  disastrous  strategy  which  envisaged  a  grandiose  attack 
and  the  achievement  of  decisive  military  victory.  It  was  the  hope  of 
the  British  and  French  governments  alike,  in  the  spring  of  1917,  that 
the  Anglo-French  armies  might  save  the  British  navy.  The  Flanders 
offensive  had,  for  its  primary  object,  the  sweeping  of  the  Germans  from 
the  Belgian  coast,  and  thus  abolishing  the  main  submarine  base  at 
Bruges,  and  laying  hands  on  Zeebriigge  and  Ostend,  the  twin  outlets 
of  this  hornet's  nest. 


THE  SUBMARINE  197 

II.    IN   APRIL 

Admiral  Sims  has  given  the  world  a  luminous  description  of  the 
situation  which  he  found  when  he  reached  London  in  the  spring  of  1917. 
For  the  moment  Great  Britain  had  lost,  not  the  control  of  the  seas  by 
her  navy,  for  the  Grand  Fleet  still  maintained  a  superiority  vindicated 
at  Jutland,  but  the  use  of  the  waters  she  dominated.  Actually  the 
British  Isles  were  blockaded,  and  daily  the  harvest  of  submarine  sinkings 
marched  inexorably  toward  that  point  at  which  shipping  would  be 
so  reduced  that  starvation  would  compel  surrender.  Such  were  the 
reports  sent  by  Admiral  Sims  to  the  American  Government.  Such 
was  the  condition  which  confronted  the  Allies  during  all  the  period  when 
their  military  efforts  were  failing  and  the  collapse  of  Russia  was  result- 
ing in  the  transfer  to  the  western  front  of  German  and  Austrian  divi- 
sions sufficient  to  check  Allied  attacks  in  1917  and  compel  British, 
French,  and  Italian  armies  to  resign  the  initiative  and  await  the  attacks 
of  victorious  German  armies,  while  German  submarines  cut  their  lines 
of  communication,  interrupted  their  supplies,  destroyed  the  cargoes  of 
foodstuffs  and  raw  material  essential  alike  for  the  maintenance  of  the 
armies  and  the  civil  population,  and  for  the  manufacture  of  munitions 
and  guns. 

It  was  only  in  June  that  the  British  Government  at  last,  in  a  counsel 
of  desperation,  had  recourse  to  the  system  of  convoys,  and  even  this 
ultimate  expedient  would  have  been  impossible  had  it  not  been  for  the 
transfer  to  European  waters  of  the  Destroyer  Fleet  of  the  United  States 
and  a  further  contribution  of  a  similar  sort  from  the  Japanese  Navy. 
From  February  to  September  it  was  touch  and  go,  and  it  was  only  in 
November  that  at  last  the  convoy  system,  together  with  other 
methods,  produced  results  which  assured  the  Allies  that — great  and 
continuing  as  would  be  the  injury  of  the  submarine,  difficult  as  would 
be  the  maintenance  of  sufficient  shipping — the  German  could  not  win 
the  war  by  this  means  alone.  Slowly  but  surely  the  rate  of  sinkings 
fell;  it  was  reduced  by  two  thirds  between  April,  1917,  and  April,  1918. 
But  once  more  the  German  victories  in  March  and  April  of  191 8  induced  a 


900,000^ 


6oom 


700000 


CURVE  OF  MERCHANT  TONNAGE  LOST  ORDAMAGED  BT  SC/BMARFNES, 
MrNE3  AND  RAIDERS,  FROM  AUG.I914  TO  PRESENT  DATE. 

(this  rOlWACE  XXXE5  NOTItKLUDE  l'£5JEt5  lAST  BY  HARIliE  HISKS) 


LEGEND 

•  TOTAL  TONNAGE  (fRENCH.ALLIED  AND  NEUTRAI)l05T  BY  ACTS 

OF  WAR(SUBMARINES, MINES  AND  RAIDER3). 

■FRENCH  TONNAGE  LOST  SYACrS  OF  WAR 

■TOTAL  TONNAGE  DAMAGED  (NOT SUNK). 

cat<nt,eD  IN  the  orwicz  ofw/lval  ttntu.tcaKE  kovj9<«. 


hOOflOO. 


JOOfiOO. 


40QfiO0 


■)00fllX> 


204000 


05      ^      ^3;      fci      *^ 


198 


THE  OFFICIAL  CHART  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  GOVERNMEIT 


' ' ^ 1  < 1 1 '  '  '  ■  I  I  i  i^<rru  J      ■    I  I  I 'I  I        >:^-^°P"  1-1^71 

■    i^JS^g^^^ti^B:    f-i    o    1^  ^    Ki   ^    ^   ^    s    -i    ^    o    s:    ^   <^'   5 


ING  THE  COURSE  OF  SUBMARINE  LOSSES  DURING  THE  WAR 


199 


200  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

crisis  when  the  necessity  for  the  transfer  of  two  miUions  of  American 
troops  to  Europe  suddenly  removed  an  enormous  tonnage  from  the 
service  of  supphes;  in  1918,  even  more  than  in  1917,  the  British  pubhc 
suffered  from  a  lack  of  food,  and  only  the  most  rigorous  system  of 
rationing  actually  prevented  famine.  From  the  sum.mer  of  1917, 
onward,  Great  Britain  was  hungry,  and  even  after  the  war  had  ended 
many  months  passed  before  the  British  or  the  French  public  could 
resume  its  former  nourishment. 

All  things  considered,  the  submarine  campaign  of  19 17,  in  its  early 
months,  came  nearer  to  winning  the  war  for  Germany  than  the  first 
campaign  to  the  Marne  or  the  colossal  March  offensive  of  191 8.  For 
a  period  of  months  the  British  Government  lost  control  of  the  sea  for  the 
first  time  in  more  than  a  century.  The  submarine  success,  unlike  a  vic- 
tory in  the  field,  did  not  merely  defeat  or  destroy  an  army;  it  attacked 
every  individual  in  the  nation.  It  brought  Great  Britain  to  the  edge 
of  starvation.  It  threatened  British  and  French  munition  factories  alike 
with  the  lack  of  the  raw  materials  out  of  which  armies  were  equipped  and 
munitioned. 

The  gravity  of  the  crisis  was  long  hidden  from  the  Allied  publics. 
How  near  Germany  was  to  victory  by  midsummer  19 17,  as  a  result  of 
her  submarine  campaign,  was  not  appreciated  at  the  time,  and  can 
hardly  be  understood  now,  since  no  visible  evidence  to  indicate  the 
crisis  of  that  time  exists.  Never  in  all  her  long  history  had  Great 
Britain  been  so  near  to  ultimate  ruin,  and  until  America  could  come, 
Britain  was  the  last  stronghold  of  resistance.  To  understand  the 
progress  of  political  as  well  as  military  events;  to  understand  why  the 
morale  of  the  domestic  as  well  as  the  military  fronts  weakened  danger- 
ously in  1917;  to  comprehend  why  the  faint-hearted  cried  out  for  peace 
at  any  price,  why  treason  flourished,  why  all  through  the  summer  and 
autumn  back-stairs  negotiations  between  the  Allies  and  the  Germans 
went  forward  in  one  fashion  or  another,  it  is  necessary  to  grasp  the 
actual  achievements  of  the  German  submarine  campaign,  the  success 
of  which  was  carefully  eliminated  from  the  press  and  replaced  by  opti- 
mistic if  mendacious  appeals  of  statesmen  designed  to  deceive  the  peoples 


THE  SUBMARINE  201 

of  the  Allied  nations,  and  thus  persuade  them  to  continue  in  the 
struggle. 

The  German  submarine  campaign,  in  the  end,  failed.  Its  failure 
damns  it,  precisely  as  Napoleon's  failure  in  his  Moscow  campaign 
made  that  venture  a  landmark  in  failure  for  successive  generations. 
Moreover,  the  failure  involved  Germany  in  war  with  the  United  States 
and  brought  American  troops  to  France  in  time  to  supply  the  western 
Allies  with  the  necessary  numbers  to  regain  the  initiative  and  win 
decisive  victory.  Exactly  as  the  incursion  into  Belgium  roused  the 
world  and  gave  a  moral  impetus  to  the  Allied  cause,  in  neutral  as  well  as 
in  combatant  nations,  without  enabling  the  German  armies  to  reach 
Paris  or  win  the  war,  resumption  of  ruthless  submarine  warfare  in 
February,  191 7,  without  achieving  its  object,  enlisted  new  enemies 
and  ultimately  ensured  German  defeat.  Yet  they  were  not  mad,  the 
Germans  who  risked  contingencies  that  to  human  eyes  seemed  remote, 
in  the  pursuit  of  results  which,  if  they  seemed  certain  to  German  leaders 
in  January — before  the  campaign  was  launched — appeared  almost  equally 
sure  to  British,  French,  and  American  statesmen,  soldiers,  and  sailors 
in  April  and  May — when  the  campaign  was  in  full  swing. 

Like  the  devastation  of  northern  France  and  the  Hindenburg  re- 
treat, the  use  of  the  submarine  for  unrestricted  sinking  could  only  be 
the  resort  of  a  nation  that  was  either  desperate  or  certain  of  success. 
In  1917  the  German  was  hardly  desperate.  He  was  by  contrast  still 
confident,  not  alone  of  victory  but  of  swift  triumph.  By  October, 
when  conquest  by  the  submarine  arm  alone  had  become  impossible,  his 
military  prospects  had  so  improved  that  he  still  had  reason  to  believe 
that  the  submarine,  plus  the  victorious  armies  now  summoned  from  the 
Russian  front,  would  gain  the  decision  the  forthcoming  spring.  But  in 
using  the  submarine,  as  in  transforming  northern  France  into  a  desert, 
the  Kaiser  and  his  advisers  invited  terrible  retribution  if  defeat  should 
come.  Nothing  was  more  certain  than  that,  if  Germany  lost  the  war, 
her  shipping — one  of  the  chief  instruments  by  which  the  great  develop- 
ment of  German  prosperity  in  world  trade  had  been  achieved — would 
be  taken  from  her.     Thus  in  1917,  on  land  and  on  sea,  the  German  took 


202  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

irrevocable  steps,  whose  consequences  were  to  be  written  into  the 
Treaty  of  Versailles  two  years  later.  He  sank  hospital  ships,  laden  with 
the  wounded  of  the  battlefield,  to  summon  Allied  destroyers  from 
submarine  patrol  to  the  protection  of  these  vessels  of  mercy,  precisely 
as  he  bombed  hospitals  and  peaceful  cities  far  behind  the  battle-front, 
to  recall  Allied  airplanes  from  active  service.  He  used  all  his  weapons, 
and  he  exhausted  the  possibilities  of  all  his  machinery  of  destruction — 
not  in  savage  rage,  but  in  calculated  ferocity.  The  submarine 
campaign  was  the  ultimate  expression  in  the  World  War  of  the  mean- 
ing of  the  German  will  for  victory.  It  came  within  an  ace  of  winning 
the  war.  It  would  have  won  the  war  if  the  British  navy,  aided  by 
American  destroyer  fleets,  had  not  turned  to  the  convoy  system, 
impossible  till  then  because  of  the  lack  of  destroyers.  This  exposed 
the  British  navy  as  having  failed,  in  the  respite  between  1916  and  1917, 
to  devise  adequate  methods  for  meeting  the  submarine,  and  the  British 
Government  as  having  failed  to  provide  in  advance  against  a  possible 
onset  of  famine. 

To  analyze  the  various  elements  that  contribute  to  making  victory 
or  defeat  in  a  nation  is  almost  impossible  either  during  or  after  the  war. 
Yet  it  seems  hardly  an  exaggeration  to  say  that  in  1917,  disastrous  as 
were  Allied  defeats  upon  the  battlefield,  they  alone  would  not  explain 
the  decline  of  Allied  morale  among  the  peoples  engaged.  It  was  the 
submarine  campaign;  it  was  the  element  of  actual  deprivation  and 
proximate  famine  that  gave  secret  strength  to  those  successive  peace 
off^ensives  which  so  nearly  gained  the  German  his  victory.  The  armies 
had  failed,  but  of  themselves  they  could  still  fight  on;  but  the  govern- 
ments and  the  peoples  behind  the  armies  were  assailed  by  an  enemy 
whose  advance  long  seemed  irresistible  and  whose  attack  unnerved  and 
weakened  the  whole  population. 

We  shall  see  how  at  last,  in  1918,  the  submarine  campaign  was  de- 
feated— the  peril  well-nigh  abolished.  In  1917  it  was  only  halted.  It 
was  not  until  autumn  that  there  was  at  least  a  reasonable  basis 
for  belief  that  the  submarine  would  not  win  the  war,  and  in  all 
the   strain   of  military   and   political   events   during  this  long,  grim 


THE  SUBMARINE 


lO' 


period  the  influence  of  the  submarine  campaign  must  be  recognized  and 
appreciated. 

THE    STATISTICS 


III. 


The  following  figures  show  the  total  tonnage  lost  during  the  war 
owing  to  the  German  submarine  campaign,  as  compiled  from  American 
official  reports: 


SUBMARINE    SINKINGS 


August  . 

September 
October. 
November 
December 


January 

February 

March 

April 

May 

June. 

July. 

August 

September 

October . 

November 

December 


January. 

February 

March 

April 

May 

June. 

July. 

August 

September 

October . 

November 

December 


1914 

62,495  tons 

98,093 

90,922 

19^213 

43>97i 


191S 
49,684 
59,660 
80,614 

55>574 
118,117 

128,243 
109,786 
182,741 
151,588 
88,145 

153,449 
121,147 

1916 

88,505 
116,745 
164,865 

191,175 
126,387 
116,638 

"7,473 
159,439 
229,616 

320,974 
303,559 
356,061 


314,694 


1,298,748 


January. 

February 

March 

April 

May. 

June. 

July. 

August 

September 

October . 

November 

December 


January. 

February 

March 

April 

May. 

June 

July. 

August 

September 

October . 

November 


1917 
351,491  tons 
540,344 
585,253 
874,576 
591,318 
695,444 
550,874 
506,695 

351,105 
455,096 
288,558 
396,946 


6,187,700 


1918 

304,427 

332,522 
358,360 
281,255 

304,749 
261,958 
275,164 
259,400 
176,500 
116,314 
4,871 


2,291,437 


2,675,520 


Total 12,768,099 

IV.      SIMS   AND   LUDENDORFF 

At  the  moment  in  which  I  am  completing  this  volume  there  are 
being  published  two  documents  which  must  for  the  future  have  great 


204  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

value  in  any  analysis  of  the  last  phase  of  the  submarine  conflict.  One 
is  the  narrative  of  Admiral  Sims  of  the  American  Navy,  setting  forth 
the  story  of  the  fight  against  the  submarine,  and  the  other  is  General 
Ludendorff 's  account  of  the  last  two  years  of  the  war,  which  includes 
an  explanation  of  the  reasons  which  led  the  Germans  to  embark  upon 
their  fatal  venture.  These  two  documents  are  of  unequal  value  be- 
cause, while  the  truthfulness  of  Sims  is  not  to  be  questioned,  Luden- 
dorff's  book  is  plainly  propaganda,  designed  to  absolve  the  German 
military  leaders  from  the  responsibility  of  defeat.  Nevertheless,  it  has 
real  value. 

Moreover,  setting  the  two  narratives  side  by  side  one  perceives  first, 
what  the  German  calculations  were,  from  Ludendorff,  and  second,  how 
nearly  the  calculations  were  correct,  from  Sims. 

The  explanation  of  Ludendorff  is  probably  one  of  the  most  cold- 
blooded statements  which  the  war  has  produced.  It  shows  no  regard 
whatever  for  moral  considerations.  It  discloses  the  German  Govern- 
ment and  the  German  Staff  concerned  solely  with  the  question  as  to 
whether  the  use  of  the  submarine  would  be  more  profitable,  despite 
its  effect  upon  neutrals,  or  not.  Ludendorff  explains  that  the  cam- 
paign was  not  resolved  upon  until  President  Wilson's  peace  proposals 
of  December,  1916,  had  failed  and  the  success  of  German  armies  in 
Roumania  had  relieved  the  Central  Powers  of  one  source  of  anxiety  and 
provided  the  necessary  troops  against  the  remote  possibility  that  Hol- 
land and  Denmark,  and  even  more  distant  neutrals  like  Sweden  and 
Norway,  might  enter  the  war  as  a  consequence  of  a  resumption  of  ruth- 
less sinkings. 

The  most  interesting  single  assertion  of  Ludendorff  on  the  military 
side  is  that  the  German  High  Command  saw  the  beginning  of  the  year 
191 7  with  grave  anxiety,  because  they  did  not  then  suspect  a  Russian 
collapse  such  as  took  place,  and  he  declares  that  since  it  was  impossible 
to  forecast  the  collapse  of  Russia,  the  Central  Powers  saw  in  the  sub- 
marine the  sole  weapon  which  could  avert  defeat,  and  might  produce 
victory.  The  German  calculation  was  that  the  submarine  would 
bring  Britain  to  her  knees  in  six  months.     Ludendorff  himself  doubled 


THE  SUBMARINE  205 

the  period  but  accepted  the  statement  of  the  naval  authorities  that  the 
extent  of  the  allied  losses  would  preclude  the  passing  of  American 
troops  to  Europe  in  time  or  in  numbers  to  affect  the  situation  in  1918 
even  if  the  submarine  campaign  proved  less  immediately  successful 
than  was  hoped  for. 

This  amounts  to  a  confession  that  if  Germany  had  known  of  the 
forthcoming  collapse  of  Russia  in  January,  191 7,  she  would  not  have 
resorted  to  the  submarine  weapon,  thus  inviting  American  entrance 
into  the  war,  and,  as  the  event  proved,  insuring  German  defeat.  In 
July,  1914,  German  High  Command  calculated  that  in  six  weeks,  by 
violating  the  neutrality  of  Belgium,  it  could  dispose  of  France  whether 
Great  Britain  entered  the  war  or  not,  and  therefore  the  profit  would  be 
out  of  all  proportion  to  the  loss  even  if  Britain  should  enter.  In  Jan- 
uary, 19 1 7,  the  Germans  calculated  that  they  could  win  the  war  in 
twelve  months  if  they  resorted  to  the  submarine  weapon,  and  that,  for 
twelve  months  at  least,  America  would  be  unable  to  intervene  effec- 
tively. Both  calculations  veiy  nearly  proved  correct,  but  failure  by  a 
narrow  margin  in  each  case  led  to  fatal  consequences.  German  mili- 
tary leaders  were  correct  in  calculating  that  not  more  than  five  or  six 
American  divisions  need  be  reckoned  with  in  Europe  during  the  first 
year  of  American  participation  in  the  war,  just  as  they  were  correct  in 
assuming  that  the  British  Expeditionary  Army  would  be  small  and  play 
a  relatively  minor  part  in  the  first  six  weeks  in  the  1914  campaign.  But 
in  both  cases  there  is  disclosed  that  amazing  German  psychology  which 
led  to  the  taking  of  unheard-of  risks  without  making  any  allowance  for 
the  intellectual,  and  moral  forces  to  be  arrayed  against  them. 

Ludendorff  says  that  in  January,  1917,  expecting  a  renewal  of  attack 
on  all  fronts,  not  yet  perceiving  the  approach  of  Russian  collapse,  having 
failed  to  procure  peace  by  negotiation  on  terms  which  would  have  per- 
petuated the  European  condition  created  by  Germany's  opening  vic- 
tories, the  Kaiser,  the  civil  government,  and  the  military  leaders  agreed 
upon  a  recourse  to  the  submarine  weapon  without  regard  to  the  rights 
of  neutrals,  without  concern  for  America,  because  it  promised  a  deci- 
sion within  six  months  in  the  opinion  of  German  naval  officers,  within  a 


2o6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

year  according  to  the  more  conservative  judgment  of  Ludendorff  him- 
self, and  he  concedes  that  the  course  would  not  have  been  adopted  had 
German  leaders  perceived  that  Russia  would  soon  collapse  and  the  way- 
would  be  clear  to  seek  a  military  decision  in  the  west  in  1918. 

As  to  Sims,  he  reports  that  when  he  reached  London  in  April,  after 
less  than  three  months  of  unrestricted  sinkings,  he  was  bluntly  told 
that  Great  Britain  would  have  to  give  up  the  war  by  November  if  the 
submarine  campaign  were  not  checked  and  then  he  reported  to  Wash- 
ington: "Briefly  stated,  I  consider  that  at  the  present  moment  we  are 
losing  the  war."  He  tells  us  that  after  spending  his  first  four  days  in 
London  and  collecting  all  possible  data,  he  wrote  a  four-page  cable 
despatch  setting  forth  the  situation  in  its  full  gravity,  and  when  he 
submitted  it  to  the  American  Ambassador,  Mr.  Page  declared  that  it 
was  not  strong  enough,  and  wrote  a  much  stronger  despatch  of  his  own. 
Thus  are  revealed  the  calculations  of  Berlin  and  the  conviction  of  Lon- 
don in  the  first  stages  of  the  submarine  campaign  of  1917. 


THE  GERMAN   SUBMARINE 

MENACE 


fv                   " 

«J 

"  '^  -. 

'     fl 

.^ 

yfl 

■^   -^^  ^9 

rjj 

i^-^. 

^■■* 

V 

1  ^^^f  ■ 

Bu  '^'?Li«aa 

^  1^- 

w 

^■2 

^ 

m] 

T^^^^k^^^ttfl^^^ 

.  -  /T'-lfiijfe 

■B 

I^^^^^^^^^^L^^v  ^^B^^^ 

THE  LETTER  "Z' 


AND 


HOW    IT    WAS    MET    BY 
THE    ALLIED    NAVIES 


THE  SURVIVORS 


a  drawing  h\  Louis  Rafmakers 


A  Lusitania  survivor  stated  that  when  the  ship  sank  a  submarine  rose  to  the  surface:  "The  crew  stood  stohdly 
on  the  deck  and  surveyed  the  scene.  I  could  distinguish  the  German  flag,  but  it  was  impossible  to  see  the  number  of 
the  submarine,  which  disappeared  after  a  few  minutes." 


THE  LUSITANIA  MEDAL 

This  medal  was  struck  by  the  Germans  to  commemorate  their  navy's  "  glorious  "  achievement.  One  side  shows 
Death  selling  tickets  at  the  Cunard  Line's  ticket-window,  under  the  motto  "  Business  before  Everything";  the  other 
shows  the  ship  engulfed  by  the  waves.  It  is  noteworthy  that  the  date  stamped  on  the  medal  is  two  days  earlier 
than  that  of  the  actual  occurrence. 


THE  GERMAN  SUBMARINE  U  C  s 
In  drydock  after  her  capture  by  the  British 


A  CONVOY  IN  THE  DANGER  ZONE 

By  steering  a  zig-zag  course  the  food  ships  greatly  increased  the  difficulty  of  the  submarine's  aim.     This  device  helped 
them  to  answer  the  heartfelt  prayer  of  British  children,  "Ciive  us  this  day  our  daily  bread" 


THE  "RATS  "  IN  THEIR  HOLE 
A  group  of  German  submarines  lying  in  their  base  at  Wilhelmshaven 


CHAPTER  TEN 

THE  THIRD  BATTLE  OF  YPRES— PASSCHENDAELE 

I 
HAIG  AND  GRANT 

The  operations  in  Artois — following  the  Battle  of  Arras,  and  de- 
signed to  aid  the  French  on  the  Craonne  Plateau  by  occupying  German 
divisions — died  out  toward  the  end  of  May,  after  having  been  prolonged 
for  rather  more  than  a  month  beyond  the  time  Sir  Douglas  Haig  had 
fixed  for  this  subsidiary  operation.  By  June  ist  he  was  at  last  free  to 
turn  his  attention  toward  that  campaign  which  from  the  winter  onward 
he  had  designed  to  be  the  principal  British  effort,  in  case  Nivelle's 
offensive  fell  short  of  its  far-reaching  mission. 

The  campaign  which  we  are  now  to  examine  was  the  bloodiest,  on 
the  Allied  side,  of  the  western  front,  comparable  with  the  German 
attack  at  Verdun,  and,  like  that  stupendous  German  effort,  destined 
to  fall  short  of  any  larger  objective  and  to  be  followed  by  a  resignation 
of  all  the  ground  purchased  at  such  an  enormous  price  in  human  life 
and  human  effort.  For  American  readers  the  Third  Battle  of  Ypres, 
the  new  campaign  in  Flanders,  has  a  striking  parallel  in  Grant's  opera- 
tions in  1864  from  the  Rapidan  to  Cold  Harbour  and  to  Petersburg. 
The  British  army  and  the  British  public  saw  the  opening  of  the  campaign 
of  1917  with  precisely  the  same  confidence  and  hope  with  which  the 
Northern  public  surveyed  the  beginning  of  Grant's  first  campaign  with 
the  Army  of  the  Potomac. 

The  conditions  were  in  many  respects  similar.  Three  years  of  war 
had  in  both  cases  seen  the  transformation  of  a  civilian  population  into 
well-equipped  and  well-trained  armies.  The  disappointments,  the  fail- 
ures of  three  years  of  war  had,  on  the  whole,  been  without  any  disastrous 
consequences.     The  British  army  had  suffered  no  considerable  defeat. 

The  Expeditionary  Army,  after  it  had  at  last  found  itself  in  the  latter 

217 


2i8  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

stages  of  the  Battle  of  the  Marne,  had  fought  with  distinction  at  the 
Aisne  and  won  enduring  glory  at  Ypres. 

The  gas  attack  of  1915,  which  was  the  striking  circumstance  in  the 
Second  Battle  of  Ypres,  had  resulted  in  loss  of  ground  but  had  been 
without  other  serious  consequences.  If  the  British  offensives  at  Neuve- 
Chapelle,  Festubert,  and  Loos  in  191 5  and  the  far  greater  effort  at  the 
Somme  in  1916  had  resulted  in  no  decisive  victory ;  if  they  had  indeed  in 
the  earlier  cases  ended  in  decisive  checks  and  inexpressible  disappoint- 
ments, nevertheless,  looking  at  the  western  front  and  marking  the  changes 
between  November,  1914,  and  January,  19 17,  there  had  been  a  forward 
push  almost  ever5rwhere  along  the  British  sector;  the  Somme  had  seen 
a  considerable  advance,  and  it  had  as  one  of  its  consequences  a  wide- 
swinging  German  retreat,  a  reoccupation  of  a  thousand  square  miles 
of  French  territory,  followed  almost  immediately  by  a  brilliant  success 
in  the  Battle  of  Arras. 

The  British  public  might  well  feel,  as  did  the  public  of  the  North, 
fifty-three  years  earlier,  that  at  last  their  army  had  reached  the  point 
where  victory  was  in  its  hands,  and  their  commanders  had  received  the 
training  essential  to  success,  while  the  political  generals,  the  incompe- 
tents, the  failures,  had  been  eliminated.  *'0n  to  Richmond"  was  the 
confident  watchword  of  the  North  In  the  next-to-the-last  campaign  of 
the  Civil  War,  precisely  as  British  soldiers  and  British  civilians  now 
expressed  their  confidence  in  forecasts  that  the  autumn  of  1917  would  see 
Belgium  liberated  and  the  Germans  behind  the  Meuse,  If  not  behind 
the  Rhine. 

In  the  American  case  the  high  hopes  of  springtime  faded  in  the 
terrible  summer  slaughter  of  the  Wilderness,  Spottsylvania,  and  the 
crowning  tragedy  of  Cold  Harbour.  More  than  half  of  the  army  that 
Grant  led  across  the  Rapidan  at  the  outset  of  the  campaign  were  casu- 
alties by  the  time  Cold  Harbour  had  been  fought.  In  that  period  the 
terrible  costs,  the  sterile  gains,  shook  the  confidence  of  the  public  in 
its  army,  and  of  the  army  In  its  general.  Grant,  who  had  been 
hailed  as  the  saviour  of  the  Republic  in  May,  was  denounced  as  a 
butcher  in  September,  and  his  achievements  at  Vicksburg  and  Chatta- 


THE  THIRD  BATTLE  OF  YPRES— PASSCHENDAELE     219 

nooga  were  tarnished  by  his  failures  in  northern  Virginia.  The  army 
which  he  finally  took  into  trenches  south  of  Petersburg  was  an  army  that 
was  fought  out  and  incapable  of  a  new  offensive  for  many  months. 

Fortunately  for  the  Union  cause,  Grant's  policy  of  attrition,  his 
strategy  of  slaughter,  was  directed  against  an  enemy  whose  last  reserves 
were  in  the  firing  line.  As  a  consequence,  the  very  strategy  which  the 
North  denounced  in  the  autumn  of  1864  demonstrated  its  efficacy  in 
April  of  the  following  year.  But  had  some  change  of  circumstances 
wiped  out  the  armies  of  Sherman  and  Thomas  and  permitted  all  the 
Southern  armies  of  the  West  to  flow  to  Lee's  assistance,  the  closing  act 
of  Appomattox  would  not  have  occurred.  Instead,  Grant's  opening 
attack  in  March,  1865,  would  have  led  to  new  repulses  since  it  would 
have  been  directed  against  an  enemy  equal  in  numbers  and  resources. 

Precisely  this  thing  was  what  now  happened  in  Flanders.  The  army 
of  Sir  Douglas  Haig,  with  the  proud  consciousness  of  recent  successes, 
with  the  confident  hope  of  immediate  victory,  set  its  face  once  more 
toward  those  fields  on  which  British  soldiers  had  in  1914  won  enduring 
fame.  On  those  fields,  after  one  brief  flash  of  brilliant  success,  they  were 
checked,  halted  with  tremendous  casualties,  condemned  to  contest  the 
shell-wrecked  earth  foot  by  foot.  Time,  so  long  proclaimed  as  the  ally  of 
the  western  powers,  fought  steadily  against  them;  week  by  week  and 
month  by  month,  fresh  divisions  from  the  German  front  entered  the 
conflict  in  the  face  of  the  ever-wearying  British  divisions. 

To  this  circumstance  were  added  two  others.  The  weather,  which 
had  been  unfriendly  in  the  latter  phases  of  the  Somme,  once  more  gave 
the  Germans  incalculable  assistance.  In  the  bogs  and  morasses,  which 
extend  over  a  large  area  about  Ypres,  the  British  armies  floundered 
and  suffered.  German  resistance  was  tenfold  strengthened  by  the 
floods  and  the  storms.  One  might  speculate  as  to  whether  the  British  de- 
feat of  the  Third  Battle  of  Ypres  was  due  more  to  weather  or  to  German 
arms.  Conceivably  in  the  first  days  of  August,  had  the  weather  held, 
there  might  have  been  a  real  success.  Thereafter,  weather  conditions 
were  almost  sufficient  to  explain  the  failure,  and  the  British  soldier  might 
well  claim  that  his  offensive  had  been  drowned  rather  than  defeated. 


230  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

The  second  circumstance  was  the  inefficiency  disclosed  in  the  gen- 
eral selected  to  conduct  the  army  operations.  The  preliminary  attack 
of  June,  under  the  direction  of  General  Sir  Herbert  Plumer,  was  the 
high-water  mark  in  technical  efficiency  on  the  British  side  throughout 
the  war.  In  that  opening  battle  Plumer  displayed  those  qualities  which 
presently  earned  for  him,  first  the  unchallenged  title  of  the  best  battle 
commander  in  the  British  army  and  later,  recognition  as  field  marshal 
by  his  nation.  When  Plumer  had  struck  the  first  blow  with  his  Second 
Army  it  was  Gough  of  the  Fifth  Army  who  was  designated  to  direct 
the  major  attack,  and  this  major  attack  failed.  It  failed  so  com- 
pletely and  at  such  a  cost  that  Haig  was  presently  compelled  to  call  upon 
Plumer  again.  When  Plumer  came  there  was  an  immediate  change. 
He  mastered  the  "elastic"  defence  of  Von  Arnim,  who  had  faced  the 
British  at  the  Somme  and  now  confronted  them  along  the  Lys.  But 
the  hour  when  real  success  was  possible  had  passed.  As  for  Gough, 
his  failure  should  have  resulted  in  his  recall.  Instead,  he  was  continued 
in  command  of  his  Fifth  Army  until  the  supreme  disaster  of  the  follow- 
ing March  destroyed  it  and  at  last  resulted  in  his  elimination  from  the 
front. 

Gough's  failure,  and  the  circumstances  of  that  failure,  shook  the 
confidence  of  the  soldiers  in  their  High  Command.  They  were  sent 
against  unbroken  defences,  as  Nivelle  had  sent  his  troops  against  simi- 
lar obstacles  on  the  Craonne  Plateau.  They  failed  in  the  larger  sense, 
as  Nivelle's  men  had  failed,  and  their  spirit  was  broken  to  a  degree 
as  was  the  spirit  of  the  finest  fighting  divisions  of  France  a  few  months 
before.  Men  murmured  for  the  first  time  against  the  useless  sacri- 
fice, as  Grant's  soldiers  murmured  even  before  Cold  Harbour.  This 
lack  of  confidence  in  commanders  was  also  a  factor  in  the  disaster  of 
March,  1918,  while  behind  the  army  the  British  public  daily  became 
more  impatient,  more  critical,  more  resentful,  as  each  returning  ship 
brought  its  terrible  harvest  from  the  battlefield  and  the  official  lists 
of  casualties  mounted  higher  and  higher. 

Here,  too,  begins  a  break  between  the  Government,  the  Ministry, 
and  the  Army.     There  is  political  interference,  marked  difference  of 


THE  THIRD  BATTLE  OF  YPRES— PASSCHENDAELE     221 

opinion,  leading  to  an  insistence  in  the  close  of  the  year  on  an  extension 
of  the  British  front  at  the  moment  when  there  is  denied  to  Sir  Douglas 
Haig  those  reinforcements  necessary  to  re-build  his  shattered  divisions. 
The  spring  campaign  of  1918  will  find  the  British  holding  a  long  front 
with  thin  lines,  while  hundreds  of  thousands  of  troops  are  held  in  Eng- 
land, others  scattered  from  Salonica  to  Jerusalem,  and  the  confidence 
of  the  army  itself  is  shaken.  These  are  the  facts  which  one  must  consider 
in  watching  the  development  of  the  Third  Battle  of  Ypres  and  the 
second  British  campaign  in  Flanders.  They  are  more  important  than 
the  local  successes  or  failures  of  the  day-by-day  fighting. 

II.   THE    STRATEGIC   PURPOSE 

The  purpose  of  the  campaign  in  Flanders  in  1917  changed  radi- 
cally during  the  progress  of  the  battle.  It  was  the  conception  of  Sir 
Douglas  Haig  at  the  outset  that  a  brusque  attack,  a  great  offensive, 
breaking  out  of  the  Ypres  salient  and  flowing  down  the  Lys  Valley, 
would  shatter  the  western  flank  of  the  German  armies  between  Lille 
and  the  sea;  compel  an  evacuation  of  the  Belgian  coast,  and  particu- 
larly of  the  Bruges-Zeebriigge-Ostend  triangle,  whence  came  the  greater 
portion  of  the  submarine  scourge;  and  force  a  general  German  retirement 
at  least  behind  the  Scheldt,  with  a  consequent  liberation  of  the  great 
French  industrial  towns  of  Lille,  Roubaix,  and  Tourcoing. 

For  the  British  the  elimination  of  the  submarine  base  of  Bruges 
was  of  utmost  importance.  We  have  seen  the  extent  to  which  the  sub- 
marine attack  had  scored  preliminary  successes  in  March,  in  April, 
and  in  May.  When  Sir  Douglas  Haig  began  his  offensive  there  was 
still  more  than  a  reasonable  expectation  that  by  winter  the  submarine 
would  bring  Britain  to  her  knees.  The  liberation  of  French  soil  was 
bound  to  have  a  tremendous  moral  effect  upon  the  people  of  France, 
but  the  expulsion  of  the  Germans  from  the  Belgian  sea  coast  had  become 
almost  a  matter  of  life  and  death  for  the  British. 

In  a  sense  Sir  Douglas  Haig  took  up  that  offensive  begun  by  Sir 
John  French  in  October,  1914,  and  speedily  transformed  into  a  desperate 
defensive  when  Antwerp  fell  and  the  Kaiser  set  out  for  Calais.    An  ad- 


222  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

vance  of  ten  or  fifteen  miles  down  the  Lys  Valley  westward  toward 
Roulers  and  Courtrai  would  cut  the  main  line  of  communication  be- 
tween the  coast  and  the  German  armies  in  France;  a  slight  further 
advance  would  bring  the  railroad  from  Ghent  to  Bruges  under  the  fire 
of  the  Allied  long-range  artillery,  while  the  seizure  of  the  crossings 
of  the  Lys  at  Menin  and  Courtrai  would  ensure  the  German  evacu- 
ation of  Lille  and  of  their  whole  front  southward  to  St.  Quentin. 

Such,  in  substance,  were  the  larger  possibilities  and  purposes  of  Brit- 
ish strategy  in  191 7.  The  British  army,  advancing  out  of  the  Ypres 
salient,  transforming  it  into  a  great  sally  port,  was  first  to  penetrate 
between  the  German  forces  on  the  Belgian  coast  and  in  France,  driv- 
ing a  wedge  which  would  compel  a  retreat  from  the  coast  and  the  sur- 
render of  the  submarine  bases.  So  far  it  was  an  effort  to  do  on  land 
what  the  Navy  had  failed  to  do  on  water,  namely,  to  suppress  the  sub- 
marine weapon.  In  addition  it  was  designed,  by  cutting  the  anchorage 
of  the  western  flank  of  the  German  armies  from  the  sea  to  Switzerland, 
to  open  a  turning,  an  enveloping  movement  around  the  new  Western 
flank,  compelling  the  Germans  to  retire  until  this  flank  again  found 
safe  anchorage  upon  the  forts  of  Antwerp.  Conforming  to  this  retire- 
ment all  the  German  armies  in  France  would  be  compelled  to  withdraw 
until  they  stood  at  the  French  frontier.  Nivelle  had  sought  to  break 
the  German  centre.     Haig  now  undertook  to  turn  the  German  flank. 

One  year  later  exactly,  this  strategy  was  again  put  into  operation, 
this  time  under  the  direction  of  Plumer  in  association  with  King  Albert 
of  Belgium,  and  in  a  few  brief  weeks  supreme  success  was  achieved. 
Advancing  over  the  Passchendaele  Ridge,  victorious  British  and  Bel- 
gian troops,  presently  reinforced  by  French  and  even  by  Americans, 
compelled,  first  the  evacuation  of  Ostend,  Bruges,  and  Zeebriigge; 
then  the  abandonment  of  Lifle;  and,  finally,  a  retreat  to  the  line  of  the 
Scheldt.  At  the  moment  when  the  Armistice  came,  this  line  had  been 
forced  and  British  troops  were  in  Mons. 

It  is  plain,  then,  that  the  strategy  was  sound,  that  the  calculations 
were  exact,  and  that,  had  British  armies  been  able  to  accomplish  in 
1917  what  they  did  a  year  later,  the  results  would  have  been  what  the 


THE  THIRD  BATTLE  OF  YPRES— PASSCHENDAELE     223 

British  public  and  the  British  High  Command  looked  forward  to  in 
1917.  But  the  chance  of  success  had  practically  disappeared  before  the 
battle  opened.  The  Germans  were  not  compelled  to  hold  the  Flanders 
front  with  a  limited  number  of  troops.  On  the  contrary,  they  were  able 
to  bring  division  after  division  from  the  Russian  front,  with  the  result 
that  not  infrequently  the  troops  that  attacked  were  weary,  while  those 
that  received  the  attack  were  fresh ;  nor  was  there  any  limit  to  German 
numbers  which  allowed  the  British  any  decisive  advantage. 

The  supreme  blunder  of  the  Flanders  campaign  lay  in  undertaking  it 
at  all,  after  the  events  of  June  and  July  had  demonstrated  how  com- 
pletely the  Russian  Revolution  had  eliminated  Russian  armies  and  trans- 
formed the  military  situation.  To  persist — in  the  face  of  preliminary 
checks  and  in  the  face  of  the  inescapable  fact  that  each  day  German  re- 
sources and  numbers  were  mounting — ^was  a  blunder  equally  great.  The 
British  army  was  put  to  a  task  that  no  army  could  accomplish.  It  was 
kept  at  the  task  under  conditions  both  military  and  climatic  which 
could  only  result  in  the  depression  of  morale  and  in  the  multiplication 
of  losses  due  alike  to  the  enemy's  fire  and  to  weather. 

Haig  and  Sir  William  Robertson,  following  Grant's  phrase,  set  out 
to  "fight  it  out  on  this  line  if  it  took  all  summer";  but,  unlike  Grant, 
they  were  in  the  presence  of  an  enemy  who  could  replace  men  and  mate- 
rial as  rapidly  as  they  themselves,  so  that  to  invoke  attrition  was  as 
foolish  as  Mrs.  Partington's  celebrated  attempt  to  dispose  of  the  Atlan- 
tic with  a  mop.  The  ultimate  failure  led  to  the  removal  of  Sir 
William  Robertson  and  gravely  compromised  Haig.  He  survived  both 
this  decline  in  popularity  and  the  subsequent  further  decline  incident  to 
his  terrible  defeats  in  the  spring.  His  brilliant  operation  which  began 
in  August,  191 8,  regained  for  him  no  small  share  of  his  lost  laurels,  as 
Grant  revived  his  shrunken  fame  between  Five  Forks  and  Appomattox; 
but  in  both  cases,  although  with  unequal  justice,  the  campaign  of 
attrition  led  to  personal  unpopularity  and  national  depression. 

As  the  struggle  progressed,  the  objectives  changed.  The  reduction 
of  the  Bruges  submarine  base,  the  approach  to  Ghent,  the  arrival  at 
Roulers  and  Courtrai,  became  as  remote  possibilities  as  the  taking  of 


224  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

Cambrai  and  Douai  in  the  Somme  time.  By  October  a  British  army 
which  had  set  out  to  turn  the  western  flank  of  the  German  armies 
in  the  west  was  painfully  strugghng  up  the  slopes  of  the  Passchendaele 
Ridge.  Its  single  purpose  now  was  to  finish  the  campaign  in  possession 
of  that  high  ground  to  clear  which  had  been  its  programme  for  the  open- 
ing days  of  the  offensive. 

This  much  was  achieved.  When  winter  came,  by  the  anniversary 
of  the  repulse  of  the  final  German  effort  in  1914,  British  troops  looked 
down  upon  all  the  broad  stretch  of  the  plain  of  Flanders  exactly  as, 
the  year  before,  they  had  passed  the  crest  of  the  ridge  south  of  Bapaume. 
They  had  won  the  ground  for  which  they  had  striven.  They  had  driven 
the  Germans  from  positions  that  had  seemed  impregnable.  The  achieve- 
ment of  the  British  soldier  was  beyond  praise,  but  it  was  a  victory  that 
yielded  no  fruits  and  opened  up  no  horizons.  Not  only  was  it  too  late 
to  push  forward,  but  already  the  accession  of  German  strength  in  the 
west  had  condemned  the  British,  like  the  French,  to  the  defensive, 
and  only  a  few  months  after  British,  Canadian,  and  Australian  troops 
had  mounted  gloriously  to  the  crest  of  Passchendaele  Ridge,  they  were 
compelled  to  evacuate  it  ignominiously  and  fall  back  into  the  old  shell- 
cast  area  of  the  original  salient  exactly  as  the  French  a  little  later  had 
to  surrender  in  a  single  day  the  whole  of  the  Craonne  Plateau,  won  by 
months  of  effort  and  untold  sacrifices. 

III.  messines-"whitesheet" 

Before  Sir  Douglas  Haig  could  launch  his  major  offensive  at  the 
Ypres  salient,  a  preliminary  operation  was  necessary.  The  salient 
itself  had  been  born  as  a  consequence  of  an  incomplete  British  turn- 
ing movement  in  October,  19 14,  followed  by  an  unsuccessful  German 
enveloping  thrust  later  in  October  and  in  November.  To  under- 
stand the  situation  it  is  necessary  to  glance  again  at  the  topography 
of  the  Ypres  salient.  Two  ranges  of  hills— one  coming  from  the  west 
eastward,  and  the  other  from  the  north,  southward — make  a  right  angle 
due  south  of  the  town  of  Ypres,  which  stands  in  the  flats.  Still  a  third 
and  lower  ridge,  proceeding  from  west  to  east,  north  of  Ypres,  gives  the 


THE  THIRD  BATTLE  OF  YPRES— PASSCHENDAELE     22^ 


THE  YPRES  FRONT 


The  left-hand  black  line  shows  the  front  of  the  Ypres  Salient  at  the  beginning  of  the  Third 
Battle  of  Ypres.  The  right-hand  line  shows  the  ground  gained  in  June  when  Plumer  captured 
the  Messines-Wytschaete  Ridge,  and  in  August  and  September  in  Gough's  two  attacks.  The 
shaded  portions  show  the  high  ground,  practically  all  of  which,  north  of  the  Menin  Road  from 
Gheluvelt  to  Passchendaele,  was  captured  in  the  last  stage  of  the  offensive. 


impression,  on  the  contour  map,  of  three  sides  of  a  square  enclosing 
Ypres  itself.  The  southern  ridge  from  west  to  east  rises  to  the  heights 
of  Scherpenburg  and  Kemmel,  memorable  in  the  fighting  of  1918,  but 
until  that  time  well  behind  the  battle-line,  and  supplying  the  best  British 
observation  post  in  the  whole  salient.  Where  this  Kemmel  Ridge  inter- 
sects the  northern  and  the  southern  ridges  there  were  situated  the  small 
towns  of  Messines  and  Wytschaete — the  latter  of  which,  in  the  argot  of 


226  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

the  "Tommy,"  was  "Whitesheet."  The  northern  side  of  the  square 
takes  its  name  from  the  town  of  Pilkem  and  appears  in  all  the  battle 
reports  as  the  Pilkem  Ridge.  On  November  i,  1914,  the  Germans 
had  advanced  over  the  Messines-"Whitesheet"  Ridge  and  driven  the 
British  and  Indian  Cavalry  into  the  flats  south  and  east  of  Ypres.  .  In 
April  and  May,  191 5,  they  had  taken  the  Pilkem  Ridge.  They  thus  grip- 
ped the  British  in  Ypres  as  one  might  hold  an  object  between  the  thumb 
and  the  forefinger,  the  thumb  representing  the  "  Whitesheet"  Ridge;  the 
forefinger,  the  Pilkem  Ridge;  the  object  being  Ypres.  From  the  Pilkem 
Ridge  the  Germans  looked  down  on  Ypres  itself,  but  from  the  "White- 
sheet"  Ridge  they  looked  behind  Ypres  and  had  under  their  vision  all 
the  roads  by  which  British  troops  and  British  supplies  approached  the 
ruined  city.  Entering  Ypres  by  daylight  was  a  hazardous  feat  and  auto- 
mobiles speeded  over  the  road  under  shell  fire,  while  even  at  night  the 
highways  were  systematically  "watered." 

Actually  this  German  position  has  been  accurately  described  as 
resembling  a  stadium  from  the  benches  of  which  an  audience  looks  out 
upon  a  football  game.  Like  the  players  the  British  were  far  down, 
but,  unlike  the  football  players,  their  operations  were  greeted,  not  by 
cheers,  but  by  shells.  Nothing  could  move  by  day  into  or  out  of  Ypres 
without  inviting  shell  fire. 

So  bad  was  this  position,  the  worst  on  the  whole  western  front,  that 
ever  since  November,  19 14,  a  bitter  controversy  had  gone  forward  in  the 
British  army  as  to  whether  Ypres  should  be  held  or  evacuated.  To 
evacuate  it  and  fall  back  to  the  Kemmel-Scherpenburg  Ridge  and  the 
still  higher  summits  of  the  same  range  to  the  westward  would  have 
been  to  surrender  ground  of  little  value,  costing  many  casualties  each 
week  to  hold,  and  it  would  have  brought  the  Germans  down  in  to  the 
plain  under  direct  observation  as  they  now  held  the  British. 

But  as  in  the  case  of  Verdun,  the  moral  value  outweighed  the  mili- 
tary. Because  they  had  paid  so  much  to  hold  Ypres,  the  British  recog- 
nized the  moral  victory  the  Germans  would  win  by  laying  hands  upon 
the  ashes  of  the  old  Belgian  town  of  which  there  was  nothing  left  intact 
save  the  lower  walls  of  the  old  town  jail.     In  addition,  to  surrender 


THE  THIRD  BATTLE  OF  YPRES— PASSCHENDAELE  227 

Ypres  meant  to  abandon  the  last  remnant  of  Belgian  soil  and  thus 
enable  the  Germans  to  complete  their  conquest  of  King  Albert's 
nation. 

So,  week  after  week  and  month  after  month  the  British  had  held 
on  to  Ypres.  The  "Wipers"  salient  was  held  and  the  expense  in  life, 
which  was  great,  was  borne  by  the  successors  of  that  Regular  Army, 
the  flower  of  which  slept  on  the  forward  slopes  of  those  hills  now  just 
within  the  German  lines.  In  April  and  May,  1918,  when  the  German 
victory  to  the  south  brought  the  enemy  even  to  the  summit  of  Kemmel 
and  the  salient  became  ten  times  as  bad,  the  British  still  held  on. 

But  if  there  was  to  be  an  offensive  out  of  the  Ypres  salient — if  it  were 
to  be  transformed  into  a  sally-port — the  first  step  must  necessarily  be 
the  re-conquest  of  the  "Whitesheet"  Ridge,  since  no  preparations 
within  the  salient  could  be  made  without  German  direct  observation 
and  except  under  direct  German  artillery  fire  as  long  as  the  Germans 
sat  on  the  crest  of  the  ridge  marked  by  the  ruined  villages  of  Messines 
and  Wytschaete.  Therefore — precisely  as  Pershing,  in  the  following 
year,  before  he  advanced  out  of  the  Verdun  salient  in  the  great  battle 
of  the  Meuse-Argonne,  seized  the  St.  Mihiel  salient  as  a  necessary  pre- 
liminary—Sir Douglas  Haig  gave  now  his  first  attention  to  the  Messines- 
*'Whitesheet"   Ridge. 

Once  more  it  is  necessary  to  recall  the  fact  that,  in  the  level  country 
of  northern  France  and  western  Belgium,  hills  which  elsewhere  would 
hardly  achieve  a  name  are  "mountains"  and  the  merest  swells  deco- 
rated by  the  name  of  ridges.  Messines  Ridge  at  its  highest  point  near 
Wytschaete  was  barely  200  feet  high,  while  it  was  nowhere  150  feet  above 
the  walls  of  Ypres,  some  three  miles  due  north.  The  British  soldiers 
did  not  scale  the  heights  nor  even  climb  obstacles  comparable  with 
Vimy  or  with  Craonne.  They  advanced  over  a  gently  rising  slope, 
the  upward  pitch  of  which  was  hardly  discernible  to  the  eye  from  Kem- 
mel or  from  Scherpenburg.  By  contrast  they  advanced  over  a  country 
which  for  nearly  three  years  had  been  in  German  hands  and  on  which 
the  Germans  had  lavished  all  their  wealth  of  material  and  expended 
aU  their  military  ingenuity  and  skill  in  fortifications.    If  "Whitesheet" 


228  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

Ridge  was  not  a  natural  obstacle  of  forbidding  strength  it  had  been 
transformed  into  an  extraordinarily  difficult  military  obstacle. 

The  preparations  for  the  attack  had  been  under  the  immediate 
direction  of  General  Plumer,  whose  Second  Army  had  held  the  salient 
from  the  time  of  the  Second  Battle  of  Ypres  onward.  Plumer's  Chief 
Intelligence  Officer,  Colonel  (afterward  General)  Harrington  to  whom 
no  small  part  of  the  credit  for  the  achievement  is  due — had  by  skilful 
observation  located  all  the  German  batteries,  strong  points,  and  "pill 
boxes."  The  position  had  been  studied  with  every  possible  care;  rail- 
roads had  been  built;  roads  had  been  pushed  forward;  material  had 
been  brought  up;  water  had  been  piped  with  such  great  skill  that 
eight  days  after  the  Messines-"  Whitesheet "  Ridge  had  fallen  half  a 
million  gallons  of  water  was  daily  reaching  points  which  had  been  within 
the  German  lines  at  the  opening  of  the  attack. 

A  striking  circumstance  of  the  Messines-"  Whitesheet"  affair,  unique 
not  only  in  previous  warfare  but  in  the  World  War  as  well,  was  the 
explosion  of  nineteen  mines  which  gave  the  signal  for  the  departure  of 
the  troops.  Twenty-four  of  these  mines  had  been  constructed ;  the  work 
had  begun  as  early  as  July,  191 5,  and  greatly  extended  after  January, 
1916.  A  total  of  8,000  yards  of  galleries  were  driven  and  over  a  million 
pounds  of  explosives  were  used  in  them.  The  Prime  Minister  of  Great 
Britain,  at  his  house  in  Downing  Street,  London,  on  the  morning  of 
June  7th,  heard  the  boom  of  these  mines  when  they  were  fired. 
Favoured  for  once  with  good  weather  in  the  days  preceding  the 
attack,  and  thanks  to  the  skilful  preparations  and  observations  of 
Harrington,  the  British  guns  were  able  to  take  all  the  German  works 
under  their  fire,  precisely  as,  on  the  morning  of  attack,  they  were  able 
to  smother  dugouts  and  trenches  alike  with  their  fire,  which  surpassed 
in  intensity  even  the  gigantic  bombardment  accompanying  the  attack 
at  Vimy. 

At  3.10  on  the  morning  of  June  7th  the  nineteen  mines  were  ex- 
ploded simultaneously,  the  British  artillery  opened,  and  the  infantry  left 
their  trenches.  English,  Irish,  Australians,  and  New  Zealanders  were 
represented  in  the  shock  troops,  while  Ulster  and  South-of-Ireland  troops 


THE  THIRD  BATTLE  OF  YPRES— PASSCHENDAELE    229 

competed  for  the  honour  of  being  the  first  to  reach  their  objectives, 
and  Major  William  Redmond,  brother  of  the  leader  of  the  Irish  party 
in  Parliament,  was  one  of  the  distinguished  victims  of  German  fire. 

Two  and  a  half  hours  after  the  British  troops  left  their  trenches, 
"Whitesheet"  Ridge  was  in  the  hands  of  Ulster  regiments;  New  Zea- 
land troops  reached  Messines  by  seven  o'clock,  and  before  noon  Plu- 
mer's  victorious  troops  were  moving  down  the  eastern  slopes  of  the 
Messines-"  Whitesheet"  Ridge.  In  the  afternoon  they  penetrated  bat- 
tery positions  and  captured  German  field  guns.  Before  sunset  every 
single  objective  had  been  taken.  The  Ypres  salient  had  been  abol- 
ished, the  eastern  flank  of  Haig's  forthcoming  offensive  had  been  estab- 
lished. On  the  previous  day  the  enemy,  as  usual,  stood  on  the  "White- 
sheet"  Ridge  looking  downward  upon  all  the  roads  leading  into  Ypres. 
The  following  morning  the  British  stood  on  the  same  ridge  looking 
downward  over  the  plain  toward  Lille,  toward  Tourcoing,  toward  the 
whole  valley  of  the  Lys.  From  "  Plug  Street "  to  Hill  60  the  high  ground 
was  British;  7,200  prisoners,  67  guns,  94  trench  mortars,  and  294 
machine  guns,  were  the  harvest  of  material  garnered  in  this  battle, 
while  the  British  losses  were  hardly  more  than  double  the  total  of  prison- 
ers, counting  less  than  16,000 — an  ultimate  demonstration  of  the  supreme 
skill  with  which  the  guns  had  been  handled,  while  for  once  the  Germans 
attempted  no  counter-attack. 

Plumer's  feat  at  the  "Whitesheet"  Ridge  must  be  compared  with 
Petain's  two  offensives  at  Verdun  in  1916,  and  with  his  later  operations 
at  Verdun  and  Malmaison  in  the  year  we  are  now  examining.  In  that 
comparison  the  British  achievement  loses  nothing.  On  the  techni- 
cal side  it  would  be  difficult  to  imagine  anything  more  perfect  than  this 
Messines-"Whitesheet"  operation.  It  had  no  grandiose  purpose.  Its 
objectives  were  rigidly  limited.  There  was  no  more  thought  of  an 
effort  to  reach  Lille  than  there  was  an  idea  to  take  Metz  when  Pershing 
abolished  the  St.  Mihiel  salient.  The  operation  is  not  to  be  compared 
with  the  Somme  or  the  later  Flanders  fighting  to  which  it  was  the  prelude. 
It  was  even  less  far-looking  than  the  Vimy  attack,  but,  within  its  limits, 
it  was  beyond  praise;  following  the  victory  of  the  Third  Army  at  Arras 


230  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

it  thrilled  the  British  pubHc,  gave  new  confidence  to  the  army,  and 
aroused  hopes  and  expectations,  the  withering  of  which  was  bound  to 
bring  grievous  disappointment  and  dangerous  depression. 

IV.    THE    ATTACK    OF    JULY    3 1  ST 

Having  cleared  his  eastern  flank,  Haig  planned  to  begin  the  main 
operation  in  Flanders  early  in  July.  But  again  unavoidable  delays,  in 
part  at  least  due  to  conditions  in  the  French  army,  compelled  several 
postponements,  and  it  was  not  until  July  31st  that  he  was  able  to  begin. 
In  this  attack  even  the  semblance  of  surprise  was  absent.  The  Germans 
knew  long  in  advance  where  the  blow  was  to  fall  and  were  able  to  make 
counter  preparation.  It  was  only  after  Cambrai  and  Riga  that  the  ele- 
ment of  surprise  was  restored.  In  this  opening  battle  the  British  com- 
mander had  under  his  direction  and  actually  engaged  three  armies,  whose 
positions  from  east  to  west  were  as  follows:  The  French  First  Army, 
under  Anthoine;  the  British  Fifth  Army,  commanded  by  Gough;  and 
the  British  Second  Army,  which,  under  Plumer's  direction,  had  already 
captured  the  Messines  Ridge  while  in  later  operations  the  Belgian  army 
participated.  The  front  on  which  he  made  his  attack  was  some  fifteen 
miles  in  extent,  stretching  from  the  Lys  River  east  of  Wytschaete  to  the 
Yser  Canal  at  Steenstraat,  some  three  or  four  miles  north  of  Ypres. 

It  is  necessary  now  to  look  once  more  at  the  topography  of  this 
country  which  had  became  familiar  to  British  and  French  publics  as  the 
scene  of  two  desperate  battles  in  1914  and  1915.  From  the  ruined  city 
of  Ypres  to  the  north  and  the  east  a  number  of  highways  radiate  like  the 
spokes  of  a  wheel.  Two  of  them,  one  leading  due  north  and  the  other 
practically  straight  east,  form  a  right  angle.  Between  the  two  arms  of  this 
angle  lies  the  battlefield  of  Third  "Wipers,"  while  the  roads  themselves 
— the  Pilkem  to  the  north  and  the  Menin  to  the  east — were  the  central 
circumstance  in  the  Second  and  the  First  Battle  of  Ypres,  respectively. 
It  was  the  Pilkem  road  to  Ypres  which  was  opened  for  hours  in  April, 
191 5,  after  the  first  German  "poison-gas"  attack  had  broken  the  French 
Colonial  troops.  The  Menin  road  shares  with  the  Albert-Bapaume 
highway  at  the  Somme,  and  the  Bar-le-Duc  national  route  to  Verdun, 


THE  THIRD  BATTLE  OF  YPRES— PASSCHENDAELE     231 

the  sombre  distinction  of  being  one  of  the  three  bloodiest  highways  in 
history.  Down  this  road  toward  the  Lys  Sir  John  French's  first 
regiments  had  marched  in  October,  1914;  and  up  this  road,  a  few  days 
later,  from  the  valley  had  come  German  hosts,  crowding  on  the  way  to 
Calais.  The  Pilkem  Ridge,  north  of  the  town  which  gives  it  its  name, 
reaches  the  southern  fringe  of  the  forest  of  Houthulst,  the  most  con- 
siderable woodland  in  western  Belgium,  while  the  Menin  road  four 
miles  out  of  Ypres  and  just  west  of  Gheluvelt  reaches  the  crest  of  the 
high  ground  and  begins  its  descent  to  the  Lys  Valley.  Houthulst 
Forest  and  the  high  ground  near  Gheluvelt  were  the  two  anchorages  of 
the  German  position,  which  rested  like  an  arch  on  these  two  abutments 
and  between  them  curved  inward  following  the  high  ground,  with 
Passchendaele  as  the  keystone  of  the  arch. 

Between  the  Pilkem  and  the  Menin  roads  three  other  highways  lead 
northward  and  eastward.  Just  east  of  the  Pilkem  road  is  the  Lange- 
marck  highway,  on  which  Sir  Douglas  Haig  had  met  the  Germans  in 
the  1914  battle.  East  of  the  Langemarck  road  is  that  of  Poetcappelte, 
also  the  scene  of  desperate  fighting  in  October,  1914.  Eastward  again 
is  the  Zonnebeke  highway  which  intersects  the  Passchendaele- 
Gheluvelt  road  just  east  of  Zonnebeke.  This  last  road  extends 
from  the  Menin  road  at  Gheluvelt  to  the  Poelcappelle  road  at  West- 
roosebeke  along  the  crest  of  that  Passchendaele  Ridge  which  was 
now  to  become  the  chief  objective  of  the  new  battle  of  Flanders.  It 
also  marks  fairly  accurately  the  limit  of  British  advance.  It  was  the 
purpose  of  British  strategy,  advancing  on  a  front  between  the  Pilkem 
and  the  Menin  roads,  to  break  the  German  arch  between  the  Houthulst 
Forest  and  the  high  ground  at  Gheluvelt,  and,  driving  northward 
through  Roulers,  reach  Ghent.  The  distance  to  be  covered  was  less  than 
that  which  the  Allies  had  gained  on  the  Somme  front  as  a  result  of  the 
Battle  of  the  Somme  and  the  subsequent  German  retreat,  but  the  shorter 
advance  would  suffice  to  compel  the  Germans  to  abandon  the  Belgian 
coast. 

The  first  blow,  delivered  on  July  ist,  was  designed  to  penetrate  the 
first,  second,  and — in  places — the  third  series  of  German  defences.     Its 


232  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

general  front  was  marked,  for  the  French  army,  by  the  town  of  Bix- 
schoote— rather  more  than  a  mile  from  their  starting  place  at  the  Yser 
Canal  at  Steenstraat  in  the  low  ground  touching  the  inundated  districts 
surrounding  Dixmude — and  for  the  British,  by  the  western  bank  of  the 
little  muddy  brook  flowing  north  across  their  front  from  the  high 
ground  on  the  Menin  road  just  north  of  Westhoek  and  crossing  the 
Langemarck  road  half  a  mile  south  of  Langemarck,  the  St.  Julien  road  at 
St.  Julien,  and  the  Zonnebeke  road  just  east  of  Verlorenhoek.  The  objec- 
tives along  the  Menin  road  were  Hooge  and  the  tangle  of  woodlands  and 
ruins  to  which  the  British  soldier  had  given  such  picturesque  names  as 
Shrewsbury  Forest,  Stirling  Castle,  Clapham  Junction,  Inverness  Copse, 
Glencorse  Wood.  The  muddy  brook,  so  important  a  detail  in  the  battle 
despite  its  insignificance,  is  known  along  its  course  as  the  Hannebeek, 
Steenbeck,  St.  Jansbeek,  and  finally  in  the  French  sector  as  Martje 
Vaart. 

At  3.50  on  the  morning  of  July  31st,  after  a  long  period  of  artillery 
preparation,  the  first  phase  in  the  major  offensive  developed.  The 
chief  work  in  this  stage  was  to  be  performed  by  Cough's  Fifth  Army, 
which  was  in  the  centre.  It  was  the  mission  of  the  French  on  the  right 
and  of  Plumer  on  the  left,  to  keep  pace  with  the  progress  of  Cough  in 
the  centre,  and  by  their  pressure  upon  the  Germans,  lessen  the  resisting 
power  that  Von  Arnim  could  exert  against  Cough.  The  French  share 
was  the  more  interesting,  minor  as  it  was,  because  their  objective  was 
the  ground  lost  by  French  Colonials  in  April,  191 5,  as  a  result  of  the 
gas  attack. 

The  attack  was,  on  the  whole,  a  striking  success.  The  French 
speedily  reached  all  their  objectives,  and  thereafter  passed  the  Httle 
brook  which  comes  down  from  Pilkem,  and  took  Bixschoote.  The 
British  took  and  passed  Pilkem;  entered — but  were  unable  to  hold — St. 
Julien,  although  they  captured  it  finally  three  days  later;  passed 
through  Verlorenhoek  and  reached  Frezenberg  on  the  Zonnebeke  road, 
while  they  took  Hooge  and  reached  "Clapham  Junction"  on  the  Menin 
road. 

At  the  end  of  the  first  day,  therefore,  the  Fifth  Army  had  carried 


THIS  WAS  FOUR  HUNDRED  POUNDS  OF  T.  N.  T. 

This  egg  of  a  German  mine-laying  submarine  was  smashed  by  a  rifle  bullet,  fired  from  the 
quarter-deck  of  an  Allied  destroyer 


A  COLD  VIGIL  IN  THE  NORTH  SEA 

A  striking  silhouette  showing  the  forepart  of  an  airship  and  two  members  of  the  crew.  1  he  U-boats  feared  air- 
craft no  less  than  destroyers,  for  the  airmen  could  spy  out  a  submarine  from  afar  and  quietly  let  fall  a  bomb  upon  her, 
with  little  or  no  danger  to  themselves. 


MAKING  ASSURANCE  DOUBLY  SURE 

As  she  passed  over  a  spot  where  a  submarine  had  submerged,  this  destroyer  evidently  hurled  depth  charges  to  star- 
board and  port  from  the  "Y"  howitzer  on  her  stern 


MANNING  THE  RAIL 

This  picture  was  taken  from  the  fire-control  station  on  the  foremast  of  a  battleship,  as  the  King  of  England 
was  reviewing  the  victorious  Anglo-American  fleet.  After  the  review  he  inspected  cur  New  York  and  decorated  our 
Rear-Admiral  Rodman 


THE  THIRD  BATTLE  OF  YPRES— PASSCHENDAELE     241 

all  of  the  German  first  system  between  the  Menin  road  and  the  Zonne- 
beke  road.  North  of  the  Zonnebeke  road  they  had  also  taken  the  Ger- 
man second  system  as  far  as  St.  Julien.  North  of  St.  Julien  on  the 
Poelcappelle  road  they  and  the  French  had  passed  the  German  second 
line,  the  British  being  close  to  Langemarck,  the  French  in  Bixschoote, 
while  the  British  Second  Army  south  of  the  Menin  road  had  fulfilled  its 
mission  perfectly.  The  British  alone  took  6, 100  prisoners  and  2,500  guns 
while  the  French  also  took  prisoners. 

It  had  been  the  purpose  of  Haig  to  follow  up  the  preliminary  success 
at  once  and  push  the  Germans  ofi^  the  Pilkem  Ridge,  thus  depriving  them 
of  this  second  line  of  observation,  as  they  had  already  been  deprived  of 
the  first  on  *'Whitesheet"  Ridge  in  June,  by  a  prompt  general  attack. 
Unhappily  the  weather  now  changed  and  there  began  that  long  period  of 
almost  incessant  rains  which  was  as  fatal  to  the  hopes  and  prospects  of 
the  British  army  in  Flanders  as  the  early  onset  of  winter  in  Russia  had 
been  to  the  Napoleonic  army  a  little  more  than  a  century  before.  Of 
the  consequences  of  this  rain  Sir  Douglas  Haig  said  in  his  official  report: 

The  weather  had  been  threatening  throughout  the  day  [of  July  31],  and  had 
rendered  the  work  of  our  aeroplanes  very  difficult  from  the  commencement  of  the 
battle.  During  the  afternoon,  while  fighting  was  still  in  progress,  rain  began,  and  fell 
steadily  all  night.  Thereafter,  for  four  days,  the  rain  continued  without  cessation, 
and  for  several  days  afterward  the  weather  remained  stormy  and  unsettled.  The 
low-lying,  clayey  soil,  torn  by  shells  and  sodden  with  rain,  turned  to  a  succession  of 
vast  muddy  pools.  The  valleys  of  the  choked  and  overflowing  streams  were  speedily 
transformed  into  long  stretches  of  bog,  impassable  except  by  a  few  well-defined  tracks, 
which  became  marks  for  the  enemy's  artillery.  To  leave  these  tracks  was  to  risk 
death  by  drowning,  and  in  the  course  of  the  subsequent  fighting  on  several  occasions 
both  men  and  pack  animals  were  lost  in  this  way.  In  these  conditions  operations  of 
any  magnitude  became  impossible,  and  the  resumption  of  our  offensive  was  necessarily 
postponed  until  a  period  of  fine  weather  should  allow  the  ground  to  recover. 

As  had  been  the  case  in  the  Arras  battle,  this  unavoidable  delay  in  the  development 
of  our  offensive  was  of  the  greatest  service  to  the  enemy.  Valuable  time  was  lost,  the 
troops  opposed  to  us  were  able  to  recover  from  the  disorganization  produced  by  our 
first  attack,  and  the  enemy  was  given  the  opportunity  to  bring  up  reinforcements. 

Meantime  two  local  offensives,  one  by  the  Germans  and  one  by  the 
British,  attracted  attention  without  materially  changing  the  general 
situation.     From   1914  onward  the  Allies  had   maintained   a  bridge- 


JCAJ-Eof  miles 


2EfaRUGGr( 


AJORTH     5€A  OSTCND 


BRITISH  BATTLEFIELDS  IN  MAY,  JUNE,  AUGUST,  AND 
SEPTEMBER,   I9I7 

The  solid  black  line  indicates  the  front  in  September.  The  broken  line  in  the 
upper  right-hand  corner  shows  the  Dutch  frontier.  One  of  the  chief  objectives  of 
this  campaii^n  was  to  drive  a  wedge  between  the  German  submarine  bases  at 
Zcebriigge,  Ostend,  and  Bruges  and  the  German  positions  in  France  and  thus 
compel  an  evacuation  of  the  Belgian  coast  and  the  sulMnarinc  nests. 

242 


THE  THIRD  BATTLE  OF  YPRES— PASSCHENDAELE     243 

head  beyond  the  Yser  north  of  NIeuport  and  looking  toward  Ostend 
and  the  dunes  that  front  the  sea.  On  the  morning  of  July  loth,  almost 
immediately  after  the  British  had  taken  over  this  sector  from  the  French, 
the  German  suddenly  attacked  on  this  two-mile  front,  destroyed  two 
British  battalions,  and  took  the  northern  half  of  the  bridge-head.  His 
success  in  the  southern  half  was  less  complete  but  to  all  intents  and 
purposes  this  Lombartzyde  affair  abolished  any  menace  at  his  extreme 
northern  flank,  while  it  scored  for  him  a  brilliant  if  relatively  slight 
triumph. 

To  counterbalance  this,  on  the  15th  of  August,  the  Canadians — who 
had  already  taken  Vimy  Ridge — moved  up  again  over  the  barren  plateau 
which  had  seen  the  costly  failure  of  Loos;  mounted  the  gradual  slope 
to  the  summit  of  Hill  70,  taken  and  lost  by  the  Scottish  on  September 
25,  1915;  and  consolidated  their  position  looking  down  into  the  doomed 
coal  town  of  Lens — already  partially  destroyed  by  the  Germans  at  the 
Vimy  time  and  now  destined  to  become  the  most  conspicuous  of  the 
many  mournful  ruined  cities  of  northern  France.  One  thousand 
prisoners  and  possession  of  one  of  the  most  valuable  observation  points 
along  the  British  front  were  the  gains  of  this  brilliant  little  affair. 

v.   THE    SECOND   ATTACK 

On  the  the  i6th  of  August  a  slight  improvement  In  the  weather 
enabled  Halg  to  deal  his  second  blow.  Meantime  St.  Julien,  on  the 
Poelcappelle  road,  and  Westhoek,  above  the  Menin  road,  had  fallen. 
In  this  second  phase  the  Allied  objectives  included  the  bridge-head  of 
Drie  Grachten  on  the  Martje  Vaart  for  the  French,  the  town  of  Lange- 
marck  and  thence  southward  to  the  German  third  line,  which  crossed  the 
Menin  road  just  east  of  Gheluvelt. 

In  this  attack  Gough's  Fifth  Army,  which  again  bore  the  brunt  of  the 
contest,  failed  almost  completely.  On  the  north,  Langemarck  was 
taken  and  held,  but  southward  from  the  Poelcappelle  to  the  Menin 
roads  the  gains  were  Insignificant  and  the  losses  terrific.  Von  Arnlm's 
system  of  "elastic"  defence  sufficed  to  break  the  force  of  British 
attack,  while  German  reserves,  pouring  in  at  the  critical  moment, 


244  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

compelled  the  British  to  surrender  practically  all  their  gains  south  of 
St.  Julien.  Two  thousand  one  hundred  prisoners  and  thirty  guns,  with 
Langemarck  on  the  British  front  and  Drie  Grachten  on  the  French, 
were  insignificant  rewards  for  tremendous  efforts  and  long  casualty 
lists.  The  consequences  of  this  failure  were  the  revision  of  the  method  of 
British  attack  and  the  extension  of  the  front  of  Plumer's  Second  Army 
so  that  thenceforth  the  major  work  fell  on  this  army  and  its  commander, 
whose  new  front  now  comprised  practically  all  the  major  objectives, 
including  the  Passchendaele  Ridge.  Gough  had  failed  and  should  have 
been  recalled.  Instead,  he  was  permitted  to  continue — in  a  sub- 
ordinate role. 

Again  it  is  essential  to  recognize  the  element  of  time.  The  Flanders 
offensive — which  was  to  have  begun  in  the  first  days  of  July  and,  before 
the  middle  of  the  month,  to  have  ended  in  the  clearing  out  of  the  Ger- 
mans from  all  the  high  ground  from  the  Houthulst  Forest  to  the  southern 
end  of  the  **Whitesheet"  Ridge— had  by  mid-August  only  reached  the 
western  slopes  of  the  main  Passchendaele  Ridge  and  still  fell  short  of 
the  forest  of  Houthulst. 

VI.   THE    END   OF   THE    BATTLE 

Following  the  attack  of  the  17th  of  August  the  weather  turned  bad 
again  and  it  was  not  until  September  20th  that  a  new  thrust  was  pos- 
sible. On  this  day,  under  Plumer's  direction,  the  British  succeeded 
where  in  August  they  had  failed.  Before  the  skilful  methods  of  the 
commander  of  the  British  Second  Army  the  German's  "elastic"  defence 
crumbled.  British  artillery  was  trained,  first,  to  deal  with  the  "pill 
boxes,"  machine-gun  nests  and  strong  points,  and  second,  to  abolish  the 
peril  of  German  counter-attacks.  Three  thousand  prisoners  and  the 
possession  of  that  high  ground  along  the  Menin  road  west  of  Gheluvelt — 
which  was  one  foundation  of  the  German  defensive  arch — were  taken, 
while  desperate  fighting  on  the  following  days  in  Polygon  Woods  at 
last  yielded  to  the  Australians  the  forward  slopes  of  the  final  crest  of 
Passchendaele  Ridge  itself. 

On  the4th  of  October  anew  blowbroughttheBritishintoPoelcappelle, 


THE  THIRD  BATTLE  OF  YPRES-PASSCHENDAELE     245 

through  Zonnebeke,  and  to  the  outskirts  of  Gheluvelt,  while  the  Austral- 
ians, crossing  the  Gheluvelt-Passchendaele  road  at  Broodseinde  on  the 
Zonnebeke  road  actually  mounted  the  crest  of  the  final  ridge  itself.  Sub- 
sequent attacks  stretching  through  the  whole  of  this  month  brought  the 
British  and  the  French  to  the  edge  of  Houthulst  Forest,  to  the  north  of 
Pilkem  and  to  the  outskirtsof  Passchendaele  itself.  Finally,  on  November 
6th,  Passchendaele  fell — a  new  achievement  for  Canada,  whose  sons 
had  already  planted  their  maple-leaf  standard  on  Vimy  Ridge  and  Hill 
70.  Four  days  later  the  capture  of  Goudberg  Spur  north  of  Passchen- 
daele completed  the  mastery  of  the  ridge  and  ended  the  Third  Battle  of 
Ypres. 

Meantime,  however,  the  Italian  disaster  at  Caporetto  had  called 
British  troops  and  General  Plumer  to  the  Venetian  front.  The  Flanders 
success  could  therefore  have  no  morrow.  The  British  had  won  the  ridge ; 
they  had  taken  Passchendaele,  an  "island  in  a  sea  of  mud";  but  an  ex- 
ploitation of  their  success — an  advance  down  the  valley  of  the  Lys,  the 
expulsion  of  the  German  troops  from  the  Belgian  coast — these  things  were 
no  longer  possible.  Twenty-four  thousand  prisoners,  74  guns, 941  machine 
guns,  and  138  trench  mortars  were  captured  by  the  British  in  three  and  a 
half  months  of  fighting,  and  the  smallness  of  these  captures  in  men  and 
even  more  so  in  guns  is  perhaps  the  best  evidence  alike  of  the  stubbornness 
and  skill  of  the  German  resistance  and  of  the  wholly  limited  character 
of  British  triumph. 

Such,  in  its  larger  aspects,  was  the  Third  Battle  of  "Wipers."  In  it 
the  British  regained  practically  all  of  the  ground  lost  in  the  two  earlier 
battles.  They  took  possession  of  positions  which  were  in  fact  the  keys 
to  the  Belgian  coast  and  to  the  German  front  in  Belgium.  If,  in  the 
following  spring,  they  could  have  attacked  from  the  lines  thus  wrested 
from  the  foe,  a  German  retreat  would  have  been  inevitable.  When 
they  were  able  in  September  of  the  following  year  to  advance  over 
Passchendaele  Ridge,  exactly  the  things  that  Haig  had  hoped  to  accom- 
plish in  the  previous  year  were  achieved,  but  unhappily  with  the  opening 
of  the  campaign  of  1918  the  initiative  passed  to  the  Germans,  and  the 
successes  of  Ludendorff  at  the  Somme  and  at  the  Lys  in  the  following 


246  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

March  and  April  were  to  result  in  the  entire  negation  of  the  hard-won 
British  gain  in  the  preceding  campaign. 

But  for  the  Russian  Revolution — perhaps  in  spite  of  the  Russian 
Revolution — had  the  weather  been  the  ally  of  the  British  rather  than 
of  the  Germans,  a  far  greater  success  might  have  resulted.  As  it  was, 
the  British  had  gained  a  position  of  great  importance  which  they  were 
subsequently  unable  to  make  use  of,  and  the  colossal  losses  which  they 
had  suffered  had  weakened  the  spirit  of  the  army  and  shaken  the 
confidence  of  the  British  public.  Whatever  one  may  say  of  the  Somme 
there  can  be  no  real  dispute  of  the  fact  that,  despite  the  slight  battle- 
field gain,  the  Third  Battle  of  Ypres  was,  from  all  the  larger  strategic 
aspects  of  the  war,  a  German  victory  which  had  consequences  of  utmost 
gravity  in  the  following  year.  The  German  had  held  British  and 
French  armies  off  during  the  period  necessary  to  realize  the  advantages 
gained  by  Russian  collapse — henceforth  for  six  months  the  superiority 
in  numbers  on  the  western  front  would  be  his — would  remain  his  until 
America  arrived.^/ 


CHAPTER  ELEVEN 

CAMBRAI— JERUSALEM 

I 

NEW  METHODS 

On  November  20th,  while  the  Flanders  offensive  was  expiring  in  mud 
and  misery,  the  joy  bells  of  London  were  set  in  motion  by  a  military 
success  which  opened  one  of  the  most  extraordinary  conflicts  of  the  war. 
The  Battle  of  Cambrai  must,  for  Americans,  not  in  its  tactical  circum- 
stances but  in  its  course,  suggest  that  Civil  War  struggle  known  both 
as  Shiloh  and  as  Pittsburgh  Landing.  In  that  fight  the  army  of  Albert 
Sidney  Johnston  totally  surprised  Grant's  force,  and  pushed  forward  until 
it  became  a  matter  of  the  closest  calculation  whether  the  Confederates 
would  drive  the  Union  forces  into  the  river  before  night  fell,  or  the  Union 
forces  would  just  hold  out. 

In  the  Battle  of  Cambrai,  by  the  most  successful  single  surprise  at- 
tack up  to  that  moment  on  the  western  front,  the  British  broke  through 
three  of  the  four  German  defence  systems,  penetrated  the  fourth,  and 
very  nearly  reached  the  open  country  beyond.  A  little  more  luck  and 
the  British  cavalry  would  have  been  in  Cambrai,  but  as  the  Union  troops 
stood  at  Shiloh  until  night,  when  reinforcements  arrived,  and  then  turned 
and  drove  the  Confederates  from  the  field  of  victory,  so  the  Germans 
held  on  and,  receiving  reinforcements,  organized  their  counter-offensive 
with  skill  and  deliberation,  drove  the  British  from  every  position  of 
importance  which  they  had  captured,  and  in  addition — within  a  week 
after  they  had  themselves  been  the  surprised — surprised  and  overran  a 
long  section  of  the  British  front. 

Cambrai  is  important,  however,  not  because  of  the  outcome  of  the 
battle  that  was  fought  within  sight  of  it,  but  because  in  that  battle  two 
methods  of  offensive  were  both  effectively  tried  out  and  these  two  meth- 
ods were  both  to  be  applied  the  following  year  and  to  revolutionize  the 

247 


248  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

character  of  the  war :  in  the  case  of  Germany  to  win  stupendous  successes 
which  just  fell  short  of  a  decision,  and,  in  the  case  of  the  Allies,  to  turn 
the  tide,  after  four  years  of  strain  and  disaster.  Different  as  were  both 
methods  of  attack,  each  of  them  achieved  the  same  result  by  restoring 
the  element  of  surprise. 

The  three  years  which  extended  from  the  First  Battle  of  Ypres  to  the 
fight  before  Cambrai  are  marked  by  many  efforts  to  bring  off  a  surprise 
attack,  some  of  which,  like  the  German  gas  attack  at  Ypres  and  their 
artillery  avalanche  at  Verdun,  scored  partial  successes.  At  Verdun  the 
Germans  actually  got  through  all  the  permanent  lines  of  French  defence, 
but  on  a  front  too  narrow  to  enable  them  to  exploit  their  gains  before 
French  reserves  arrived.  At  the  Second  Battle  of  Ypres  the  German 
progress  distanced  the  expectations  of  the  victors  by  so  much  that  they 
were  unprepared  to  take  advantage  of  the  opportunity  during  the  hours 
when  the  Pilkem  road  to  Ypres  was  open.  At  the  Somme  there  was  still 
an  effort  at  a  surprise,  but  the  German  was  not  taken  unawares.  In 
the  Third  Battle  of  Ypres  no  surprise  was  even  contemplated.  It  had 
been  accepted  as  axiomatic  that  the  very  vastness  of  the  preparations 
necessary  for  commencing  all  but  strictly  local  offensives  precluded 
concealment,  and  German  and  British  newspapers,  with  equal  frankness, 
indicated  that  the  British  effort  of  1917  would  be  in  Flanders. 

The  elimination  of  the  element  of  surprise  had  abolished  any  real 
hope  of  penetration  to  the  extent  of  a  "break  through"  on  the  western 
front,  and  the  very  belief  that  no  surprise  was  possible  was  the  founda- 
tion of  the  widespread  conviction  that  the  war  would  end  with  no  great 
change  in  the  position  of  the  opposing  lines.  One  set  of  staff  officers 
after  another  had  wrestled  with  the  problem  of  restoring  the  element  of 
surprise — of  bringing  off  a  surprise  sufficiently  great  to  enable  large 
forces  to  break  through  all  the  lines  in  a  given  sector  and  begin  that 
march  to  victory  which  would  follow  the  shattering  of  the  enemy's 
systems  of  defence.  At  the  Somme  the  British  had  introduced  the 
tank,  but  the  tank  had  achieved  only  local  and  restricted  success.  By 
moving  their  field  artillery  forward  the  Germans  were  able  to  bring  off 
many  direct  hits,  disabling  the  new  engines,  while  by  mines  they  were 


CAMBRAI— JERUSALEM  249 

similarly  successful.  Moreover,  a  tank  was  able  to  operate  to  advan- 
tage on  relatively  level  ground  only,  and,  once  a  battlefield  had  been 
torn  up  by  the  tremendous  cannonades  which  were  a  detail  in  contem- 
porary warfare,  the  tank  became  ineffective.  The  very  size  of  the  first 
tanks  had  been  a  further  handicap,  alike  because  of  the  target  they  of- 
fered the  enemy  guns,  and  the  unwieldiness  they  displayed  in  operation. 

At  the  Somme,  despite  local  success  in  penetrating  uncut  wire  and 
reducing  machine-gun  nests  in  ruined  villages,  in  their  first  day,  the 
tanks  had  fallen  far  short  of  the  expectations  their  appearance  had  raised. 
In  Flanders  a  year  later  they  had  proven  a  total  failure,  as  a  result  of  the 
character  of  the  country,  but  in  the  Battle  of  Cambral,  in  which  tanks 
were  tried  again — with  the  foregone  conclusion  that  a  further  failure 
would  send  them  to  the  scrap  heap — they  demonstrated  possibilities 
which  had  been  unsuspected.  In  the  first  place,  their  field  of  operation 
was  practically  virgin  territory,  which  had  seen  no  considerable  fighting 
and  little  artillery  destruction.  It  was  level  country,  but  with  sufl[i- 
cient  elevation  to  escape  the  bogs  and  morasses  of  Flanders.  In  ad- 
dition the  tanks  were  used  in  huge  numbers  and  handled  with  consum- 
mate skill.  As  a  result,  the  Battle  of  Cambral  demonstrated  that  the 
tank  would  take  the  place  of  the  long  artillery  preparation,  which  in 
itself  could  only  be  made  after  such  an  enormous  concentration  of  guns 
and  munitions  as  inevitably  betrayed  to  the  enemy  the  direction  of  the 
coming  attack.  The  tanks  themselves  could  be  brought  up  secretly  in 
the  night;  they  could  be  launched  without  warning,  and  they  could  be 
counted  upon  to  cut  the  enemy's  wires  and  smash  his  strong  points  far 
mor  esuccessfully  than  the  old-fashioned  artillery  preparation,  while  the 
enemy  would  have  no  hint  of  what  was  coming. 

Only  the  size  of  the  tank  proved  a  handicap.  Already  this  had  been 
perceived,  and  the  French  and  the  British — but  particularly  the  French 
— were  engaged  in  constructing  In  large  numbers  that  "whippet"  tank 
which  was  to  play  such  an  important  role  in  the  offensives  of  the  follow- 
ing year.  Thus  while  the  tank  attack  at  Cambral,  despite  its  initial 
success,  just  missed  making  possible  complete  victory,  It  disclosed  pos- 
sibilities which  led  to  the  reorganization  of  Allied  offensive  tactics. 


2SO  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

based  upon  a  coordination  of  the  infantry  with  the  tanks,  which  in  turn 
led  straight  to  the  completely  successful  surprise  attacks  of  the  French 
and  Americans  on  July  i8th,  and  of  the  British  on  August  8th  in  the 
191 8  battles  of  the  Second  Marne  and  the  Third  Somme — battles  which 
together  wrecked  all  German  hopes  of  victory  and  at  last  prepared  the 
way  for  the  liberation  of  France  and  the  defeat  of  Germany. 

By  contrast  the  German  surprise  tactics  relied  rather  upon  human 
than  mechanical  means.  At  Riga,  in  September,  Von  Hutier  had 
completely  overwhelmed  the  Russians  by  suddenly  throwing  against 
the  rapidly  disintegrating  Slav  forces  large  bodies  of  troops  secretly 
assembled.  The  method  of  bringing  these  troops  to  the  operative 
front  was  extremely  ingenious.  They  were  concentrated  three  or 
four  days'  march  in  rear  of  the  front — so  far  back  that,  though  their 
presence  might  be  signalled  by  air  observers,  there  was  nothing  to  show 
where  they  would  be  put  in.  They  were  then  moved  up  by  night,  con- 
cealed in  villages  and  forests  during  the  day,  so  that  they  arrived  on  the 
battlefield  without  having  awakened  the  enemy's  suspicions,  and  then 
they  were  put  in,  after  a  brief  artillery  preparation  deriving  its  efficacy 
from  the  use  of  gas  and  smoke  shells,  which  deluged  the  back  areas, 
paralyzed  the  hostile  artillery,  and  prevented  the  rapid  approach  of 
reserves. 

Successful  at  Riga  the  Hutier  tactics  were  then  employed  against 
the  Italians  at  Caporetto,  where  they  brought  off  one  of  the  greatest 
successes  of  the  war.  They  were  then  tried  against  the  British  in  the 
final  phase  of  Cambrai,  where  they  transformed  what  had  been  a  con- 
siderable British  victory  into  a  sterile  venture,  and  finally,  in  the  fol- 
lowing year— in  March  in  Picardy,  in  April  in  Flanders,  and  in  May  on 
the  Chemin-des-Dames — they  resulted  in  hitherto  unparalleled  suc- 
cesses, which  almost  won  the  war. 

Thus,  while  its  results  were  unimportant,  the  Battle  of  Cambrai  Is 
of  utmost  interest  on  the  military  side  because  in  it  were  employed  two 
offensive  methods  new  in  themselves,  each  of  which  restored  the  ele- 
ment of  surprise  without  which  victory  was  impossible,  and  the  dead- 
lock of  trench  warfare  destined  to  be  permanent.     And  yet,  oddly 


CAMBRAI— JERUSALEM  251 

enough,  neither  side  sufficiently  recognized  the  threat  In  the  new  enemy 
tactics  to  prepare  against  it.  Since  the  Germans  possessed  the  initia- 
tive at  the  opening  of  the  next  campaign  they  were  able  to  employ  their 
method  first,  and  the  circumstances  of  the  British  disaster  of  March  21st, 
on  ground  not  far  distant  from  the  battlefield  of  Cambrai  itself,  ex- 
actly recalled  their  experience  of  November,  1917. 

II.    PURPOSE    AND   TOPOGRAPHY 

British  strategy  at  Cambrai  was  based  upon  the  following  calcula- 
tions. The  operation  In  Flanders  had  been  drowned.  It  was  no  longer 
possible  to  move  about  Ypres,  and  the  armies  engaged  In  the  conflict  on 
the  British  side  were  exhausted  by  their  efforts  and  shaken  by  their 
losses.  Nevertheless,  it  was  essential  to  do  something  before  the  cam- 
paign closed,  if  only  to  prevent  the  Germans  from  sending  troops  to  that 
Italian  front  on  which  there  had  now  occurred  the  disaster  of  Caporetto, 
which  threatened  to  put  Italy  out  of  the  war. 

Sir  Douglas  Halg,  and  all  Allied  military  authorities,  had  recognized 
that,  as  a  result  of  the  Russian  collapse,  the  Germans  would  be  able  to 
pass  to  the  offensive  in  the  following  year.  But  It  seemed  possible  to 
strike  one  more  blow,  achieve  a  local  success  which  might  restore  Allied 
morale,  aid  the  Italians  by  diverting  German  divisions,  and  not  Im- 
possibly improve  the  front  on  which  the  Allies  would  have  to  meet  the 
storm  that  was  soon  to  break. 

Such  an  offensive  could  have  no  far-looking  objectives.  Sir  Douglas 
Halg  lacked  the  reserves  to  begin  a  new  operation  of  the  magnitude  of 
either  the  Somme  or  of  Flanders,  while  the  season  of  the  year  precluded 
any  long  continuation  of  the  battle.  In  point  of  fact,  he  lacked  the 
troops  necessary  to  venture  upon  any  offensive.  Such  forces  as  he  was 
able  to  muster  were,  as  the  events  proved.  Incapable  of  exploiting  a 
really  great  gain  when  it  was  made;  were  Insufficient  to  continue  the 
battle  when  the  apparent  approach  of  decisive  victory  again  tempted 
the  Commander-in-Chief  to  pursue  the  engagement;  and  were  unable, 
in  the  last  phase,  to  prevent  the  Germans  in  their  turn  from  surprising 
British  divisions,  breaking  the  old  British  front,  and  coming  within  an  acj 


252  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

of  achieving  as  great  a  success  as  the  British  themselves  missed 
by  an  equally  small  margin.  The  Battle  of  Cambrai,  then,  be- 
longs to  that  considerable  number  of  gambles  of  which  GaUipoli 
and  the  first  dash  to  Bagdad  were  even  more  unfortunate  examples. 
Like  them  it  had  its  brilliant  opening  phase,  which  aroused  hopes  in- 
capable of  realization,  and  in  the  end  brought  a  depression  dangerous  in 
the  extreme. 

The  country  selected  by  Sir  Douglas  Haig  for  this  offensive  was  a 
seven-mile  front  mainly  included  between  two  great  national  highways : 
the  Amiens-Cambrai  road  coming  up  from  Albert  across  the  battle- 
field of  the  Somme  and  from  Bapaume  to  Cambrai  across  the  country 
devastated  by  the  great  German  retreat,  and  the  Peronne-Cambrai  road 
coming  up  from  the  south  and  joining  the  St.  Quentin  road  at  the  Scheldt 
Canal,  a  few  miles  south  of  Cambrai.  This  country  is  level  with  low 
swells,  affording  wide  views.  On  the  Bapaume  road,  where  the  British 
attack  began,  it  is  possible  to  see  Cambrai,  with  its  spires  and  chimneys, 
some  eight  miles  away,  with  Bourlon  Woods,  one  of  the  main  circum- 
stances of  the  battle,  to  the  west  of  it.  In  the  same  way,  standing  on  the 
Peronne  road,  one  has  an  equally  far-swinging  view,  although  Cambrai  it- 
self is  hidden  behind  the  low  hills  north  of  the  Scheldt  Canal.  The  gen- 
erally level  nature  of  the  country  offered  an  admirable  field  of  operations 
for  the  tanks.  Nor  were  there  any  such  elaborate  systems  of  de- 
fences based  upon  natural  obstacles  as  the  British  armies  had  met  on 
Vimy  Ridge  and  the  French  on  the  Craonne  Plateau.  The  only  con- 
siderable obstacle  was  the  double  barrier  of  the  Scheldt  River  and  the 
Scheldt  Canal,  which  crossed  the  route  of  the  British  advance  diagonally 
but  behind  three  of  the  four  German  defensive  systems.  The  Canal 
du  Nord  at  the  other  end  of  the  battlefield,  while  more  considerable,  was 
successfully  turned. 

It  was  the  purpose  of  Haig,  using  the  British  Third  Army — which 
Allenby  had  led  to  victory  at  Arras,  and  Sir  Julian  Byng,  who  had  com- 
manded the  Canadians  in  the  Vimy  attack,  now  directed — to  surprise 
the  Germans  in  positions  between  the  Bapaume  and  Peronne  roads, 
break  through  their  various  systems  of  defence,  push  across  the  Scheldt 


CAMBRAI— JERUSALEM 


253 


3/e/r/sH  risONT  bbfoke  rue  attack. 

mill   L/MIT  or  BfSlT/SH  ADVANCE.- 

■■■  oosrr/o/v  AFTCje  Gb/sman  couA/re/e  arFCf/stvE. 


THE  BATTLE  OF  CAMBRAI 


Canal,  take  Bourlon  Woods  on  the  west  and  the  high  ground  beyond  the 
Scheldt  Canal  on  the  east. 

The  capture  of  this  high  ground  behind  the  Scheldt  Canal  would  so 
establish  the  British  flank  as  to  render  it  secure  against  German  counter- 
attacks, while  the  possession  of  Bourlon  would  give  Byng  a  position  be- 
hind the  Hindenburg  Line,  facing  Arras,  comparable  with  that  the  Ger- 
mans occupied  with  respect  of  Ypres  as  long  as  they  held  the  Messines- 


254  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

"Whitesheet"  Ridge.  Cambrai  itself  might  fall  but  would  certainly 
be  at  the  mercy  of  British  guns  once  Bourlon  Woods,  which  dominated 
it,  were  taken,  and  the  Germans  would  lose  effective  possession  of  one  of 
the  most  vital  railroad  centres  along  the  whole  western  front.  In  Haig's 
plan  he  calculated  that  the  British  would  have  forty-eight  hours,  gained 
by  their  surprise,  before  the  Germans  could  concentrate  reserves  in  suffi- 
cient numbers.  In  that  time,  and  mainly  in  the  first  twenty-four  hours, 
he  hoped  to  seize  Bourlon,  cross  the  Scheldt  Canal,  and  establish  his 
flank  on  the  heights  to  the  north  and  to  the  east  of  this  barrier,  and, 
through  the  gap  which  he  had  opened  in  the  German  lines,  pour  in  his 
cavalry  exactly  as  Nivelle  had  expected  to  exploit  his  victory  on  the 
Craonne  Plateau  by  launching  his  cavalry  toward  Laon  and  La  Fere. 
A  retreat  of  the  Germans  from  all  the  stretch  of  the  Hindenburg  Line 
from  Lens  to  Cambrai  would  thus  be  inevitable. 

But  the  whole  strategy  of  the  British  commander  depended,  first, 
upon  a  complete  surprise;  second,  on  a  swift  passage  of  the  Scheldt  and 
conquest  of  the  high  ground  above  it;  and  third,  on  an  equally  prompt 
occupation  of  Bourlon  Woods.  Unless  the  close  of  the  first  forty-eight 
hours  brought  these  things,  together  with  the  effective  breaking  of  all  of 
the  German  systems  of  defence  and  the  successful  penetration  of  the 
cavalry,  it  was  inevitable  that  the  Germans,  who  had  more  divisions 
available,  would  be  able  to  smother  the  British  resistance. 

III.      THE    BATTLE 

At  5  o'clock  on  the  morning  of  November  20th  the  British  guns 
opened  on  a  20-mile  front  from  Bullecourt,  which  had  been  at  the  south- 
west extremity  of  the  Battle  of  Arras,  to  Epehy  in  the  St.  Quentin  sector. 
The  artillery  fire  was  of  the  briefest  duration,  of  the  sort  subsequently 
described  as  a  "crash"  bombardment  and  a  famihar  circumstance  in 
later  offensives.  A  little  more  than  an  hour  after  the  brief  bombard- 
ment, British  tanks,  followed  by  British  infantry,  left  their  trenches  on 
the  front  from  just  north  of  the  Bapaume  road  south  of  the  town  of 
Moeuvres,  which  is  on  the  Canal  du  Nord  and  was  held  by  the  Germans, 
to  the  village  of  Gonnelieu,  just  south  of  the  Peronne  road,  which  was 


CAMBRAI— JERUSALEM  255 

held  by  the  British.     The  distance  between  these  points  was  rather  more 
than  six  miles. 

The  surprise  was  complete.  Favoured  by  mist  and  helped  by  smoke 
the  tanks  reached  the  advance  line  of  the  Germans  before  they  were  dis- 
covered, and  overran  it  without  difficulty.  There  then  began  an  ex- 
traordinary forward  sweep  hardly  paralleled  before  on  the  western 
front.  The  German  troops  bolted,  the  German  defence  collapsed,  and 
all  through  the  morning  of  November  20th  the  British  had  every  reason 
to  believe  that  the  long-anticipated  "break-through"  had  at  last  arrived. 
All  through  that  morning  the  infantry  continued  to  press  forward.  By 
noon  Anneux,  just  south  of  the  Bapaume  road  and  almost  halfway  be- 
tween the  British  front  and  Cambrai,  had  been  taken.  In  the  centre 
the  British  had  reached  the  town  of  Flesquieres,  while  to  the  south  Ribe- 
court  had  been  taken  and  Marcoing  approached.  Still  farther  to  the 
south  the  British  had  advanced  along  the  Peronne  road  beyond  the  point 
where  it  is  intersected  by  the  St.  Quentin  highway.  During  the  after- 
noon the  gains  were  expanded,  but  along  with  much  progress  there  came 
certain  disappointments.  Largely  owing  to  the  courage  of  a  German 
artillery  officer,  who,  single-handed,  worked  his  guns  in  Flesquieres,  the 
British  tank  attack  was  long  checked  and  many  tanks  put  out  of  opera- 
tion, while  the  Germans  were  able  to  destroy  several  of  the  important 
bridges  across  the  Scheldt  Canal  from  Masnieres  to  Crevecoeur.  The 
result  of  the  resistance  at  Flesquieres  and  the  failure  to  get  the  bridges 
intact  had  fatal  consequences.  The  British  were  unable  on  this  first 
day  to  establish  their  right  flank  above  the  Scheldt  Canal  or  overrun  the 
fourth  and  final  German  positions.  They  were  equally  unable  to  reach 
Bourlon  Woods.  They  had  advanced  four  and  a  half  miles  in  places; 
they  had  captured  many  thousands  of  prisoners  and  over  a  hundred 
guns,  but  the  great  cavalry  operation  had  been  impossible  owing  to  the 
destruction  of  the  bridges,  and  on  the  morning  of  the  21st  the  British 
found  themselves  in  a  salient  quite  as  narrow  as  that  which  had  persisted 
so  long  at  Ypres.  The  enemy  was  still  in  Bourlon  Woods  and  on  the 
heights  abou"  Crevecoeur  occupying  vantage  points  entirely  comparable 
with  those  held  by  the  Germans  about  Yprcs  on  the  Pilkem  and  "White- 


2s6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

sheet "  ridges  before  Plumer's  June  battle.  Moreover,  twenty-four  hours 
of  the  forty-eight  in  which  the  surprise  ensured  superiority  in  numbers 
to  the  assailants  had  now  passed  and  already  German  reserves  were  be- 
ginning to  arrive.  On  November  21st  the  battle  was  resumed.  This 
time  a  brief  success  carried  the  British  into  Bourlon  Woods  through  the 
village  of  Fontaine-Notre-Dame,  three  miles  from  the  centre  of  Cambrai 
itself,  but  it  did  not  enable  them  to  establish  their  right  flank  by  the 
occupation  of  Rumilly  and  Crevecoeur  which  from  the  beginning  had 
been  recognized  as  essential. 

By  night  of  the  21st  the  forty-eight  hours  of  grace  had  expired.  No 
further  profit  could  be  derived  as  a  consequence  of  the  surprise.  The 
German  reserves  were  arriving  from  all  directions  and  would  at  no  dis- 
tant date  outnumber  the  British.  Only  the  now  weary  troops  of  the 
Third  Army  were  available,  since  proffered  French  reserves  were  to  have 
been  used  only  in  case  of  the  maximum  gain  which  had  been  foreseen 
but  not  realized.  As  the  situation  now  stood,  the  British  must  either 
go  forward  or  back.  They  had  thrust  their  neck  into  a  vise,  the  jaws 
of  which  were  represented  by  Bourlon  Woods  and  the  high  ground  about 
Crevecoeur,  and  they  must  either  break  at  least  one  of  the  jaws  or  retire 
before  the  vise  closed. 

Sir  Douglas  Haig  chose  to  risk  a  further  attempt  to  advance,  defend- 
ing himself  subsequently  by  the  following  summary  of  the  situation : 

.  .  .  It  was  not  possible,  however,  to  let  matters  stand  as  they  were.  The 
positions  captured  by  us  north  of  Flesquieres  were  completely  commanded  by 
the  Bourlon  Ridge,  and  unless  this  ridge  were  gained  it  would  be  impossible  to 
hold  them,  except  at  excessive  cost.  If  I  decided  not  to  go  on,  a  withdrawal 
to  the  Flesquieres  Ridge  would  be  necessary,  and  would  have  to  be  carried  out 
at  once. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  enemy  showed  certain  signs  of  an  intention  to  with- 
draw. Craters  had  been  formed  at  road  junctions,  and  troops  could  be  seen 
ready  to  move  eastward.  The  possession  of  Bourlon  Ridge  would  enable  our 
troops  to  obtain  observation  over  the  ground  to  the  north,  which  sloped  gently 
down  to  the  Sensee  River.  The  enemy's  defensive  lines  south  of  the  Scarpe 
and  Sensee  rivers  would  thereby  be  turned,  his  communications  exposed  to  the 
observed  fire  of  our  artillery,  and  his  positions  in  this  sector  jeopardized.  In 
short,  so  great  was  the  importance  of  the  ridge  to  the  enemy  that  its  loss  would 


BRITISH     CAMPAIGNS 
IN     THE    EAST 


•♦  ^. 


IN  MKSOPOIAMIA 
'A  close  one  which  held  us  up  a  bit' 


Copyright  by  H'fitern  Kcapaper  L  nion 


-   ^:'     •*    «^. 


THE  BRITISH  IN  THE  HOLY  LAND— III 
General  Allenbv's  entry  into  Jerusalem,  December  ii,  191 7-     "Then  the  city  was  broken  up  and  all  ^^^ /nen  of  war 
fled,  and  went  forth  out  of  the  city  by  night."     Seven  times  in  its  long  history  has  Jerusalem  tallen,  ^'^'o'-^'^^^f  ";'^f  [; 
Assyrians,  Babylonians,  Greeks,  Romans.  Arabs,  Christians,  and  Turks  have  held  it.     Before  us  latest  capitulation  it 
had  been  out  of  Christian  hands  for  nearly  seven  centuries. 


A  TALKATIVE  PRISONER 

This  Arab  sheik  vohiblv  protests  his  innocence  with  oriental  plenitude  of  word  and  gesture,  but  his  British  captor 
pays  no  heed  at  all  and  stands  so  stolidly  that  only  proof  of  the  authenticity  of  the  photograph  convinced  us  that  he  was 
not  a  stuffed  lay  figure. 


M     o 


CAMBRAI— JERUSALEM  0.65 

probably  cause  the  abandonment  by  the  Germans  of  their  carefully  prepared 
defence  systems  for  a  considerable  distance  to  the  north  of  it. 

The  successive  days  of  constant  marching  and  fighting  had  placed  a  very 
severe  strain  upon  the  endurance  of  the  troops,  and,  before  a  further  advance 
could  be  undertaken,  some  time  would  have  to  be  spent  in  resting  and  reHeving 
them.  This  need  for  delay  was  regrettable,  as  the  enemy's  forces  were  in- 
creasing, and  fresh  German  divisions  were  known  to  be  arriving,  but,  with  the 
limited  number  of  troops  at  my  command,  it  was  unavoidable. 

It  was  to  be  remembered,  however,  that  the  hostile  reinforcements  coming 
up  at  this  stage  could  at  first  be  no  more  than  enough  to  replace  the  enemy's 
losses:  and  although  the  right  of  our  advance  had  definitely  been  stayed,  the 
enemy  had  not  yet  developed  such  strength  about  Bourlon  as  it  seemed  might 
not  be  overcome  by  the  numbers  at  my  disposal.  As  has  already  been  pointed 
out,  on  the  Cambrai  side  of  the  battlefield  I  had  only  aimed  at  securing  a  de- 
fensive flank  to  enable  the  advance  to  be  pushed  northward  and  northwestward, 
and  this  part  of  my  task  had  been  to  a  great  extent  achieved. 

An  additional  and  very  important  argument  in  favour  of  proceeding  with 
my  attack  was  supplied  by  the  situation  in  Italy,  upon  which  a  continuance  of 
pressure  on  the  Cambrai  front  might  reasonably  be  expected  to  exercise  an 
important  effect,  no  matter  what  measure  of  success  attended  my  efforts. 
Moreover,  two  divisions  previously  under  orders  for  Italy  had  on  this  day  been 
placed  at  my  disposal,  and  with  this  accession  of  strength,  the  prospect  of  secur- 
ing Bourlon  seemed  good. 

After  weighing  these  various  considerations,  therefore,  I  decided  to  con- 
tinue the  operations  to  gain  the  Bourlon  position. 

The  22nd  November  was  spent  in  organizing  the  captured  ground,  in  carry- 
ing out  certain  reliefs,  and  in  giving  other  troops  the  rest  they  greatly  needed. 
Soon  after  midday  the  enemy  regained  Fontaine-Notre-Dame;  but,  with  our 
troops  already  on  the  outskirts  of  Bourlon  Wood,  and  Cantaing  held  by  us,  it 
was  thought  that  the  re-capture  of  Fontaine  should  not  prove  very  difficult. 
The  necessary  arrangements  for  renewing  the  attack  were  therefore  pushed  on, 
and  our  plans  were  extended  to  include  the  recapture  of  Fontaine-Notre-Dame. 

Meantime,  early  in  the  night  of  the  22nd  November,  a  battalion  of  the 
Queen's  Westminsters  stormed  a  commanding  tactical  point  in  the  Hindenburg 
Line  west  of  Moeuvres  known  as  Tadpole  Copse,  the  possession  of  which  would 
be  of  value  in  connection  with  the  left  flank  of  the  Bourlon  position  when  the 
latter  had  been  secured. 

That  this  decision  to  go  on  was  unwise,  every  subsequent  circum- 
stance seems  to  indicate.  Haig  had  now  taken  10,500  prisoners,  nearly 
150  guns,  and  his  losses  were  still  inconsiderable  by  comparison  with 


266  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

those  of  the  Germans.  He  grossly  underestimated  German  resources 
and  reserves  and  he  unmistakably  exaggerated  the  further  fighting 
strength  of  certain  units  in  the  Third  Army,  at  least  one  division  of  which 
had  been  practically  annihilated  in  Flanders,  and  now,  with  green  troops, 
was  in  position  in  a  vital  sector. 

Having  made  the  decision  Haig  put  the  Third  Army  at  work  again 
and  in  the  following  days  acquired  and  despite  certain  fluctuations, 
maintained,  a  firm  hold  on  Bourlon  Woods,  but  he  was  not  able  to  make 
any  considerable  change  or  improvement  along  his  right  flank  nor  did 
this  brief  tenure  in  Bourlon  Woods  lead  to  any  German  retirement  on 
the  Arras  front.  Continuing  their  counter-attacks  on  Bourlon  the  Ger- 
mans hung  on  elsewhere. 

Meantime,  the  news  of  the  success  at  Cambrai,  reaching  Britain  not 
long  after  the  crushing  tidings  of  Italian  disaster  and  the  not-less-mani- 
fest evidence  of  failure  in  Flanders,  roused  widespread  enthusiasm  and 
for  the  first  time  in  the  war  the  bells  of  St.  Paul's  were  rung.  English 
and  Allied  publics  continued  to  look  hopefully  ahead  to  the  arrival  of 
British  troops  in  Cambrai  long  after  Cambrai  had  become  as  far  re- 
moved from  British  reach  as  Berlin  itself. 

Meantime,  once  the  temporary  disarray  incident  to  the  surprise  was 
over,  the  enemy — under  the  command  of  that  General  Marwitz,  who, 
as  a  cavalry  leader,  had  already  checked  the  British  at  the  decisive  mo- 
ment at  the  Mame  and  a  year  later  was  unsuccessfully  to  strive  to  check 
the  Americans  in  the  great  battle  of  the  Meuse-Argonne — took  his  meas- 
ures. His  strategy  was  simple,  the  strategy  invariably  employed  in 
dealing  with  an  enemy  salient.  He  sought  to  pinch  it  out  by  attacks 
from  the  sides  similar  to  those  successfully  made  by  Pershing  at  St. 
Mihiel,  and  he  hoped,  by  breaking  in  the  sides  behind  the  nose  of  the 
salient,  to  capture  large  numbers  of  British  troops  and  guns,  as  Pershing 
captured  German  soldiers  and  guns  at  St.  Mihiel  in  September,  1918. 

To  accomplish  this  task  he  assembled  an  overwhelming  force  se- 
cretly, the  actual  arrival  of  which  in  battle  was  the  first  clear  evidence 
to  the  Allies  of  the  extent  to  which  the  Russian  collapse  had  released 
German  divisions  for  western  service.     These  troops  were  brought  in 


CAMBRAI— JERUSALEM  267 

by  the  Hutier  method  so  successfully  that  while  the  British  knew  a 
counter-attack  was  coming,  and  knew,  as  every  soldier  would  know, 
where  the  blow  must  fall,  they  were  in  the  end  totally  surprised  along 
a  vital  section  of  the  front.  On  November  30th,  ten  days  after  the 
British  attack,  sixteen  fresh  German  divisions  were  thrown  against  the 
British,  the  main  masses  being  used  on  the  north  and  south  sides  of 
the  salient  the  British  advance  had  created,  that  is  against  Bourlon 
Woods,  and  against  that  portion  of  the  British  lines  where  the  new  front 
of  the  salient  rejoined  the  old  front. 

It  is  the  attack  on  this  latter  sector  which  is  more  interesting,  as  it 
was  more  successful.  Preceded  by  a  bombardment  of  gas  and  smoke 
shells,  aided  by  the  fogs  of  morning,  and  carried  out  by  overwhelming 
masses  of  shock  troops,  several  details  of  this  attack  recall  with  un- 
fortunate exactitude  the  circumstances  of  that  far  vaster  and  more  dis- 
astrous assault  on  a  forty-mile  front  on  March  2ist  of  the  next  year. 

Before  the  British  were  aware  of  the  peril,  German  infantry  had  over- 
run their  lines.  The  division  immediately  assailed — ^which  had  been  cut 
to  pieces  in  Flanders  and  was  now  occupying  a  supposedly  quiet  sec- 
tor training  its  replacements — gave  way,  opening  a  wide  gap  in  the 
British  front  through  which  the  victorious  German  troops  pressed 
rapidly  forward,  occupying  the  villages  of  Gonnelieu,  Villers-Guislain 
and  Gouzeaucourt  on  the  Peronne  road  itself.  In  these  first  morning 
hours  it  seemed  inevitable  that  the  Germans  would  be  able  to  advance 
behind  the  whole  Cambrai  salient  and  make  a  vast  capture  in  men  and 
material. 

While  the  Germans  on  the  southern  side  of  the  salient  were  thus  mak- 
ing their  successful  advance,  following  their  astonishing  surprise,  other 
German  divisions  were  pounding  with  terrific  energy  on  the  northern 
side  of  the  salient  about  Bourlon  Woods,  and  thence  eastward  and  south- 
ward along  the  whole  salient.  Fortunately  for  the  British  no  such  col- 
lapse took  place  on  their  left  and  centre  as  had  resulted  through  the 
German  advance  on  their  right.  By  afternoon  the  Guards  Division, 
which  was  in  reserve,  together  with  certain  cavalry  units,  had  been 
pushed  into  action  and  had  re-captured  Gouzeaucourt  and  reestablished 


268  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

the  imperilled  flank.  The  Germans  had  no  longer  any  real  chance  of 
bringing  off  a  huge  success. 

Nevertheless,  there  was  no  further  possibility  of  holding  the  Cambrai 
salient  or  maintaining  a  grip  on  the  all-important  position  of  Bourlon 
Woods.  The  effort  to  transform  the  local  and  considerable  momentary 
success  into  a  permanent  advantage  had  not  only  failed  but  had  invited 
a  German  counter-thrust  which  had  resulted  in  gains  by  the  Germans 
both  in  prisoners  and  guns  totally  counterbalancing  the  original  British 
profit.  Moreover,  such  elation  as  had  been  excited  by  the  initial  suc- 
cess inevitably  gave  way  now  to  a  depression  the  more  intense  because 
this  failure  coincided  with  equally  depressing  situations  elsewhere. 

Such,  in  its  brief  form,  was  the  Battle  of  Cambrai.  *'The  Cambrai 
Fright"  as  Ludendorff  later  described  the  tank  surprise.  The  British, 
when  they  had  with  skill  and  success  re-organized  their  line,  were  still  able 
to  point  to  a  certain  number  of  square  miles  of  territory  permanently 
gained  and  to  the  possession  of  the  ruins  of  a  few  villages  which  had  been 
inside  of  the  German  lines  when  the  attack  of  November  20th  opened. 
They  had  released  some  hundreds  of  French  inhabitants  of  these  villages. 
They  had  for  a  moment  threatened  to  achieve  a  complete  rupture  of  the 
German  front,  but  actually  in  casualties  and  prisoners  the  gains  of  the 
two  armies  were  at  least  even,  while  to  the  man  in  the  street  it  seemed 
that  the  British  had  completely  missed  a  great  opportunity — ^while  the 
Germans  had  extricated  themselves  from  a  dangerous  position  with 
consummate  skill  and  turned  temporary  defeat  into  incontestable  suc- 
cess. 

Cambrai,  then,  was  no  counterweight  for  the  Flanders  failure. 
It  contributed  nothing  to  restore  the  confidence  of  Allied  publics,  shaken 
alike  by  the  Italian  disaster  and  the  Russian  collapse;  and,  what  was  of 
even  greater  importance,  the  successful  employment  by  the  Germans  of 
their  new  Hutier  tactics  did  not  open  the  eyes  of  the  British  to  the  perils 
this  new  method  had  for  their  own  troops,  untrained  to  defensive  warfare. 
Finally  there  was  discoverable,  in  the  collapse  of  a  British  division, 
symptoms  of  a  decline  in  morale  and  in  fighting  capacity  not  hitherto 
disclosed  in  all  the  terrible  tests  of  more  than  three  years.     Cambrai 


CAMBRAI— JERUSALEM  269 

should  have  been  a  warning.  However  much  Sir  Douglas  Haig  and  his 
associate  commanders  may  have  blundered  in  risking  the  offensive  with 
inadequate  resources,  in  persisting  in  it  when  all  real  chance  of  further 
gain  had  vanished,  the  real  indictment  must  be  found  in  the  fact  that 
from  this  failure,  from  the  German  success,  they  were  unable  to  derive 
lessons  which,  if  learned,  might  have  prevented,  four  months  later,  what 
was  to  prove  the  greatest  military  disaster  in  all  British  history,  for  what 
happened  to  a  division  on  November  30th  happened  to  a  whole  army  on 
March  21st. 

IV.     JERUSALEM 

As  the  year  closed  British  success  in  a  far  distant  field  served  in  some 
small  degree  to  relieve  the  depression  arising  from  the  unbroken  list  of 
losses  and  failures  elsewhere.  On  Tuesday,  December  i  ith,  Sir  Edmund 
AUenby,  who  at  the  opening  of  the  year  had  commanded  the  British 
Third  Army  at  Arras,  entered  Jerusalem  after  a  brief  but  brilliant 
campaign  which  was  to  prove  but  the  prelude  to  that  far  greater  success 
in  the  following  year.  This  later  triumph  would  in  its  turn  drive  the  Turk 
out  of  Syria  as  well  as  Palestine,  destroy  three  of  his  armies,  and  after 
long  centuries  avenge  the  failures  of  the  Crusaders,  while  for  the  victor 
it  would  earn  the  reward  of  promotion  to  the  rank  of  field  marshal. 

When  Allenby  came  to  the  Holy  Land  the  British  forces,  under  Gen- 
eral Murray,  had  suffered  a  severe  check  at  Gaza  on  the  edge  of  the 
Egyptian  frontier  and  all  further  advance  seemed  forbidden,  but  under 
Allenby's  direction  a  railroad  had  been  pushed  across  the  desert  from 
the  Suez  Canal,  the  waters  of  the  Nile  had  been  piped  into  the  wastes 
of  Palestine,  not  only  quenching  the  thirst  of  thousands  of  British  sol- 
diers, but,  in  the  minds  of  the  superstitious  Turk,  now  presaging  defeat^ 
since  there  was  a  legend  that  the  Turks  would  stay  in  Jerusalem  until 
the  waters  of  the  Nile  arrived  in  Palestine.  By  the  last  of  October 
Allenby  was  ready.  His  first  operations  cleared  Beersheba  and  his 
advance  thereafter  followed  the  sea  coast  and  the  Hebron  road.  By 
November  i6th  he  had  occupied  Jaffa,  the  port  of  Jerusalem,  and  by 
November  21st  his  troops  looked  down  on  the  Holy  City  from  the  west. 
On  December  9th  other  British  troops,  following  the  Hebron  road,  were 


270  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

north  and  east  of  the  city  and  across  the  Jericho  road.  All  German  ef- 
forts to  prevent  the  disaster  arrived  at  nothing.  Falkenhayn,  the 
engineer  of  the  Verdun  offensive,  visited  the  front  and  returned  con- 
vinced that  nothing  could  be  done.  Finally,  on  December  9th,  on  the 
day  of  the  festival  celebrating  the  recapture  of  the  Temple  by  Judas 
Maccabeus  in  165  b.  c,  the  Turkish  garrison  of  Jerusalem  capitulated. 
Two  days  later,  on  foot,  through  the  Jaffa  Gate.  Allenby  entered  the 
town. 

In  the  subsequent  weeks,  the  British  advance  pushed  forward 
until  the  new  front  was  well  beyond  the  range  of  the  city  and  there  the 
campaign  paused,  while  the  British  began  those  preparations  which,  in 
the  following  autumn,  were  to  lead  to  one  of  the  most  amazing  victories 
in  military  history  won  on  the  Plain  of  Armageddon.  Thus  two  British 
successes,  both  against  the  Turk,  one  of  which  carried  Bagdad  and  the 
other  resulted  in  the  capture  of  Jerusalem,  supplied  bright  spots  in  the 
darkness  of  this  year  of  unmistakable  depression,  and  disclosed  two  Brit- 
ish generals  whose  achievements  in  the  eastern  theatre  won  enduring 
glory  and  were  rivalled  in  British  armies  on  the  western  front  only  by 
those  of  Sir  Herbert  Plumer.  Maude,  Allenby,  and  Plumer  were 
thenceforth  recognized  as  the  great  British  army  commanders  of  the  war, 
and  but  for  Maude's  untimely  death  it  is  hardly  doubtful  that  he  would 
have  been  called  to  higher  command  on  the  western  front. 

In  his  report  of  military  operations  for  the  year  191 7  Sir  Douglas 
Haig  announced  that  British  armies  had  captured  114,544  prisoners, 
of  which  73,131  were  taken  on  the  French  front,  and  761  guns,  530  of 
which  were  taken  in  France,  while  the  losses  in  prisoners  were  28,279 
and  in  guns  166,  practically  all  on  the  French  front.  This  was  a 
better  showing  in  men  captured  than  in  the  previous  year  but  worse 
in  guns,  most  of  which  were  lost  at  Cambrai.  These  figures  were, 
however,  to  seem  insignificant  as  compared  with  the  German  and  Allied 
captures  in  the  coming  campaign. 


CHAPTER  TWELVE 

CAPORETTO— AND  PETAIN'S  ACHIEVEMENT 

I 
THE  DISASTER 

On  October  24th  Italy  was  overtaken  by  the  first  of  that  series  of 
military  disasters  which  destroyed,  successively,  an  Italian,  a  British, 
and  a  French  army;  in  each  case  resulted  in  far-swinging  advance  on  the 
part  of  the  enemy,  and  placed  the  whole  military  establishment  of  the 
nation  assailed  in  gravest  jeopardy. 

Two  years  after  the  great  disaster  of  Caporetto  an  Italian  military 
commission  reported  that  there  had  been  three  causes  for  the  collapse 
of  the  Italian  Second  Army.  These  causes  were:  first,  the  failure  of 
Cadorna  and  his  subordinate  generals  to  provide  necessary  reserves  and 
adequate  second  and  third  positions;  second,  the  successful  progress  of 
enemy  and  socialistic  propaganda  in  the  Italian  army,  and  third,  the 
new  German  tactics. 

The  destruction  of  the  British  Fifth  Army  in  March  of  the  following 
year  was  to  recall  in  many  details  the  Caporetto  disaster,  while  the  Brit- 
ish and  French  collapse  on  the  Chemin-des-Dames  in  May  was  to  re- 
produce still  others.  In  the  case  of  the  British  there  was  no  propaganda 
but  there  was  an  army  wearied  by  its  exertions  and  strained  by  its  losses 
in  Flanders,  without  adequate  reserves  and  with  insufficient  support 
lines.  In  the  case  of  the  French  and  the  British  on  the  Chemin-des- 
Dames  there  was  again  no  propaganda,  while  there  were  an  infinite  num- 
ber of  support  and  secondary  defence  systems  and  two  considerable 
rivers  behind  to  serve  as  defence  lines. 

As  a  consequence  of  these  later  experiences  of  the  armies  of  Italy's 
allies,  there  has  been  a  revision  of  the  judgment  passed  upon  Cadorna 
and  the  Italian  troops  at  the  time.  The  fact  seems  to  be  that  the  Ger- 
mans had  now  devised  a  system  of  offensive — used  at  Riga  and  sub- 

271 


272  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

sequently  employed  at  Cambrai — which  was  destined  to  bring  them  vic- 
tories and  to  prove  irresistible  until  a  successful  answer  was  discovered 
and  developed  by  General  Gouraud  and  by  him  employed  to  break  the 
last  German  offensive  of  the  war  on  July  15,  19 18,  in  Champagne.  Per- 
haps the  best  analysis  of  this  German  method  was  supplied  by  Gouraud 
himself  in  an  interview  which  he  gave  to  the  press  after  his  great  victory. 
In  this — having  pointed  out  that,  with  slight  modifications,  the  tactics 
which  had  failed  against  him  were  precisely  those  that  succeeded  at 
Caporetto  against  the  Italians,  in  Picardy  against  the  British,  and  on 
the  Chemin-des-Dames  against  the  British  and  French — he  said: 

The  Von  Hutier  system  broke  the  trench  warfare  deadlock  in  the  German 
favour  by  two  factors:  First,  the  element  of  surprise — that  is,  development  of 
unexpected  strength  both  of  men  and  guns  at  a  given  point — and  secondly,  by 
neutralizing  the  land — or  trench — defences  by  a  brief  bombardment  of  tremen- 
dous volume,  followed  by  a  smoke  screen  against  which  the  defenders  that  es- 
caped destruction  were  virtually  powerless. 

Beginning  usually  four  hours  before  the  zero  hour,  fixed  around  dawn,  the 
enemy  would  open  fire  with  four  or  five  times  as  many  guns  as  the  defender 
thought  he  possessed  in  that  sector.  During  the  preceding  weeks  they  had 
been  "registering"  on  every  worth-while  objective,  but  taking  care  to  space 
the  registering  shots  so  as  to  conceal  their  great  strength.  The  bombardment 
would  contain  a  fixed  proportion  of  gas  and  high  explosive  calculated  to  render 
the  defence  positions  untenable  for  a  considerable  depth.  During  the  final 
hour  smoke  shells,  at  the  rate  of  about  two  to  one,  would  be  added.  Then  at 
the  zero  hour  the  infantry,  masked  and  lightly  equipped,  would  charge  forward 
at  full  speed  through  the  gas  and  smoke,  literally  swamping  the  defenders  and 
often  penetrating  right  to  the  artillery  positions  before  the  isolated  groups  in 
the  front-line  defences  realized  that  they  were  surrounded. 

General  Gouraud  also  pointed  out  at  this  time  that  the  infantry 
divisions  employed  in  these  operations  had  been  carefully  trained  in 
readiness,  and  brought  up  at  the  last  moment  by  forced  marches  at 
night,  during  which  every  precaution  was  taken,  and  taken  successfully 
in  all  cases,  to  avoid  detection  by  airplanes.  Not  until  the  Battle  of 
Champagne  was  the  element  of  surprise  eliminated  but  on  this  occasion 
Gouraud  not  only  knew  where  the  attack  was  coming,  but  the  precise 
hour  of  the  very  morning  on  which  it  would  be  launched.     For  the  at- 


CAPORETTO— AND  PETAIN'S  ACHIEVEMENT        273 

tack  upon  the  Italians,  in  late  October,  preparations  had  been  made  over 
a  long  period.  Not  only  were  German  troops  sent  to  the  Italian  front 
for  the  first  time  during  the  war  but  the  whole  Austrian  military  forces 
were  placed  directly  under  the  German  General  Staff,  and  Ludendorff 
himself  assumed  charge  of  operations. 

As  a  consequence  of  the  Italian  local  successes  through  the  spring 
and  summer,  the  Italians  occupied  in  October  a  situation  satisfying  if 
they  were  going  to  continue  an  offensive  but  perilous  in  the  extreme  if, 
as  was  now  the  case,  they  were  to  be  attacked.  Their  Third  Army  con- 
tinued to  hold  the  positions  between  the  Adriatic  and  the  foot  of  the  hills 
above  Gorizia — positions  which  had  in  the  main  been  held  for  a  long 
period  of  time  and  were  properly  organized  alike  for  defence  and  for 
further  offensive  operations.  Far  different  was  the  situation  of  the 
Second  Army.     In  the  operations  against  the  Bainsizza  Plateau  it  had 


»CAI-E  OF    MILES 
O         10        20       SO        «">       50 
fRONTI  ERS  •="• 
RAIt-WX>AD& 


THE  ITALIAN  DISASTER 

Solid  black  shows  territory  occupied  by  the  Austrians  on  the  day  following  Caporetto. 
The  white  arrow  indicates  the  point  at  which  the  Germans  broke  through  and  their  line  of  ad- 
vance through  Cividale  to  Udine  cutting  off  the  retreat  of  the  Italians. 


274  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

pushed  across  the  deep  canyon  of  the  Isonzo,  cHmbed  up  to  the  mountain 
rim  of  the  Bainsizza  Plateau  itself,  and  then  attempted  to  envelop  Monte 
San  Gabriele  which  was  the  final  barrier  to  a  forward  advance  to  Trieste. 
This  fighting  for  Monte  San  Gabriele  had  as  completely  exhausted  the 
Second  Army  as  the  Flanders  operations  had  used  up  the  off^ensive  quali- 
ties of  the  British  troops.  Along  with  this  exhaustion,  due  to  too  greatly 
prolonged  strain,  was  a  decline  in  morale  resulting  from  the  use  made  of 
the  Pope's  recent  Peace  Note  by  German,  socialist,  and  clerical  propa- 
gandists, the  generally  bad  economic  condition  of  Italy;  and  the  growing 
unrest  in  the  civil  population. 

Thus  the  Second  Army,  on  the  morning  of  October  24th,  was  an 
army  already  shaken  in  spirit,  weakened  by  losses,  fought-out  in  a 
campaign  in  which  too  much  had  been  asked  of  it,  and  it  occupied  a 
perilous  position  with  its  centre  and  one  flank  thrown  across  an  unford- 
able  river,  having  at  its  rear  only  such  communications  as  it  had  been 
possible  to  construct  during  battle,  while  the  northern  flank,  parts  of  which 
were  on  opposite  sides  of  the  river,  was  composed  of  second-  and  third- 
line  troops  without  adequate  reserves  or  sufficient  second-line  defences. 

A  glance  at  the  map  discloses  the  full  extent  of  the  peril.  Could 
the  Germans  break  the  northern  flank  of  the  Second  Army  and  seize 
the  crossings  of  the  Isonzo  at  Caporetto,  they  would  have  a  straight 
road  to  Udine  and  it  might  be  possible  for  them,  pressing  southward  to 
and  through  this  town,  to  cut  off  all  of  the  Italian  Second  Army  as  well 
as  the  Third  and  achieve  that  colossal  Sedan  which  they  had  sought 
in  France  in  the  opening  days  of  the  war. 

Moreover,  in  choosing  their  time  for  this  attack,  the  Germans  followed 
asystem  which  by  this  time  had  become  famihar.  In  191 5  they  had  closed 
a  year  of  alternating  success  and  failure  by  crushing  Serbia  and  opening 
the  road  to  the  Golden  Horn.  They  had  terminated  the  campaign  of 
the  following  year  by  entering  Bukharest  and  crushing  Roumania.  It 
was  of  utmost  importance  to  them  to  end  the  campaign  of  1917  by  a 
shining  success  which  would  serve  alike  to  depress  the  morale  of  their 
enemies,  raise  the  spirits  of  their  own  civil  population,  and  supply  the 
basis  for  further  propaganda  and  pacifist  operations. 


CAPORETTO— AND  PETAIN'S  ACHIEVEMENT        275 

The  position  occupied  by  the  Italian  Second  Army,  on  the  Bainsizza 
Plateau,  was  a  pronounced  and  perilous  salient.  Now,  as  at  Cambrai, 
the  Germans  undertook  to  "pinch  out"  this  Bainsizza  salient  by  a 
surprise  attack.  In  the  case  of  Cambrai  they  attacked  from  both 
sides  of  the  British  salient  and  were  successful  on  only  one.  In 
the  case  of  Bainsizza  they  attacked  on  only  one  side,  but  with 
extraordinary  success.  The  operation  which  followed  is  perhaps  most 
closely  reminiscent  of  that  at  the  Dunajec.  In  April,  1915,  the  main 
Russian  armies  were  across  the  Carpathians  about  the  Dukla  Pass  and 
were  pushing  onward  into  Hungary,  while  their  flanks  were  covered  by 
the  armies  of  Dimitrieff^  along  the  Dunajec  River  and  of  Lechitsky  on 
the  crest  of  the  Carpathians  south  and  west  of  the  Dukla.  When  Mac- 
kensen  attacked  Dimitrieff  and  destroyed  his  army  the  position  of  the 
main  Russian  masses  under  Ivanoff  was  critical;  there  were  some  days 
before  it  was  clear  whether  the  Russians  would  escape  or  suffer  a  Sedan. 
They  got  away,  but  they  left  prisoners,  guns,  and  flags  in  German  pos- 
session, and  so  great  was  the  dislocation  of  their  front  that  they  were 
unable  to  make  a  successful  stand  until  early  autumn;  and  in  point  of 
fact  neither  the  army  nor  the  Government  ever  recovered  from  the  ef- 
fects of  the  disaster. 

Now  the  German  blow  of  October,  19 17,  was  similar  to  the  thrust  at 
the  Dunajec  in  May,  1915.  It  was  levelled  at  that  portion  of  the  Italian 
forces  guarding  the  flank  of  the  Second  Army  on  both  sides  of  the  Isonzo 
from  Tolmino  to  Flitsch,  and  particularly  at  those  troops  occupying  the 
bridge-head  of  Caporetto  on  the  road  to  Udine.  Once  this  force  had 
been  crushed  the  Germans  would  be  able  to  advance  southwestward 
upon  Udine  by  the  Cividale  Valley,  and  a  few  hours  after  the  Italian 
lines  collapsed  they  were  actually  nearer  to  Cadorna's  headquarters  in 
this  town  than  much  of  the  Italian  Second  and  all  of  the  Third  Army, 
and  were  approaching  the  line  of  communications  by  which  the  Second 
and  Third  armies  must  retire.  Favoured  again  by  mist,  by  driving 
rain,  and  even  by  snow  in  the  upper  mountains,  six  German  divisions 
under  Otto  von  Below  fell  upon  the  flank  of  the  ItaHan  Second  Army, 
after  a  brief  bombardment  on  the  whole  extent  of  their  front  from  Zaga 


276  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

on  the  north  to  the  edge  of  the  Bainsizza  Plateau.  The  attack  was  im- 
mediately successful,  the  surprise  was  complete.  Certain  units  made  no 
resistance  whatever,  some  even  laid  down  their  arms  in  advance  of  the 
arrival  of  the  assailants,  and  in  the  briefest  possible  time  the  left  or 
north  flank  of  the  Second  Army  had  ceased  to  exist.  In  a  subsequent 
official  statement  Cadorna  himself  charged  those  responsible,  officers 
and  men  alike,  with  treason.  This  declaration  was  softened  by  the 
substitution  of  the  term  "insufficient  resistance"  for  the  allegation  of 
treason,  but  otherwise  the  statement  was  permitted  to  issue  and  was  as 
follows : 

The  violence  of  the  attack  and  an  insufficient  resistance  on  the  part  of  cer- 
tain units  of  the  Second  Army  have  permitted  the  Austro-German  forces  to 
break  through  our  defence  on  the  left  wing  of  the  Julian  sector.  The  valiant 
behaviour  of  the  other  troops  did  not  suffice  to  prevent  the  enemy  from  pene- 
trating to  the  sacred  soil  of  our  fatherland.  Our  line  retires  according  to  plan. 
The  depots  and  munition  stores  of  the  territory  evacuated  have  all  been  de- 
stroyed. The  splendid  courage  of  our  soldiers  in  so  many  famous  battles 
fought  and  won  during  the  two  and  a  half  years  of  war  encourages  the  High 
Command  to  hope  that  on  this  occasion  the  Army,  to  which  is  entrusted  the 
honour  and  the  safety  of  Italy,  will  know  how  to  do  its  duty. 

II.       TO   THE    PIAVE 

The  consequences  of  the  collapse  of  the  left  flank  of  the  Second  Army 
were  of  utmost  gravity.  Below's  German  troops  were  now  behind  the 
Second  Army,  sweeping  over  the  Julian  Alps  across  its  rear  to  Udine. 
In  the  following  days  this  army  broke  up,  ceased  to  exist.  Its  artillery, 
its  vast  stores  of  munitions,  by  far  the  greater  part  of  its  troops — offi- 
cers and  men  alike — ^were  captured.  The  fate  of  the  Second  Army  was 
sealed  once  Below  had  passed  the  Isonzo  at  Caporetto  and  the  Italian 
troops  had  failed  to  react  on  their  own  side  of  the  river.  The  destruc- 
tion of  the  Second  Army  was  more  complete  than  that  of  Gough's  British 
Fifth  Army  in  the  offensive  of  March  21st  of  the  following  year.  Its 
resistance  was  incomparably  less  determined,  yet  in  both  cases,  although 
with  different  preliminary  resistance,  an  army  collapsed  and  left  a  great 
gap  on  a  whole  front  through  which  the  enemy  poured  in. 


CAPORETTO— AND  PETAIN'S  ACHIEVEMENT        277 

The  single  problem  that  remained  after  the  tirst  few  hours  following 
the  Caporetto  disaster  was  whether  the  Italian  Third  Army,  commanded 
by  the  Duke  of  Aosta  and  occupying  the  Isonzo  front  from  Gorizia  to 
the  sea,  would  be  able  to  get  back  before  it  was  enveloped  by  the  Ger- 
man armies  coming  from  the  north  and  cutting  its  roads  and  railroads. 
Could  it  make  such  a  retreat  and  escape  envelopment  there  was  a  chance 
that  the  Italians  might  be  able  to  rally  at  the  Tagliamento,  on  the  east 
side  of  which  the  Austrians  had  temporarily  held  up  Napoleon  in  his 
great  campaign  of  1797. 

By  the  narrowest  possible  margin  the  Italian  Third  Army  succeeded 
in  passing  the  Tagliamento  in  advance  of  the  German  and  Austrian 
troops  which  were  seeking  to  envelop  it,  but  it  only  escaped  by  sacri- 
ficing all  of  its  material  and  most  of  its  artillery.  But  precisely  as  in  the 
Dunajec  time  the  Russians  were  able  to  halt  but  not  to  hold  at  the  line 
of  the  San,  the  Italians  rallied  but  were  unable  to  remain  at  the  Taglia- 
mento. On  October  29th  the  enemy  was  in  Udine;  on  October  31st  he 
had  reached  the  Tagliamento,  and  three  days  later  he  passed  the  river 
north  of  the  Treviso-Udine  railroad. 

The  next  position  on  which  an  Italian  stand  was  possible  was  behind 
the  Livenza,  a  smaller  river  which  parallels  the  Tagliamento,  but  the 
fighting  at  this  stream  was  less  considerable  than  at  the  Tagliamento. 
By  November  6th  the  enemy  was  across  this  river,  still  following  the 
Treviso-Udine  railroad,  and  by  November  9th  he  was  on  the  east  bank 
of  the  Piave,  the  last  position  from  which  the  Italians  could  cover  Venice. 
By  this  time  they  had  evacuated  not  merely  all  of  the  Venetian  plain 
east  of  the  Piave  but  all  of  the  upper  valley  of  this  stream  from  Feltre  to 
Cadore  including  the  eastern  slopes  of  the  Dolomites,  familiar  to  all 
alpinists.  The  Fourth  Army  had  been  brought  back  from  the  Carnic 
and  Cadore  fronts  which  it  had  held  with  such  great  distinction  from 
the  outset  of  the  war,  and  the  Italian  front  now  stood  from  Lago  di 
Garda  along  the  mountains,  followed  by  the  old  frontier  as  far  as  the 
Piave,  at  the  point  where  it  leaves  the  mountains,  and  thence  behind 
that  stream  to  the  sea  hardly  twenty  miles  east  of  Venice.  If  the  Ital- 
ians were  turned  or  forced  out  of  the  Piave  position  they  would  have 


278  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

to  go  behind  the  Adige,  abandoning  Venice,  Viccnza,  and  Padua  to  the 
enemy,  bringing  the  Austrians  and  Germans  close  to  the  forts  of  Verona 
and  surrendering  to  the  Austrians  practically  all  of  the  province  of 

Venetia. 

Moreover,  the  Italian  situation  behind  the  Piave,  while  strong  in  the 
plain  where  the  river  offered  a  considerable  barrier  to  direct  advance, 
was  weak  on  the  hills,  as  had  been  disclosed  in  the  Austrian  offensive 
of  1916  when  the  Italians  had  been  driven  off  the  Asiago  Plateau  and 
the  Austrians  had  almost  reached  the  plain.     On  their  north  flank  the 
Italians  were  now  open  to  an  attack  down  the  Astico  and  Brenta  valleys 
which,  if  successful,  would  have  precisely  the  same  peril  for  them  as 
the  recent  German  advance  down  the  Cividale  Valley.     In  other  words, 
it  was  impossible  for  the  Italians  to  stand  at  the  Piave  if  their  troops 
to  the  north  failed  to  hold  the  foothills  of  the  Alps  between  the  Adige 
and  the  Piave,  and  if  they  were  unable  to  hold  the  Piave  line  they  would 
have  to  give  up  Venice  and  go  back  of  the  Adige  and  the  Po,  while  any 
disaster  in  the  hills  would  infallibly  ruin  all  the  remaining  Italian  armies, 
carry  the  victors  to  Milan,  and  force  the  Italians  to  make  a  separate 
peace.     Already  French  troops,  commanded  by  Fayolle — Petain's  ablest 
lieutenant,  who  had  fought  with  the  British  at  the  Somme — ^were  on 
their  way  to  the  Italian  front,  and  the  British,  after  momentary  hesita- 
tion,^were  sending  Plumer  with  other  troops;  but  considerable  time 
must  elapse  before  this  aid  could  arrive  and  in  this  time  Italy  must  still 
rely  upon  herself.     Unless  she  could  save  herself,  no  aid  from  her 
allies  could  be  of  any  value.     In  the  immediate  presence  of  Foch,  how- 
ever, she  found  assistance,  and  the  great  French  soldier  now  appeared 
upon  an  Italian  field  of  disaster  and  played  something  of  that  role  which 
four  months  later  he  was  to  play  in  the  presence  of  a  British  disaster  even 
more  perilous  to  the  whole  Allied  cause. 

Fortunately  Italy  measured  up  to  the  supreme  test.  The  country  rose 
behind  the  army;  the  whole  national  spirit  of  the  people  was  touched; 
"defeatism"  gave  way  to  patriotism;  political  intrigues  collapsed;  the 
nation  from  the  king  to  the  peasant  echoed  Petain's  immortal  words  at 
Verdun — "They  shall  not  pass" — ^whlch  proved  the  watchword  of  vie- 


CAPORETTO— AND  PETAIN'S  ACHIEVEMENT        279 


ITALY  S  STAND  AT  THE  PIAVE 

The  three  arrows  indicate  the  valleys  by  which  the  Austro-Germans  attempted  to  descend 
to  the  plain  behind  the  Italian  front.  The  severest  fighting  was  at  Mt.  Grappa  and  on  the 
Asiaso  Plateau. 


tory  at  the  Piave  as  it  had  at  the  Meuse.  Through  December  the  Aus- 
trians,  with  gradually  decUning  German  aid,  strove  to  transform  a  vic- 
tory into  one  more  decisive  battle  of  the  world.  The  main  attacks  were 
delivered  not  on  the  Piave  front  but  in  the  mountains,  although  the 
Austrians  succeeded  in  crossing  at  several  places  notably  in  the 
lagoons  nearest  to  Venice.  They  gained  ground  but  they  fell  short  of 
their  objectives,  and  snow  and  winter  came  together  with  French  and 
British  troops,  while  the  Italian  lines  still  stood  fast  at  the  Piave. 
The  greatest  victory  on  the  western  front  during  the  whole  war — ^with 
the  possible  exception  of  Ludendorff's  supreme  success  in  March  of  the 


28o  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

next  year — had  no  morrow.  In  the  following  year  the  Italians  were  to 
endure  and  defeat  one  more  offensive  at  the  Piave,  and  then  at  last, 
passing  to  the  offensive,  see  the  Austrian  armies  dissolve  before  them 
between  the  Piave  and  the  Isonzo  in  that  same  country  which  had 
beheld  the  heroic  and  successful  retreat  of  the  Italian  Third  Army. 

But  if  the  German  victory  at  Caporetto  missed  decisive  results  by  a 
narrow  margin  its  moral  effect  was  tremendous.  While  the  Italian 
armies  were  still  struggling  to  escape  destruction,  the  British  offensive 
in  Flanders  came  to  its  mournful  end.  Cambrai  was  won,  and  lost,  and 
the  French  armies,  despite  successful  local  offensives,  were  still  under  the 
shadow  of  the  Aisne  defeat. 

Moreover,  Russia  in  this  same  time  finally  vanished  as  a  factor  in  the 
war  and  the  realization  was  brought  home  to  the  Allied  publics  of  Britain, 
France,  and  Italy,  not  only  that  their  campaign  of  1917  had  been  a  fail- 
ure, but,  provided  with  a  new  system  of  attack  and  enabled  to  bring 
all  their  best  troops  from  the  east  to  the  west,  the  Germans  now  pos- 
sessed the  initiative,  and  the  sole  chance  of  winning  the  war  rested  hence- 
forth upon  the  size  of  American  armies  to  be  sent  to  Europe  and  the 
rapidity  with  which  they  would  arrive. 

Almost  on  the  same  day  that  the  Italian  Second  Army  had 
collapsed,  the  first  American  contingent  had  appeared  on  the  French 
front  facing  Alsace-Lorraine,  but  American  forces  in  Europe  were  still 
insignificant,  and  if  the  submarine  menace  had  been  countered  to  a 
degree  it  did  not  yet  seem  possible  that  ships  could  be  found  to  move 
to  Europe  those  millions  of  American  troops  without  which  victory  was 
impossible  and  defeat  might  yet  become  inevitable.  As  a  consequence 
of  Caporetto,  Cadorna  joined  the  considerable  number  of  generals— Al- 
lied, German,  and  Austrian  alike — ^whose  failures  had  led  to  their  disap- 
pearance from  active  command.  He  was  succeeded  by  General  Diaz, 
one  of  his  ablest  lieutenants,  whose  victory  in  the  Second  Battle  of  the 
Piave  the  following  summer  marked  the  turn  of  the  tide  in  Allied  for- 
tunes. 

Even  more  important  was  the  first  step  taken  toward  unification 
of  command  on  the  Allied  side  as  a  direct  consequence  of  the  successive 


THE  MARSHAL'S  BATON 

Foch,  Commander-in-Chief  of  the 
Allied  ft)rces,  receives  his  marshal's  baton 
from  the  hands  of  Raymond  Poincare, 
President  of  the  French  Republic,  while 
Premier  Clemenceau  looks  on.  After  the 
ceremony  the  Marshal  is  saluted  by  the 
President  in  true  Gallic  fashion. 


CAPORETTO— AND  PETAIN'S  ACHIEVEMENT        283 

failures  of  the  several  armies  under  divided  leadership.  It  was  a  halting 
step.  It  produced  only  that  Versailles  Conference  which  in  fact  was 
little  more  than  an  abstraction,  since  it  had  no  actual  authority.  Out 
of  the  Versailles  Conference  four  months  later  Foch  emerged  as  gen- 
eralissimo of  all  the  Allied  armies,  and  in  the  final  campaign  Italian 
troops  fought  in  France  as  British  troops  shared  Italian  success  in  Vene- 
tia.  But  if  this  first  step  toward  unified  command  carried  with  it  the 
promise  of  victory  in  the  future,  at  the  moment  when  it  was  made  it  was 
an  insignificant  circumstance  in  the  minds  of  the  Allied  publics,  which 
saw  in  Caporetto  an  unparalleled  disaster,  which  had  cost  the  Italians 
250,000  prisoners,  more  than  2,000  guns,  most  of  their  military  mate- 
rial— the  whole  accumulation  of  two  and  a  half  years — and  enriched 
the  Austrians  not  merely  by  these  military  prizes,  but  by  considerable 
foodstuff^s  as  well,  and  enabled  them  to  occupy  more  than  2,000  square 
miles  of  Italian  soil,  while  depriving  the  Italians  of  almost  every  foot  of 
Italia  Irredenta  which  had  been  gained  in  three  campaigns  and  at  ap- 
palling sacrifice. 

III.     petain's  achievement 

While  the  British  army  was  failing  in  Flanders,  the  Italian  army 
going  to  disaster  at  Caporetto,  the  Russian  army  dissolving,  what  was 
the  position  of  the  French?  When  Petain  had  succeeded  Nivelle  in 
May  he  took  over  an  army  shaken  in  morale,  no  longer  responsive  to 
that  discipline  which  for  more  than  three  years  had  been  a  circumstance 
alike  in  heroic  defence  and  in  splendid  ofi^ence. 

Following  his  accession  to  the  High  Command,  Petain  promptly 
informed  his  British  allies  that  they  could  expect  from  the  French  noth- 
ing in  the  way  of  offensive  operation  for  at  least  two  months  to  come. 
In  fact,  it  was  not  until  August,  when  the  Flanders  offensive  had  already 
touched  approximate  failure,  that  the  first  French  blow  could  be  de- 
livered. 

Meantime,  the  immediate  task  of  Petain  was  hardly  less  considerable 
than  that  which  confronted  him  when  he  was  called  to  save  the  com- 
promised situation  at  Verdun.  He  had  to  restore  the  confidence  of  the 
soldiers  in  their  commanders.     He  had  to  satisfy  certain  of  their  legiti- 


284  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

mate  demands.  He  had  in  many  cases  to  find  new  generals  and  await 
the  construction  of  new  staffs.  All  of  these  things  he  did  with  con- 
summate success.  The  French  army  which  entered  the  campaign  of 
191 8  was  incomparably  superior  to  the  British.  If  it  was  no  longer  cap- 
able of  such  efforts  as  had  marked  the  French  forces  in  19 14  and  191 5 
it  was  to  demonstrate  in  the  crucial  hours  of  March  and  April  the  old 
Verdun  capacity  for  holding  and  in  the  counter-offensive  of  July  to 
disclose  at  least  a  flash  of  that  elan  which  had  made  the  French  infantry 
famous  for  centuries. 

The  first  military  problem  faced  by  Retain  was  left  over  from  the 
abortive  Nivelle  operation  on  the  Chemin-des-Dames.  When  the 
French  abandoned  the  offensive  here  the  Germans  seized  it  and  eagerly 
sought  to  take  advantage  of  the  temporary  disorganization  within  the 
French  ranks.  All  through  June  and  July  the  German  showered  terrific 
attacks  along  the  whole  of  the  Chemin-des-Dames  position  and  particu- 
larly on  the  eastern  half  from  Heurtebrise  Farm  to  Craonne.  Just 
above  the  little  ruined  village  of  Craonne,  the  eastern  end  of  the 
Craonne  Plateau  culminates  in  two  relatively  narrow  level  plateaux, 
while  the  ridge  itself,  seen  either  from  the  north,  the  east,  or  the  south, 
assumes  a  dominating  character  reminiscent  of  Douaumont,  and  one  of 
the  most  impressive  landmarks  of  the  whole  front. 

The  French  had  cleared  this  eastern  end  with  its  two  little  plateaux 
of  Californie  and  Casemates  in  the  May  attacks.  Now  the  Germans 
sought,  by  repeated  assaults,  coming  up  the  steep  slopes  out  of  the 
marshy  valley  of  the  Ailette,  to  regain  those  crests  which  in  all  the  Ger- 
man military  reports  are  known  as  the  "Winterberg" — the  same  crests 
from  which  the  Kaiser  on  May  27th,  of  the  following  year,  surveyed  a 
field  of  victory.  Time  and  again  they  mounted  to  the  attack,  effected 
a  lodgment,  lingered  for  a  few  hours,  and  were  driven  off.  Eight  weeks 
of  almost  continuous  fighting  gained  them  no  permanent  hold  any- 
where along  the  lines  the  French  had  established  in  the  April  offensive. 
Any  hope  that  deflection  in  French  morale  would  open  the  way  to  a 
victory  such  as  was  subsequently  achieved  at  Caporetto  proved  illusory. 
If  the  French  veterans  would  no  longer  attack  impregnable  positions, 


CAPORETTO-AND  PETAIN'S  ACHIEVEMENT        285 

would  no  longer  consent  to  be  led  against  unbroken  wire  and  unde- 
stroyed  machine-gun  nests,  they  still  retained  the  spirit  and  the 
strength  necessary  to  convince  their  German  opponents  of  the  folly  of 
similar  ventures.  The  fighting  of  this  June  and  July,  largely  filling  the 
press  of  the  time,  had  no  permanent  value. 

While  the  French  lines  thus  held  at  Craonne,  Petain  reorganized  his 
armies.  Late  July  saw  a  French  army  despatched  to  the  Flanders 
front  to  share  with  the  British  in  the  Third  Battle  of  Ypres  and  perform 
there  a  useful  if  subsidiary  service  wholly  comparable  with  that  per- 
formed by  the  French  armies  in  the  Battle  of  the  Somme.  But  it  was 
not  until  August  20th  that  Petain  was  at  last  ready,  and  his  first  blow 
coincided  almost  exactly  with  that  second  phase  of  the  British  opera- 


5r  mil-Els 


•  RAILROADS 


I CANALS 


•HiG-HvyAys  hVt'iv-Wooos 


THE  VERDUN  SECTOR 


The  shaded  portion  shows  the  ground  captured  by  the  Germans  between  February  and 
July,  1916.  The  circle  indicates  the  area  of  the  entrenched  camp  of  Verdun.  The  broken  line 
marked  the  front  attained  by  the  French  after  Petain's  successful  offensive  in  August,  191 7. 


286  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

tions  at  Ypres  which  resulted  in  the  capture  of  Langemarck  but  was 
nevertheless,  over  most  of  the  front,  a  failure  which  doomed  the  whole 
enterprise. 

For  his  first  operation  Petain  chose  the  Verdun  front,  where  he  had 
achieved  enduring  fame  in  defence  and  subsequently  demonstrated  his 
supreme  ability  in  the  organization  of  a  local  offensive  by  those  two  at- 
tacks, one  of  which  wrested  Douaumont  and  Vaux  from  the  Germans 
and  the  other  released  Verdun  from  the  fatal  German  embrace  which 
for  many  months  had  threatened  it  with  strangulation.  At  the  close 
of  these  two  offensives  Verdun  was  unblocked.  Practically  all  the  vital 
positions  on  the  heights  of  the  Meuse  were  retaken,  but  the  Germans 
still  clung  to  Hill  304  and  Dead  Man's  Hill  on  the  western  bank,  the 
fruits  of  their  second  attack  in  19 16.  Possession  of  these  western  hills 
would  give  the  Allies  ground  from  which  they  might  in  the  future  oper- 
ate out  of  the  Verdun  salient,  as  the  British  were  now  attacking  out  of 
the  Ypres  salient.  Actually  the  Petain  offensive  of  August,  191 7,  made 
possible  the  American  attack  of  September  and  October  a  year  later, 
which  carried  the  victorious  American  troops  to  Sedan  and  cut  the 
vital  German  railroad  lines  connecting  Metz  with  Lille  and  the  Alsace- 
Lorraine  front  with  that  of  Belgium.  From  the  ground  that  Petain 
took  from  the  Germans  in  the  third  and  fourth  weeks  of  August  Persh- 
ing's armies  advanced  to  their  successful  opening  attack  on  September 
26,  1918. 

At  4  o'clock  on  the  morning  of  August  20th  the  French  troops  on 
both  banks  of  the  Meuse  left  their  trenches,  supported  by  a  tremendous 
artillery  fire,  and  almost  without  resistance  seized  the  Cote  de  Talou 
in  the  bend  of  the  Meuse  on  the  east  bank,  from  which  the  Germans  had 
direct  observation  up  the  Meuse  Valley  to  Verdun,  Hills  344  and  240 
north  of  the  line  estabHshed  in  December  of  the  previous  year,  and  on 
this  front  occupied  all  the  ground  from  which  they  had  retired  on  the 
second  day  of  the  First  Battle  of  Verdun,  including  the  town  of  Samo- 
gneux  on  the  Meuse  itself.  On  the  west  bank  the  progress  was  less 
considerable.  Dead  Man's  Hill  was  taken,  but  304  held  out.  Two 
days  later  it  fell  and  the  French  line  was  restored  all  the  way  westward 


CAPORETTO— AND  PETAIN'S  ACHIEVEMENT        287 

from  the  river  south  of  the  Httle  Forges  Brook,  across  which  Pershing's 
troops  moved  to  battle  thirteen  months  later.  In  the  first  action  8,000 
prisoners  were  captured,  while  the  number  was  increased  to  10,000  in 
the  next  few  days.  Subsequent  German  counter-offensives  led  to  noth- 
ing. The  French  position  at  Verdun  was  now  completely  reestablished 
within  sight  of  the  line  on  which  the  German  flood  of  February,  1916, 
had  broken,  and  Verdun,  having  been  for  three  years  a  bulwark  against 
German  attack,  was  now  to  be  the  sally  port  from  which  America 
emerged  in  the  final  campaign  of  the  war. 

While  the  victory  at  Verdun  was  primarily  due  to  Petain  it  reflected 
credit  upon  the  new  commander  of  the  Verdun  army,  Guillaumat,  who 
had  succeeded  Nivelle  and  was  presently  to  replace  Sarrail  at  Salonica 
and  plan  that  victorious  operation  executed  by  Franchet  d'Esperey 
after  Guillaumat  had  returned  to  Paris  to  participate  brilliantly  in  the 
last  phase  of  the  war.  Guillaumat  at  Verdun,  Gouraud  in  Champagne, 
De  Maistre  at  the  Chemin-des-Dames,  were  three  of  the  new  names 
which  were  to  be  heard  with  increasing  frequency  in  the  next  few 
months,  together  with  those  of  Fayolle  and  of  Mangin,  who,  despite 
disgrace  due  to  his  share  of  the  Nivelle  failure,  was  to  return  as  an  army 
commander  to  the  same  field  in  19 18  and  achieve  a  still  greater  reputa- 
tion. 

Two  months  after  the  Verdun  operation,  at  the  precise  moment  when 
the  Italians  were  collapsing  at  Caporetto,  Petain  launched  his  second 
blow.  This  time  he  selected  the  front  on  which  Nivelle  had  failed  in 
the  spring.  He  sought  no  grandiose  objective.  His  purpose  was  lim- 
ited to  clearing  that  western  end  of  the  Craonne  Plateau  on  either  side 
of  the  Soissons-Laon  road  which,  in  German  hands,  imperilled  the  whole 
French  position  on  the  Craonne  Plateau  and  was  in  fact  a  wedge  driven 
into  the  centre  of  the  entire  Allied  front.  The  key  to  this  position  was 
the  high  ground  just  off  the  Laon  road,  the  ground  occupied  by  the 
dismantled  fort  of  Malmaison,  which  looked  across  the  Ailette  Valley 
squarely  at  the  spires  and  walls  of  Laon.  On  this  position  Nivelle's 
great  offensive  had  broken  with  tremendous  casualties.  It  was  one  of 
the  strongest  sectors  on  the  whole  German  front,  recalling  in  its  im- 


288 


HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 


mediate  circumstances  the  crest  of  that  Pozieres  Ridge  held  for  so  long 
by  the  Germans  in  the  Battle  of  the  Somme.  On  the  west  the  German 
lines  touched  the  Ailette  and  ran  along  the  Vauxillon  Plateau  to  the 
ridge  where  once  the  mill  of  Laffaux  had  stood.  This  point  was  "the 
Laffaux  Corner"  of  Ludendorff  and  other  German  commentators. 
Thence  they  followed  the  high  ground  south  of  the  Chemin-des-Dames 
eastward  for  several  miles.  The  position  had  been  fortified  with  utmost 
skill  and  care  before  the  attack  of  April  i6th.  In  the  succeeding  months 
its  fortifications  had  been  still  more  largely  increased.  Nevertheless,  on 
the  23rd  of  October — after  a  six-day  bombardment,  which  succeeded 

where  Nivelle's  had  failed, 
smashed  and  wrecked  the  Ger- 
man defences  and  shook  the  mo- 
rale of  the  German  forces — the 
French  left  their  trenches  on  an 
eight-mile  front  and  in  a  few 
hours  had  cleared  the  Germans 
from  all  the  high  ground  and 
taken  possession  of  Fort  Malmai- 
son  itself.  The  following  day  there 
were  further  local  advances,  as  a 
result  of  which,  on  November  2nd, 


THE      CAMPAIGN      ON     THE 
WESTERN    FRONT    IN    I9I7 

The  solid  black  indicates 
the  territory  occupied  by  the 
Anglo-French  armies  at  the 
close  of  the  campaign.  The 
white  line,  the  front  at  the  open- 
ing of  the  year. 


CAPORETTO-AND  PETAIN'S  ACHIEVEMENT        289 

the  Germans  evacuated  all  the  ground  still  held  by  them  on  the  south 
bank  of  the  Ailette  and  for  the  first  time  since  August,  1914,  all  of  the 
Craonne  Plateau  was  in  French  hands.  More  than  11,000  prisoners 
and  200  guns  were  captured,  and  the  effect  was  a  real  if  small  counter- 
weight to  the  Italian  disaster  which  gave  the  French  armies  and  the 
French  people  still  further  confidence  in  Petain  and  won  for  De  Maistre, 
who  commanded  the  army  actually  engaged,  a  place  among  the  success- 
ful generals  of  the  war. 

The  German  victory  on  this  ground  in  May  of  the  following  year 
robbed  the  1917  victory  of  all  its  permanent  value  and  much  of  its 
real  importance.  Nevertheless,  it  was  a  brilliant  and  a  final  example 
of  a  successful  employment  of  the  tactics  which  aimed  at  local  objectives 
and  restricted  successes.  It  was  in  a  sense  the  perfection  of  the  strategy 
which  Joffre  had  described  as  "nibbling"  two  years  before,  but  it  did 
not  and  could  not  produce  decisive  results  and  it  gave  way  to  the  new 
strategy  in  which  the  element  of  surprise  was  restored  both  on  the  Ger- 
man and  on  the  Allied  side.  As  Cambrai  is  significant  as  disclosing  the 
methods  of  restoring  surprise  and  achieving  at  least  a  measure  of  a  break 
through,  Malmaison  is  worthy  of  note  as  the  final  appearance  of  that 
earlier  method  which  for  three  years  achieved  the  most  considerable 
successes  on  the  western  front.  By  his  defence  at  Craonne  in  June  and 
July  and  by  his  victorious  attacks  in  August  and  October,  Petain 
demonstrated  that  the  French  army  was  not  yet  conquered  and  by 
the  opening  of  the  next  campaign  would  be  able  to  make  new  and 
great  contributions  to  the  common  cause.  This,  after  all,  was  the  real 
significance  of  the  French  operations  between  May  and  the  end  of  the 
year. 


CHAPTER  THIRTEEN 

POLITICAL  EVENTS 

I 

1864  AND  1917 

In  the  political  even  more  than  in  the  military  events  of  1917  stu- 
dents of  American  history  will  find  a  parallel  in  the  year  1864.  In 
the  earlier  year  the  prolongation  of  the  Civil  War,  the  long  postpone- 
ment of  victory,  the  never-ending  cycle  of  bright  hopes  in  the  spring  and 
disappointments  in  the  summer  and  autumn,  had  produced  an  atmos- 
phere out  of  which  there  came  many  direct  and  indirect  demands  for 
peace,  and  more  than  one  effort  to  compromise  the  difficulties  which 
war  had  so  far  failed  to  settle. 

The  year  1864  was  a  year  in  which  the  courage  of  the  weaker  failed; 
faint-hearts,  feeble  spirits,  counselled  and  even  clamoured  for  an  end 
to  the  struggle  which  had  now  resulted  in  the  slaughter  of  a  large  frac- 
tion of  the  best  manhood  of  America.  Horace  Greeley  could  demand 
peace  at  any  price;  President  Lincoln  himself,  clearly  as  he  saw  the 
impossibility  of  compromise,  was  forced  by  public  agitation  to  consent 
to  that  abortive  Fortress  Monroe  conference  which  half  a  century  later 
finds  its  counterpart  in  the  mission  of  Smuts  to  Switzerland,  in  the 
activities  of  the  British  Minister  at  the  Vatican,  while  in  1917,  as  all 
through  this  period  of  the  Civil  War,  there  were  back-stairs  negotia- 
tions, intrigues,  manoeuvres,  important  at  the  time,  forgotten  afterward, 
and  buried  now  in  the  vast  accumulation  of  official  and  unofficial  papers 
defying  the  patience  of  later  generations  to  examine. 

In  1917,  as  in  1864,  there  arrived  one  of  those  hours  in  which  the 
spirit  of  nations  and  of  men  began  to  falter — in  which  the  clear  vision, 
the  gallant  challenge  to  death  and  privation  which  marked  the  opening 
period  of  the  war,  had  begun  to  give  way.  The  very  best  of  the  man- 
hood of  France  and  of  Britain,  the  spirits  which  knew  no  thought  of 

290 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  291 

surrender  or  of  compromise,  were  buried  in  all  the  mournful  graves 
which  stretched  from  the  North  Sea  to  Switzerland.  There  was  a 
decline  in  morale  everywhere.  Human  nature  itself  began  to  revolt 
against  the  protraction  of  an  agony  daily  becoming  more  intolerable  and 
daily  seeming  more  utterly  beyond  remedy. 

The  similar  period  in  the  Civil  War  commands  little  attention  and 
less  comment  now.  Those  Americans  who  know  the  military  history 
of  the  great  struggle  are  infinitely  less  well  acquainted  with  the  grimmer 
and  less  attractive  phase  which  reveals  human  nature  on  its  weaker  side 
precisely  as  the  battlefield  discloses  it  in  its  most  splendid  phase.  By 
common  consent,  when  war  has  ended,  men  of  all  nations  combine  to 
dismiss  from  memory  and  from  history  those  circumstances  which  de- 
tract from  the  glory  of  the  unselfish  sacrifice.  Thus  it  is  that,  although 
only  two  years  have  passed  since  1917,  the  record  of  the  intrigues,  the 
falterings,  the  weakness,  is  already  blurred  and  will  in  no  long  time  dis- 
appear almost  completely,  and  later  generations  will  think  of  the  men 
and  women  who  lived  and  dared  and  suff^ered  in  the  period  of  the  World 
War  rather  as  demigods  than  as  human  beings.  We  shall  have  one 
more  legend  which,  by  doing  utmost  violence  to  the  facts,  vindicates 
anew  the  claim  of  fallible  human  nature  to  possession  of  those  qualities 
with  which  the  ancient  Greeks  decorated  their  gods  in  Homeric  legend. 

But  if  one  is  to  understand  igiyonthe  military  side  it  is  essential  to 
know  it  from  the  political  angle.  The  intrigue,  the  treachery,  the 
treason  of  this  year,  these  circumstances  are  inextricably  linked  with 
the  deeds  on  the  battlefield.  Treason  behind  the  lines,  domestic  dis- 
order, sufi^ering  of  the  civil  population,  selfishness  on  the  part  of  the 
politicians,  these  things  went  far  to  explain  the  collapse  of  the  Italian 
army  at  Caporetto,  while,  before  the  French  tried  and  failed  at  Craonne, 
Caillaux  had  forecast  a  surrender  peace  for  his  country  in  which  he 
should  play  the  role  of  the  supreme  dastard.  And  as  the  year  closed. 
Lord  Lansdowne,  former  Secretary  for  Foreign  Affairs — under  whose 
direction  Anglo-French  association  had  hardened  into  military  under- 
standing, under  whose  immediate  direction  France  had  been  encouraged 
in  the  Tangier  time  to  challenge  Germany — uttered  a  document,  which, 


292  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

however  moderate  in  tone  and  reasonable  in  character,  could  have  and 
did  have  no  other  meaning  than  to  urge  that  Great  Britain  should  make 
a  negotiated  peace  with  her  great  enemy,  while  that  enemy  was  still 
victorious  on  the  battlefield  and  confident  in  the  possession  of  a  con- 
tinental empire  greater  than  that  of  Napoleon.  In  the  very  opening 
weeks  of  the  year  President  Wilson  had  spoken  of  "peace  without  vic- 
tory," and  when  the  President  of  the  United  States  had  so  modified  his 
views  as  to  lead  his  nation  into  the  World  War  these  earlier  sentiments 
remained  to  give  courage  to  those  weaker  if  not  less  honest  spirits  for 
whom  the  supreme  tragedy  of  the  war  had  become  so  intolerable  that 
peace  at  any  price — the  "white  peace"  of  contemporary  euphemism — • 
seemed  preferable  to  war  under  any  circumstances.  The  voices  of 
selfishness,  in  class  and  in  mass,  alike,  were  joined  with  those  of  cow- 
ardice and  treachery.  All  over  the  world  there  was  beginning  a  dim 
perception  that  the  destruction  incident  to  the  struggle  had  gone  so 
far  that  there  was  now  little  chance  of  restoring  much  that  had  seemed 
an  essential  part  of  orderly  government  and  methodical  existence.  As 
revolution  in  Russia  more  and  more  fiercely  flamed  up  and  the  forces 
of  anarchy  attacked  institutions  and  obliterated  systems,  there  spread  a 
growing  consciousness,  a  mounting  apprehension,  that  while  armies  still 
faced  each  other  in  the  trench  deadlock,  Bolshevism  might  conquer 
Western  civilization  as  it  had  mastered  Russia,  and  civilization  itself 
would  disappear. 

Day  by  day  it  became  clear  that  the  war  had  strained  human  insti- 
tutions, governmental  systems,  the  endurance  of  men  and  women  them- 
selves, so  much  that  even  peace  when  it  came  could  not  bring  that  im- 
mediate or  possibly  that  eventual  restoration  of  the  world  of  1914  to 
which  the  peoples  of  the  nations  at  war  had  hitherto  looked  forward 
confidently. 

There  was  an  ever-increasing  appreciation  of  the  fact  that,  whatever 
the  issues  of  the  war,  there  was  now  little  reason  to  question  the  old 
German  assertion  that  civilization  itself  was  committing  suicide  and, 
that,  without  the  settlement  of  those  questions  which  had  provoked 
the  war,  the  nations  in  arms  were  becoming  bankrupt — were  more  and 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  293 

more  sacrificing  not  merely  the  flower,  but  the  larger  fraction  of  their 
male  population.  Hunger,  misery,  forebodings  of  actual  starvation, 
these  were  in  the  minds  of  millions.  The  submarine  at  sea,  the  bombing 
airplane  in  the  clouds,  the  ceaseless  roar  of  the  artillery,  all  combined  to 
break  the  morale  of  the  civil  populations  quite  as  much  as  it  attacked 
the  military  resources  of  the  nation. 

All  of  this  the  German  turned  to  his  own  advantage,  while  Bol- 
shevism, which  he  encouraged  and  fostered,  destroyed  Russia  as  a  mili- 
tary force;  and  as  a  nation,  at  the  precise  moment  when  Bolshevist 
leaders  were  uttering  words  which  were  interpreted  by  western  dream- 
ers and  idealists  as  a  new  gospel,  as  a  further  revelation  comparable 
with  the  doctrines  of  the  French  Revolution,  German  politicians  and 
leaders  gave  lying  echoes  to  those  principles  and  those  utterances. 
**  Peace  without  annexation  and  without  indemnity,"  demanded  by 
Russia,  which  had  renounced  every  Romanoff  claim,  was  now  cham- 
pioned in  the  German  Reichstag  by  politicians  who  never  for  a  single 
moment  contemplated  the  evacuation  of  Belgium,  the  surrender  of 
Poland,  or  even  the  restoration  of  the  invaded  districts  of  France.  And 
In  this  period  there  was  faltering  in  the  statesmanship  of  all  the  Allied 
countries.  In  Britain  those  Liberal  elements  which  had  opposed  British 
entrance  into  the  war  at  all,  now  acting  in  the  name  of  humanity,  urged 
a  settlement  which  could  not  come  except  by  the  surrender  of  Britain's 
allies  to  Germany.  Lloyd  George  himself  publicly  suggested  that 
Germany  might  find  compensation  in  Russia  with  Allied  consent,  while 
Smuts  and  other  British  representatives  journeyed  to  Switzerland 
and  Spain  and  elsewhere  in  vain  efforts  to  find  In  secret  conference  with 
the  enemy  some  basis  for  negotiated  peace  which  would  leave  to  the 
Allies  a  degree  of  security,  if  only  a  small  fraction  of  honour. 

In  France  there  was  even  more  faltering.  There  was  even  more 
treachery.  Between  the  spring  and  the  winter  the  Republic  had  four 
cabinets.  In  that  time  treason  flourished  openly,  peace  was  preached 
almost  publicly.  German  agents  passed  through  Paris,  French  news- 
papers were  purchased  by  German  gold,  and  the  trail  of  intrigue  led 
from  the  banks  of  the  Seine  to  those  of  the  Hudson  and  La  Plata. 


294  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

Defeatism  flourished;  cowardice,  disguising  itself  as  liberalism  and  as 
humanity,  now  appeared  from  the  dark  corners  in  which  it  had  hidden. 
France  was  at  the  point  of  moral  collapse  when  in  despair  she  turned  to 
Clemenceau,  finding  once  more — as  so  frequently  in  her  long  history — a 
supremely  great  spirit  who  was  to  lead  her  out  of  despair,  through 
fortitude,  to  victory. 

But  of  the  three  European  allies  the  plight  of  Italy  was  worst. 
On  the  economic  side  her  condition  was  incomparably  inferior  to  that  of 
her  two  associates.  The  German  submarine  campaign  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean deprived  her  of  the  coal,  the  raw  materials,  and  the  food  essen- 
tial alike  to  her  industry,  her  war  making,  and  the  existence  of  her  pop- 
ulation. The  old  breach  between  the  Clerical  party  and  the  Mon- 
archy reasserted  itself  and  the  appeal  of  the  Pope  to  the  belligerents 
to  make  peace  was  seized  upon  by  at  least  a  section  of  the  Clerical  ele- 
ment to  undermine  the  morale  of  the  army.  Moreover,  socialism  and 
anarchy  responded  in  Italy  even  more  than  in  France  to  the  pronounce- 
ments of  Bolshevism  in  Russia.  In  losing  Russia  the  Allies  were  not 
merely  deprived  of  millions  of  soldiers,  whose  departure  permitted  Ger- 
many to  move  innumerable  divisions  to  the  western  front;  almost  more 
deadly  was  the  effect  of  Bolshevist  propaganda.  It  was  a  madness 
which  could  not  have  assailed  the  minds  of  men  and  women  had  the 
way  not  been  prepared  by  the  endless  torture  of  the  war.  But  to  those 
in  despair  it  held  out  a  promise  of  relief  as  unreal  as  the  mirage  that 
thirsty  travellers  see  in  the  desert,  but  to  be  pursued  with  the  same 
frantic  zeal. 

In  this  period  the  appeal  of  President  Wilson  for  peace  at  the  open- 
ing of  the  year;  the  bid  of  Socialism,  advocated  in  Russia,  propagated  by 
Germany,  expressed  in  the  Stockholm  Conference;  the  appeal  of  the 
Pope;  and,  finally,  the  counsel  of  Conservative  selfishness  voiced  by 
Lord  Lansdowne,  combined  to  unite  the  most  diverse  elements  and  the 
most  inimical  classes.  Mankind  was  attacked  at  once  on  the  side  of 
humanity  and  of  selfishness,  of  reason  and  of  passion.  The  peace  offen- 
sive broke  lines  hitherto  unshaken.  It  is  almost  impossible  to  exag- 
gerate the  degree  to  which  the  whole  Allied  cause  was  imperilled  in  this 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  295 

time  and  by  these  various  factors.  Not  even  the  military  defeats  of  the 
next  year — which  once  more  put  Paris  in  jeopardy  and  again  seemed 
destined  to  open  a  road  to  the  Channel — were  actually  as  deadly  men- 
aces as  those  other  dangers  which  filled  1917. 

And  yet,  since  in  the  main  these  perils  attacked  the  spirit — since 
they  were  in  their  very  nature  imponderable,  not  to  be  disclosed  by 
battle  maps,  not  to  be  explained  by  the  citation  of  debates  in  the 
Reichstag,  or  Parliament,  of  speeches  in  the  market  place — since  the 
whole  phenomenon  was,  after  all,  a  product  of  the  emotions,  the  passions, 
the  agonies  of  the  hour — it  is  almost  impossible  even  now  to  describe  or 
to  preserve  the  facts  which  made  up  the  inner  history  of  191 7. 

Yet,  out  of  the  turmoil  and  welter  there  does  emerge  the  one  clear 
and  unmistakable  truth.  The  belligerent  world  was  rapidly  approach- 
ing the  moment  of  complete  exhaustion.  The  bonds  of  discipline,  of 
government,  of  civilization  itself,  were  loosening.  Conditions  hardly 
paralleled  since  the  days  of  the  Thirty  Years'  War  were  appearing  in 
western  Europe,  and  men  and  women  everywhere,  aghast  at  the  abyss 
which  was  opening  at  their  feet,  turned  to  the  thought  of  peace  without 
victory,  without  decision,  even  without  honour,  as  holding  out  the 
single  promise  that  the  world  could  be  saved  from  that  chaos  into  which 
Russia  had  already  disappeared  and  toward  which  the  rest  of  the  world 
was  drifting  headlong. 

The  circumstances  of  the  political  history  in  this  period  are  of  rela- 
tively minor  importance.  All  the  scheming  and  the  treachery  of  the 
selfish,  the  seduced,  the  corrupt,  led  to  nothing.  All  the  back-stairs 
negotiations,  the  secret  exchanges,  the  international  conclaves,  arrived 
nowhere.  The  appeal  of  the  Pope,  like  the  proposal  of  the  President, 
did  not  shorten  the  war  by  a  single  hour.  In  the  end  the  struggle  went 
forward  because  the  German — perceiving  his  public  as  yet  less  shaken 
behind  the  firing  line  and  his  army  not  only  more  successful  than  the 
opposing  armies  but  now  in  a  position  which  held  out  the  promise  of 
speedy  and  supreme  victory — declined  to  abate  by  one  degree  those 
claims,  or  moderate  in  one  particular  those  ambitions  which  he  had  held 
when  he  set  out  to  achieve  world  power.     Had  Germany  been  wise,  clear- 


296  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

sighted,  possessed  of  a  statesman  like  Bismarck,  she  could  have  made  a 
peace  in  1917  which  would  have  left  her  far  forward  on  that  imperial  road 
which  she  had  deliberately  entered  three  years  before.  But  her  mood  was 
the  mood  of  Napoleon  in  1 8 1 3 .  The  blindness,  the  overweening  self-con- 
fidence, which  made  that  great  soldier  refuse  the  advice  of  friends,  dis- 
regard the  warnings  of  statesmen,  invite  the  ruin  which  overtook  him, 
now  afflicted  the  German  war  lords.  By  contrast,  despite  all  the  weak- 
ness, there  was  still  left  in  Allied  manhood  the  strength  for  one  final 
struggle.  Western  civilization  was  in  its  last  ditch,  but  when  the  Treaty 
of  Brest-Litovsk  revealed  that  all  the  smooth  and  appealing  words  so 
recently  and  frequently  in  German  mouths  had  meant  nothing,  and  that 
still,  as  always,  the  choice  was  slavery  or  resistance,  western  Europe 
rallied;  and  there  was  left  to  it  just  sufficient  strength  to  hold  the  line 
until  American  millions  should  transform  the  whole  situation  and  demon- 
strate that  German  victory  was  henceforth  and  forever  impossible. 

II.       IN    GERMANY 

The  summer  of  19 17  was  marked  by  the  first  direct  break  in  the 
political  solidarity  of  Germany.  Before  the  British  failure  in  Flanders, 
in  advance  of  the  Italian  disaster,  and  while  Russia  was  still  maintaining 
armies  in  the  field,  there  was  in  the  Reichstag  a  sudden  outburst  which 
for  a  moment  seemed  to  promise  that  the  German  people  and  a  con- 
trolling faction  of  German  statesmen  would  be  able  to  throw  off  the 
control  of  the  military  and  the  Junker  elements.  All  through  the  sum- 
mer debates  in  the  Reichstag,  changes  in  the  Chancellorship,  a  multipli- 
city of  circumstances  combined  to  create  the  impression  that  Germany 
was  at  last  ready  to  abandon  the  old  ideas  and  the  old  ideals  which  had 
provoked  the  war — prepared  to  renounce  those  ambitions  which  made  a 
peace  of  understanding  impossible — and  there  was  a  widespread  belief 
among  the  Allied  publics  that  the  war  might  be  terminated  by  negotia- 
tion rather  than  by  battle,  since  Germany  was  at  last  yielding  to  more 
liberal  ideas  and  the  control  of  German  affairs  was  passing  from  the 
hands  of  the  soldiers  to  those  of  reasonable  statesmen. 

In  July,  Erzberger,  one  of  the  leaders  of  the  Roman  CathoUc  party. 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  297 

precipitated  a  political  crisis  by  a  sudden  attack  upon  the  Government 
for  its  failure  alike  in  the  diplomatic  field  and  in  the  department  of 
domestic  afi^airs.  Bethmann-Hollweg's  halting  efforts  to  answer  the 
charge  were  of  no  avail.  The  Emperor  himself,  after  a  conversation 
with  the  military  chiefs,  issued  a  decree  granting  immediate  and 
equal  suffrage  to  Prussia,  a  step  recalling  concessions  of  a  similar  sort 
made  by  one  of  his  predecessors  in  the  face  of  similar  conditions  and 
thereafter  repudiated  when  the  conditions  changed.  The  Emperor's 
concessions  roused  violent  protest  from  the  Prussian  Junkers,  but,  so 
far  from  satisfying  the  Reichstag  element,  now  in  revolt,  it  merely  pro- 
voked a  demand  on  the  part  of  Erzberger  and  his  associates  for  a  state- 
ment of  the  war  aims  of  Germany. 

As  a  consequence  of  his  failure  to  check  the  political  uprising  Beth- 
mann-Hollweg  resigned  and  disappeared.  He  was  not  a  great  men.  The 
distance  between  him  and  Bismarck  was  incalculable  Yet  the  circum- 
stances of  his  position  had  made  him  one  of  the  most  conspicuous  figures^ 
throughout  the  conflict.  His  declaration  that  the  invasion  of  Belgium 
was  wrong  created  a  profound  sensation  in  the  world.  That,  left  to 
himself,  he  would  have  followed  a  wiser  course  seems  at  least  possible, 
but  in  fact  the  critical  decisions  were  made  by  the  military  element  and 
he  was  compelled  to  defend  policies  which  he  did  not  originate  and  of 
which  he  frequently  did  not  approve.  It  is  not  impossible,  therefore, 
that  time  will  deal  more  gently  with  the  first  German  War  Chancellor 
than  did  contemporary  criticism. 

The  departure  of  Bethmann-Hollweg  did  not  silence  the  political 
tumult.  On  the  contrary,  it  encouraged  still  further  uproar,  which  cul- 
minated on  July  19th  in  a  declaration  adopted  by  a  decisive  majority 
in  the  Reichstag  advocating  peace,  endorsing  a  peace  of  conciliation, 
and  adopting  the  Russian  phrase  of  *'No  annexation  and  no  indemnity." 
This  action  made  a  great  stir  over  the  world.  It  made  a  profound  im- 
pression upon  Liberal  and  Radical  elements  in  Great  Britain,  France, 
and  the  United  States.  Germany  seemed  to  be  yielding  to  democratic 
ideas.  The  influence  of  Russian  revolution  upon  Hohenzollern  poli- 
cies seemed  only  less  great  than  upon  those  of  the  Romanoffs.     In- 


298  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

fluenced  by  military  failures,  affected  by  the  growing  conviction  that 
military  decision  was  impossible,  many  elements  in  the  Allied  publics 
welcomed  the  events  in  the  Reichstag  as  a  sign  and  a  promise. 

Unfortunately,  whatever  may  have  been  the  sincerity  and  the  reality 
of  this  movement  in  Germany  at  the  outset,  any  chance  of  success  was 
speedily  destroyed  by  the  complete  transformation  of  the  military  sit- 
uation. Had  German  armies  continued  unsuccessful,  threatened  alike  on 
the  east  and  the  west;  had  Russia  endured  a  potential  enemy,  it  is  con- 
ceivable that  the  beginning  made  in  the  Reichstag  might  have  been  fol- 
lowed by  still  further  progress  toward  a  liberation  of  the  German  people 
from  the  control  of  the  soldiers — a  deliverance  accomplished  by  Ger- 
mans alone.  But  while  this  protest  was  still  in  its  initial  stage  Russia 
collapsed  and  ceased  to  be  a  factor  in  the  war,  and  the  military  party 
was  able  again  to  point  to  the  possibility  that,  with  Russia  out,  decisive 
victory,  with  all  its  unlimited  rewards,  might  be  achieved. 

With  this  change  in  the  circumstances  the  military  party  resumed 
its  control,  but  resuming  its  control  it  undertook  to  use  what  had  hap- 
pened as  propaganda.  In  other  words,  it  made  the  ideas  and  the  prin- 
ciples which  had  been  voiced  in  the  Reichstag  the  cover  for  its  own 
campaign.  It  did  not  repudiate  what  had  been  said;  rather  it  sought  at 
one  time  to  delude  Allied  publics  with  the  impression  that  Germany 
had  become  liberal,  and  prepared  the  way  for  the  old-fashioned  military 
decision  with  all  its  attendant  circumstances  of  forcible  annexations  and 
enormous  indemnities. 

The  Pope's  appeal  for  peace  came  at  a  fortunate  moment  to  supply 
the  German  leaders  with  new  material.  The  Kaiser  had  selected  as  his 
new  Chancellor  an  old  bureaucrat.  Dr.  George  Michaelis — an  unknown 
man  of  no  particular  ability,  responsive  only  to  the  old  autocracy — and 
the  new  Foreign  Secretary,  Kuhlmann,  an  adroit  and  skilful  intriguer, 
undertook  to  deceive  the  world  by  new  protestations  of  German  fidelity 
to  ideas  acceptable  to  the  western  Allies,  momentarily  advocated  by  the 
Reichstag  and  now  abandoned  when  the  promise  of  victory  had  re- 
appeared. Kuhlmann  endeavoured,  not  without  success,  to  foment 
unrest  and  division  in  Allied  countries  by  using  publicly  that  formula 


BURSTING  SHELL 

ihis  emarkable  painting  of  a  bursting  shell  is  the  work  of  Christopher  Richard  Wynne  Nevinson,  who  received 
lonourable  discharge  from  the  British  army,  with  the  Mons  star,  in  1916.  The  following  year  he  was  appointed 
:ial  A  \ist  with  the  British  Armies. 


umiggj^^ 


SERBIAN  BOMBS 

Above — ^A  bomb-throwing  attachment  for  the  rifle,  used  by  Serbian  troops. 
Below — ^A  rifle-thrown  bomb  barrage  on  the  Serbian  front. 


ONE  OF  THE  MOST  REMARKABLE  PHOTOGRAPHS  OF  THE  WAR 


Allied  aviators  have  managed  to  set  fire  to  this  German's  observation  balloon.  So  he  has  hooked  on  his  parachute 
harness  and  jumped  clear.  The  parachute  is  just  breaking  away  from  the  balloon.  The  aviator  who  took  this  photo- 
graph does  not  know  whether  the  balloonist  reached  the  ground  in  safety  or  not. 


ON  THE  BRITISH  FRONT 

German  shell  breaking  near  a  British  battery.    One  of  the  "Nissen  huts,"  invented  by  Lt.  Col.  Peter  Norman  Nissen, 

may  be  seen  at  the  left 


BRITISH  FIELD  DRESSING  STATION  NEAR  MONCHY 
These  stretcher-bearing  Tommies  seem  rather  heedless  of  Fritz's  shooting,  though  his  shells  are  bursting  not  far  away 


RIGHT  THROUGH  THE  ROOF  OF  THE  BAKERY 

Lawrence  Scanlon,  an  American  aviator,  lost  control  of  his  machine  500  feet  above  the  French  aviation  school  at 
Avord.  It  crashed  down  through  the  roof  of  this  building  and  when  Scanlon  scrambled  unaided  out  from  among  the 
debris,  he  was  astonished  to  find  that  he  was  without  a  scratch. 


MACHINE  GUNNERS  ADVANCING 
These  French  troops  are  going  forward  as  their  artillery  prepares  the  way 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  307 

which  he  and  his  associates  had  privately  rejected  and  were,  at  Brest- 
Litovsk  a  few  months  later,  to  repudiate  altogether. 

German  diplomatic,  German  political  leadership,  having  been 
forced  to  submit  momentarily  to  a  revolt  in  the  Reichstag,  predicated 
upon  liberal  ideas,  now  endeavoured  to  make  the  fact  of  this  revolt  pro- 
duce disarray  in  Allied  countries  and  cover  that  period  in  which  Ger- 
many was  making  the  necessary  preparations  for  the  great  Ludendorff 
offensive  of  the  next  year.  How  successful  she  was  the  Italian  disaster 
at  Caporetto  presently  disclosed.  Thus  the  German  conducted  a  new 
peace  offensive  pending  the  time  when  he  should  be  ready  to  make 
one  more  stupendous  bid  for  military  conquest,  and  used  as  ammunition 
the  precise  words  urging  peace  and  conciliation  which  his  own  fellow- 
countrymen  had  uttered  in  the  Reichstag  in  July.  The  Devil  was  no 
longer  sick,  but  well  he  still  retained  the  monk's  garb. 

All  through  the  late  summer  and  autumn  these  manoeuvres  went  on. 
Kuhlmann's  deliberate  effort  to  create  a  "peace  atmosphere"  was 
echoed  and  seconded  by  peace  speeches  of  Count  Czernin,  the  Austrian 
Prime  Minister.  In  October  a  naval  mutiny  was  seized  upon  in  the 
Reichstag  as  a  pretext  to  refuse  to  vote  a  war  credit.  But  before 
October  had  ended  Caporetto  had  been  won;  the  last  semblance  of 
sincerity  in  the  protestations  of  German  liberals  had  vanished.  The 
Kaiser  now  called  Count  Hertling  to  replace  MIchaelis,  and  Hertling 
was  frankly  and  unmistakably  the  tool  of  the  military  party.  More- 
over, the  military  situation  was  such  that  he  was  now  able  to  resume 
where  Bethmann-Hollweg  had  left  off.  The  movement  for  peace  In 
Germany  had  collapsed  in  the  presence  of  a  promise  of  victory.  The 
words  spoken  in  the  Reichstag  In  July  of  191 7  and  the  terms  written  into 
the  Peace  of  Brest-LItovsk  in  February,  1918,  measure  the  distance  be- 
tween the  two  states  of  mind. 

Had  the  German  movement  of  July  continued,  had  the  spirit  which 
it  had  expressed  prevailed,  nothing  seems  more  certain  now  than  that  a 
negotiated  peace  would  have  followed.  The  mass  of  facts  which  are  to- 
day becoming  public  property  indicate  how  willing  Allied  statesmen 
were  to  listen  to  any  reasonable  overtures  coming  from  Berlin.     General 


3o8  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

Smuts  journeyed  to  Switzerland;  the  British  Minister  to  the  Vatican 
received,  if  he  did  not  make,  preHminary  proposals.  No  Allied  govern- 
ment could  have  continued  had  its  people  been  convinced  that  it  had 
rejected  a  sincere  or  moderate  German  proposal  of  peace.  That  Bis- 
marck would  have  seized  the  opportunity  to  assure  for  Germany  reason- 
able profit  for  her  great  sacrifices  cannot  be  doubted,  but  such  Allied 
interrogations  as  were  made,  directed  inevitably  at  ascertaining  Ger- 
many's position  on  the  all-important  question  of  the  liberation  of  Bel- 
gium, were  met  by  evasive  or  defiant  answers.  Germany  was  not 
willing  to  give  any  assurances  that  she  would  evacuate  Belgium  and  her 
refusal  destroyed  all  chance  of  a  negotiated  peace. 

Napoleon  after  Dresden  and  before  Leipzig  made  a  similar  blunder, 
with  consequences  which  were  less  disastrous  on  the  whole  to  his  coun- 
try but  equally  fatal  to  himself.  He  chose  to  fight — and  lost  his  throne. 
The  Kaiser  and  his  advisers  now  decided  to  risk  all  on  a  similar  venture 
and  their  decision  took  the  Kaiser  to  Amerongen  as  Napoleon's  decision 
carried  him  to  St.  Helena.  Germany,  all  through  this  fateful  summer, 
remained  faithful  to  the  Bernhardi  gospel  of  "World  power,  or  downfall." 

The  explanation  for  the  success  of  the  military  party  in  Germany  in 
repulsing  a  peace  movement  in  their  own  country  before  they  skilfully 
turned  it  to  their  own  use  abroad  must  be  found  in  the  circumstances  of 
the  Russian  Revolution.  Had  Kerensky  been  able  to  prevail  upon 
revolutionary  Russia  to  continue  in  the  trenches  Germany  might  have 
consented  to  a  negotiated  peace  by  the  end  of  19 17,  but  the  collapse  of 
Russia  served  to  reanimate  all  the  old  appetites  and  all  the  early  ambi- 
tions of  the  German  people.  The  postponement  of  victory  for  three 
years  led  to  the  incipient  German  revolt  of  July  just  as  similar  and  even 
greater  disappointments  had  led  to  larger  protests  in  Allied  nations.  But 
the  new  promise  that  plunder  and  power  could  be  had  silenced  all  pro- 
tests. Even  though  sinking  into  anarchy  herself  Russia  did  a  final 
and  incalculable  injury  to  Germany.  Her  helplessness  invited  Ger- 
mans to  a  new  revelation  of  their  purpose,  and  this  revelation  led 
straight  to  that  Armistice  of  November  11,  1918,  which  deprived  Ger- 
many not  merely  of  the  fruits  of  her  earlier  victories  in  the  World  War 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  309 

but  of  her  conquests  in  all  the  wars  of  aggression  since  Frederick  the 
Great  started  Prussia  on  her  predatory  pathway. 


III.     AUSTRIA 


Following  the  declaration  that  war  existed  between  the  Imperial 
German  Government  and  the  United  States,  the  Austrian  representa- 
tive in  the  United  States — who  was  acting  in  place  of  Dr.  Dumba  until 
Count  Tarnowski,  Dr.  Dumba's  successor,  arrived — demanded  his 
passports.  Diplomatic  relations  with  Austria  were  thus  severed  al- 
though actual  war  was  not  recognized  to  exist  until  December  7th. 
So  far  as  the  United  States  was  concerned  then,  Austria  continued  in  a 
relation  which  was  neither  war  nor  peace  and  supplied  an  opportunity 
for  various  peace  manoeuvres.  In  point  of  fact,  the  Austrian  Govern- 
ment not  merely  "played  up"  to  the  German  peace  campaign,  but 
various  gestures  were  made,  the  most  famous  of  which — a  letter  of  the 
new  Emperor  to  his  brother-in-law  Prince  Sixtus,  under  the  date  of 
March  31,  1917 — contained  the  startling  statement:  "I  beg  you  to 
convey  secretly  and  unofficially  to  Poincare,  President  of  the  French 
Republic,  that  I  shall  support  by  every  means,  and  using  of  my  per- 
sonal influence  with  my  Allies,  the  French  just  claim  regarding  Alsace- 
Lorraine.*'  The  publication  of  this  letter  a  year  later  by  Clemenceau, 
following  a  debate  carried  on  between  the  statesmen  of  the  warring 
countries,  produced  a  real  sensation  and  was  followed  by  the  resignation 
of  Count  Czernin. 

It  may  be  assumed  that  this  letter  was  an  unmistakable  evidence 
that  the  Austrian  Emperor  and  the  Austrian  Court  were  eager  for 
peace.  This  fact  was  common  knowledge  all  through  the  summer  and 
autumn  of  19 17.  It  was  the  explanation  of  several  conferences  in 
Switzerland,  conferences  in  which  both  British  and  French  representa- 
tives sought  a  common  ground  on  which  to  base  real  peace  negotiations. 
Unquestionably  Austria  was  sinking.  The  complete  collapse  of  the 
Dual  Monarchy  in  the  autumn  of  191 8  was  the  result  of  too  long  and 
too  great  a  strain,  which  shattered  the  relatively  slender  bonds  uniting 
the  several  races  and  populations  of  the  Hapsburg  Empire.     Badly 


3IO  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

organized,  lacking  alike  the  German  genius  for  organization  and  the 
German  solidarity,  Austria-Hungary  suffered  infinitely  more  during 
the  war,  and  in  191 7  the  approach  of  a  collapse  was  revealed  by  many 
circumstances.  That  the  young  emperor,  eager  to  save  his  throne,  had 
earnestly  and  honestly  struggled  to  free  himself  from  German  control, 
seemed  unmistakable.  It  was  this  situation  which  led  to  the  transfer 
of  German  troops  to  the  Italian  front,  and  the  victory  of  Caporetto, 
following  the  collapse  of  Russia,  gave  Austria  a  respite  and  for  the 
moment  served  to  save  the  Empire  from  impending  ruin.  It  is  worthy 
of  note  that  all  through  this  period  the  Allies,  who  in  the  early  days  of 
the  war  had  formulated  a  programme  which  amounted  to  nothing  less 
than  dissolution  of  the  Hapsburg  Empire,  more  or  less  publicly  re- 
nounced this  ambitious  prospectus.  Like  Germany,  Austria  could 
have  saved  herself  by  making  peace  any  time  in  1917. 

Like  Germany,  moreover,  Austria  made  many  preliminary  move- 
ments in  that  direction.  She  was  prepared  to,  and  she  did  renounce 
for  herself  any  war  gains.  The  destruction  of  Russia  had  eliminated 
the  great  menace  which  for  a  generation  had  hung  over  the  Monarchy. 
Russia  had  disappeared,  Serbia  had  been  crushed,  Italy  had  been  checked 
and  v/as  presently  defeated.  Peace  on  the  basis  of  the  status  quo  ante 
would  have  given  that  security  which  Austria  had  long  sought.  The 
defeats  of  Serbia,  Roumania,  Russia,  and  finally  of  Italy,  combined  to 
achieve  the  real  war  ends  of  the  Hapsburg  Empire.  Unhappily  for  her, 
despite  many  efi^orts — some  of  which  were  revealed  in  public  statements 
which  made  a  stir  all  over  the  world — Austria-Hungary  could  not  regain 
her  freedom  of  action.  Compelled  to  share  German  successes,  which 
were  now  without  profit  for  herself,  she  was  equally  compelled  in  the 
end  to  share  in  a  ruin  which  for  herself  was  complete. 

IV.    THE    pope's    appeal 

The  most  significant  of  the  various  Austrian  efforts  in  the  direction 
of  peace  was  disclosed  in  that  series  of  political  operations  in  which  the 
Austrian  Parliament,  the  Roman  Catholic  party  of  the  Centre  in  Ger- 
many, and  various  Roman  Catholic  elements  all  over  the  world,  rallied 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  311 

to  the  support  of  that  peace  proposal  made  by  the  Pope  himself  on  the 
15th  of  August. 

The  appeal  of  the  Holy  Father  to  the  several  warring  nations  sug- 
gested in  many  respects  that  document  which  President  Wilson  had 
uttered  a  little  more  than  six  months  before.  Like  the  President,  the 
Pope  in  the  nature  of  things  was  compelled  to  address  both  sets  of  con- 
testants in  words  which  were  equally  courteous  and  similarly  devoid  of 
content  which  might  indicate  sympathy  with  one  set  of  contestants  as 
contrasted  with  the  other.  He  was  obliged,  like  the  President,  to  deal 
only  in  generalities,  and  since  the  President's  note  to  the  belligerents 
had  been  frankly  only  a  preliminary,  Mr.  Wilson  had  been  able  to  escape 
the  necessity  faced  by  the  Pope  of  suggesting  some  basis  for  settlement. 
The  basis  suggested  by  the  Holy  Father — the  only  basis  which  could  be 
suggested,  given  the  circumstances  of  the  conflict — included  the  waiving 
of  all  claims  for  indemnity  and  "entire  and  reciprocal  condonation." 
Belgium  was  to  be  evacuated;  her  independence  restored.  German 
colonies  were  to  be  returned  to  her  and  she  was  to  restore  the  occupied 
districts  of  France.  The  vexed  questions  of  which  Alsace-Lorraine 
and  Italia  Irredenta  were  the  most  conspicuous  examples,  were  to  be 
referred  to  peaceful  negotiators,  while  similar  disposition  of  the  prob- 
lems of  the  Balkans,  of  Poland,  and  of  Turkey  was  suggested. 

The  rejection  of  this  Papal  appeal  by  Great  Britain,  by  France,  by 
Italy,  was  a  foregone  conclusion.  "Reciprocal  condonation"  was  in 
itself  nothing  more  than  a  confession  of  equal  guilt  and  responsibility 
for  the  war  by  the  Allies,  who  had  been  attacked.  For  three  years  Ger- 
many had  conducted  a  war  of  aggression  in  the  manner  of  a  barbarian. 
She  had  attacked  her  neighbours  without  justification.  She  had  taken 
their  territory,  enslaved  their  peoples.  She  had  assailed  neutrals  as  well 
as  belligerents.  She  had  defied  every  convention,  she  had  outraged 
every  doctrine  of  humanity.  Moreover — in  effect,  though  not  in  intent 
— the  Pope's  peace  message  now  asked  of  these  Allied  peoples  who  had 
been  the  victims  of  Germany's  iniquities  that  they  should  condone  the 
crime,  confess  to  guilt  not  less  great,  and  put  aside  all  hope  of  German 
reparation. 


312  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

This  spelled  moral  ruin  and  economic  destruction.  In  substance  it 
denied  to  the  small  peoples  that  liberty  the  western  powers  had  prom- 
ised. It  perpetuated  the  Austrian  and  German  rule  over  subject  na- 
tionalities. It  continued  the  European  anarchy  out  of  which  the  World 
War  had  come.  Above  all,  it  continued  in  power  the  men,  the  parties, 
and  the  principles  which  had  precipitated  the  struggle.  As  a  conse- 
quence, to  listen  to  the  words  of  the  Pope — which  were  inspired  by  the 
same  desire  to  end  the  conflict,  by  the  same  concern  for  humanity  and 
civilization  as  those  of  the  President  half  a  year  before — was  not  merely 
to  resign  the  war  itself,  but  to  submit  to  these  very  evils  against  which 
the  Allies  had  been  fighting  for  three  years.  It  was  not  merely  to 
betray  the  future  but  it  was  also  to  abandon  those  who  had  died  to  pre- 
vent that  which  would  be  established  if  peace  on  the  Pope's  terms  should 
now  arrive. 

It  was  fitting,  therefore,  in  view  of  his  own  gesture,  that  Mr.  Wilson 
should  make  answer  for  all  nations  at  war  against  Germany,  and  his 
response  was  in  fact  adopted  by  all  the  Allied  governments  and  chan- 
celleries. On  August  27th  the  President's  answer  was  sent.  That 
response,  which  was  signed  by  Mr.  Lansing,  was  as  follows: 

In  acknowledgment  of  the  communication  of  your  Holiness  to  the  belliger- 
ent peoples,  dated  August  i,  1917,  the  President  of  the  United  States  requests 
me  to  transmit  the  following  reply: 

Every  heart  that  has  not  been  blinded  and  hardened  by  this  terrible  war 
must  be  touched  by  this  moving  appeal  of  his  Holiness  the  Pope,  must  feel  the 
dignity  and  force  of  the  humane  and  generous  motives  which  prompted  it,  and 
must  fervently  wish  that  we  might  take  the  path  of  peace  he  so  persuasively 
points  out.  But  it  would  be  folly  to  take  it  if  it  does  not  in  fact  lead  to  the  goal 
he  proposes.  Our  response  must  be  based  upon  the  stern  facts,  and  upon 
nothing  else.  It  is  not  a  mere  cessation  of  arms  he  desires;  it  is  a  stable  and 
enduring  peace.  This  agony  must  not  be  gone  through  with  again,  and  it 
must  be  a  matter  of  very  sober  judgment  what  will  insure  us  against  it. 

His  Holiness  in  substance  proposes  that  we  return  to  the  status  quo  ante 
helium  and  that  then  there  be  a  general  condonation,  disarmament,  and  a  con- 
cert of  nations  based  upon  an  acceptance  of  the  principle  of  arbitration;  that 
by  a  similar  concert  freedom  of  the  seas  be  established;  and  that  the  territorial 
claims  of  France  and  Italy,  the  perplexing  problems  of  the  Balkan  States,  and 
the  restitution  of  Poland  be  left  to  such  conciliatory  adjustments  as  may  be 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  313 

possible  in  the  new  temper  of  such  a  peace,  due  regard  being  paid  to  the  aspira- 
tions of  the  peoples  whose  poUtical  fortunes  and  affiUations  will  be  involved. 

It  is  manifest  that  no  part  of  this  programme  can  be  successfully  carried 
out  unless  the  restitution  of  the  status  quo  ante  furnishes  a  firm  and  satisfactory 
basis  for  it.  The  object  of  this  war  is  to  deliver  the  free  peoples  of  the  world 
from  the  menace  and  the  actual  power  of  a  vast  military  establishment,  con- 
trolled by  an  irresponsible  government,  which,  having  secretly  planned  to 
dominate  the  world,  proceeded  to  carry  the  plan  out  without  regard  either  to 
the  sacred  obligations  of  treaty  or  the  long-established  practices  and  long- 
cherished  principles  of  international  action  and  honour;  which  chose  its  own 
time  for  the  war;  delivered  its  blow  fiercely  and  suddenly;  stopped  at  no  bar- 
rier, either  of  law  or  of  mercy;  swept  a  whole  continent  within  the  tide  of  blood 
— not  the  blood  of  soldiers  only,  but  the  blood  of  innocent  women  and  children 
also  and  of  the  helpless  poor;  and  now  stands  balked,  but  not  defeated,  the 
enemy  of  four-fifths  of  the  world. 

This  power  is  not  the  German  people.  It  is  the  ruthless  master  of  the 
German  people.  It  is  no  business  of  ours  how  that  great  people  came  under 
its  control  or  submitted  with  temporary  zest  to  the  domination  of  its  purpose; 
but  it  is  our  business  to  see  to  it  that  the  history  of  the  rest  of  the  world  is  no 
longer  left  to  its  handling. 

To  deal  with  such  a  power  by  way  of  peace  upon  the  plan  proposed  by  his 
Holiness  the  Pope  would,  so  far  as  we  can  see,  involve  a  recuperation  of  its 
strength  and  a  renewal  of  its  policy;  would  make  it  necessary  to  create  a  per- 
manent hostile  combination  of  nations  against  the  German  people,  who  are 
Its  instruments;  and  would  result  in  abandoning  the  new-born  Russia  to  the 
intrigue,  the  manifold  subtle  interference,  and  the  certain  counter-revolution 
which  would  be  attempted  by  all  the  malign  influences  to  which  the  German 
Government  has  of  late  accustomed  the  world. 

Can  peace  be  based  upon  a  restitution  of  its  power  or  upon  any  word  of 
honour  it  could  pledge  in  a  treaty  of  settlement  and  accommodation } 

Responsible  statesmen  must  now  everywhere  see,  if  they  never  saw  before, 
that  no  peace  can  rest  securely  upon  political  or  economic  restrictions  meant 
to  benefit  some  nations  and  cripple  or  embarrass  others,  upon  vindictive  action 
of  any  sort,  or  any  kind  of  revenge  or  deliberate  injury.  The  American  people 
have  suffered  intolerable  wrongs  at  the  hands  of  the  Imperial  German  Govern- 
ment, but  they  desire  no  reprisal  upon  the  German  people,  who  have  them- 
selves suffered  all  things  in  this  war,  which  they  did  not  choose.  They  believe 
that  peace  should  rest  upon  the  rights  of  peoples,  not  the  rights  of  govern- 
ments— the  rights  of  peoples,  great  or  small,  weak  or  powerful — their  equal 
right  to  freedom  and  security  and  self-government  and  to  a  participation,  upon 
fair  terms,  in  the  economic  opportunities  of  the  world — the  German  people,  of 
course,  included — if  they  will  accept  equality  and  not  seek  domination. 


314  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

The  test,  therefore,  of  every  plan  of  peace  is  this:  Is  it  based  upon  the 
faith  of  all  the  peoples  involved,  or  merely  upon  the  word  of  an  ambitious  and 
intriguing  government  on  the  one  hand  and  of  a  group  of  free  peoples  on  the 
other?  This  is  a  test  which  goes  to  the  root  of  the  matter;  and  it  is  the  test 
which  must  be  applied. 

The  purposes  of  the  United  States  in  this  war  are  known  to  the  whole 
world — to  every  people  to  whom  the  truth  has  been  permitted  to  come.  They 
do  not  need  to  be  stated  again.  We  seek  no  material  advantage  of  any  kind. 
We  believe  that  the  intolerable  wrongs  done  in  this  war  by  the  furious  and  brutal 
power  of  the  Imperial  German  Government  ought  to  be  repaired,  but  not  at  the 
expense  of  the  sovereignty  of  any  people — rather  a  vindication  of  the  sover- 
eignty both  of  those  that  are  weak  and  of  those  that  are  strong.  Punitive 
damage,  the  dismemberment  of  empires,  the  establishment  of  selfish  and  ex- 
clusive economic  leagues,  we  deem  inexpedient,  and  in  the  end  worse  than  futile, 
no  proper  basis  for  a  peace  of  any  kind,  least  of  all  for  an  enduring  peace. 
That  must  be  based  upon  justice  and  fairness  and  the  common  rights  of  man- 
kind. 

We  cannot  take  the  word  of  the  present  rulers  of  Germany  as  a  guarantee 
of  anything  that  is  to  endure  unless  explicitly  supported  by  such  conclusive 
evidence  of  the  will  and  purpose  of  the  German  people  themselves  as  the  other 
peoples  of  the  world  would  be  justified  in  accepting.  Without  such  guar- 
antees treaties  of  settlement,  agreements  for  disarmament,  covenants  to  set 
up  arbitration  in  the  place  of  force,  territorial  adjustments,  reconstitutions  of 
small  nations,  if  made  with  the  German  Government,  no  man.  no  nation,  could 
now  depend  on. 

We  must  await  some  new  evidence  of  the  purposes  of  the  great  peoples  of 
the  Central  Powers.  God  grant  it  may  be  given  soon  and  in  a  way  to  restore 
the  confidence  of  all  peoples  everywhere  in  the  faith  of  nations  and  the  possi- 
bility of  a  covenanted  peace. 

Robert  Lansing. 

Thus  ended  the  second  of  the  memorable  attempts  to  restore  peace. 
The  Pope  had  failed  as  the  President  had  failed  before  him.  Precisely 
as  the  President's  words  were  used  by  German  agents  and  German  prop- 
agandists, both  the  words  and  the  fact  of  the  Pope's  appeal  were  em- 
ployed all  over  the  world  in  Allied  countries  and  most  effectively  in 
Italy  to  serve  Germany.  The  bitterness  of  temporary  emotions  not 
unnaturally  led  to  the  charge  that  the  Pope  had  himself  been  a  party  to 
German  and  Austrian  intrigue  and  the  charge  was  sustained  by  the 
evidence  that  his  words  had  been  employed  effectively  to  aid  the  Ger- 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  315 

man  cause.  But  the  same  charge  was  made  on  the  same  basis  and  with 
no  less  justice  when  President  Wilson  had  made  his  proposal.  In- 
dubitably the  Pope  helped  Germany  and  Austria  momentarily,  as  did 
the  President.  The  object  of  the  Pope  and  the  President  alike  was  to 
restore  peace,  and  both  may  perhaps  be  fairly  acquitted  of  any  par- 
tisan sympathy  to  which  their  words  and  actions  were  turned. 

V.    STOCKHOLM 

While  the  President  in  December  and  January  and  the  Pope  in 
the  following  August  sought  to  restore  peace,  a  third  and  hardly  less 
significant  effort  was  made  by  socialism.  The  Russian  Revolution 
presented  to  the  various  socialist,  labour,  and  radical  elements  of  the 
warring  countries  an  opportunity  to  speak  which  had  long  been  denied 
them.  Socialism  itself  had  temporarily  disappeared  as  a  world  power 
and  as  an  international  influence,  when,  in  the  first  days  of  the  war,  the 
masses  of  the  peoples  of  the  several  nations  cast  aside  all  political  align- 
ments and  rallied  to  the  support  of  their  respective  governments. 
The  theory  that  the  mass  of  French  and  of  German  workingmen  would 
refuse  to  fire  upon  each  other  when  war  came  was  instantly  disclosed 
to  be  moonshine.  The  millions  of  the  various  countries  demonstrated 
that  they  were  Frenchmen,  Germans,  or  Italians,  before  they  were 
socialists,  and  newer  political  doctrines  were  submerged  in  the  flood  of 
secular  patriotism. 

From  this  revelation  socialism  did  not  recover  until  that  moment 
when  the  failure  of  governments  to  procure  victory  or  restore  peace 
finally  led  alike  to  a  decline  of  the  governments  in  prestige  and  a  move- 
ment away  from  the  political  systems  these  governments  represented. 
The  Russian  Revolution  roused  socialism  all  over  the  world  and  it  be- 
came henceforth  a  dangerous  and  a  potent  factor.  It,  too,  demanded 
peace.  It,  too,  worked  for  peace,  and  in  Allied  countries,  where  political 
liberty  was  far  more  firmly  established  than  in  Germany,  it  was  able  to 
do  infinite  harm  to  the  governments  which  were  conducting  the  struggle. 

The  first  manifestation  that  socialism  had  recognized  the  new  op- 
portunity came  in  April  when  a  call  was  issued  from  The  Hague  for  a 


3i6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

socialist  conference  at  Stockholm.  The  conference  itself,  from  a  rela- 
tively unimportant  gathering,  was  transformed  to  a  centre  of  world 
interest  through  the  demand  of  the  Russian  revolutionary  leaders 
that  it  should  be  made  something  approximating  a  peace  conference; 
that  the  representatives  of  socialist  parties  and  of  the  masses  of  the 
European  populations  should  send  to  the  Swedish  capital  delegates  who 
were  in  fact  to  decide  the  rights  and  wrongs  of  the  war  itself  and  there- 
after to  bring  about  a  restoration  of  peace.  In  all  this  the  German  hand 
was  patiently  disclosed  cooperating  with  the  Russian  revolutionist. 

Socialism  in  France  and  Italy,  Labour  in  Great  Britain  and  the 
United  States,  divided  over  the  wisdom  or  folly  of  sending  representa- 
tives to  Stockholm.  Conservative  instinct  ever3rwhere  in  Allied  coun- 
tries was  against  such  a  course,  but  largely  owing  to  the  influence  of 
Arthur  Henderson  in  Great  Britain  and  Albert  Thomas  in  France — both 
of  whom  had  been  in  Russia,  both  of  whom  had  been  impressed  by  the 
Russian  Revolution  and  by  the  gravity  of  that  situation  which  Russian 
defection  would  produce — advocated  the  sending  of  representatives  to 
Stockholm. 

Henderson  represented  Labour  in  the  British  Cabinet,  Albert  Thomas 
was  the  successor  of  Jaures  as  the  leader  of  the  French  socialists  and 
was  also  a  cabinet  minister.  The  urgings  of  both  these  men,  each  of 
whom  believed  that  tactical  advantage  would  be  gained  by  going  to 
Stockholm  and  presenting  the  Allied  cause,  aroused  debate,  but  the 
Ribot  Cabinet  refused  to  permit  French  socialists  to  go.  The 
British  Ministry  refused  and  then  changed  its  mind,  but,  after  the 
Cabinet  had  acquiesced,  the  British  Seamen's  and  Firemen's  Union, 
having  the  submarine  issue  in  mind,  refused  to  man  ships  to  carry  the 
delegates. 

Still  the  Stockholm  Conference  went  on.  Presently  Henderson, 
finding  it  impossible  to  convince  the  British  Cabinet,  resigned.  Albert 
Thomas  similarly  left  the  French  Chamber.  Germany,  on  the  con- 
tary,  sent  Scheidemann,  and  Scheidemann  turned  to  German  profit 
such  opportunities  as  he  could  find. 

The  Stockholm  Conference,  of  itself,  accomplished  nothing  of  im- 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  317 

portance.  Indirectly,  however,  it  contributed  materially  to  breaking  up 
the  union  of  the  socialists  and  radicals  in  France,  Britain,  and  the  United 
States  with  members  of  the  other  political  parties,  all  of  whom  had 
hitherto  been  closely  associated  in  the  effort  to  win  the  war.  As  a 
contribution  to  Germany's  campaign  to  break  down  the  morale  of  the 
Allied  countries,  as  a  circumstance  in  the  peace  offensive,  it  was  success- 
ful. A  break  between  the  radical  and  socialist  portions  of  the  American, 
British,  and  French  publics  and  the  rest  of  the  nation  was  achieved. 
This  break  did  infinite  harm.  It  was  followed  by  a  flood  of  so-called 
liberal  and  progressive  utterances  and  writings  which  assailed  the  Allied 
governments  at  home,  accused  them  of  blundering  and  of  offences 
similar  to  those  which  had  been  charged  against  the  German  Govern- 
ment. It  built  up  a  body  of  suspicion  that  Allied  governments  were 
responsible  for  the  prolongation  of  the  war.  It  cast  doubt  upon  the 
sincerity  of  purpose  and  the  justice  of  the  war  aims  of  the  various 
nations  in  arms  against  Germany. 

The  same  division  continued  after  the  war  had  terminated  in  the 
Armistice.  It  reached  new  heights  of  denunciation  when  the  terms 
of  the  Peace  of  Versailles  were  at  last  presented  to  the  world.  This 
was  not  mainly,  perhaps  not  largely,  a  consequence  of  the  struggle  over 
the  Stockholm  Conference.  That  was,  after  all,  only  an  incident.  The 
fact  was  that  three  years  of  war  had  produced  a  profound  change  in  all 
the  nations  engaged,  and  that  only  in  Germany — and  there  solely  because 
of  a  sudden  return  of  the  prospect  of  victory — was  the  Government 
capable  of  preserving  union  or  preventing  discussions,  which,  however 
honestly  intended,  unmistakably  contributed  to  break  down  the  will,  not 
alone  for  victory,  but  the  will  to  continue  and  to  escape  defeat. 

Henceforth,  ever  growing  in  numbers  and  in  vehemence,  one  faction 
in  each  of  the  Allied  countries  insisted  that  the  Allies  should  restate 
their  war  aims  and  demanded  that  a  restatement  should  include  an 
acceptation  of  the  Russian  formula  of  peace  without  annexations  or 
indemnities.  This  faction  denounced  their  own  governments  and 
ministries  as  reactionary,  imperialistic,  Prussian;  insisted  that  peace 
without  victory — "a  white  peace"  following  Mr.  Wilson's  phrase,  which 


3i8  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

the  President  had  now  discarded — was  the  only  possible  solution  of  the 
world  conflict  which  would  make  peace  for  the  future  permanent. 

The  Russian  Revolution  became  for  this  group  a  symbol  of  democ- 
racy and  of  progress,  which  the  excesses  of  Lenin  and  Trotsky  and  the 
terrible  tragedies  of  the  Revolution  were  unable  to  destroy.  The  Allied 
course  toward  Russia  was  consistently  denounced.  The  feeble  and 
futile  efforts  of  Allied  governments  to  support  the  elements  of  order 
and  to  restrain  the  forces  of  anarchy  in  the  Slav  nation  were  assailed 
without  limit  as  examples  of  an  effort  to  restore  the  Romanoff  regime. 

The  summer  and  autumn  of  191 7,  then,  sees  the  development  of  a 
totally  new  frame  of  mind.  Many  men  intellectually  and  morally 
prominent  in  their  communities  and  in  their  countries  now  openly  and 
definitively  broke  with  the  doctrine  that  all  personal  opinions  must  be 
laid  aside — all  independence  including  that  of  thought  itself  must  be 
sacrificed — in  the  name  of  national  unity  and  to  the  end  of  achieving  mili- 
tary victory.  This  group  was  largely  made  up  of  pacifists  and  of  extreme 
radicals,  to  whom  nationalism  itself  was  hateful.  Within  its  ranks  trai- 
tors and  cowards  found  safe  intellectual  asylum  and  did  infinite  harm  to 
the  Allied  cause.  But  recognizing  these  circumstances  it  is  still  impos- 
sible to  dismiss  this  ferment  of  1917  summarily,  if  only  because  it  exerted 
great  influence  thenceforth,  during  the  war  and  after  the  war,  during 
the  peace  negotiations  and  thereafter  endured  as  a  living  force. 

The  majority  of  the  Allied  publics  continued,  though  not  without 
some  perplexity  and  hesitation,  to  support  their  governments,  to  stand 
fast  to  the  belief  that  unconditional  peace  was  the  only  possible  end  of 
a  war  with  Germany.  In  no  small  degree  the  Germans  themselves  were 
responsible  for  this.  Circumstances  in  Allied  countries,  the  progress  of 
events  and  of  thought  in  the  world,  everything  combined  to  give  the 
Germans  an  opportunity  to  make  a  profitable  peace  in  19 17.  Their 
own  peace  offensive,  their  use  of  the  Pope's  appeal,  of  the  President's 
note,  of  the  socialist  upheaval,  cleared  the  way  for  precisely  this  out- 
come. Fortunately  for  mankind  the  German  General  Staff,  the  Kaiser 
and  his  generals,  in  the  supreme  crisis  were  incapable  of  laying  aside 
the  dream  of  a  complete  military  victory.     The  reaction  from  the  Peace 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  319 

of  Brest-LItovsk  temporarily  checked  and  even  silenced  the  voices  that 
were  heard  in  1917  with  ever-increasing  willingness  by  Allied  publics. 
Liberalism  and  radicalism  were  compelled  to  stand  aside  once  more  as 
they  had  in  the  opening  days  of  the  war  in  the  presence  of  Prussianism 
displaying  the  old  spirit  in  a  new  revelation.  But  the  moment  the  Ger- 
man had  lost  the  war,  before  even  the  Allied  victory  had  become  abso- 
lute, these  voices  were  raised  again  and  have  been  heard  ever  since  in 
growing  volume. 

VI.       IN    FRANCE 

More  interesting,  and  in  a  sense  more  signijficant,  since  they  produced 
the  supremely  great  war  minister  of  the  conflict,  were  the  political  dis- 
turbances in  France  in  1917.  Before  the  year  had  yet  begun,  the  weak- 
ness of  the  Briand  Ministry  was  unmistakable.  Briand  himself  had 
been  a  useful  factor  in  the  general  Allied  cause.  He  was  not  a  man  of 
deep  principles  or  of  profound  convictions;  least  of  all  was  he  a  statesman 
of  the  energy  or  the  force  of  Clemenceau.  Like  Lloyd  George  he  had 
been  in  many  camps.  He  was  a  clever,  adroit  politician,  a  man  of  per- 
sonal charm  and  political  instinct,  not  without  patriotic  emotion,  but 
beyond  all  else  a  politician.  He  had  staked  his  fortunes  in  the  previous 
year  on  the  success  of  Joffre.  In  many  ways  his  support  of  the  first 
French  Commander-in-Chief  was  creditable  to  him.  The  intrigues  di- 
rected against  the  victor  of  the  Marne  both  by  jealous  generals  and 
by  even  more  jealous  politicians — whose  efforts  to  interfere  in  military 
affairs  encountered  an  absolute  obstacle  at  Chantilly — had  largely 
failed  through  the  constancy  of  Briand's  support.  Unfortunately, 
criticism  of  Joffre  was  not  exclusively  due  to  meaner  and  baser  motives. 
On  the  whole,  his  later  course  had  been  a  failure,  beginning  with  the  ter- 
rible costly  ventures  which  he  described  as  "  nibbling."  At  Les  Eparges, 
in  Champagne  and  in  Alsace  in  191 5,  Joffre  had  sacrificed  great  numbers 
of  French  soldiers  for  insignificant  gains.  Verdun  in  1916  had  been  a 
tremendous  blow  to  his  remaining  prestige  and  there  was  necessary  a 
great  victory  at  the  Somme  to  save  him.  Briand  gambled  on  that  vic- 
tory and  lost.     He  then,  after  many  hesitations,  finally  consented  to 


320  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

the  substitution  of  Nivelle  for  Joffre,  a  compromise  which  avoided  bitter 
assaults  from  the  friends  of  Joffre,  but  satisfied  neither  the  nation  nor 
the  army.  The  wrangles  in  Greece,  in  which  it  was  felt  Briand  had  shown 
too  great  tenderness  to  the  Greek  Royal  Family,  were  equally  injurious 
to  the  Premier. 

The  truth  was  that  in  the  winter  of  1916-17  the  Briand  Ministry, 
from  a  variety  of  causes,  was  sinking.  Briand  was  tired,  and  not  unwill- 
ing to  go  in  advance  of  some  event  which  might  preclude  a  subsequent 
recall.  Accordingly  there  was  little  surprise  when,  on  March  17th, 
as  a  consequence  of  a  sharp  quarrel  between  General  Lyautey  and  the 
French  Chamber,  Briand  resigned.  Lyautey,  as  Governor-General  of 
Morocco,  had  won  and  held  for  France  a  vast  empire  and  revealed 
himself  as  the  greatest  pro-consul  in  all  French  history.  He  had  been 
brought  to  Paris  as  Minister  of  War  following  Joffre's  resignation,  but  his 
imperious  methods,  his  unfamiliarity  and  impatience  with  politics  and 
politicians  had  led  to  one  incident  after  another,  and  finally  to  a  resigna- 
tion several  times  before  threatened. 

Briand  was  followed  by  Ribot,  an  old  man,  a  notable  figure  in 
French  politics,  a  conspicuous  member  of  the  Briand  Cabinet,  but  not 
a  man  of  the  force  necessary  for  the  situation.  He  was  faced  at  once 
by  the  consequences  of  the  failure  of  the  French  offensive  at  the  Aisne, 
followed  almost  immediately  by  an  epidemic  of  strikes,  and  culminating 
in  that  socialist  revolt  which  grew  out  of  his  refusal  to  permit  French 
socialists  to  go  to  Stockholm.  As  domestic  disorder  increased,  as  cam- 
paigns of  treasons  and  defeatism  developed,  RIbot  more  and  more  showed 
himself  incapable  of  dealing  firmly  with  mounting  perils.  As  a  con- 
sequence there  was  little  surprise  when,  in  September,  RIbot  resigned  and 
President  Poincare  called  upon  M.  Paul  Palnleve  to  form  a  Ministry. 
Painleve  is  one  of  the  interesting  figures  of  the  war.  He  and  Henri 
Poincare,  the  President's  brother,  were  the  greatest  mathematicians  of 
their  generation  in  France.  Painleve  had  enjoyed  a  distinguished 
career  as  a  professor.  He  was  a  man  of  high  character  and  of  great 
intellect.  As  Minister  of  Inventions  and  as  Minister  of  War  in  the 
Briand  and  Ribot  cabinets  respectively  he  had  rendered  great  service  to 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  321 

France.  Two  momentous  decisions,  one  to  remove  Nivelle  and  the 
other  to  dispose  of  King  Constantine,  were  due  ahnost  exclusively  to 
him. 

But  on  the  political  side  Painleve  was  weak  precisely  where  Lloyd 
George  and  Briand  were  strong.  Unlike  both  of  them  he  was  a  poor 
speaker.  Unlike  both  of  them  he  was  incapable  of  building  up  a  follow- 
ing in  Parliament.  He  had  no  dexterity  in  intrigue  or  manipulation. 
Men  did  not  follow  him  even  when  they  respected  him.  He  was  a 
singularly  noble  type,  rare  in  the  politics  of  any  country.  He  had  cour- 
age; his  honesty  was  beyond  question;  but  he  could  not  make  friends 
as  could  Briand  or  Lloyd  George,  nor  could  he  kill  his  enemies  as  did 
Clemenceau. 

The  result  was  inevitable.  French  conditions  were  approaching  a 
crisis.  In  a  sense  the  political  situation  of  France  was  desperate,  and 
Painleve — ^with  all  his  honesty,  with  all  his  earnestness,  with  all  his 
great  ability  in  certain  directions — was  not  the  man  to  face  the  storm. 
Accordingly,  on  November  i6th,  he  was  succeeded  by  Clemenceau.  The 
decision  of  Poincare  to  call  Clemenceau  was  interesting.  In  the  Ver- 
sailles sessions  at  which  Poincare  had  been  elected  President  of  the 
French  Republic,  his  most  determined  enemy  had  been  Clemenceau, 
who  saw  in  Poincare  a  peril  to  the  Republic.  In  addition  to  violent 
opposition  in  the  sessions  themselves  Clemenceau  had  finally  made  a 
personal  appeal,  which  was  in  itself  almost  a  menace,  to  Poincare  to 
refuse  the  election.  At  all  times  Clemenceau  in  his  newspaper  had  been 
a  savage  critic  of  the  President.  Yet  there  was  left  to  Poincare  no  real 
choice.     He  had  to  go  to  Clemenceau  or  recognize  that  the  war  was  lost. 

The  coming  of  Clemenceau  is  one  of  the  great  moments  of  the  war. 
He  was  the  last  hope  of  France,  and  the  measure  of  his  service  is  not  to  be 
found  in  France  alone.  This  old  man,  ']6  years  of  age  when  he  took 
office,  had  been  in  the  rough-and-tumble  of  political  fights  ever  since  the 
days  when,  as  a  boy,  he  was  sent  into  exile  by  the  Third  Empire.  He 
was  one  of  those  who,  at  Bordeaux,  protested  against  the  cession  of  Alsace- 
Lorraine.  He  went  through  the  Commune  with  all  its  terrible  expe- 
riences.    Several  times  in  his  political  career  he  had  been  dismissed  as 


322  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

finished,  notably  in  the  time  of  the  Panama  scandal,  but  it  had  never 
been  possible  to  eliminate  a  man  who  combined  so  many  of  those  qual- 
ities which  the  French  admire. 

As  a  journalist  Clemenceau  wielded  the  deadliest  pen  in  France. 
All  through  the  war  Paris  had  waited  for  the  publication  of  his  news- 
paper— frequently  interrupted  by  the  Censor — to  read  the  brilliant, 
fatally  caustic  phrases  of  the  man  who  was  known  to  his  fellow  country- 
men as  "The  Tiger."  In  politics  and  in  political  life  he  had  destroyed 
one  ministry  after  another  by  the  sheer  force  of  his  attack  and  the  fatal 
exactness  of  his  phrases.  He  made  enemies  where  most  politicians 
endeavoured  to  make  friends,  and  then  compelled  his  enemies  to  do 
his  bidding  by  the  sheer  terror  which  he  inspired. 

For  three  years  Clemenceau  had  been  regarded  as  impossible  in 
France  because  no  man  could  calculate  what  direction  his  phrases  would 
take.  His  criticism  of  allies  might  easily  be  more  severe  than  his  de- 
nunciation of  enemies.  His  fondness  for  the  perfect  phrase  frequently 
led  him  into  excesses  which  might  have  fatal  effect  for  the  whole  French 
cause  In  a  world  crisis.  It  was  always  Inconceivable  that  France  would 
appeal  to  Clemenceau  In  advance  of  an  ultimate  crisis,  but  that  crisis 
had  now  come. 

Moreover,  all  through  the  war  Clemenceau's  voice  had  been  the 
one  clear  note.  From  the  first  moment  when  masses  of  French  re- 
serves arrived  In  advance  of  equipment,  in  the  period  of  Inefhclent 
hospital  administration,  in  the  days  of  military  failure,  Clemenceau 
had  never  hesitated  to  tell  the  truth.  As  chairman  of  the  Military 
Committee  of  the  Senate  he  had  visited  every  front.  The  common  sol- 
dier was  known  to  him  in  the  trenches,  and  with  the  passion  of  an  old 
man,  near  the  end  of  a  great  career,  his  mind  turned  upon  the  salvation 
of  his  country.  Whatever  his  faults,  his  limitations,  his  weaknesses  on 
the  human  side;  whatever  his  past,  Clemenceau  In  the  years  of  the  war 
has  concentrated  himself  upon  the  battle  and  dedicated  himself  to  the 
winning  of  the  victory. 

In  the  summer  of  191 7,  in  the  early  autumn  when  treason  flourished, 
when  defeatism  was  rampant  in  France  and  out  of  It,  this  marvellous 


ON  THE  MARNE  ERUN  i 
Erench  infantry  starting  on  a  raid 


EXPLODING  AMMUNITION 

Beyond  this  village  was  an  ammunition  dump.     This  was  the  first  of  a  series  of  explosions  which  soon  shattered  tht 

whole  village 


THE  BATTLE  OF  MENIN  ROAD 
Some  captured  ground  on  the  British  front 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  331 

old  man  day  by  day  thundered  his  denunciations.  France  knew  that  if 
he  became  Prime  Minister  such  mistakes  as  he  would  make  would  not 
be  in  the  direction  of  caution,  compromise,  hesitation.  Reluctantly, 
unwillingly,  but  ineluctably,  Poincare,  the  French  nation — like  the 
commander  putting  in  his  last  reserves — turned  to  Clemenceau;  and 
with  his  coming  we  enter  into  one  more  of  those  far-shining  hours  of 
French  history  which  have  meant  so  much  to  all  mankind. 

The  achievement  of  Clemenceau  was  spiritual  before  it  was  material. 
The  army  at  the  front  felt,  when  Clemenceau  went  to  the  Quai  d'Orsay, 
that  there  was  no  more  of  weakness  and  faltering  behind  it.  In  fact, 
in  the  months  that  followed,  the  soldiers  in  the  trenches  saw  more  of  the 
French  Premier  than  did  the  people  in  the  streets  of  Paris.  Day  after 
day  he  came  to  the  Chamber  with  the  dust  of  Champagne  or  Artois  still 
on  his  clothes.  To  every  criticism,  to  every  effort  to  renew  discussions 
as  to  war  issues,  peace  terms,  he  returned  the  single  answer:  *'I  make 
war."  ''Victory" — he  told  the  French  people  at  the  very  moment  of 
approximate  despair — "belongs  to  him  who  lasts  through  the  final 
quarter  of  an  hour."  And  the  world  knew,  the  French  knew,  that 
Clemenceau  might  die  but  that  he  would  not  surrender.  It  is  im- 
possible to  estimate  the  extent  to  which  this  one  man  transformed  the 
situation.  Facing  treason  at  home  he  sent  a  former  prime  minister  of 
France,  Caillaux — still  the  master  of  the  greatest  single  following  in  the 
Chamber — to  prison.  Malvy,  who  had  been  in  a  dozen  cabinets  and 
who  possessed  enormous  political  influence,  he  sent  into  exile.  Bolo 
Pasha,  and  smaller  men  whose  guilt  was  unmistakable,  he  sent  to  the 
firing  squad.  Sarrail,  a  political  general  whose  influence  in  the  Chamber 
had  been  sufficiently  great  to  save  him  from  the  consequences  of  a  dozen 
intrigues,  Clemenceau  promptly  recalled  from  Salonica  and  retired  to 
private  life.  Of  a  sudden  a  clear,  strong  wind — like  that  mistral  which 
descends  the  Rhone  Valley — rushed  through  French  political  life. 
France  called  to  Clemenceau  and  Clemenceau  responded  with  an  appeal 
which  the  French  people  could  understand  and  obey. 

Nor  did  Clemenceau  merely  work  at  home.     From  November  until 
April  he  fought  the  British  to  procure  that  unity  of  command  which 


332  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

was  at  last  achieved  after  the  March  disaster,  and,  by  bringing  Foch  into 
complete  control  of  Allied  armies,  first  avoided  final  defeat,  and  then 
achieved  supreme  victory.  The  energy  of  this  old  man  is  beyond  de- 
scription. He  had  the  physical  characteristics  of  Roosevelt  in  his  most 
vigorous  days.  His  presence  in  the  Government  was  almost  as  valuable 
as  that  of  Napoleon  had  been  to  his  armies  on  the  battlefield.  He 
came  to  power  at  the  most  desperate  moment  in  the  war.  Almost 
exactly  a  year  later  he  was  able  to  announce  to  the  French  Chamber 
that  the  enemy  had  been  beaten,  that  victory  was  achieved,  and  Alsace- 
Lorraine  restored  to  France.  Then  France  gave  to  him  the  title  by 
which  he  will  perhaps  be  best  remembered,  that  of  "  Father  of  Victory." 
As  a  youth  Clemenceau  had  been  associated  with  Gambetta  in  that 
despairing  resistance  of  France  after  Sedan  and  Gravelotte.  He  had 
signed  the  Bordeaux  memorial  against  the  cession  of  a  foot  of  French  soil 
or  a  stone  of  a  French  fortress.  He  was  almost  the  sole  survivor  of  that 
group.  Every  illusion,  every  human  affection,  every  dream,  save  one, 
had  been  burned  up.  A  cynical,  world-weary  old  man,  his  love  of  his 
country,  his  devotion  to  France,  still  remained.  In  war,  and  in  the 
peace-making  that  followed  war,  he  had  but  a  single  thought.  He 
brushed  aside  impatiently  all  those  aspirations  and  theories  which  were 
based  upon  the  re-making  of  the  world  just  as  he  swept  aside  all  the  whis- 
perings and  whimperings  of  those  who  advocated  a  "white  peace"  when 
he  took  office.  His  whole  life  was  dedicated  to  a  single  object.  Perhaps 
he  would  have  been  more  fortunate  to  have  died  when  the  bullet  of  an 
assassin  reached  him  in  the  early  days  of  the  Peace  Conference.  Con- 
ceivably he  lived  too  long  after  the  realization  of  the  end  he  had  sought. 
But  no  Frenchman  in  all  the  long  history  of  the  race  deserved  better  of 
his  country  than  the  statesman  who,  in  November,  1917,  took  into  his 
firm  hands  the  control  of  tha?t  ship  of  state  whose  destruction  seemed 
imminent. 

VII.    IN    THE    UNITED    STATES 

America  had  entered  the  war  in  April.  Following  the  arrival  at  the 
great  decision  the  country  gave  evidence  of  a  unity  of  purpose  and  of 
thought  as  amazing  as  had  been  the  spectacle  of  its  apparent  disunion  in 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  333 

the  period  preceding  entrance  into  the  conflict.  Of  a  sudden  a  single 
national  purpose  was  disclosed  in  every  branch  of  life  and  in  the  most 
varied  and  mutually  hostile  elements  of  society.  When  the  war  was  de- 
clared soldiers  appeared  along  the  railroads  guarding  the  bridges  and 
tunnels,  reproducing  a  familiar  circumstance  of  Europe  at  war.  Meas- 
ures were  taken  to  guard  against  that  uprising  of  German-Americans 
long  forecast  and  widely  feared,  but  there  was  neither  revolt  nor  dis- 
order. The  very  spirit  in  which  the  United  States  entered  the  war  over- 
awed those  elements  which  might  have  caused  trouble.  The  German- 
American  press  became  silent.  German  intrigue  went  underground. 
In  political  life  there  was  only  one  party  and  one  purpose. 

The  progress  of  military  preparations  belongs  to  another  volume,  in 
which  America's  campaign  will  be  discussed.  On  the  political  side  the 
utterances  of  the  President  and  the  revelation  of  German  intrigue  pro- 
vide the  main  interest.  American  missions  visited  Russia,  and  Elihu 
Root,  a  former  Secretary  of  State,  sought,  in  the  Russian  capital,  to 
contribute  to  limiting  the  extent  of  anarchy.  The  mission  was  a  failure. 
Nor  was  the  American  public  able  then  or  later  to  understand  the  Rus- 
sian phenomenon.  The  message  which  the  President  sent  to  Russia 
might  have  produced  some  effect  had  it  been  reform  rather  than  peace 
that  Russia  sought.  As  it  was,  like  all  other  Allied  missions,  that  from 
America  spoke  to  deaf  ears.  The  Russian  offensive  began  and  failed 
while  our  representatives  were  still  in  Russia,  and  their  return  was  not 
unaccompanied  by  danger. 

The  President's  response  to  the  Pope's  note  evoked  nation-wide  ap- 
proval, and  this  approval  was  heightened  by  the  fact  that  there  was 
published  at  the  same  time  a  German  document,  henceforth  memor- 
able, namely  an  intercepted  despatch  from  Count  Luxburg,  the  German 
representative  at  Buenos  Aires  to  his  own  government  sent  through  the 
medium  of  the  Swedish  Legation.  Argentina  at  that  time  was  going 
through  a  political  crisis,  partly  occasioned  by  the  Government's  at- 
titude in  the  matter  of  the  German  submarine  campaign.  The  mes- 
sage in  question  contained  the  following  sentence:  "As  regards  Argen- 
tine steamships  I  reconmiend  either  compelling  them  to  turn  back,  sink- 


334  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

ing  them  without  leaving  a  trace  (spurlos  versenkt),  or  letting  them 
through.     They  are  quite  small." 

*'  Spurlos  versenkt"  became,  thenceforth  a  characterization  of  German 
methods,  and  the  American  people  found  in  this  example  of  duplicity  and 
essential  violence  further  proof  of  the  meaning  of  German  procedure 
which  had  already  been  partially  disclosed  to  them  in  the  Zimmermann 
Note.  There  followed  a  long  series  of  disclosures  of  a  similar  character 
affecting  the  United  States  more  directly  but  they  were  in  truth  only 
new  appeals  to  the  converted.  The  mass  of  the  American  people  had 
made  up  their  minds  on  the  German  subject. 

As  a  consequence,  the  political  history  of  the  United  States  during 
the  first  year  of  the  war  between  the  declaration  and  the  peace  of 
Brest-Litovsk  is  merely  the  history  of  a  nation  setting  itself  resolutely 
to  the  unfamiliar  task  of  creating  armies,  reorganizing  its  resources, 
harnessing  its  gigantic  strength  for  the  new  task.  Memorable  because 
of  its  later  bearing  upon  the  peace  negotiations  but  notable  at  the 
time  merely  as  a  statement  of  America's  view  of  the  bases  of  peace 
and  the  President's  conception  of  a  League  of  Nations,  was  a  declara- 
tion of  Mr.  Wilson  on  January  8th  and  known  thereafter  as  the  Fourteen 
Points.     These  Fourteen  Points  were  as  follows : 

1.  Open  covenants  of  peace  and  no  secret  diplomacy  in  the  future. 

2.  Absolute  freedom  of  navigation  in  peace  and  war  outside  territorial 
waters,  except  when  seas  may  be  closed  by  international  action. 

3.  Removal  as  far  as  possible  of  all  economic  barriers. 

4.  Adequate  guarantees  for  the  reduction  of  national  armaments. 

5.  An  absolutely  impartial  adjustment  of  colonial  claims,  the  interests  of 
the  peoples  concerned  having  equal  weight  with  the  claims  of  the  government 
whose  title  is  to  be  determined. 

6.  All  Russian  territory  to  be  evacuated,  and  Russia  given  full  oppor- 
tunity for  self-development,  the  Powers  aiding. 

7.  Complete  restoration  of  Belgium  in  full  and  free  sovereignty. 

8.  All  French  territory  freed,  and  the  wrong  done  by  Prussia  in  1871,  in 
the  matter  of  Alsace-Lorraine,  righted. 

9.  Readjustment  of  Italian  frontiers  on  lines  of  nationality. 

10.  Peoples  of  Austria-Hungary  accorded  an  opportunity  of  autonomous 
development. 


POLITICAL  EVENTS  335 

11.  Roumania,  Serbia,  and  Montenegro  evacuated;  Serbia  given  access 
to  the  sea;  and  relations  of  Balkan  States  settled  on  lines  of  allegiance  and 
nationality. 

12.  Non-Turkish  nationalities  in  the  Ottoman  Empire  assured  of  autono- 
mous development,  and  the  Dardanelles  to  be  permanently  free  to  all  ships. 

13.  An  independent  Polish  State. 

14.  A  general  association  of  the  nations  must  be  formed  under  specific 
covenants  for  the  purpose  of  affording  mutual  guarantees  of  political  inde- 
pendence and  territorial  integrity  to  great  and  small  states  alike. 

German  and  Austrian  efforts  to  twist  these  and  succeeding  declara- 
tions of  the  President  to  their  own  uses  failed  completely  since  almost 
immediately  Germany,  by  her  terms  of  peace  imposed  upon  Russia 
at  Brest-Litovsk,  showed  her  real  self  and  demonstrated  how  impossible 
peace  on  any  basis  was  in  advance  of  German  defeat. 

The  true  significance  of  the  Fourteen  Points  was  lost  upon  the 
American  and  Allied  publics  alike  at  the  moment.  The  world  was  at 
war  and  had  its  eyes  fixed  upon  those  material  issues  out  of  which  the 
war  had  grown.  It  did  not  comprehend,  nor  could  it  comprehend,  that 
the  President  of  the  United  States  in  his  utterance  was  placing  emphasis 
not  upon  Alsace-Lorraine,  the  Trentino,  and  the  liberation  of  subject 
peoples,  but  upon  the  formation  of  a  league  of  nations.  It  did 
not  understand  that  for  him  all  else  was  minor  and  subsidiary;  failure 
to  understand  had  strange  consequences  a  year  later,  but  at  the  moment, 
with  only  the  material  aspects  of  the  declaration  in  mind  the  people  of 
France,  Great  Britain,  and  Italy,  quite  as  much  as  the  United  States, 
hailed  this  speech  and,  by  their  very  enthusiasm,  contributed  to  con- 
vincing Mr.  Wilson  that  his  hearers  found  in  a  league  of  nations  the 
same  promise  which  he  had  there  discovered. 


CHAPTER  FOURTEEN 

BREST-LITOYSK— Conclusion 

I 
THE  RUSSIAN  SURRENDER 

It  remains  now  to  trace  the  last  phases  of  the  Russian  episode  so  far 
as  it  immediately  concerns  the  World  War.  The  domestic  circum- 
stances of  this  supreme  catastrophe  must  await  that  future  time  when 
they  may  be  intelligible  to  a  historian  able  to  deal  dispassionately  with 
the  complete  record.  For  the  western  Allies,  for  the  men  and  women 
who  were  giving  their  best  in  life  and  treasure,  the  Russian  defection 
became  immediately  and  remained  an  act  of  treason,  not  early  to  be 
forgiven  and  not  at  all  to  be  understood. 

We  have  seen  how  the  collapse  of  the  Russian  military  power  in  July 
had  for  its  consequence  the  appearance  of  German  reserves  in  Flanders 
and  at  Cambrai  in  sufficient  numbers  to  defeat  the  British  offensives. 
We  have  similarly  seen  that  the  arrival  of  German  divisions  on  the 
Venetian  front  precipitated  an  Italian  disaster  at  Caporetto  which  only 
by  a  narrow  margin  missed  putting  Italy  out  of  the  war. 

In  the  same  fashion,  the  Russian  Revolution  had  on  the  political  side 
at  one  time  divided  the  Allied  publics,  set  in  motion  domestic  protests 
and  rebellion  against  Allied  policy,  and  destroyed  an  incipient  German 
movement  toward  a  peace  of  understanding;  thus  democracy  in  Allied 
countries  was  weakened,  in  the  Central  Powers  crushed,  Allied  military 
power  was  checked  on  the  French  front  and  broken  on  the  Italian  front: 
such  were  the  outward  circumstances  of  the  Russian  Revolution. 

In  this  same  time  there  persisted  a  total  misapprehension  in  the  west 
as  to  the  purposes  of  the  Russian  revolutionists  themselves.  For  the 
west  the  supreme  concern  was  to  pursue  the  war  to  victory.  For  Russia 
the  sole  and  overshadowing  interest  was  to  achieve  peace  without  delay. 
The  west  appealed  to  Russia  to  continue  in  the  battle.     Russia  appealed 

336 


BREST-LITOVSK  337 

to  the  west  to  lay  down  its  arms.  The  truth,  long  hid  from  the  west,  was 
that  Russia  was  already  out  of  the  war,  that  no  Russian  statesman  or 
leader  was  capable  of  reanimating  the  Russian  spirit.  The  Lvov  Min- 
istry, which  was  moderate  and  liberal,  had  failed  because  it  endeavoured 
to  preserve  Russian  faith  with  the  west.  Kerensky  was  doomed  from 
the  beginning  because,  while  he  understood  conditions  better,  he  lacked 
the  iron  necessary  to  become  a  dictator  and,  short  of  a  dictatorship, 
there  was  no  remedy  left. 

In  July  Russian  armies  had  fled  a  field  of  victory  in  Galicia.  Frantic 
and  gallant  efforts  of  Korniloff,  the  new  Russian  commander,  to  rally 
his  broken  armies,  failed.  In  August  a  great  national  Congress  at  Mos- 
cow listened  to  Kerensky  and  Korniloff,  to  all  that  remained  of  the  voice 
of  reason  and  patriotism,  with  little  enthusiasm  and  no  permanent 
result. 

In  early  September  a  new  German  offensive  resulted  in  the  fall  of 
Riga.  This  offensive  was  memorable  on  the  military  side  as  the  first 
appearance  of  that  Hutier  tactic  which  reappeared  at  Caporetto  and 
Cambrai  and  then  burst  forth  in  deadly  menace  in  the  German  attacks 
of  19 1 8.  The  fall  of  Riga  was  for  the  Allies  final  proof  of  that  fact  that 
Russia,  in  Kerensky's  hands,  could  not  help  itself  or  them.  For  the  enemy 
Riga  was  the  last  detail  in  Mittel  Europa.  The  German  ante-bellum 
maps,  outlining  the  German  place  in  the  sun  of  Europe,  had  stretched 
from  Antwerp  to  Riga,  and  the  fall  of  the  latter  city  carried  with  it  a  death 
warrant  to  new  German  democratic  movements.  In  addition,  it  restored 
German  influence  in  those  Baltic  Provinces  where  the  Teutonic  knights 
had  once  ruled  and  where  the  German  minority  still  preserved  the  legend 
of  Prussian  return.  The  whole  pan-German  conception  was  galvanized 
once  more  by  a  victory  which,  on  the  military  side,  was  cheaply  won  and 
of  no  greater  permanent  consequences  than  the  capture  of  Antwerp  three 
years  earlier. 

The  fall  of  Riga  had  immediate  consequences  in  Russia.  Korniloff, 
seeing  his  armies  slipping  from  him,  military  discipline  collapsing,  con- 
ceived that  the  sole  chance  now  remaining  lay  in  a  dictatorship.  His 
supporters  claimed  that  Kerensky  consented  to  such  a  solution  and 


338  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

agreed  to  associate  himself  with  such  a  dictatorship.  Kerensky  and 
his  friends  maintained  that  no  such  consent  was  ever  given,  but  the  fact  is 
unmistakable  that  Korniloff  now  set  out  to  proclaim  a  military  dictator- 
ship and  that  in  the  west  he  found  support  among  the  governments  and 
the  military  leaders  who  saw  in  him  the  sole  chance  of  keeping  Russia 
in  the  war.  It  was  at  least  with  the  tacit  consent  of  the  western  govern- 
ments that  Korniloff  set  out  for  Petrograd. 

But  the  decay  of  the  army  and  of  the  nation  had  gone  too  far  to  leave 
either  the  discipline  or  the  patriotism  necessary  to  rally  to  authority 
in  this  critical  hour.  Russian  sentiment  mobilized  against  Korniloff. 
Kerensky,  if  he  had  made  any  promises,  repudiated  them  and  threw 
himself  into  the  arms  of  the  Bolsheviki,  into  the  arms  of  the  extreme 
Left.  Hitherto  he  had  sought  to  unite  the  moderates  on  both  sides.  In 
this  impossible  task  he  had  failed.  Now,  called  upon  to  decide  between 
the  two,  he  threw  himself  at  the  feet  of  those  who  had  been  his  opponents 
at  all  times  hitherto  and  now  for  the  moment  supported  him  only  because 
they  saw  the  ruin  both  of  Kerensky  and  the  national  cause  within  their 
grasp. 

Proclaiming  himself  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Russian  armies 
and  denouncing  Korniloff  as  a  traitor,  Kerensky  now  enlisted  a  force 
of  Red  Guards,  arrested  Korniloff,  evicted  such  patriotic  moderates  as 
had  hitherto  been  his  associates,  and  proclaimed  Russia  to  be  a  Republic. 

Meantime,  the  German  armies  continued  slowly  and  deliberately 
to  exploit  their  success  at  Riga.  Seizing  the  islands  of  the  Baltic  and 
the  ports  in  the  Baltic  Provinces  they  menaced  Petrograd  itself,  and 
on  the  19th  of  October  the  Russian  Government  fled  to  Moscow.  Three 
weeks  later,  on  the  7th  of  November,  the  extreme  radicals,  under  the  lead 
of  Lenin  and  Trotsky,  seized  Petrograd,  gained  control  of  the  Govern- 
ment itself,  and  laid  hands  upon  the  control  of  the  bleeding  body  of 
Russia.  Kerensky  was  a  fugitive,  and  the  last  remaining  chance  of 
orderly  reform  in  Russia  was  eliminated. 

The  two  men  who  now  gained  mastery  upon  Russian  power  were  sin- 
gularly unlike.  Lenin  must  remain  one  of  the  great  figures  of  his  time. 
In  exile,  proscribed,  subject  to  every  known  oppression,  he  had  pre- 


BREST-LITOVSK  339 

served  his  ideal,  which  was  to  reorganize  Russia  and  then  the  world  on 
the  Marxian  doctrine  of  class  warfare,  giving  to  the  proletariat  supreme 
control,  abolishing  national  boundaries,  and  associating  the  working- 
men  of  the  world  in  an  international  federation. 

A  great  man  Lenin  was,  if  only  because  of  the  fixity  with  which  he 
pursued  his  purpose.  Unlike  his  associate  Trotsky,  his  personal  char- 
acter was  above  reproach.  Unlike  Kerensky  accession  to  great  power 
did  not  turn  his  head  or  lead  him  away  from  his  principles.  If  Russia  as 
a  nation  perished,  if  the  whole  world  system  of  order  was  torn  to  pieces, 
he  was  unconcerned  so  long  as  there  was  left  to  himself  the  chance  of 
applying  his  principles.  He  saw,  in  the  destruction  of  order  in  the 
world,  the  necessary  first  step  in  the  direction  of  that  order  which  he 
was  seeking  to  establish.  He  was  a  narrow-minded,  intense  fanatic,  a 
visionary,  prepared  to  sacrifice  human  life  without  limit,  prepared  to  use 
force  without  measure  to  attain  his  object.  But  he  was  consistent, 
however  insane,  and  he  was  faithful  to  his  principles,  mad  as  they  were. 

Trotsky,  on  the  other  hand,  was  a  politician  in  spirit.  He  shared 
Lenin's  purposes,  but  he  was  ready  to  compromise,  manoeuvre,  manipu- 
late. He  was  one  of  the  many  revolutionists  who  had  found  asylum 
in  America  and  had  slipped  back  to  Russia  with  the  coming  of  the  Revo- 
lution. In  the  United  States  his  reputation  had  not  been  of  the  best 
and  he  carried  away  from  that  country  a  hostility  to  the  economic  system 
quite  as  intense  as  he  had  cherished  for  the  Russian  governmental  system. 

The  policy  of  Lenin  and  Trotsky  was  simple.  They  had  to  do  two 
things  to  insure  a  continuation  of  power  and  they  were  prepared  to  do 
these  two  things  promptly.  These  were:  first,  to  destroy  the  Russian 
army  that  there  might  be  no  renaissance  of  national  spirit,  no  military 
dictatorship  such  as  Korniloff  had  conceived  of,  and,  second,  to  conclude 
peace  with  Germany.  These  two  things  accomplished,  Russia  was  in 
their  hands  as  completely  as  a  chloroformed  patient  is  helpless  under 
the  knife  of  a  surgeon.  Thereafter  they  were  free  to  undertake  such 
experiments  as  they  chose.  To  gain  this  freedom  they  were  prepared 
to  pay  whatever  price  was  necessary,  although  they  did  not  perceive 
in  advance  how  great  the  German  price  would  be. 


340  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

Having  captured  Petrograd  on  November  yth,  and  in  the  following 
fortnight  consolidated  their  power,  Lenin  and  Trotsky  on  November 
2 1  St,  proposed  an  immediate  armistice,  and  matched  this  venture  in 
foreign  politics  by  the  abolition  of  private  property  in  the  domestic 
field.  Meantime,  the  destruction  of  the  army  was  assured  by  the  trans- 
fer of  the  command  to  an  ensign,  Krylenko,  on  December  yth.  One  of 
the  loyal  old  generals  was  assassinated;  headquarters  were  abolished; 
the  military  and  diplomatic  secrets  of  Russia,  including  the  various 
treaties  with  Russia's  western  Allies,  were  published,  to  the  supreme  de- 
light of  the  Germans. 

II.       ARMISTICE    AND    PEACE    NEGOTIATION 

Finally,  in  mid-December,  Lenin  and  Trotsky  concluded  an  armistice 
with  the  Germans,  which  provided  for  a  p^ace  Conference  at  Brest- 
Litovsk.  This  Conference  opened  its  sessions  on  December  22nd  in 
the  presence  of  representatives  of  all  the  Central  Powers  and  of  Russia. 
Russia's  allies  had  in  the  meantime  protested  against  an  armistice  which 
was  a  clear  violation  of  the  treaty  of  September  5,  1914,  between  Russia, 
France,  and  Great  Britain — subsequently  signed  by  Italy — which  had 
pledged  all  four  to  make  no  separate  peace.  As  for  Roumania,  when 
the  Russian  armies  had  collapsed  in  Galicia,  her  own  troops,  reorganized 
by  a  French  general,  had  made  a  gallant  but  hopeless  stand,  and  now 
Roumania,  too,  was  compelled  on  December  6th  to  join  in  the  truce.  On 
this  same  date  Trotsky,  Commissioner  of  Foreign  Affairs  to  the  Bolshe- 
vist Government,  invited  Russia's  allies  to  define  their  peace  terms  and 
solemnly  stated  that  if  they  refused,  the  responsibility  for  the  prolonga- 
tion of  the  war  must  be  borne  by  them.  This,  too,  was  playing  the 
German  game  with  a  vengeance.  When  the  Brest-Litovsk  Conference 
assembled,  Russia,  through  Trotsky,  presented  her  basis  for  world  peace 
to  a  Germany  now  completely  under  the  domination  of  the  military 
element,  already  making  preparations  for  her  great  western  offensive, 
designed  to  crush  France  and  England  before  America  could  arrive,  and 
enable  Germany  to  dominate  the  world.  The  basis  of  peace  was  to  be 
the  already  famous  Russian  programme  of  no  annexations  and  no  in- 


BREST-LITOVSK  341 

demnities;  subject  nationalities  were  to  determine  their  allegiance  by 
referendum;  territories  taken  in  the  course  of  the  war  were  to  be  restored; 
armies  of  occupation  withdrawn;  all  belligerents  were  to  unite  in  provid- 
ing for  the  compensation  of  the  sufferers  of  the  war;  colonies  were  to  be 
restored,  and  economic  boycotts  after  the  war  prohibited. 

The  Germans  were  of  course  unwilling  to  agree  that  there  should  be 
no  forcible  appropriation  of  territory,  that  armies  of  occupation  should 
be  promptly  withdrawn,  and  complete  political  independence  thus  be 
restored  to  the  Belgians,  the  Poles,  and  the  Serbians,  or  that  the  right 
of  self-determination  should  be  conceded  to  German  Poles  or  Austrian 
Latins  and  Slavs.  But  the  opportunity  for  manoeuvre  was  obvious, 
and  Kuhlmann,  who  represented  Germany  with  great  skill  and  adroit- 
ness, at  once  seized  the  opportunity.  On  Christmas  Day  Germany 
and  her  allies,  through  the  Austrian  Foreign  Minister,  Count  Czernin, 
announced  that  Germany  was  prepared  to  agree  to  Russian  terms,  pro- 
vided Germany's  enemies,  who  had  been  Russia's  allies,  would  agree 
to  the  same  terms  and  associate  themselves  with  the  Brest-Litovsk  Con- 
ference, which  now  took  a  recess  until  January  4th  pending  a  response. 

The  trick  was  plain.  Germany  had  not  the  smallest  intention  of 
agreeing  to  the  Russian  terms,  but  for  her  own  purpose,  both  with  re- 
spect of  the  German  people,  the  Russian  Revolutionists,  and  the  Allied 
publics,  it  was  important  to  place  the  responsibility  for  a  failure  upon 
the  Allied  governments.  The  Allies  could  not  agree  to  terms  such  as 
these  without  abandoning  the  war.  They  knew,  moreover,  that  Ger- 
many had  no  intention  of  evacuating  Belgium  or  Poland,  because  in  the 
secret  negotiations  and  exchanges  of  views  which  had  taken  place  during 
the  war  Germany  had  at  all  times  declined  to  give  any  indication  of  her 
future  attitude  toward  Belgium.  They  were  compelled,  therefore,  to 
accept  the  situation  which  had  been  created  and  decline  to  make  answer, 
notwithstanding  the  consequences. 

Meantime,  Germany  gave  a  foretaste  of  her  real  purposes  on  Decem- 
ber 28th  when  she  responded  to  the  Russian  peace  terms  with  the  hypo- 
critical assertion  that  neither  she  nor  her  allies  proposed  to  appropriate 
any  territory  by  force,  but  the  right  of  self-determination  had  already 


342  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

been  exercised  by  the  people  of  Poland,  Lithuania,  Courland,  and  por- 
tions of  Esthonia  and  Livonia;  while  General  Hoffman,  a  little  later 
speaking  for  the  military  element  which  was  becoming  impatient  at 
the  farce  of  Brest,  informed  the  Russians  that  German  High  Command, 
for  reasons  of  its  own,  was  compelled  to  decline  to  evacuate  Courland, 
Lithuania,  Riga,  and  the  Baltic  Islands,  while  the  Polish  question  was 
deliberately  excluded. 

In  this  situation  Trotsky  and  Lenin  sought  for  a  moment  to  escape 
the  inevitable  by  a  public  appeal  to  the  masses  of  the  German  people, 
whom  they  seemed  to  believe  would  rise  against  their  government. 
Passionate  denunciations  of  the  German  course  were  uttered  by  Trotsky, 
but  the  Russian  military  power  had  now  been  completely  abolished. 
Russia  was  helpless  and  words  had  no  appeal  to  the  German  masses,  who 
now  at  last  saw  the  age-long  Russian  menace  on  the  point  of  disappear- 
ance and  perceived  victory  and  plunder  within  their  grasp.  Moreover, 
disorder  and  anarchy  were  spreading  all  over  the  vast  Russian  Empire. 
Separatist  movements  were  on  foot  in  a  dozen  border  regions,  Finland 
and  the  Ukraine  were  seeking  independence  with  German  assistance. 
In  Ukrainia,  Bolshevist  doctrine  found  no  lodgment  and  the  peasant  pro- 
prietor turned  to  the  Central  Powers  as  the  lesser  of  two  evils,  and 
asked  Berlin  and  Vienna  to  protect  them  against  Trotsky  and  Lenin. 
In  Esthonia,  Livonia,  Lithuania,  and  Courland  similar  movements  were 
discovered.  Everywhere  the  elements  of  order,  forced  to  choose  be- 
tween the  German  and  anarchy,  inevitably  set  their  faces  toward  Berlin, 
and  on  February  9th  Ukrainia  formally  made  peace  with  the  Central 
Powers  and  German  and  Austrian  armies  were  assigned  to  the  congenial 
task  of  protecting  the  granary  of  Russia  from  Bolshevism.  Thus  at  a 
single  stroke  Russia  was  deprived  of  more  than  30,000,000  people  of 
her  southern  provinces  from  the  Pripet  Marshes  to  the  Black  Sea,  while 
the  Central  Powers  acquired,  through  alliance  and  by  occupation, 
resources  in  foodstuff  and  minerals  which,  could  they  be  made  available 
in  time,  would  once  for  all  defeat  the  blockade  of  sea  power.  The  value 
of  the  Ukraine  was  disclosed  a  few  months  later  when  in  October, 
with  defeat  and  even  collapse  threatening  in  the  west,  the  German 


BREST-LITOVSK 


343 


High  Command  steadfastly  declined  to  withdraw  German  divisions 
and  thus  surrender  Ukrainian  food  supplies  and  other  contri- 
butions. 

The  separate  Treaty  with  Ukrainia  was  the  death  blow  to  the  Lenin- 
Trotsky  policy.  For  nearly  two  months  the  sessions  at  Brest-Litovsk 
had  been  prolonged  by  the  interminable  protests,  denunciations,  and 
temporary  withdrawals  of  the  Russians.  Germany  had  endured  these 
delays  with  complacency  because  in  this  time  the  last  semblance  of  Rus- 
sian military  power  was  disappearing.     But  now  the  end  was  in  sight. 


MITTEL-EUROPA    IN     I917 

The  solid  black  shows  the  territory  occupied  by  the  Central  Powers  after  the  fall  of  Riga 
and  before  the  capture  of  Jerusalem.  This  is  the  celebrated  war  map  frequently  menrioned  by 
Bethmann-HoUweg  and  other  German  statesmen  as  the  basis  of  Germany's  peace  claims. 


344  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

The  day  after  the  Peace  with  Ukrainia  was  signed  Trotsky  quit  Brest- 
Litovsk  announcing  that  he  would  refuse  to  sign  the  German  peace  but 
that  the  war  was  over.  He  refused  to  recognize  German  peace  condi- 
tions but  announced  to  the  whole  world,  "At  to-day's  session" 
[that  is  February  loth]  "the  President  of  the  Russian  delegation  an- 
nounced that  Russia  abstains  from  signing  the  actual  treaty  of  peace 
but  declares  that  she  considers  the  state  of  war  with  Germany  is  termi- 
nated and  has  issued  the  order  for  the  complete  demobilization  of  the 
Russian  armies  on  all  fronts." 

But  Germany  was  by  no  means  contented  to  let  the  situation  rest 
here,  and  on  February  i6th  announced  a  resumption  of  hostilities. 
On  February  19th  German  armies  were  again  in  motion,  while 
Russian  armies  fled  before  them.  Appeals  from  Lenin  and  Trotsky 
were  of  no  avail.  German  armies  flowed  on  toward  Petrograd 
until  at  last,  on  Sunday,  March  3rd,  Russia  signed  the  Treaty  of 
Brest-Litovsk,  while  Roumania,  now  completely  abandoned,  signed 
an  armistice  two  weeks  later  and  a  definitive  treaty  at  Bukharest  on 
March  26th. 

So  ended  the  war  on  the  eastern  front.  Less  than  three  weeks  before 
Ludendorff  launched  his  great  offensive  Germany  at  last  found  herself 
with  her  hands  free.  From  the  Baltic  to  the  Black  Sea  the  Russian  and 
Roumanian  fronts  had  been  abolished,  while  far  beyond  the  limits  of 
the  old  firing  lines  German  and  Austrian  armies  advanced  at  will,  oc- 
cupying Kieff  and  Odessa  and  commandeering  for  their  own  purposes 
such  provisions  and  war  material  as  they  chose. 

III.      THE    TREATIES    OF    BREST-LITOVSK 

While  the  settlement  of  Brest-Litovsk  was  expressed  in  three  sepa- 
rate treaties — with  Ukrainia,  with  Russia,  and  with  Roumania,  they  con- 
stitute a  unit,  and  can  best  be  examined  together.  The  purposes 
achieved  in  the  three  documents  were  these:  (i)  to  deprive  Russia  of  all 
of  her  western  accessions  since  the  time  of  the  period  of  Peter  the  Great, 
and  to  build  up  between  the  Slav  mass  and  Germany  a  series  of  states 
dependent  upon  Germany  and  bearing  the  same  relation  to  her  as  those 


BREST-LITOVSK  345 

creations  of  Napoleon  on  the  eastern  bank  of  the  Rhine  a  little  more 
than  a  century  before;'  (2)  to  divide  what  remained  of  Russia  in  such 
fashion  as  to  preclude  any  reappearance  of  Russia  as  a  great  and  men- 
acing neighbour;  (3)  to  place  all  of  what  had  been  Russia,  and  partic- 
ularly what  was  left  outside  the  German  sphere  of  influence,  in  complete 
economic  subjection  to  Germany;  (4)  to  foment  and  encourage  differ- 
ences between  the  various  border  tribes,  making  them  mutually  hostile 
and  thus  incapable  of  union. 

The  treaty  with  Ukrainia  defined  the  boundaries  of  the  new  state 
which  included  all  of  Russia  extending  from  the  Austrian  boundary  to 
the  lands  of  the  Don  Cossacks  and  from  the  Pripet  Marshes  to  the  Black 
Sea  including  the  Crimean  Peninsula  and  the  great  port  of  Odessa, 
while  from  the  old  Polish  estate  there  was  taken  a  portion  of  the  prov- 
vince  of  Cholm,  thus  perpetuating  a  feud  between  the  Poles  and  the 
Ukrainians.  Germany  and  Austria  obtained  the  right  of  free  transit 
across  the  new  Ukrainian  State  and  agreed  to  defend  it  against  the 
Bolsheviki. 

The  treaty  with  Russia  abolished  Russian  control  in  Poland,  the 
Courland,  Lithuania,  and  the  two  Baltic  provinces  of  Livonia  and 
Esthonia,  whose  future  condition  was  to  be  determined  by  Austria  and 
by  Germany.  Russian  delegates  agreed  not  merely  to  evacuate  the 
portion  of  the  Turkish  Empire  which  her  troops  had  occupied  as  a  result 
of  successes  in  the  war,  but  also  to  return  to  Turkey  Batoum  and  Kars 
and  the  balance  of  the  territory  taken  as  a  result  of  the  successful  Russo- 
Turkish  war  in  the  last  century.  Russia  agreed  to  make  peace  with 
Ukrainia,  evacute  that  country,  and  also  to  withdraw  from  Finland  and 
the  Baltic  provinces.  The  economic  provisions  of  the  Ukrainian  treaty 
contained  a  stipulation  for  a  colossal  payment  of  foodstuffs,  while  the 
economic  provisions  of  the  treaty  with  Russia  went  even  further.  The 
policy  here  was  obvious.  Germany  had,  by  her  course  in  the  war,  lost 
her  markets  among  Allied  countries  and  she  sought  to  make  good  this 
loss  by  creating  a  monopoly  in  the  vast  Russian  territories. 

Finally  the  Treaty  of  Bukharest  with  Roumania  complemented 
and  completed  those  with  the  Russians  and  the  Ukrainians.    This 


346  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

treaty  compelled  the  cession  of  the  whole  of  the  Dobrudja  to  Bulgaria, 
thus  depriving  Roumania  of  access  to  the  sea;  provided  for  ''rectifica- 
tions'* of  the  Austro-Roumanian  frontier,  which  gave  the  Hapsburg 
Monarchy  control  of  the  passes  leading  into  Russia  and  possession  of 
the  Petroseny  coal  mines;  for  the  demobilization  of  the  Roumanian 
army  under  the  direction  of  Germany;  for  the  free  passage  of  troops 
of  the  Central  Powers  across  Roumanian  frontiers;  for  the  occupation 
of  the  Roumanian  railroads,  a  monopoly  in  the  export  of  wheat,  and  the 
control  of  the  oil  wells  of  the  kingdom.  So  far  as  Roumania  was  con- 
cerned she  received,  as  a  sop,  possession  of  certain  small  areas  in  the 
Russian  province  of  Bessarabia,  which,  with  a  measure  of  consent  of 
the  Central  Powers,  was  presently  stretched  to  the  occupation  of  the 
whole  of  this  Russian  province. 

By  the  terms  of  this  settlement  Russia  actually  lost  55,000,000  of 
people.  Two  states  immediately  hostile  to  her,  Finland  and  Ukrainia, 
were  erected  on  her  own  soil;  the  Baltic  Provinces,  which  represent  the 
conquests  of  Peter  the  Great,  the  window  of  the  Slav  giving  on  western 
Europe,  together  with  Poland,  were  taken,  while  the  Bolshevist  hope  of 
using  what  remained  to  them  of  Russia  as  a  headquarters  from  which 
to  utter  propaganda  directed  at  the  German  masses,  was  abolished  by  a 
provision  in  the  treaty  pledging  the  Lenin-Trotsky  Government  to  ab- 
stain from  all  such  manoeuvres.  Russia  was  deprived  of  all  her  conquests 
of  250  years,  her  unity  was  shattered,  while  on  the  eastern  frontiers  of 
Germany  and  Austria,  and  of  the  Mittel  Europa  that  the  German  had 
now  created,  there  was  sketched  a  series  of  helpless  states  extending  from 
Finland  to  Roumania,  all  of  them  promptly  occupied  by  German  and 
Austrian  armies,  all  of  them  transformed  into  economic  and  military 
creatures  of  the  Central  Powers,  and  many  of  them  arrayed  against 
each  other  by  skilfully  manipulated  boundary  decisions. 

Since  Napoleon's  Peace  of  Tilsit,  Europe  had  seen  nothing  to  com- 
pare with  the  Peace  of  Brest-Litovsk.  It  upset  the  balance  of  power 
in  Europe.  It  abolished  the  Russian  state.  It  opened  the  granaries 
of  Russia  and  of  Roumania,  the  mines,  the  railroads,  and  the  rivers  to 
immediate  German  use  and  to  subsequent  exploitation  when  economic 


BREST-LITOVSK  347 

war  succeeded  the  military  operations.  Save  for  the  helpless  Army  of 
the  Orient  interned  in  Salonica,  there  was  nothing  left  in  the  east,  while 
the  consequences  of  Caporetto  had  abolished  for  Austria  the  long-stand- 
ing menace  of  Italian  attack.  German  mastery  of  the  Continent  of 
Europe,  with  a  subsequent  sweep  into  Asia  and  even  into  Africa,  was 
assured  if  only  time  were  left  to  organize  the  victory  and  perpetuate 
the  system  which  had  been  created.  Between  Germany  and  the  realiza- 
tion of  her  colossal  dream  in  its  fullest  extent  there  now  interposed  only 
the  British  and  the  French  armies,  shaken  by  the  disasters  and  failures 
of  191 7  and  sustained  largely  by  the  hope  of  the  ultimate  arrival  of 
American  millions.  Freed  as  it  seemed  for  ever  from  the  eastern  dan- 
ger, the  German  people  were  now  invited  to  turn  westward  and  witness 
the  triumphant  progress  of  their  armies,  swollen  by  accessions  from  the 
eastern  front  thus  abolished.  No  people  in  all  European  history  ever 
looked  out  upon  more  alluring  prospects  of  immediate  conquest  and 
permanent  triumph  than  had  the  German  people  in  March  of  191 8. 

The  termination  of  the  negotiations  at  Brest-Litovsk  marks  the  end 
of  one  more  period  in  the  World  War.  Once  more,  as  in  each  of  the 
preceding  acts.  Allied  expectations  and  hopes  had  been  brought  to 
nothing  and  now  at  last  Germany  had  achieved  a  success  which  could 
not  be  denied  or  mistaken.  If  her  submarine  attack  in  the  west  had 
by  a  narrow  margin  failed  and  was  no  longer  a  deadly  peril,  her  mili- 
tary successes  in  the  east  had  created  an  even  deadlier  menace. 

Moreover,  the  last  lingering  hope  that  democracy  could  triumph  in 
Germany,  that  the  war  could  be  ended  by  negotiations  based  upon 
mutual  understanding,  the  final  hope  that  reason  and  the  dictates  of 
civilization  might  penetrate  the  German  darkness,  had  vanished. 

In  the  paragraphs  of  the  Brest-Litovsk  treaties  the  world,  after 
momentary  hesitations,  doubts,  self-questionings,  saw  Germany  again  as 
she  had  been  seen  in  the  opening  moments  of  the  war,  sweeping  through 
Belgium  and  carrying  fire  and  sword  to  the  gates  of  Paris — as  she  had 
been  revealed  in  the  Lusitania  Massacre,  in  the  horrors  of  the  Great 
Retreat  of  the  preceding  spring.  The  mass  of  reasonable  men  and 
women  in  the  western  nations  were  now  forced  to  face  the  truth,  to 


348  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

recognize  that  only  by  the  sword  could  there  be  a  settlement,  that 
compromise  was  impossible,  that  the  essentially  Prussian  spirit, 
however  much  it  had  hidden  itself  in  the  spring  and  summer,  in  the 
smooth  words  of  Reichstag  debates,  no  longer  even  cared  to  hide  itself. 
There  was  no  longer  a  question  of  attacking  this  Germany.  There 
was  no  longer  an  immediate  possibility  of  depriving  her  of  any  portion 
of  the  vast  booty  newly  acquired  or  liberating  any  of  the  fresh  con- 
quered captives.  In  their  western  trenches  the  Allied  armies  had  now 
only  to  await  the  storm  they  knew  was  coming,  a  storm  the  extent  of 
which  they  did  not  calculate,  the  fury  of  which  they  under-estimated, 
nor  had  they  long  to  wait,  for  the  ink  upon  the  treaties  of  Brest-Litovsk 
was  hardly  dry  before  Ludendorff  began  his  march  and  the  guns  be- 
tween the  Oise  and  the  Scarpe  announced  the  opening  of  the  final  act 
in  the  World  War.  Having  lived  through  the  moral  crisis  of  the  war 
in  1917  the  Allies  had  now  to  survive  the  military  crisis,  which,  if 
briefer,  was  to  prove  not  less  terrible. 


Mr.  Simonds's  History  of  the  Progress 
OF  THE  War  Will  Be  Carried  For- 
ward IN  the  Succeeding  Volume. 

Editor 


PART  II 

I 

CLEMENCEAU:    THE  TIGER  IN  HIS  LAIR  IN  1916 
BY  FRANK  K.  SIMONDS 

II 

HAIG,  GENERAL  MANAGER  OF  WAR 

BY  ISAAC  F.  MARCOSSON 

III 

THE  WAR  IN  ITALY 

BY  DR.  FELICE  FERRERO 

IV 

RUSSIA'S  DECLINE 

BY  DR.  E.  J.  DILLON 

V 

CANADA'S  WAR  EFFORT 

BY  THE  RIGHT  HON.  SIR  ROBERT  LAIRD  BORDEN 

VI 

AUSTRALIA  IN  THE  WORLD  WAR 

BY  THE  RIGHT  HON.  WILLIAM  MORRIS  HUGHES 

VII 

SHALL  GERMANY  COME  AGAIN.? 
(THE  DEVASTATED  REGIONS  OF  FRANCE,  IN  JANUARY,  1919) 

BY  FRANK  H.  SIMONDS 


I 

CLEMENCEAU* 

THE  TIGER  IN  HIS  LAIR  IN  1916 
By  FRANK  H.  SIMONDS 

Nearly  three  years  ago,  at  the  moment  of  the  German  attack  upon  Verdun, 
a  London  friend  of  mine  furnished  me  with  a  letter  of  introduction  to  M. 
Georges  Clemenceau,  then  holding  no  other  political  position  than  a  member 
of  the  French  Senate,  but  since  become  the  President  of  the  Council,  the  leader 
of  the  French  nation,  and  the  saviour  alike  of  France  and  of  the  Allied  cause. 
But  even  in  the  Verdun  period  he  was,  as  he  has  been  for  at  least  a  quarter  of  a 
century,  the  most  interesting  of  French  public  men  and,  through  his  news- 
paper, he  was  the  single  outspoken  critic  of  the  Alhes'  mistakes  and  the  cham- 
pion of  vigorous  and  concerted  action  against  the  common  enemy. 

At  the  moment  when  I  was  in  Paris  no  man  ventured  even  to  hint  that 
Clemenceau  might  succeed  to  the  post  then  held  by  Briand.  His  vigour  and 
his  energy  were  ever5rwhere  conceded,  but  there  was  a  general  lack  of  confi- 
dence growing  out  of  the  incidents  in  the  statesman's  long  history  of  political 
battle.  He  was  in  that  now-forgotten  time  a  lonely  if  splendid  figure.  France 
was  not  yet  face  to  face  with  defeat,  as  was  the  case  two  years  later;  the 
Verdun  episode,  which  was  to  remove  JofFre  and  bring  about  the  ultimate 
fall  of  Briand,  was  only  beginning;  and  the  war,  although  already  seeming 
long,  had  not  yet  come  to  appear  interminable. 

So  great  has  been  the  transformation  since  1916,  so  complete  the  triumph 
of  Clemenceau,  that  I  have  thought  that  my  notes  of  my  interview  of  that 
time,  reveahng  as  they  do  the  great  man,  already  consciously  measuring 
himself  for  the  task  which  was  to  come,  might  now  be  of  suflScient  interest  to 
warrant  publication.  To  them  I  add  only  the  further  explanation  that  I 
came  to  Paris  from  London  bringing  a  letter  of  introduction,  which  I  had  been 
assured  in  the  British  capital  would  open  the  way  for  me. 

Accordingly,  when  I  reached  Paris,  a  few  days  later,  I  sent  to  Senator  Cle- 
menceau a  letter  which  contained  the  necessary  message.  Two  hours  later 
I  received  an  invitation  to  call  upon  the  Senator  at  his  home,  No.  8  Rue  Frank- 
lin, the  next  morning  at  eleven  o'clock. 

Rue  Franklin  is  that  relatively  obscure  street  which  starts  somewhat  gran- 


*Copyright,  1919,  by  the  McClure  Newspaper  Syndicate. 

353 


354  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

diosely  at  the  Trocadero,  to  end  in  the  maze  of  streets  which  come  out  of 
Passy,  once  the  home  of  Benjamin  Frankhn.  Clemenceau's  house,  guarded 
by  the  inevitable  courtyard  and  blank  wall,  extends  southward  to  the  next 
street  and  gives  a  broad  opening  for  sunlight  from  the  south;  and  it  was  in 
his  study,  illuminated  by  the  March  sun,  which  in  Paris  means  spring,  that 
Clemenceau  received  me.  Before  I  went  to  him,  my  French  friends  had 
warned  me.  One  is  always  warned  of  Clemenceau.  "He  will  tell  you  that 
'The  Germans  are  still  at  Noyon',"  was  one  admonition,  citing  the  sentence 
that  almost  daily  appeared  in  Clemenceau's  newspaper,  L'Homme  Enchaine, 
until  at  last  the  Germans  left  Noyon  and  Clemenceau  came  to  power.  "He 
will  criticize  America,  he  will  say  something  terrible;  he  alvv^ays  does:  beware!" 
This  was  an  even  more  frequent  warning.  In  point  of  fact,  he  did  neither,  but 
this  is  anticipating. 

Leading  me  down  a  long  and  dusty  hallway,  an  old  sergeant  ushered  me 
into  Clemenceau's  study,  the  room  of  which  I  had  heard  so  much,  and  there- 
seated  at  the  wonderful  desk,  which  is  a  part  of  the  stage  properties  of  political 
Paris — sat  Clemenceau.  For  the  moment  the  desk  seemed  even  more  re- 
markable than  its  owner.  It  was  a  huge  circular  desk,  shaped  like  the  em- 
placement of  a  heavy  gun,  with  long  sides  stretching  backward  as  if  to  protect 
the  gunner  from  flank  fire.  And  as  he  rose  from  his  chair  to  greet  me,  Clemen- 
ceau seemed  almost  like  one  of  the  short  howitzers  rising  to  the  discharge. 

I  had  expected  to  see  an  old  man,  for  Senator  Clemenceau  is  well  past  the 
seventy  mark;  instead,  I  saw  a  man  whose  first  motions  suggested  the  energy 
and  force  of  fifty.  I  had  expected  to  see  a  stern,  even  bitter  face;  but  instead 
it  was  the  smiling  face  of  one  who  welcomed  a  friendly  guest.  The  first  im- 
pression was  of  energy,  the  second  of  courtesy. 

When  I  had  sat  down  he  retook  his  place  at  the  desk,  at  the  gun-emplace- 
ment, for  the  figure  is  more  than  a  figure.  From  behind  that  breastwork  he 
daily  bombarded  Paris,  France,  ministries  and  generals,  with  those  articles 
which  had  overset  many  ministries  and  were,  in  a  later  time,  to  overset  the 
last,  before  he  came  back  to  power. 

And  as  he  sat  down  again,  M.  Clemenceau  placed  upon  his  bald  head  one 
of  the  famihar  soldier's  fatigue  caps,  well  pushed  back  on  his  forehead,  and  it 
gave  him  a  most  amazing  appearance.  The  enemies  of  Clemenceau — and  he 
has  spent  a  hfe-time  collecting  them — will  tell  you  that  he  is  a  Mongolian,  that 
he  represents  the  survival  of  some  ancient  Tartar  invader  of  prehistoric  France. 
This  is  probably  a  mere  legend  and  yet,  unmistakably,  there  is  about  the  man 
the  suggestion  of  the  Oriental — something  about  the  high  cheekbones,  the 
deep-set  eyes  with  their  enormous  gray  eyebrows,  which  suggests,  not  the 
Oriental  we  know  in  America,  outside  of  Washington,  but  the  Oriental  of 
high  rank  and  equally  unmistakable  intelligence. 

Yet  in  spite  of  cap  and  desk,  and  almost  fantastic  appearance,  it  was  still 


CLEMENCEAU  ,         355 

a  kindly  and  vigorous  old  man,  with  hardly  a  trace  of  the  burden  of  years, 
who  welcomed  the  invading  American. 

"I  knew  America  once,  I  knew  it  well,"  he  said;  then,  with  a  touch  of 
mock  sadness,  "but  that  was  long  ago,  too  long  ago.  For  you  see  I  am  an 
old  man."  Then  for  a  moment  he  gossiped  about  the  New  York  which  he  had 
known,  the  New  York  of  Dana  and  of  Greeley,  whom  he  had  visited  in  the 
days  following  the  end  of  the  Civil  War  when  he  himself  was  in  exile,  an  in- 
structor of  French,  I  believe,  in  a  girls'  school  in  a  Connecticut  suburb. 

"But  you  come  to  talk  about  the  war,  about  France,"  he  said,  after  a 
moment. 

"Well,  I  am  not  going  to  tell  you  what  France  is  doing,  I  am  not  going  to 
praise  France.  You  must  look  around  for  yourself,  you  must  see  it  for  your- 
self, you  must  feel  it  for  yourself." 

Then,  after  a  moment,  he  went  on  with  quickening  tone — 

"There  have  been  times  in  the  past" — and  he  waved  his  hands  toward 
the  busy  street  beyond  the  lattice  window — "there  have  been  times  when  I 
have  despaired  of  my  country,  when  I  have  been  afraid  of  the  future  for  my 
countrymen;  but  now,  now,  look  at  them,  look  at  France." 

Then  he  repeated  details  of  the  Verdun  episode,  of  the  tragic  opening  day 
about  Douaumont  which  all  Paris  was  then  repeating,  but  which  I  shall  not 
repeat  here. 

"We  need  a  man;  we  need  a  general;  we  need  a  wan,"  he  said  with  sullen 
intensity. 

"And  Joffre?"  I  asked,  recalling  the  name  of  the  man  who  then  still  com- 
manded, but  whose  sun  was  sinking  rapidly. 

"I  have  nothing  against  him,"  he  said,  sharply,  "nothing;  but  he  is  not  the 
man,  he  is  not  the  man," 

"And  Foch.?"  I  inquired,  naming  my  own  hero. 

But  Foch  did  not  arrest  his  attention. 

"What  of  Petain,  then  ?"  I  ventured,  naming  the  man  just  coming  to  world 
notice  as  the  defender  of  Verdun  who  was  to  succeed  to  the  rank  and  power  of 
JofFre  before  Clemenceau  himself  became  premier. 

"Perhaps;  I  do  not  know  him,"  he  replied,  "but  we  must  have  a  man." 

"What  of  Kitchener?"  I  queried,  naming  the  man  who  then  commanded 
the  British  armies  and  was  at  the  moment  in  Paris.  The  question  roused 
Ciemenceau.  All  of  a  sudden  his  whole  demeanour  changed;  he  leaned  over 
the  emplacement  for  all  the  world  like  a  big  gun  in  action. 

"Kitchener,"  he  said  with  extreme  deUberation  but  in  a  tone  of  unmistak- 
able ice.     "Kitchener  is  a  symbol." 

"A  symbol?"  I  asked,  a  little  puzzled. 

"Yes,  a  symbol.  A  symbol  is  a  man  about  whom  some  people  still  be- 
lieve what  was  never  true." 


356  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

Here  at  last  was  the  "Tiger,"  the  Clemenceau  of  the  legend.  This  was 
the  man  who  a  few  months  before  had  said  of  Viviani  (then  Premier):  "He 
has  spoken;  he  speaks;  he  will  speak;"  and  Viviani  had  fallen  together  with  a 
whole  cabinet  of  eloquence. 

The  conversation  drifted  to  politics. 

"What  of  the  Opposition?"  I  asked.     "The  Opposition,  in  the  Chambre." 

"Opposition?"  He  puzzled  over  that  for  a  moment  and  then  said  with 
calmness:     "But  I  am  the  Opposition." 

It  was  the  famous  phrase  of  Louis  XIV,  " L'etat,  c'est  mot;"  but  it  was 
repeated  without  the  smallest  note  of  personal  vainglory;  it  was  not  a  boast, 
it  was  a  simple  statement  of  fact. 

"I  am  the  Opposition,"  he  repeated,  "and  it  is  an  opposition  to  the  conduct 
of  the  war,  to  the  mistakes;  it  is  an  opposition  which  wants  things  done  better, 
that  is  all." 

"But  those  who  want  peace?"  I  asked. 

"Who  are  they?"  he  queried. 

"What  would  happen,  then,"  I  asked,  trying  a  flank  movement,  "what 
would  happen  if  some  one  should  advocate  peace  now,  peace  without  Alsace- 
Lorraine — a  German  peace?" 

He  reflected  for  a  moment  and  then  said,  with  a  softness  of  voice  which 
was  hardly  deceptive. 

"If  any  one  should  advocate  peace  now,  a  German  peace,  I  think  he  would 
be  shot — but  it  would  be  done  decently — oh,  very  decently."  The  words 
came  to  my  mind  later,  when  Bolo  Pasha,  prosecuted  by  the  Clemenceau 
Government,  faced  a  firing  squad,  for  seeking  a  German  peace. 

"And  Caillaux?"  I  asked — mentioning  the  name  that  then,  as  always, 
has  been  the  nightmare  in  the  minds  of  those  vdio  love  France  and  hope  to 
see  her  victorious  and  herself;  the  man  of  whom  Clemenceau  had  said:  "He 
thinks  himself  Napoleon." 

"No,"  he  said,  with  a  calm  smile,  "I  do  not  fear  him." 

"Will  he  come  back?"  I  asked. 

"I  do  not  think  so,"  he  responded;  and  again  his  words  had  new  meaning, 
when  Caillaux  was  jailed  to  await  in  prison  that  trial  for  treason  which  Clemen- 
ceau directed. 

The  talk  drifted  to  the  Bulgarian  disaster  of  the  previous  autumn,  and  the 
mistakes  and  failures  of  Allied  diplomacy  in  the  Balkans. 

"Bulgaria  was  a  case  of  money,"  he  said,  thoughtfully,  "a  case  of  money, 
and  I  think,  if  I  had  been  in  power,  I  should  have  bought." 

"And  Greece?" 

But  he  would  not  talk  of  Greece.  He  had  been  for  years  one  of  the  great 
friends  of  the  Hellenic  Kingdom  and  the  desertion  of  Greece  was  to  him, 
patently,  in  the  nature  of  a  personal  sorrow. 


CLEMENCEAU  357 

**0h,  the  unhappy  Serbs,"  he  continued,  "and  we,  we  French  have  had  to 
reequip  their  army.  Yes,  we  have  sent  to  them  the  uniforms — the  equip- 
ment at  Corfu.  Invaded  France  has  done  that,  please  remember  that." 
And  his  eyes  hghted  again. 

"But  you  must  go  to  Verdun,"  he  said,  "you  must  see  our  soldiers  as  they 
are.  I  go,  I  go  everywhere,  I  see  them  all;  and  you  must  go  and  then  you  can 
go  back  to  America  and  tell  your  countrymen  what  France  is  like,  what  it  is. 
You  must  see  it  for  yourself,  certainly  you  must  see  our  soldiers." 

The  conversation  became  general  and  for  the  next  few  moments  he  talked 
of  many  things,  with  the  same  characteristic  energy,  impatience,  frankness — 
energy  in  laying  forth  the  dangers,  impatience  of  the  fools  and  the  blunderers — 
which  filled  his  columns  in  that  epoch,  and  made  the  arrival  of  each  edition 
of  his  paper  an  event  almost  as  considerable  as  the  communique;  frankness,  for 
it  is  the  terrible  frankness  of  the  man  which  has  created  the  Clemenceau  of 
the  legends. 

As  he  led  me  to  the  door,  at  the  close  of  the  audience,  I  was  again  struck 
with  the  energy  and  force  of  the  man.  In  an  odd  way  he  reminded  me  of 
Colonel  Roosevelt,  a  smaller  man,  lacking  in  height  and  weight  by  comparison, 
but  yet  unmistakably  burly  and  getting  over  the  ground  with  that  same'  vigor- 
ous forward  thrust,  which  is  familiar  to  all  who  have  seen  Colonel  Roosevelt 
in  action. 

At  the  door  he  reminded  me  again  of  America,  "You  will  see  everything 
and  you  will  go  back  and  tell  the  Americans.  They  must  understand.  I 
know  if  they  understand  it  will  be  all  right.  As  for  me,  I  have  always  Hked 
America,  I  knew  it  once — but  that  was  very  long  ago,  yes,  as  I  told  you,  I  am 
an  old  man." 

Looking  backward  now,  after  three  years,  and  trying  to  recall  the  faces 
and  the  words  of  the  men  I  have  met  in  the  public  Hfe  of  Britain  and  France — 
Lloyd  George,  Balfour,  Poincare,  Painleve — I  find  that  even  now  my  recollec- 
tion of  Clemenceau  is  the  clearest.  Alone  of  all  these  men,  there  was  about 
him  a  sense  of  force,  of  power,  a  sort  of  fearlessness  alike  of  phrase  and  of 
form.  What  the  man  felt,  you  would  be  sure  he  would  say,  he  would  say  it 
whether  it  hurt  himself  or  another,  whether  it  destroyed  a  ministry  or  merely 
labelled  an  opponent. 

Again,  I  recall  the  touch  of  a  Roosevelt,  a  much  polished  Roosevelt,  a 
master  of  the  phrase  and  of  the  manner  which  the  Colonel  had  not.  This  man 
wields  a  rapier,  not  a  broadsword;  he  strikes  but  once,  where  the  Colonel 
battered  and  pounded  until  at  last  he  destroyed  his  foe,  sometimes  by  mere 
bruising.  But  in  energy,  in  carelessness,  the  men  are  alike;  and  Clemenceau 
is  Uke  no  other  man  I  have  ever  met  in  the  public  Ufe  of  the  three  countries. 

And  when  I  came  back  to  my  French  friends  and  told  them  of  Clemenceau, 
of  the  Clemenceau  I  had  met,  they  laughed  at  me  a  Httle  incredulously,  as  at 


358  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

one  who  had  insisted  on  preserving  his  gods,  despite  having  encountered  the 
fact.  And  when  I  asked  them,  if  he  would  "come  back,"  they  one  and  all 
said:  "Impossible.  Clemenceau  is  finished;  do  you  not  know  what  he  said 
of ,  of .^  No,  decidedly  he  is  too  dangerous;  he  is  terrible.  It  is  im- 
possible." 

But  Clemenceau  did  "come  back."  The  man  who  said  to  me,  "I  am  the 
Opposition,"  later  became  the  Government.  The  man  who  told  me  that  the 
politician  who  talked  peace — "surrender  peace,  German  peace" — ^would  be 
shot  "decently,"  made  good  his  words.  And  in  the  lonely  and  dangerous 
eminence  he  now  occupies,  he  has,  at  the  least,  the  best  wishes  of  all  those  in 
Britain  and  in  America  who  care  most  for  France  and  desire  most  to  see  her 
come  unspoiled  and  restored  from  her  terrible  struggle. 

For  the  final  terrible  year  of  war  Clemenceau  was  the  incarnation  of  the 
Will  to  Live,  in  France.  In  a  sense  this  old  man,  the  Connecticut  school 
teacher  of  the  period  when  the  Civil  War  was  just  over  in  America,  was  the 
final  hope  for  France.  Viviani,  he  of  the  words;  Briand,  who  once  more  tired 
under  a  great  task;  Painleve,  the  scholar,  incredibly  active,  but  inescapably 
didactic— they  all  failed;  and  when  the  enemy  was  again  at  Noyon,  and  still 
within  range  of  Rheims,  when  pessimists  came  from  France  bringing  words 
of  evil,  I  thought  always  of  this  man,  Clemenceau,  as  he  sat  behind  his  gun- 
emplacement  two  years  before,  shaking  the  cap  he  had  borrowed  from  some 
poilu — who  was  glad,  I  doubt  not,  to  lend  it — and  saying: 

"Once  I  had  doubts  about  France,  once  I  feared  for  my  countrymen;  but 
now — is  it  not  wonderful,  is  it  not  unbelievable  .f"' 

There  are  men  in  whom  you  believe,  once  you  have  seen  them.  I  do  not 
think  men  would  trust  Clemenceau  as  they  did  Roosevelt;  his  following  will 
never  be  made  up  of  those  who  personally  admire  or  love  him.  But  the  thing 
you  must  feel  about  the  man  is  that  he  will  fight  it  out,  he  has  fought  it  out, 
in'French  politics  for  nearly  half  a  century.  His  enemies  have  passed;  he  it  is 
who  has  survived.  And  as  he  was  the  first  premier  in  France  to  make  un- 
hesitating answer  to  Germany,  the  first  since  1870,  so  he  deserved  and  achieved 
victory — as  a  man  who  has  no  fear  and  has  never  yet  surrendered. 

To-day  men  all  over  the  world  are  reading  with  joy  of  the  return  of  France 
to  her  "lost  provinces" — of  French  generals  in  Colmar,  in  Miihlhausen,  in 
Metz,  in  Strassburg.  To-day  the  glory  of  the  achievement  belongs  to  the 
soldiers;  they  have  earned  it  and  they  should  enjoy  it.  And  to-morrow  and 
for  all  other  days  the  fame  of  Foch  will  endure,  as  the  conqueror  of  the  Ger- 
man military  machine,  the  man  who  broke  the  mighty,  if  evil,  tradition  of  the 
Prussian  war  lords. 

But  without  Clemenceau,  Foch  could  not  have  triumphed.  Without  Foch, 
Retain  could  not  have  reorganized  the  French  army  following  the  military 
defeat  and  the  moral  weakening  of  1917.     When  France  turned  to  Clemen- 


CLEMENCEAU  359 

ceau,  all  other  hope  was  gone.  He  came  heralded  by  evil  forecasts  of  a  brief 
ministry  and  a  complete  and  disastrous  failure.  He  came  when  treason  was 
abroad  and  defeatist  propaganda  general.  After  he  came  there  was  a  period 
of  mihtary  disaster  and  a  growing  sense  of  impending  defeat. 

Who  can  forget  the  bitter  weeks  when  day  after  day  Clemenceau  appeared 
in  the  Chambre  still  covered  with  the  mud  and  dust  of  Flanders,  of  Picardy, 
of  the  lie  de  France,  bringing  news  of  defeats  only  narrowly  prevented  from 
becoming  disasters.?  Who  will  forget  it,  who  knows,  the  other  appearances 
of  this  man  of  seventy-seven  on  the  battle  lines,  under  the  heaviest  fire,  in- 
viting death  men  said  then  ?  He  brought  to  the  army  the  immediate  personal 
assurance  of  the  support  of  the  civil  government;  he  brought  to  the  civil 
population,  to  the  legislators,  the  unconquerable  spirit  of  the  army. 

There  was  a  day  when  all  changed  and  the  Senate  and  the  Chambre  alike 
greeted  with  an  applause  which  had  no  dissent  the  leader  returning  from  res- 
cued Lille,  bringing  the  assurance  that  Metz  and  Strassburg  would  soon  be 
redeemed.  One  more  triumph  was  his.  Men  had  debated  about  the  fashion 
in  which  Alsace-Lorraine  would  be  restored  to  France.  Clemenceau  settled 
all  that  by  having  written  in  the  armistice  the  provision  that  Alsace  and  Lor- 
raine should  be  reckoned  with  all  other  occupied  districts,  with  those  of  1914 
and  1915. 

Thus  he  made  good  his  ancient  protest,  for  he  was  the  last  survivor  of  the 
Deputies  who  in  1871  had  protested  against  the  cession  of  the  provinces,  de- 
nied the  right  of  the  legislature  to  make  such  a  surrender,  proclaiming  it  illegal 
and  unjustifiable.  In  the  language  of  the  armistice  he  made  good  his  protest 
of  1871 — the  provinces  were  returned  as  French  soil. 

Rarely  in  human  history  has  it  been  given  to  any  man  to  represent  his 
country  at  a  supreme  hour  in  its  history,  and  so  to  represent  it  that  his  own 
personality  and  figure  became  the  expression  of  a  nation,  which  itself  was  the 
object  of  world  admiration.  Such  was  and  is  the  achievement  of  Georges 
Clemenceau. 


II 

HAIG,  GENERAL  MANAGER  OF  WAR* 

By  ISAAC  F.  MARCOSSON 

The  moment  you  entered  British  "G.  H.  Q."  you  felt  that  you  had  estab- 
Hshed  a  contact  with  something  significant.  I  do  not  mean  that  there  was  the 
sHghtest  tension,  but  whether  it  was  the  play  of  the  imagination  or  not,  you  ack- 
nowledged an  authority  that  you  had  never  felt  before.  It  was  the  uncon- 
scious tribute  you  paid  to  the  personality  that  dominated  the  place. ' 

The  desks,  maps,  and  eternal  telephone  were  in  sharp  contrast  with  the 
ancient  furniture  and  works  of  art  that  still  remained  in  the  house.  The  old 
family  portraits  looked  down  solemnly  upon  you  from  the  walls.  They  heard 
and  saw  strange  things  those  strenuous  days — nothing  stranger  than  the  spec- 
tacle of  the  once-detested  English  in  the  role  of  defender  of  the  invaded  and 
beloved  France. 

I  sat  chatting  with  a  young  staff  officer  in  one  of  the  small  anterooms  that 
led  off  from  the  main  hall.  His  telephone  bell  rang  incessantly.  During  a 
lull  the  door  at  my  right  opened  and  remained  open  after  a  militar^^  secretary 
had  passed  out. 

I  looked  through  the  doorway  and  saw  a  tall,  lithe,  well-knit  man  with 
the  insignia  of  a  field-marshal  on  his  shoulder-straps.  He  sat  at  a  plain, 
flat-topped  desk  earnestly  studying  a  report.  In  a  moment  he  straightened 
up,  pushed  a  button,  and  my  companion  said: 

"The  Commander-in-Chief  will  see  you  now." 

I  found  myself  in  a  presence  that,  even  without  the  slightest  clue  to  its 
profession,  would  have  unconsciously  impressed  itself  as  military.  Dignity, 
distinction,  and  a  gracious  reserve  mingle  in  his  bearing.  I  have  rarely  seen 
a  masculine  face  so  handsome  and  yet  so  strong.  His  hair  and  moustache  are 
fair,  and  his  clear,  almost  steely  blue  eyes  search  you,  but  not  unkindly.  His 
chest  is  broad  and  deep,  yet  scarcely  broad  enough  for  the  rows  of  service 
and  order  ribbons  that  plant  a  mass  of  colour  against  the  background  of  khaki. 

The  many  years  of  cavalry  training  stick  out  all  over  him.  You  see  it 
in  the  long,  shapely  lines  of  his  legs,  and  in  the  rounded  calves  encased  in 
perfectly  polished  boots  with  their  jingle  of  silver  spurs.  He  stands  easily 
and  gracefully,  and  walks  with  that  rangy,  swinging  stride  so  common,  oddly 
enough,  to  men  who  ride  much.     He  was  a  famous  fox-hunter  in  his  student 


*Courtesy  of  Author  and  the  Ridgway  Company. 

360 


HAIG,  GENERAL  MANAGER  OF  WAR  361 

days  at  Oxford,  and  never,  save  in  times  of  utmost  crisis,  does  he  forego  his 
daily  gallop.  To  him  the  motor  is  a  business  vehicle  never  meant  for  sport 
or  pleasure.  In  brief,  Sir  Douglas  Haig  is  the  literal  personification  of  the 
phrase  "every  inch  a  soldier." 

I  had  seen  most  of  the  chiefs  of  the  Allied  armies  in  the  World  War.  It  is  no 
depreciation  of  any  of  them  to  say  that  the  former  Commander-in-Chief  of  the 
British  Army  is  the  best-groomed  and  most  soldierly  looking  of  them  all.  He 
has  none  of  the  purely  paternal  quality  which  impresses  you  the  moment  you 
see  Joffre;  he  is  smarter  and  more  alert  in  appearance  than  Nivelle.  Amid  all 
the  racking  burden  of  a  super-responsibility,  he  remained  a  cheerful,  interested 
human  being,  who  could  forget  in  the  distraction  of  lay  discussion  the  agonies 
that  lurked  almost  within  gunshot  of  his  residence. 

The  room  which  was  then  the  Capitol  of  British  military  sovereignty  in 
France  was  a  conventional  drawing-room  which,  like  the  rest  of  the  house,  main- 
tained practically  every  detail  of  the  original  furnishing.  But  it  was  a  soldiers' 
workshop,  nevertheless,  and  with  all  the  working  tools. 

Chief  among  them  was  an  immense  relief  map  of  the  whole  Somme  region. 
It  rested  on  a  large  table  just  behind  the  Field-Marshal's  desk.  Over  this  inert 
and  unresponsive  mass  of  gray-and-green  clay,  crisscrossed  with  red  lines,  he 
had  pondered  through  many  a  wakeful  hour.  On  it  was  written  the  whole 
triumphant  story  of  that  great  advance  which  registered  a  new  glory  for  British 
arms.  I  could  not  help  thinking  as  I  sat  there  before  a  blazing  fire  what  a 
great  place  in  history  that  simple  room  would  have. 

We  spoke  of  many  things  that  winter  day  in  France:  of  America,  of  world 
politics,  of  the  spiritual  aftermath  of  the  war — strange  contrast  that  it  was  to 
the  business  of  slaughter  that  raged  around  us.  His  voice  is  low  and  deep — 
almost  musical.  He  is  as  sparing  of  words  as  he  is  of  men.  In  his  conver- 
sation he  reminds  me  of  some  of  those  great  American  captains  of  capital, 
men  hke  Rogers,  Ryan,  and  Harriman,  who,  like  himself,  believed  in  action 
and  not  speech;  men,  too,  who  minimized  the  value  of  their  own  utterances, 
and  who,  when  drawn  out  of  the  shell  of  their  taciturnity,  disclosed  views  of 
force  and  originality. 

Like  many  men  of  great  reserve,  the  Field-Marshal  would  rather  face  the 
jaws  of  death  than  an  interviewer.  Indeed,  you  might  count  on  the  fingers 
of  one  hand  the  number  of  times  that  he  has  actually  talked  for  publication, 
and  then  have  some  to  spare. 

Yet  this  quiet  man,  at  whose  command  the  very  earth  trembled  with  passion 
and  noise,  is  very  human.  One  of  the  ironies  of  the  war  is  that  the  most  in- 
human of  professions  was  directed  by  the  most  human  of  men! 

He  asked  me  what  I  thought  of  the  work  of  the  armies  in  the  field.  I 
told  him  that  after  their  efficiency,  morale,  and  splendid  team-work,  one 
of  the  things  that  impressed  me  most  was  the  youth  that  I  saw  everywhere 


362  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

a    rosy,    almost   radiant   youth   that   walked   into   death   so   bhthe   and 

unafraid ! 

"Ah,"  he  said,  with  thrilUng  enthusiasm,  "war  to-day  is  a  young  man's 
game.     It  is  a  war  of  youth  and  it  takes  youth  to  win." 

I  spoke  of  the  many  men  who  had  risen  from  the  ranks.  It  seemed  to 
strike  a  responsive  chord,  for  he  said  swiftly: 

"Yes,  it  is  very  true.  Every  man  in  this  war  has  his  chance.  Efficiency 
counts  above  all  other  things.     One  cannot  afford  to  have  friends." 

I  was  with  Sir  Douglas  Haig  in  those  momentous  days  when  America 
broke  off  diplomatic  relations  with  Germany,  and  when  those  of  us  temporarily 
exiled  abroad  realized  that  the  time  had  at  last  come  when  we  would  actively 
take  our  place  in  the  Hne-up  of  the  Great  Cause.  It  naturally  led  to  the  sub- 
ject of  what  war  had  done  for  the  overseas  people — and  this  meant  those 
gallant  sons  of  empire  who  had  heeded  the  call  of  the  mother  lioness  and  had 
left  bush  and  range  and  field  to  fight  in  far-off  lands. 

The  Commander-in-Chief's  face  kindled  with  pride  as  he  said:  "War, 
harsh  as  it  is,  is  also  the  great  maker  of  men.  Take  the  Australian,  for  ex- 
ample. Every  one  knows  that  he  is  as  proud  as  he  is  undisciplined.  Yet  war 
has  made  him  a  trained  and  disciplined  soldier,  and  more  than  that,  a  world 
citizen.  The  same  is  true  of  the  Canadian,  the  South  African,  and  the  New 
Zealander,  indeed  all  those  intrepid  men  who  have  sacrificed  so  much  for 
principle  and  for  honour.  They  will  go  back  to  their  homes  better  equipped 
and  better  organized  for  the  task  of  peace." 

Most  people  know  that  Haig  is  a  Fifer,  but  what  most  people  do  not  know 
is  the  very  illuminating  fact  that  from  his  boyhood  he  aspired  to  be  a  soldier. 
This  ambition  took  definite  form  at  Oxford,  where  he  was  a  student  at  Brase- 
nose  College.  He  was  never  the  "hail-fellow-well-met"  sort  of  person. 
Reserve  was  his  hall-mark.  But  he  was  always  an  outdoor  man;  he  invar- 
iably rode  a  big  gray  horse  every  afternoon,  and  he  spent  all  his  leisure  time 
fox-hunting. 

In  those  days  to  be  an  officer  was  more  of  a  luxury  than  a  real  profession  in 
England.  The  country  had  so  adapted  itself  to  the  buying  of  commissions 
that  when  a  man  regarded  the  Army  as  a  definite  career  he  became  marked. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  as  Haig  galloped  through  the  streets  of  Oxford  and  across 
the  lovely  countryside  that  lies  adjacent  he  was  often  pointed  out.  His 
colleagues  would  say:  "There  goes  young  Haig.  He's  going  to  be  a  soldier." 
Little  did  they  dream  that  the  fair-haired  boy  who  sat  so  erect  in  his  saddle 
would  lead  one  of  the  greatest  armies  in  the  annals  of  military  endeavour  and 
that  he  would  be  the  inspiration  that  made  soldiering  a  sacred  calhng. 

Then,  as  now.  Sir  Douglas  gave  the  impression  of  a  great  store  of  latent 
energy — of  reserved  vitality.  Few  were  ever  deceived  by  his  quietness  into 
thinking  that  he  was  apathetic. 


CAMOUFLAGE 


TRENCH  SHROUDED  IN  PINE  BRANCHES 


Copyright  by  Broun  Brothers 


DUMMY  DREADNAUGHT  liUILT  BY  HRITISH  CARPLMERS 

For  several  months  the  Germans  were  fooled  by  old  liners,  camouflaged  by  British  carpenters  into  the  semblance  of 

modern  warships 


French  Ojhcial-Crjmmhtt-e  on  Public  Infnnnaiion 

AN  OPEN  AIR  CAMOUFLAGE  FACTORY 
Making  curtains  of  foliage  which  were  used  to  conceal  and  disguise  transportation  routes  for  food  and  ammunition 


PATH  TO  THE  FRONT  LINE  TRENCHES 
Ihis  flimsy  canopy  of  vines  for  a  lonp  time  concealed  from  enemy  observers  a  much  travelled  route  along  the  river  Oise 


A  DECOY  GUN 

It  made  a  good  target  for  German  aviators  and  drew  their  fire  from  the  real  guns  which  were  concealed  near  by 


Copyright  by  Commiltce  on  Public  Injornu 


A  TRENCH  COVER  OF  GRASS 
Woven  through  fine  wire,  it  created  the  illusion  of  an  unbroken  stretch  of  grassy  meadow 


^^L 

1 

r««va 

I 

^^s 

l^^ft 

1 

mR 

■ 

1 

t>iiL:y^>^.j 

k 

^Y^lnm 

1  i  nH^^3l^2^^H  * 

^ 

l^fe.. 

1.        ^, 

^fc  ^i^aBji 

i.  ..  iB^  ...;.._ 

p. 

^^'  TIB 

'   \ 

■■«? " 

GERMAN  OBSERVATION  POST 

Cleverly  constructed  within  the  hollow  of  a  shell-torn  tree.     It  was  left  behind  by  the  Germans  on  ground 

captured  by  Canadians 


A  STUDY  IN  BLACK  AND  WHIIK 

'1  his  military  observer's  tree-climbing  costume  seems  startiingly  conspicuous,  but  it  concealed  him  absolutely  in  his 
usual  environment  of  wind-tossed  foliage,  with  its  alternation  of  sunlight  and  shadow 


CAMOUFLAGED  FIELD  GUN  AF  THE  EDCJE  OF  BELLEAU  WOOD 
Common  "chicken-wire"  was  exceedingly  useful  in  the  construction  of  these  grassy  mats  and  curtains 


If    f\  }':y:r 


Copyright  hv  U'e'lern  Nf.ffpaper  Union 

OBSERVER  AT  A  POST  OF  GREAF  DANGER 

Without  camouflage  for  his  head  this  man's  Hfe  would  not  h-  been  w      h  n^^^^^ 

emerging  into  his  present  position  by  imperceptible  degrees  he  was  able  to  gather  mucn  vaiuaoie 
vey  it  safely  to  his  commanding  officer. 


HAIG,  GENERAL  MANAGER  OF  WAR  371 

His  first  military  experience  was  in  the  cavalry,  which  he  has  always  loved, 
and  his  initial  promotion  came  from  gallant  service  on  the  hot  sands  of  the 
Sudan.  In  the  South  African  War  he  took  first  rank  as  a  cavalry  leader.  He 
had  so  many  narrow  escapes  from  death  that  he  came  to  be  known  as  "Lucky 
Haig." 

As  you  analyze  the  Haig  personality,  you  find  that  he  has  an  amazing 
insight — a  real  gift  of  constructive  forecast.  His  appraisal  of  the  German 
menace  will  illustrate.  More  than  twenty  years  ago  he  went  to  Germany 
for  a  visit.  As  a  result  of  that  journey  he  wrote  a  long  letter  to  Sir  Evelyn 
Wood  that,  in  the  light  of  the  subsequent  bloody  events,  is  little  short  of 
uncanny.  A  friend  who  saw  that  letter  has  summed  it  up  as  "one  of  practical 
insight,  mastery  of  detail,  shrewd  prophecy,  and  earnest  warning."  The 
future  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  British  armies  in  France  was  convinced 
then  of  the  inevitableness  of  a  conflict  with  the  Kaiser,  and  he  felt  strongly 
the  urgent  need  of  preparedness  for  that  struggle  which  he  knew  would  uproot 
all  Europe. 

But  his  warnings,  like  those  of  his  great  colleague  Lord  Roberts  in  England, 
and  those  of  General  Leonard  Wood  in  America,  fell  on  deaf  and  unheeding 
ears.  I  cite  this  episode  merely  to  show  that  Haig,  like  many  another  prophet, 
was  without  honour  in  his  own  land,  and  also  that  he  has  the  quality  of  vision 
which  is  the  indispensable  attribute  of  every  leader  of  men. 

He  had  ample  opportunity  to  impress  his  executive  ability  as  Chief  of 
Staff  in  India,  and  he  had  just  begun  to  execute  some  of  his  striking  ideas  of 
training  as  commander  at  Aldershot  (England's  great  military  camp)  when  the 
World  War  broke.  He  was  in  at  the  beginning,  and  he  remained  on  the  fir- 
ing line  to  the  end.  In  the  rack  and  agony  of  those  first  fighting  months  he 
saw  the  hideous  harvest  that  unpreparedness  reaps. 

Of  those  two  heroic  Army  Corps — the  famous  "First  Seven  Divisions'* — 
that  Lord  French  took  to  the  rescue  in  France  in  that  historic  August  of  1914 
(the  intrepid  array,  by  the  way,  that  the  Kaiser  called  "the  contemptible 
little  English  army"),  Haig  commanded  the  First,  which  included  much  of 
the  cavalry. 

From  Mons  to  Ypres  he  was  in  the  thick  of  battle,  never  depressed,  never 
elated,  his  courage  and  example  acting  like  a  talisman  of  strength  on  tired 
and  war-worn  troopers  who  fought  valiantly  against  odds  the  like  of  which 
had  hardly  been  recorded  since  Thermopylae.  It  was  such  a  continuous  tale 
of  heroism,  in  which  the  humblest  Tommy  had  his  full  share,  that  it  is  difficult 
to  extract  a  single  incident. 

Out  of  all  that  welter  of  work  and  fight  let  us  take  one  story  which,  almost 
more  than  any  other,  reveals  the  grit  and  stamina  that  are  Sir  Douglas  Haig's. 
It  was  at  the  first  battle  of  Ypres,  when  that  immortal  thin  line  of  British 
khaki,  bent  but  not  broken,  stemmed  the  mighty  German  avalanche  and 


372  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

blocked  the  passage  to  the  sea.  Outnumbered  more  than  ten  to  one  in  some 
places,  it  fought  with  that  desperate  and  dogged  tenacity  which  has  always 
been  the  inheritance  of  the  British  soldier.  Every  impromptu  trench  was  a 
Valhalla  of  English  gallantry.  Deeds  that  in  other  wars  would  have  stood  out 
conspicuously  were  here  merged  into  an  endless  succession  of  deathless  glory. 

Lord  French,  the  Commander-in-Chief,  had  been  down  to  the  front  line. 
"We  can't  hold  out  much  longer,"  said  a  colonel.     "It  is  impossible." 

*T  only  want  men  who  can  do  the  impossible,"  replied  Lord  French.  "You 
must  hold."     And  the  line  held. 

To  the  right  of  Ypres  things  were  going  badly.  The  deluge  of  German  shell 
was  well-nigh  unbearable.  Even  the  most  heroic  courage  could  not  prevail 
against  such  an  uneven  balance  of  strength.  The  cry  was  for  men,  and  3^et 
every  man  was  engaged. 

It  was  on  that  memorable  day — forever  unique  in  the  history  of  British 
arms — that  cooks,  servants,  and  orderHes  went  up  into  the  firing-Hne,  and  the 
man  who  exchanged  the  frying-pan  for  the  rifle  achieved  a  record  of  bravery 
as  imperishable  as  his  comrade  long  trained  to  fight.  Still  the  Hnes  shook 
under  that  mighty  Teutonic  assault.  It  seemed  more  than  human  endurance 
could  possibly  stand. 

Meanwhile,  Sir  Douglas  Haig  had  been  ordered  into  the  shambles  with  the 
First  Corps.  They  manned  the  bloody  breach  and  won  for  all  time  to  come 
the  title  of  the  Iron  Brigade,  even  as  Haig  himself  in  other  and  equally  stren- 
uous days  had  gained  the  sobriquet  of  "Ironside."     The  old  metal  rang  true. 

Now  came  the  event  which  bound  the  silent  Fifer  to  his  men  with  bands 
of  steel.  For  twenty-four  hours  the  furies  of  battle  had  raged.  The  German 
bombardment  was  now  a  hideous  storm  of  dripping  death.  The  Prussian 
Guard  rose  like  magic  legions  out  of  the  ground.  They  had  just  broken 
through  one  British  line  and.small  parties  of  khakied  troops  were  in  retreat. 

Suddenly  down  the  Menin  road,  with  Ypres  silhouetted  behind  like  a 
mystic  city  shrouded  with  smoke,  rode  Haig — trim,  well-groomed,  serene,  sit- 
ting his  horse  erect  and  unafraid,  and  with  an  escort  of  his  own  Seventeenth 
Lancers  as  perfectly  turned  out  as  on  peace  parade.  Overhead  was  the  in- 
cessant shriek  of  shells,  and  all  around  carnage  reigned.  A  thrill  of  sponta- 
neous admiration  swept  those  tired  and  battered  troops;  for  the  spectacle 
they  beheld  was  as  unlike  war  as  night  is  unlike  day. 

The  effect  of  that  calm  and  confident  presence  acted  like  a  cooling  draught 
on  a  parched  tongue.  It  galvanized  the  waning  strength  in  the  gory  trenches; 
the  retreat  became  an  advance,  and  the  broken  line  was  restored.  Haig  had 
turned  the  tide. 

I  have  seen  that  Menin  road  down  which  Haig  rode  with  his  unuttered 
message  of  faith.  Two  years  had  passed,  but  it  was  still  the  highway  of  death, 
for  shrapnel  rained  all  around.     It  was  accessible  to  the  civiUau  only  if  he  was 


HAIG,  GENERAL  MANAGER  OF  WAR  373 

willing  to  take  his  own  risk.  How  much  more  deadly  was  it  on  that  day  when 
the  blue-eyed  man  who  later  ruled  the  British  armies  in  France  gave  that  amaz- 
ing evidence  of  his  disregard  of  danger !  I  thought  of  it  then,  and  again  on  that 
winter  day  when  I  sat  talking  with  him  amid  the  comparative  ease  and  com- 
fort of  General  Headquarters.  I  spoke  of  it  as  one  of  the  superb  acts  of 
the  war. 

The  Field-Marshal  merely  shrugged  his  shoulders  and  said,  "It  was  nothing." 

A  few  days  after  the  event  that  I  have  just  described  Haig  had  one  of  his 
close  calls  from  death.  A  German  shell  burst  in  the  midst  of  his  head- 
quarters, and  nearly  every  one  of  his  staff-officers  was  killed  or  maimed.  The 
Field-Marshal  was  out  on  a  tour  of  inspection  at  the  time.  "Lucky  Haig" 
again. 

When  Haig  became  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  British  armies  in  France 
it  seemed  the  logical  goal  of  a  long,  stalwat't  preparation — an  inevftable  thing. 
For  deep  down  under  the  Haig  character,  and  incidentally  behind  his  dis- 
tinguished achievement,  are  two  shining  qualities — patience  and  persever- 
ance. He  has  never  hesitated  to  do  what  we  in  America  call  "spade-work." 
It  is  sometimes  prosaic,  but  it  is  usually  effective. 

Contradictory  as  it  may  seem  when  you  consider  his  Scotch  ancestry, 
there  must  somewhere  be  a  touch  of  the  Oriental  in  Sir  Douglas  Haig.  I  mean, 
of  course,  that  phase  of  his  character  which  finds  expression  in  persistent  and 
methodical  preparedness.  His  whole  career  is  literally  a  dramatization  of  an 
ancient  Moslem  proverb  which  reads,  "Patience  is  the  key  to  Paradise." 

Take  the  Somme  offensive.  Nothing  could  express  the  Haig  idea  better. 
For  months  everybody  knew  that  the  *'Big  Push"  was  booked.  There  were 
many  times  during  the  lull  that  preceded  the  advance  when  men  less  cautious 
would  have  loosed  the  dogs  of  war  that  tugged  so  hard  at  the  leash.  But 
the  Field-Marshal,  with  that  super-patience,  waited  until  the  last  and  most 
minute  detail  was  ready.  Then  he  shot  his  bolt  and  it  went  home.  It  was 
a  triumph  of  the  readiness  which  is  the  basic  principle  of  the  Haig  creed. 

What  is  known  as  the  "Haig  nibble"  is  another  conspicuous  example  of 
his  technique.  In  this  war  the  open  engagement  was  the  rare  exception.  After 
the  first  few  months  it  developed  into  a  trial  by  trench — a  wearing-down 
process.  "Attrition"  is  what  the  experts  called  it.  Nothing  "could  suit  the 
Field-Marshal's  temperament  better.  A  method  of  campaign  that  would 
discourage  most  commanders  and  lead  them  to  indiscretion  made  it  possible  for 
him  to  push  steadily  if  stolidly  on. 

Since  the  Commander-in-Chief  himself  was  the  incarnation  of  systematic 
labour,  it  followed  that  the  daily  procedure  of  that  modest  establishment  which 
he  ruled  "somewhere  in  France"  was  efficient  and  effective.  Taking  its  cue 
from  the  top,  it  let  nothing  disturb  the  tenor  of  its  way.  Triumph  or  dis- 
aster were  treated  just  the  same.     The  unflinching  discipline  which  bound  the 


374  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

head  of  the  armies  to  his  closest  colleagues  made  possible  a  consistent  and  un- 
wavering progress  of  the  war. 

Every  morning  at  nine  o'clock  the  Field-Marshal  was  at  his  desk,  and  from 
that  time  until  the  lunch-gong  sounded  he  was  in  conference  with  the  heads  of 
those  various  branches  of  the  service  whose  efforts  comprised  the  total  of  war 
operations.  Uponhisdesk  were  heaped  the  reports  of  everything  that  happened 
the  night  before.  A  raid  on  forty  yards  of  trench  many  miles  away  might  reveal 
information  of  utmost  importance  to  the  whole  army.  Thus  the  office  be- 
came a  clearing-house  of  information,  and  out  of  it  emerged  the  news,  grave 
or  cheering,  that  was  flashed  to  a  waiting  world,  and  likewise  those  more  signifi- 
cant commands  whose  execution  made  history. 

The  process  of  assembling  and  assimilating  all  the  news  of  that  extended 
front  was  reduced  to  a  very  simple  science.  This  was  because  each  army  unit 
had  its  own  headquarters — a  replica  in  every  detail  of  the  general  estabHsh- 
ment.  The  difference  between  these  lesser  headquarters  and  the  chief's 
was  that  at  the  former  was  handled,  in  addition  to  actual  fighting  and  flying, 
the  terrific  task  of  providing  food  and  ammunition,  ambulance  and  hospital 
relief,  remounts  and  renewal  of  rank  and  personnel. 

But  all  this  was  so  admirably  organized  that  no  matter  what  the  stress  of 
storm  or  struggle,  the  food  was  always  at  the  distribution-point,  ammunition  was 
constantly  piled  up  at  gun  or  trench,  tender  hands  were  ever  ready  and  on  the 
spot  to  succor  the  wounded  or  bury  the  slain.  There  was  even,  among  many 
other  details,  a  traffic  police  as  competent  as  the  blue-coat  on  Broadway  or 
Fifth  Avenue  in  New  York.  It  was  the  absolute  infallibility  of  this  system  that 
stamped  itself  as  the  supreme  miracle  of  the  war. 

The  mystery  of  close  and  continuous  contact  between  the  Allied  armies 
was  easily  explained.  It  was  accomplished  by  means  of  what  is  known  as  a 
liaison  officer  or  group  of  officers.  They  are  precisely  what  this  French  word 
means — a  connection.  There  was  a  French  mission  or  liaison  with  all  high 
British  commands,  and  vice  versa.  Through  this  medium  all  communication 
was  made,  and  all  news  of  operations  transmitted.  It  was  swift,  simple,  and 
direct. 

So,  too,  with  that  monster  agency  of  devastation — the  modern  battle. 
Go  behind  the  scenes  and  you  find  that,  like  every  other  detail  of  the  war,  it 
was  merely  a  matter  of  systematic,  calculated  detail.  It  was  like  a  super-selling 
campaign  conducted  by  the  best  organized  business  concern  in  the  world. 

In  former  days,  when  wars  were  decided  by  a  single  heroic  engagement, 
armies  stood  on  their  arms  for  hours  before  battle  while  the  commander  rode 
up  and  down  the  lines  giving  the  men  cheer  and  encouragement.  To-day 
the  commander  who  tried  that  trick  would  last  about  two  consecutive  seconds, 
because  the  long  arm  of  artillery  which  has  annihilated  distance  would  also 
wipe  him  out. 


HAIG,  GENERAL  MANAGER  OF  WAR  375 

Instead,  the  Commander-in-Chief  remains  many  miles  behind  the  front, 
bound  to  it  by  every  means  that  instant  communication  devises.  He  has 
before  him  photographs  of  every  inch  of  enemy  ground,  taken  by  aviators. 
The  wonderful  thing  about  this  battle  planning  is  that  by  means  of  these 
aerial  pictures  it  is  possible  to  keep  the  panorama  of  battle-ground  up  to  the 
very  minute.  In  winter,  for  example,  a  fall  of  snow  will  greatly  alter  the  whole 
situation.  But  the  aerial  photographer  gets  around  this  by  making  a  series  of 
pictures  that  show  the  enemy  trenches  before,  during,  and  after  the  snowfall. 

The  plan  of  a  great  campaign  like  the  Somme  is  built  out  of  months  of 
preparation  and  conference.  The  Commander-in-Chief  decides  on  the  general 
scheme,  while  the  specific  tasks  are  assigned  for  execution  to  the  various  army 
commanders.  In  other  words,  every  chief  and  the  men  under  him  have  a 
particular  job  to  do,  and  it  is  up  to  them  to  do  it.  The  total  of  these  jobs, 
some  of  them  requiring  months  of  solid  effort,  comprises  the  offensive.  War 
nowadays  is  a  series  of  so-called  offensives  enlisting  millions  of  men  and  rang- 
ing over  hundreds  of  miles  of  front.  It  is  devoid  of  thrill;  you  never  see  a 
flag;  it  is  literally  the  hardest  kind  of  plain,  every-day  toil. 

As  you  watched  the  organization  of  the  British  armies  in  France  unfold, 
you  became  more  and  more  impressed  with  their  kinship  with  Big  Business 
as  we  know  it  in  America.  Like  Andrew  Carnegie,  Sir  Douglas  Haig  leaned 
on  experts.  He  assumed  that  a  man  who  had  devoted  a  large  part  of  his  life 
to  a  specific  task  knew  all  about  it,  and  was  to  be  trusted.  He  had  gathered 
about  him,  therefore,  a  group  of  keen,  alert,  and  Hve-minded  advisers.  Some 
of  them  served  their  apprenticeship  in  other  wars;  others  had  been  swiftly 
seasoned  in  the  present  struggle.  They  represented  the  very  flower  of  service 
and  experience.  It  was  a  remarkable  company — these  men  who  moved  so 
noiselessly,  who  worked  so  loyally,  who  kept  incessant  vigil  with  war. 

There  was  still  another  link  with  business.  In  many  large  commercial 
establishments  in  the  United  States  you  find  a  so-called  Suggestion  Box. 
Into  it  the  humblest  employee  may  drop  a  suggestion  for  the  improvement  of 
the  business.  It  ranges  from  a  plan  for  a  more  methodical  arrangement  of 
office  stationery  to  a  whole  new  system  of  time  and  labour-saving  machinery. 
In  many  cases  prizes  are  oflPered  for  the  best  suggestions  made  during  the  year. 

There  was  no  such  box  at  General  Headquarters,  but  its  informal  substitute 
was  the  meal-table,  where  both  civilian  and  soldier  had  free  play,  not  only  to 
inquire  about  the  branch  of  service  in  which  they  were  most  interested,  but  to 
make  any  suggestion  that  might  be  born  of  observation.  No  recommendation 
was  too  modest  or  too  far-fetched  to  have  the  serious  and  courteous  consid- 
eration of  the  kindly  man  who  sat  at  the  head  of  the  table. 

Nor  was  all  the  talk  of  shop.  War  was  subordinated  to  the  less  ravaging 
things  that  were  happening  out  in  the  busy  world,  where  there  is  no  rumble 
of  guns,  no  clash  of  armed  men,  and  where  life  is  not  one  bombardment  after 


376  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

another.  And  sometimes,  too,  there  was  talk  of  those  haunts  and  homes  across 
the  sea  where  brave  hearts  yearned  and  where  the  agony  of  war  suspense  was  no 
less  searching  than  at  the  fighting  front.     They  also  served  who  waited  alone. 

Into  every  detail  of  daily  life  at  General  Headquarters  the  Field-Marshal's 
character  was  impressed.  After  lunch,  for  example,  he  spent  an  hour  alone, 
and  in  this  period  of  meditation  the  whole  fateful  panorama  of  the  war  passed 
before  him.  When  it  was  over  the  wires  spluttered  and  the  fierce  life  of  the 
coming  night — the  Army  did  not  begin  to  fight  until  most  people  go  to  sleep — 
was  ordained. 

This  finished,  the  brief  period  of  respite  began.  Rain  or  shine,  his  favourite 
horse  was  brought  up  to  the  door  and  he  went  for  a  ride,  usually  accompanied 
by  one  or  two  young  stafF-officers.  I  have  seen  the  Field-Marshal  galloping 
along  those  smooth  French  roads,  head  up,  eyes  ahead — a  memorable  figure 
of  grace  and  motion.  He  rides  like  those  latter-day  centaurs — the  Australian 
ranger  and  the  American  cowboy.     He  seems  part  of  his  horse. 

Home  from  the  ride,  there  were  more  conferences,  then  dinner  with  its 
lighter  but  always  instructive  talk,  and  its  relief  from  the  strain  of  work. 

To  Sir  Douglas  Haig  belongs  the  unique  distinction  of  having  been  the 
only  Allied  Commander-in-Chief,  appointed  early  in  the  war,  who  retained 
his  command  from  the  time  it  was  bestowed  upon  him  until  the  signing  of 
the  Armistice.  Throughout  those  closing  months  when  the  dogger  became 
the  dogged  he  kept  the  British  armies  hot  on  the  heels  of  the  retreating  Ger- 
mans.    He  was  in  at  the  death-throes  of  Prussian  militarism. 

He  returned  home  in  triumph,  and  a  grateful  King  and  country  showed  their 
appreciation  of  his  eminent  services  by  making  him  Earl  Haig  of  Bemersyde, 
and  by  a  gift  of  £100,000.  But  he  will  always  be  Sir  Douglas  Haig  to  the 
British  Army,  and  I  have  ventured  to  retain  the  famihar  designation  in  this 
article.  It  is  characteristic  of  the  man  that  he  preferred  the  aloofness  and 
privacy  of  his  own  house  and  a  quiet  game  of  golf  to  the  blare  and  gayety 
of  a  round  of  receptions.  At  his  own  request  he  was  relieved  of  the  com- 
mand in  France  and  became  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Home  Forces,  which 
means  that  he  is  at  the  head  of  all  the  troops  in  the  British  Isles. 

Both  as  Man  and  as  Soldier  "Sir  Douglas  Haig"  is  the  embodiment  of  quiet 
dignity  and  unassuming  efficiency. 


Ill 

THE  WAR  IN  ITALY 

MAY  23,  1915— NOVEMBER  4,  1918 

By  DR.  FELICE  FERRERO 
(Director  Italian  Bureau  of  Public  Information) 

On  May  23,  191 5,  Italian  and  Austrian  troops  came  together  in  a  skirmish 
at  the  Forcellina  di  Montozzo,  the  pass  between  Ponte  di  Legno  in  Val 
Camonica  and  Pejo  in  Val  Noce.  An  Austrian  patrol  crossed  the  Italian  fron- 
tier but  was  driven  back  over  the  border  by  Italian  Alpine  Chasseurs.  There- 
upon, Lieut. -General  Cadorna,  Chief  of  the  Italian  General  Staff,  started  for 
the  front,  and  Italy  had  definitely  taken  her  stand  with  the  Allied  nations 
against  her  former  allies  of  the  Triple  Alliance. 

So  began  the  war  that,  of  all  wars  fought  on  all  fronts  during  the  fateful 
years  from  1914  to  1918,  was  militarily  the  most  conclusive,  technically  the 
most  difficult,  politically  the  most  purposeful,  artistically  the  most  picturesque. 
Italy  entered  the  arena  through  an  act  of  conscious  and  prepossessing  national 
will,  with  a  clear  and  definite  end  in  view:  under  the  leadership  of  her  soldiers, 
her  statesmen,  and  her  poets,  she  fought  among  the  clouds  of  her  Alps  and  in 
the  storms  of  her  seas  till  the  purpose  was  achieved  through  the  most  brilliant 
victory  ever  recorded  in  history.  All  this  she  did  with  her  forces  alone,  except 
for  the  supplies  which  w^ere  furnished  to  her  by  her  allies  because  nature  had 
withheld  them  from  her;  and  if  the  loneliness  in  which  Italy  was  left  with  her 
war  was  on  occasions  cause  for  dissatisfaction  and  chafing,  it  is  no  cause  for 
regret  now,  because  it  adds  greatly  to  the  legitimate  pride  in  her  accom- 
plishment. 

To  appreciate  fully  the  exertions  of  the  Italian  army  it  is  necessary  to 
study  the  handicap  under  which  it  fought.  Following  the  war  of  1866,  Italy 
had  found  herself  imprisoned  behind  artificial  boundaries  imposed  by  Austria, 
which  in  191 5  made  it  necessary  for  her  to  w^age  war  on  a  front  of  nearly  800 
kilometres.  That  means  a  front  longer  than  the  line  then  held  by  the  French, 
American,  British,  and  Belgian  forces  combined.  Italy's  natural  boundaries 
were  in  Austrian  hands.  She  was  hemmed  in  by  precipitous  mountain  ranges, 
vchich  the  enemy  had  transformed  into  a  formidable  intrenched  camp.  Austria 
held  all  tactical  positions,  which  controlled  the  principal  gates  leading  into 
Lombardy  and  the  Venetian  provinces. 

On  the  sea,  her  position  was  equally  unfortunate.     Austria,  dominating 

377 


378  HISTORY  OF  THE-  WORLD  WAR 

the  eastern  coast  of  the  Adriatic,  held  the  powerful  naval  bases  of  Pola,  Sebe- 
nico  and  Cattaro,  from  which  the  Austrian  fleet  could  attack  the  flat,  helpless, 
and  harbourless  Italian  coast. 

Under  such  conditions,  Italy  faced  the  hardest  problems  of  the  World 
Campaign.  From  the  beginning  she  must  attack  a  foe  hidden  behind  forti- 
fications immensely  superior  to  her  own.  She  could  advance  only  across 
mountainous  country  without  roads  or  other  means  of  communication,  while 
the  enemy's  frontier  was  a  complete  network  of  highways. 

The  Italian  war  may  be  very  easily  divided  into  a  number  of  clearly  de- 
fined **  moments,"  which  will  be  briefly  described  in  the  following  pages.  Epi- 
sodes of  individual  interest  must  necessarily  be  sacrificed  in  this  description  to 
the  necessity  of  presenting  a  general  view  of  the  subject:  but  the  greatness 
of  the  enterprise  will  probably  appear  in  bolder  relief  through  such  a  broad 
treatment  of  the  main  lines  of  action. 

I — ^THE  AGGRESSIVE  BEGINNING:     MAY,  I915-MAY,  I916 

In  order  to  deal  with  the  natural  difficulties  of  the  war  theatre,  the  Italian 
Command  decided  on  bold  offensive  tactics.  The  line  was  a  continuous  suc- 
cession of  deep  salients.  When  General  Cadorna  selected  the  section  from 
Tarvis  to  the  sea  as  his  front  of  first  attack,  he  found  himself  threatened  in  the 
rear  by  the  Trentino  salient,  particularly  that  part  of  it  between  the  Carnic 
Alps  and  Lake  Garda.  It  became  necessary,  therefore,  both  to  besiege  the 
Trentino  fortress  and  to  attack  on  the  Isonzo  front.  In  both  cases  Cadorna's 
troops  advanced  from  the  lower  lands  toward  rugged  mountains,  many  of  them 
from  two  thousand  to  three  thousand  metres  high  and  covered  with  glaciers 
and  perpetual  snow. 

The  winter  of  191 5  found  the  Italian  troops  fighting  everywhere  on  Aus- 
trian soil,  well  consolidated  in  the  mountains,  and  across  the  Isonzo  River  on 
the  eastern  front,  with  a  footing  on  the  fearful  Carso  Plateau.  The  Austrians 
lost  30,000  prisoners  and  much  valuable  material  in  this  first  period. 

Though  military  operations  stopped  in  the  winter,  the  cold  months  of 
the  bad  season  were  usefully  employed  to  organize  the  defence  of  the  mountain- 
ous regions  occupied  and  also  to  develop  the  war  industries  behind  the  front. 
This  work  revealed  extraordinary  organizing  powers  and  resourcefulness  in  the 
Italian  army  and  in  the  Italian  people. 

A  great  part  of  the  transport  work  was  carried  on  by  pack  horses  and  mules 
and  often  by  the  soldiers  themselves,  before  the  roads  were  built.  After  the 
roads  were  completed  and  the  famous  telejeriche  spanned  the  valleys  and 
abysses  with  their  cables  and  hanging  cars,  communication  was  much  more 
speedy.  The  size  of  the  undertaking  may  be  appreciated  from  the  fact  that, 
to  a  single  army  corps  on  the  northern  mountain  line,  composed  of  between 
30,000  and  40,000  men,  there  were  transported,  among  other  things:  300,000 


THE  WAR  IN  ITALY  379 

pieces  of  lumber,  280,000  blankets  and  as  many  shirts  and  pairs  of  woollen 
stockings,  80,000  fur  coats,  60,000  fur  chest  protectors,  and  10,000  fur-lined 
sleeping  bags.  Supplies  on  this  scale  were  sent  in  the  same  manner  to  many 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  men  who  were  fighting  in  the  high  mountain  zone. 

The  spring  of  1916  passed  in  attacks  against  the  Carso  Plateau,  with  grad- 
ual but  slow  advances.  It  is  a  question,  from  the  military  point  of  view,  whether 
it  would  not  have  been  more  satisfactory  to  allow  the  enemy  to  descend  into 
the  Venetian  plains  and  fight  him  there:  events  proved  that  it  is  impossible — 
at  least,  it  has  not  been  accomplished — for  an  army  to  cross  a  lofty  mountain 
range  that  is  well  defended;  events  proved  also  that  the  fate  of  Austria  was 
to  be  sealed  in  the  Venetian  plains.  But,  doubtless,  political  considerations 
prevented  the  adoption  of  such  a  ruthless  military  plan. 

In  addition  to  completing  the  work  of  closing  Italy's  gateways  to  the  in- 
vaders, the  important  military  event,  which  closed  the  campaign  of  191 5  and 
opened  that  of  1916  was  the  occupation  of  southern  Albania  and  the  establish- 
ing of  a  military  base  on  Vallona  Bay,  through  which  was  made  possible  the 
titanic  and  dramatic  task  of  rescuing  the  fleeing  remnants  of  the  Serbian  army 
and  transporting  them  to  Italy. 

II — THE  FIRST  GREAT  AUSTRIAN  ATTACK,  MAY-JUNE,  I916 

In  May,  191 6,  the  Austrians  started  a  grand  offensive  from  the  Adige  to  the 
Brenta  with  half  a  million  men.  They  made  some  initial  gains  against  the 
Italian  centre  on  the  Asiago  or  Sette  Comuni  Plateau.  But  they  were  unable 
to  shake  the  Italian  wings  and  were  halted  before  reaching  the  plains.  Cadorna 
massed  his  forces  in  front  of  the  narrow  passes  through  which  the  Austrians 
had  hoped  to  force  an  entrance  and  they  found  themselves  hemmed  in  be- 
tween high  mountains  with  no  means  of  transport  from  the  rear  to  the  front. 
Then  Cadorna  applied  the  pincers  and  forced  a  hasty  retreat  which  caused 
the  Austrians  a  serious  reverse  and  at  least  100,000  men  in  killed,  wounded, 
and  prisoners. 

Italy's  victory  was  again  a  triumph  of  organization.  In  less  than  two  weeks 
she  had  been  able  to  transport  to  the  threatened  zone  500,000  men,  75,000 
horses  and  mules,  and  15,000  artillery  caissons  full  of  munitions  and  provisions 
of  all  sorts.  Moreover,  she  was  forced,  by  the  arid  nature  of  the  country  in 
which  she  fought,  to  transport  one  million  and  a  quarter  gallons  of  water  for  the 
use  of  troops  and  animals. 

Ill — THE  ITALIAN  COUNTER-OFFENSIVE  AND  THE  CAPTURE  OF  GORIZIA — SUMMER 

AND  FALL  OF  I916 

The  final  stopping  of  the  Austrian  offensive  was  immediately  countered  by 
an  Italian  offensive  on  the  eastern  front,  which  led,  inside  of  a  month  and  a 
half,  to  the  occupation  of  Gorizia — one  of  the  best-protected  fortresses  of 


38o  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

Europe,   always   declared   impregnable — and   of  a  great   part  of  the  Carso 
Plateau. 

Between  August  4th  and  9th,  Cadorna's  army  captured  Monte  Sabotino 
and  Gorizia.  Next  fell  the  lines  of  the  Vertoiba,  the  terrible  Monte  San 
Michele  and  all  that  tract  of  the  Carso  Plateau  which  reaches  beyond  the 
Vallone.  The  Italian  line  consohdated  at  Opacchiasella  and  Nadi  Loghen. 
Before  winter  Cadorna  had  extended  his  progress  on  the  Carso  as  far  as  Dosso 
Faiti  to  the  north,  and  to  the  sea  east  of  Monfalcone  to  the  south,  and  had 
thus  estabhshed  his  forces  on  the  Avancarso  or  Gorizian  Carso  Plateau. 

IV — RENEWED  ITALIAN  OFFENSIVE:    CAPTURE  OF  BAINSIZZA  PLATEAU  AND 
HERMADA — SPRING  AND  SUMMER,    I917 

The  winter  of  1916-17,  very  severe,  again  stopped  operations.  Starting 
its  attacks  in  the  spring  of  1917,  the  Italian  army  gradually  advanced  beyond 
Gorizia  and  the  Avancarso,  until,  by  August,  it  had  captured  all  the  positions 
on  the  Bainsizza  Plateau  and  on  Monte  Santo  as  far  as  the  Chiapovano  Valley 
and  begun  a  flank  attack  on  the  Ternova  positions  and  frontal  and  flanking 
attack  against  the  positions  north  of  Gorizia.  On  the  Carso  it  took  the  first 
Austrian  line,  and  the  right  wing  at  the  same  time  made  a  spirited  attack  on 
Monte  Hermada,  the  key  position  to  the  road  to  Trieste. 

This  attack  on  the  right  received  valuable  assistance  from  Italian  and 
British  monitors  and  from  floating  batteries  in  the  Gulf  of  Pirano  and  the 
mouth  of  the  Isonzo.  The  Austrian  Hne  was  completely  routed  and  forced 
back  in  confusion  to  Ternova  and  toward  the  Idria  Valley.  In  this  last  great 
offensive  Cadorna  had  taken  from  the  enemy  over  31,000  prisoners  (including 
558  officers),  145  cannon,  and  vast  quantities  of  other  supplies.  He  had  de- 
feated the  best  of  the  Austro-Hungarian  troops  after  drawing  off  large  rein- 
forcements from  the  Russian  and  Roumanian  fronts. 

V — ^THE    SECOND   GREAT  AUSTRIAN   ATTACK:    CAPORETTO — OCTOBER- 
NOVEMBER,  I917 

Thus  in  over  two  years  of  conflict  Italy's  army  had  maintained  an  unbroken 
record  of  glorious  achievements.  Its  size  and  effectiveness  were  steadily  in- 
creasing. The  extraordinary  development  of  the  nation's  industries  had  pro- 
vided an  abundance  of  ammunition  and  other  suppHes.  Its  air  fleet  was 
supreme  over  that  of  the  foe. 

Then  came  the  disaster  that,  for  some  anxious  weeks,  kept  the  whole  world 
in  a  state  of  extreme  tension:  it  brought  to  the  Allies  the  realization  of  a  truth 
which  men  vainly  had  been  trying  to  impress  upon  them — namely,  that  the 
Italian  front  was  not  a  secondary  theatre  of  war,  but  a  vital  spot  in  the  long 
line  of  common  defence  and  offence;  it  brought  to  the  enemy  a  fleeting  vision 
of  final  victory;  it  brought  to  Italy  hours  of  great  moral  and  material  trial. 


THE  WAR  IN  ITALY  381 

which  she  stood  with  Spartan  firmness;  it  laid,  indirectly,  the  foundations 
for  the  decisive  triumph  by  forcing  the  war  into  those  regions  where  a  con- 
clusive battle  could  be  fought — and  won  by  the  stronger  of  the  two  adversaries. 

We  shall  not  try  here  to  investigate  the  causes  of  the  disaster — some  of 
which  were  political — like  the  deft  German  propaganda  behind  the  lines;  and 
some  were  military,  due  probably  to  an  excess  of  confidence  engendered  by 
the  long  period  of  continuous  success.  Of  primary  importance  to  the  Italian 
front  was  the  collapse  of  Russia,  whose  treaty  of  peace  with  Germany  signed 
at  Brest-Litovsk  suddenly  released  2,000,000  Teutonic  soldiers  for  use  on 
other  fronts.  Italy  was  the  first  to  feel  the  effects  of  this  sudden  concentration 
of  the  strength  of  her  foe.  The  report  of  the  Commission  chosen  to  inves- 
tigate the  disaster  was  published  in  August,  1919;  and  it  clearly  and  dispas- 
sionately discusses  the  events  of  those  days,  placing  the  responsibility  partly 
on  defeatist  propaganda  and  partly  on  the  High  Command. 

The  fact  is  that  the  enemy,  strongly  reinforced  and  led  by  German  troops, 
using  the  bridge-head  of  Santa  Lucia  as  a  starting  point  of  the  attack — the 
only  point  that  it  had  been  able  to  maintain  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Isonzo — 
and  skillfully  seizing  the  opportunity  offered  by  a  thick  fog,  broke  through  the 
Italian  lines  on  the  24th  of  October  and,  over  the  low  pass  leading  to  Cividale, 
made  directly  for  Udine. 

General  Cadorna  saw  at  once  that,  under  the  conditions  created,  resistance 
was  impossible,  and  ordered  a  general  retreat  to  the  Piave  with  brief  halts  on 
the  Tagliamento,  on  the  Livenza,  and  on  the  Monticano.  Be  it  said  to  the 
credit  of  those  of  the  troops  that  had  temporarily  been  misled  by  enemy  prop- 
aganda that  they  quickly  saw  their  mistake.  The  whole  retreat  was  carried 
out  in  orderly  fashion.  Every  branch  of  the  service  gave  proof  of  magnificent 
courage.  When  they  reached  the  Piave  on  November  nth,  they  took  their 
stand  and  from  that  time  forth  resisted  all  the  assaults  of  a  foe  drunk  with  the 
intoxication  accompanying  a  quick  advance  and  reinforced  by  troops  con- 
stantly transferred  thither  from  the  Russian  front, 

A  legend  has  been  formed  around  the  Italian  retreat,  which  in  fairness  to  all 
concerned  we  must  strive  to  destroy:  that  the  arrival  of  British  and  French 
reinforcements  stopped  the  invasion  and  saved  northern  Italy.  As  a  matter 
of  fact,  not  one  foreign  soldier  appeared  on  the  line  of  the  Piave,  where — this 
was  the  plan  of  General  Cadorna — the  Italian  army  made  its  final  stand. 
General  Foch  had  advised  a  further  retreat  at  least  to  the  line  of  the  Adige: 
and,  as  he  insisted  during  the  Conference  of  Rapallo  that  the  line  of  the  Piave 
could  not  be  held,  it  was  finally  agreed  that  oncoming  British  and  French 
reinforcements  would  be  held  back  along  the  line  of  the  Mincio — even  behind 
the  Adige — to  prepare  the  defence  there.  But  the  Italian  Army  never  stirred 
from  the  Piave  and  the  Allied  troops,  when  everything  seemed  secure,  were 
gradually  moved  up  to  it. 


382  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

As  for  the  American  troops,  it  is  by  now  well  known  that  the  one  American 
regiment  which  was  sent  to  the  Italian  front  did  not  reach  there  before  July, 
1918.  And  it  might  also  be  said  here,  that,  if  my  information  is  correct,  the 
American  Government  planned  and  had  ordered  the  sending  of  much  larger 
contingents  to  Italy:  the  plan  was,  however,  blocked  by  General  Foch.  This 
action  of  General  Foch,  as  well  as  his  position  at  the  time  of  Caporetto,  should 
not,  however,  be  judged  as  casting  any  reflection  upon  him:  they  were  the 
natural  and  logical  consequence  of  the  "western"  theory,  of  which  the  Marshal 
was  one  of  the  most  firmly  convinced  supporters. 

At  this  point  General  Diaz  was  called  to  replace  General  Cadorna  in  the 
field,  while  the  latter  entered  the  Entente's  General  Staff  at  Versailles. 

VI — ^THE  THIRD  GREAT  AUSTRIAN  ATTACK — ASTICO-PIAVE,  JUNE,  I918 

Things  moved  quietly,  on  the  surface,  along  the  Italian  front,  for  the  next 
six  months,  while  the  Austrians  were  preparing  the  last  onslaught,  and  the 
Italian  army,  well  informed  as  to  what  was  going  on  behind  the  enemy  lines, 
was  preparing  to  resist.  The  formidable  new  offensive  was  opened  along  the 
whole  line  on  June  15th,  and  so  thorough  was  the  preparation  and  so  abundant 
were  the  means  of  attack,  that  during  the  first  days  the  Austrians  succeeded 
in  crossing  the  Piave  at  many  places  and  occupying  the  hilly  region  of  the 
Montello;  their  attack  from  the  plateau  of  Asiago,  carried  on  with  the  same 
general  plan  as  in  the  first  big  offensive,  failed,  however,  like  the  first  one. 

Great  again  was  the  suspense  in  the  Allied  world,  but  it  did  not  last  long. 
Inside  of  a  week  the  offensive  had  been  stopped;  by  July  6th,  the  last  of  the 
Austrian  soldiers  had  been  forced  again  across  the  Piave;  and  the  region  of  the 
Delta  of  the  Piave,  from  which  the  menace  to  Venice  was  always  present, 
had  been  cleared  entirely. 

The  losses  sustained  by  the  Austrians  were  calculated  at  no  fewer  than 
from  270,000  to  300,000  men,  of  whom  20,000  were  prisoners  and  over  50,000 
dead. 

VII — THE  FINAL  STRUGGLE :  THE  BATTLE  OF  VITTORIO  VENETO,  THAT  ENDED 
AUSTRIA  AND  THE  WORLD  WAR — OCTOBER  24-NOVEMBER  3,  I918 

Another  period  of  quiet  followed,  unnecessarily  long  perhaps,  but  here 
again  the  opposition  of  the  "westerners,"  supported  by  the  High  Command, 
was  at  work.  Finally,  unable  longer  to  withstand  the  pressure  of  public 
opinion,  the  Italian  Government  decided  on  their  own  responsibility  to  attack 
the  enemy. 

Fifty-one  Italian  divisions,  three  British,  two  French,  a  contingent  of 
Czecho-Slovaks,  and  one  regiment  of  Americans,  composed  the  army  under 
the  orders  of  General  Armando  Diaz,  Chief-of-Staff  of  the  Italian  army. 

On  the  night  from  the  24th  to  the  25th  of  October,  General  Diaz  gave  the 


THE  WAR  IN  ITALY  383 

order  to  begin  the  series  of  military  operations,  which,  in  the  succeeding  days, 
extended  from  the  Brenta  to  the  sea.  This  battle  not  only  hberated  the  in- 
vaded Italian  territory,  but  caused  the  complete  rout  of  the  formidable 
Austrian  army,  stronger  than  the  Italian  by  nearly  ten  divisions.  The  con- 
quering army  of  Italy  captured  more  than  three  quarters  of  a  million  pris- 
oners, six  thousand  guns,  and  a  booty  valued  at  many  billions  of  lire,  including 
two  hundred  and  fifty   thousand   horses  and  twelve  thousand   motor  cars. 

The  troops  of  the  Italian  Fourth  and  Sixth  armies  started  the  attack 
on  the  Monte  Grappa  region  and  on  the  Asiago  Plateau.  At  the  same  time 
the  Tenth  Army,  with  which  was  incorporated  the  British  Fourteenth  Corps 
under  General  Lord  Cavan,  occupied  some  of  the  islands  of  the  Piave,  notably 
Grave  di  Papadopoli. 

This  happened  on  October  25th.  On  the  following  day,  the  newly  formed 
Italian  Twelfth  Army  began  to  operate  astride  the  Piave,  while  the  Italian 
Eighth  Army  drew  up  on  its  right  to  cross  the  river.  During  the  night,  the 
ItaUan  engineer  corps  had  feverishly  worked  to  construct  bridges  on  the 
river  under  the  incessant  and  murderous  fire  of  the  Austrian  artillery. 

The  crossing  of  the  Piave  was  accompHshed  under  great  dijERculties  by  the 
Italian  troops  and  by  two  British  divisions  under  General  Babington,  As 
soon  as  the  river  was  crossed,  the  Italians  and  British  assembled  on  the  left 
bank  and  attacked  the  enemy  with  extreme  violence,  penetrating  his  defences 
and  throwing  him  back  eastward. 

Meanwhile,  the  Italian  Fourth  Army  continued  its  pressure  on  the  Grappa 
region  and  the  Sixth  Army  occupied  Asiago.  Across  the  Piave  the  Twelfth 
Army  pushed  on  north  on  Valdobbiadene.  Meanwhile,  the  Italian  Eleventh 
and  Eighteenth  Army  corps  prolonged  the  line  of  the  British  Fourteenth 
Army  corps  and  established  a  secure  footing  on  the  left  bank  of  the  river. 

The  resistance  of  the  Austrians  was  not  weak,  indeed,  on  the  first  days. 
Provided  with  immense  quantities  of  artillery  of  big  caHbre  and  machine  guns, 
well  supplied  with  ammunition,  occupying  positions  that  were  very  strong, 
they  offered  a  powerful  resistance,  and  the  Italian  losses  were  correspondingly 
severe. 

Still,  the  masterly  plan  of  General  Diaz,  who  by  bringing  strong  pressure 
to  bear  across  the  Piave,  in  the  direction  of  Vittorio  Veneto,  aimed  at  the 
separation  of  the  Austrian  armies  of  the  mountains  from  those  of  the  plains, 
succeeded  brilHantly.  In  four  days  the  separation  was  accomplished  and  a 
broad,  encircling  movement  of  the  separated  bodies  was  pushed  with  such  ra- 
pidity that  the  Italian  troops  reached  Trento  in  a  week,  and  the  Austrians  were 
all  along  the  line  incapable  either  of  organizing  a  retreat  or  of  saving  any  part 
of  their  equipment.  The  case  is  known  of  many  Austrian  aviation  fields, 
where  the  Austrian  aviators  landed  full  of  confidence,  only  to  find  themselves 
received  by  the  Italian  occupants. 


384  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

This  inability  to  retreat  is  the  best  proof  that  the  Austrian  command  was 
absolutely  sure  that  the  ItaHan  attack  would  be  futile  and  that  no  preparation 
for  the  worst  had  even  been  contemplated.  Only  the  Armistice  of  November 
4th  saved  the  battered  remnants  of  the  Austrian  army — or  perhaps,  even  more 
than  the  Armistice  was  the  desire  of  the  ItaUan  Command  not  to  be  further 
encumbered  w4th  masses  of  surrendering  troops,  already  so  thick  that  move- 
ments were  impossible  along  the  roads  for  miles  and  miles;  it  actually  happened 
that,  in  some  districts,  sentries  had  to  be  posted  all  along  certain  roads  to 
notify  the  fleeing  enemy  soldiers  that  no  more  prisoners  were  wanted! 

Thus,  on  the  anniversary  of  the  retreat  from  Caporetto,  was  v^^on  the  most 
sensational  and  spectacular  of  all  battles  of  the  war — the  battle  that 
carried  the  flag  of  Italy  to  Trento  and  Trieste.  The  capitulation  of  Germany 
followed  that  of  Austria  one  week  later,  and  the  claim  the  Italian  military 
authorities  maintained  for  three  years,  that  the  Italian  front  was  the  place  to 
ejid  the  war,  was  abundantly  proved  by  the  facts. 

The  Armistice  put  Italy  in  possession  of  the  Italian  provinces  still  under 
Austrian  control  and  also  of  a  safe  and  natural  mountain  frontier.  The  com- 
pletion of  Italian  unity  was  accomplished. 

VIII — WAR   AT    SEA 

Even  more  than  for  the  army,  it  was  the  lot  for  the  navy — as  for  all  Allied 
navies — to  spend  most  of  its  time  in  the  fatiguing,  dreary,  and  monotonous, 
but  highly  important — nay,  all-important — ^work  of  patrolling  and  watching. 
The  navy  must  protect  transports  and  coast  towns  against  insidious  attacks  of 
the  enemy  submarines  and  above-water  fleets.  The  work  was  very  successful, 
even  though  little  of  it,  in  the  very  nature  of  things,  ma}^  be  known  to  the  non- 
technical outsider.  But  a  few  episodes  have  distinguished  the  Italian  sailors, 
giving  them  first  place  among  all  sailors  for  initiative  and  audacity. 

One  was  the  saving  of  the  Serbian  army  after  its  disastrous  retreat  through 
Albania,  in  the  winter  of  1915-16.  The  task  of  rescuing  the  Serbian  army  and 
other  refugees  from  Serbia  and  Montenegro  was  a  stupendous  one,  involving 
not  only  the  occupation  of  southern  Albania  and  the  creation  of  a  naval  base 
in  Valona  Bay  but  the  transformation  of  Brindisi  on  the  opposite  Italian  shore 
into  a  first-class  military  depot  in  an  incredibly  short  space  of  time.  The 
crossing  of  the  open  Adriatic,  beset  by  enemy  submarines  and  mines,  in  the 
midst  of  winter  was  pecuUarly  dangerous  and  diflicult.  Nevertheless,  it  was 
accomplished  without  the  loss  of  a  single  life.  Between  December,  1915,  and 
February,  1916,  300,000  refugees  were  transported  to  Italian  soil,  including 
160,000  soldiers  of  the  Serbian  army,  besides  horses,  stores,  and  baggage. 

Four  times  did  the  Italian  fleet  enter  the  Austrian  naval  base  of  Durazzo, 
in  Albania.  The  last  time,  on  October  2,  191 8,  helped  by  twelve  American 
submarine  chasers  and  British  and  French  light  craft,  it  penetrated  the  harbour 


THE  WAR  IN  ITALY  385 

through  the  mine  fields,  destroyed  all  the  fortifications,  and  sank  four  trans- 
ports, one  torpedo  boat,  two  destroyers,  and  two  submarines,  retiring  without 
serious  damage. 

Among  individual  exploits,  the  following  have  become  famous: 

On  May  28,  1916,  a  small  torpedo  boat,  commanded  by  Lieut.  Nazario 
Sauro,  a  native  of  Istria,  entered  the  port  of  Trieste,  sank  a  big  steamer,  and 
retreated  safely. 

On  the  night  of  October  9-10,  1917,  Commander  Luigi  Rizzo  entered  the 
harbour  of  Trieste,  sank  the  Austrian  pre-dreadnought  PFien,  and  put  the 
Budapest,  another  ship  of  the  5,000  tons  class,  out  of  commission. 

On  May  14,  191 8,  Commander  Pellegrini  penetrated  the  port  of  Pola  with 
only  three  men  and  succeeded  in  torpedoing  and  sinking  the  first  of  the  large 
battleships  of  Austria,  the  Prinz  Eugen.  Commander  Pellegrini  was  made 
prisoner. 

But  it  was  on  June  10,  191 8,  that  Commander  Rizzo  accomplished  what 
was  without  doubt  the  most  brilhantly  successful  action  of  any  of  the  Allied 
navies  in  the  war.  With  only  two  Italian  motor  boats,  with  a  crew  of  sixteen 
men  and  not  more  than  four  torpedoes,  Rizzo  cut  through  a  fleet  of  ten  de- 
stroyers convoying  two  dreadnoughts  of  the  Viribus  Unitis  class  (20,000  tons), 
each  with  24  big  guns  of  305  millimeters,  and  sent  one  to  the  bottom — the 
Szent  Istvan—vfh\c\v  was  seen  to  sink  before  his  eyes,  while  the  other  was  se- 
riously damaged. 

Rizzo's  exploit  left  only  two  of  these  ships  afloat,  and  of  these  the  Viribus 
Unitis  was  sunk  in  the  port  of  Pola  during  the  final  stupendous  effort 
of  Italy  against  her  enemy,  when,  the  day  before  the  signing  of  the  ar- 
mistice, Lieut.-Col.  Rossetti  and  Dr.  Paolucci  had  themselves  towed  into 
the  harbour  by  a  special  small  craft  designed  by  themselves,  sank  a  transport 
by  torpedoing  it,  sank  the  Viribus  Unitis  by  exploding  a  mine  under  it,  and 
were  taken  prisoners — for  about  24  hours!  It  was  a  most  original  and  dra- 
matic little  incident  of  naval  warfare.  The  fourth  Austrian  dreadnought,  the 
Admiral  Tegethoff,  that  had  been  damaged  in  Rizzo's  raid  and  then  repaired, 
was  surrendered  to  Italy,  with  the  rest  of  the  navy,  according  to  the  terms 
of  the  armistice. 

IX — THE   WAR   IN  THE   AIR 

ItaHan  military  airplanes  and  seaplanes  kept  the  enemy  constantly  harassed 
by  their  bombing  raids.  Among  the  most  notable  of  these  was  the  bombard- 
ment of  Cattaro  and  the  "literary"  bombardment  of  Vienna  by  Gabriele 
D'Annunzio.  It  was  this  poet-flyer  who  first  conducted  ItaHan  planes  over- 
seas to  attack  enemy  territory,  when  on  August  7,  191 5,  200  kilos  of  high  ex- 
plosives were  dropped  on  the  mihtary  works  at  Trieste.  Pola  was  bombarded 
nine  times  with  the  loss  of  only  two  ItaHan  machines. 


386  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

Among  other  raids  accomplished  by  ItaUan  aviators  were  the  one  which  de- 
stroyed the  railroad  centre  of  Divaccia  (June  i6,  191 5),  the  one  which  damaged 
another  military  establishment  in  Trieste  (July  17th),  the  one  which  destroyed 
the  station  of  Gragnan  and  the  next  railroad  of  Trieste-Monfalcone  (July  i6th) 
and  the  one  which  struck  the  mihtary  works  at  San  Polaj  and  at  Nabresina 
(July  22nd). 

The  performances  of  the  Italian  aviation  corps  in  October,  1917,  formed  a 
large  part  of  the  silver  lining  to  the  dark  cloud  of  the  Caporetto  disaster. 
Italy  literally  swept  the  enemy  from  the  sky,  overcoming  not  only  the  Austrian 
aviators,  but  the  crack  aces  of  the  German  army  who  were  sent  against  her. 
The  final  holding  of  the  Teutonic  army  on  the  Piave  must  be  attributed  in  no 
small  measure  to  the  achievement  of  Italy's  aviators. 

X — CONCLUSION 

Italy  has  performed  her  part  in  the  conflict  under  the  heaviest  of  handicaps. 
In  entering  the  war  on  the  side  of  the  Allies,  she  threw  off  economic  and  po- 
litical shackles  of  thirty  years'  duration.  She  had  to  face  alluring  bribes  and 
powerful  threats,  diplomatic  machinations  without  and  insidious  intrigue  with- 
in. Prince  Von  Biilow  reminded  her  of  alleged  wrongs  done  her  by  France  and 
tried  to  convince  her  that  if  she  remained  true  to  the  Triple  Alliance,  she  would 
regain  Nice,  Corsica,  Tunis,  and  Malta  and  thus  secure  supremacy  in  the 
Mediterranean.  As  a  final  sop,  just  before  she  broke  with  her  old  alhes,  Aus- 
tria offered  the  relinquishment  of  the  greater  part  of  the  Trentino,  the  read- 
justment of  the  eastern  frontier  in  favour  of  Italy,  the  proclamation  of  Trieste 
as  a  free  city,  the  possible  surrender  of  the  islands  of  the  Dalmatian  Archipel- 
ago, and  the  withdrawal  of  Austria  from  Albanian  affairs  with  recognition  of 
Italian  sovereignty  in  Valona. 

But  to  her  everlasting  credit,  she  turned  a  deaf  ear  to  these  representations 
and  took  her  stand  for  world  democracy.  In  her  fight  Italy  has  called  to  the 
colours  a  little  fewer  than  5,500,000  men  and  has  suffered  a  loss  of  almost 
1,500,000  of  them.  Of  that  loss  nearly  350,000  died  in  battle,  and  100,000 
from  disease.  Over  550,000  are  totally  incapacitated,  either  by  bUndness, 
loss  of  Hmb,  or  tuberculosis.  At  the  moment  of  the  last  thrust,  the  strength  of 
the  Italian  army  was  4,025,000,  including  the  class  of  men  born  in  1900,  who 
had  been  called  to  the  colours  recently. 

In  spite  of  difficulties  and  privations  Italy  did  not  forget  her  mission  of 
civilization:  she  reclaimed  Albania  with  one  hand  while  fighting  the  enemy 
with  the  other. 

Italy's  task  of  reclaiming  southern  Albania  which  began  at  that  time  is  one 
of  the  most  remarkable  pieces  of  reconstruction  work  on  record.  She  found  a 
country  absolutely  devoid  of  railroads,  highways,  telegraphs,  schools,  hos- 
pitals and  modern  sanitation,  inhabited  by  an  impoverished  and  war-stricken 


THE  WAR  IN  ITALY  387 

people.  All  these  lacks  she  has  supplied.  She  has  abolished  the  fevers  that 
infested  the  coastal  swamps.  She  has  connected  the  cities  with  highways, 
railroads,  and  telegraphs.  She  has  equipped  those  cities  with  waterworks, 
sewers,  and  hospitals.  She  has  established  schools  throughout  the  region.  She 
has  fed  the  population  and  is  gradually  placing  it  on  a  self-supporting  basis. 
The  military  purpose  of  this  occupation  and  reconstruction  of  Albania,  aside 
from  the  salvaging  of  the  remnant  of  Serbia's  military  power,  was  the  building 
and  protecting  of  that  great  mihtary  highway  to  the  Balkan  front,  north  of 
Salonica,  which  has  since  played  such  an  important  part  in  the  war. 

And  now  Italy  can  undertake  the  huge  work  of  reconstruction,  which  Hes 
before  her,  conscious  of  the  immense  service  she  has  rendered  the  world  by 
saving  the  Allied  cause,  at  the  opening  of  the  war  through  her  neutrality,  and 
later  by  entering  the  war;  happy  in  the  realization  of  a  national  unity,  which 
was  a  dream  of  Dante  and  remained  a  dream  of  patriots  for  centuries;  proud 
at  having  discovered  herself,  her  power,  her  staying  virtues,  through  the  trial 
of  fire,  of  success,  and  of  reverse. 

Light  will  seem  the  burden  of  some  fifteen  billions  spent  in  the  war;  light 
the  sacrifices  of  Hfe  and  Hmb;  Hght  the  grave  tasks  ahead,  in  the  satisfaction 
of  the  good  work  done  in  the  tasks  that  are  behind. 


IV 

RUSSIA'S    DECLINE 

By  DR.  EMILE  JOSEPH  DILLON 
(Author  of  "The  Eclipse  of  Russia,"  "Russian  Characteristics,"  etc.,  etc.) 

From  the  outset  of  their  history,  the  scene  of  which  was  the  south  with 
Kieff  as  its  capital,  the  Russian  people  appear  to  have  been  mentally  and 
morally  as  well  equipped  for  the  political  life-struggle  as  any  race  in  Europe. 
But  circumstance  played  the  part  of  the  malignant  fairy  in  the  tale,  turned 
their  gifts  to  curses,  and  condemned  the  possessors  to  a  cycle  of  terrible  ordeals 
through  which  they  are  still  passing.  The  epoch  in  which  the  Russians  made 
their  entry  into  European  history  and  the  place  where  their  life-drama  opened, 
were  superlatively  unfavorable  to  spiritual  and  political  development.  The 
Middle  Age  was  at  its  darkest;  Byzantium  was  in  an  advanced  stage  of  decay; 
the  flat  country  of  the  southern  steppes  presented  no  natural  barriers  to  invas- 
ion; and  imperceptible  forces  were  at  work  which  ultimately  shut  off^  the  nas- 
cent community  from  the  progressive  ideas  of  the  West  while  leaving  them 
defenceless  against  the  inroads  of  barbaric  hordes  from  the  East.  Abandoned 
to  themselves,  powerless  to  break  the  force  of  the  Mongol  tide,  or  to  evolve  a 
substitute  for  the  germs  of  progress  which  could  then  be  had  only  in  the 
countries  of  the  Latin  Church,  they  wasted  their  energies,  lagged  behind  in  the 
race  of  civilization,  and  became  a  classic  example  of  arrested  development. 

Christianity  came  to  Russia  from  the  tainted  source  of  Byzance  and  what 
the  Slav  converts  brought  back  from  there  was  less  a  religion  than  a  ritual. 
Happily  their  own  highest  instincts  coincided  with  some  of  the  Gospel  teach- 
ings and  stamped  their  psyche  with  an  impress  at  once  noble  and  indelible- 
Examples  are:  their  innate  fellow-feeling  for  the  suffering  and  the  unfortunate, 
their  forgiving  disposition,  and  their  pessimistic  outlook  on  Hfe.  Undoubtedly 
the  new  Evangel  more  than  once  assuaged  their  lot  and  shed  a  cheerful  if  fitful 
glimmer  upon  the  gray  monotony  of  their  lives,  but,  if  what  historians  tell  us 
of  the  early  Russians  be  true,  it  left  the  pith  of  the  national  character  un- 
changed. The  divine  spark  which  kindled  a  glow  of  fervour  in  the  breasts  of 
saintly  individuals  here  and  there  fell  upon  none  of  the  potential  energies  of 
the  race  which  had  to  work  out  its  destinies  under  crippling  disadvantages. 
But  even  so,  the  Russian  people  contrived  in  the  fullness  of  time  not  only  to 
play  a  leading  role  in  world  politics  but  also  to  make  special  and  valuable  con- 
tributions to  the  moral  equipment  of  advancing  humanity. 

388 


RUSSIA'S  DECLINE  389 

The  Church  adopted  as  its  language  the  unformed  tongue  of  the  people 
and  drew  from  the  benighted  masses  its  ministers,  who,  with  no  liturgical  in- 
centive to  learn  the  language  of  ancient  Rome,  had  therefore  no  access  to  the 
accumulated  stores  of  experience  and  the  springs  of  new  ideas  which  were 
reached  by  all  the  nations  of  the  Latin  rite.  And  from  that  Jay  to  this  the 
peoples  of  Russia  and  of  all  the  Orient  have  suffered  grievously -from  this 
privation.  Their  severance  from  the  West  was  pushed  to  its  furthest  extreme 
when  in  1054  the  Eastern  and  the  Western  Churches  were  sundered  from 
each  other  by  a  schism  big  with  disastrous  consequences  to  all  concerned. 
For  the  mutual  animosity  which  this  quarrel  perpetuated  and  intensified 
became  in  time  one  of  the  deciding  causes  of  the  fall  of  Constantinople  and  of 
its  calamitous  politico-social  sequel. 

Those  were  some  of  the  disadvantages  traceable  partly  to  time  influences. 
Among  the  momentous  consequences  of  the  geographical  situation  was  the 
Tartar  invasion  which  opened  a  dismal  parenthesis  in  Russian  history,  set  a 
mark  of  political  inferiority  on  the  people,  drove  a  large  number  of  Slavs  north- 
ward, and  thrust  a  wedge  between  the  Little  Russians  or  Ukrainians  and  the 
Great  Russians — the  latter  a  blend  of  the  Slav  and  Finnish  races,  who  now  form 
about  48  per  cent,  of  the  entire  population.  From  the  Thirteenth  to  the  Six- 
teenth centuries  the  conquering  hordes  maintained  their  hold  on  the  country, 
suppressing,  checking,  or  modifying  some  of  the  outward  manifestations  of  the 
racial  psyche.  It  was  during  this  dark  period  of  enthralment  that  the  Rus- 
sians acquired  those  negative  traits — distrust,  cunning,  and  duphcity — the  uni- 
versal weapons  against  brute  force — ^which  characterize  all  enslaved  peoples. 

In  those  troublous  times,  the  rallying  centre  and  defence,  alike  for  the 
native  princes  and  the  people,  was  the  Orthodox  Church,  which  kept  alive 
racial  traditions,  national  aspirations,  and  hopes  of  emancipation.  Grad- 
ually the  words  Russian  and  Orthodox  came  to  be  synonymous  as  connoting 
the  aggregate  of  characteristics  that  distinguished  the  tributary  from  the  con- 
quering race.  Then  it  was  that  the  Church,  by  drawing  and  welding  together 
all  that  was  best  in  the  various  elements  of  the  community  and  by  tempting 
generous  ambitions  with  lofty  motives,  took  upon  itself  the  leading  role  and 
rendered  the  greatest  service  to  the  nation.  It  nerved  the  arm  of  the  princes 
to  deal  the  blow  that  delivered  the  country  from  the  Tartar  yoke.  But  having 
achieved  this  feat  and  enhanced  it  later  by  helping  to  save  Russia  from  the 
domination  of  the  Poles  and  the  Swedes,  it  sank  quickly  and  definitively  to  the 
level  of  a  governmental  department.  It  was  of  this  Church  that  its  official 
champion  and  lay  head,  the  well-known  Pobiedonostseff,  wrote  at  the  close 
of  the  Nineteenth  Century :  "They  tell  us  that  our  nation  is  ignorant,  its  relig- 
ious faith  permeated  with  superstition  and  tainted  with  vicious  habits,  and  that 
our  clergy  is  rude,  benighted,  lazy,  grovelling,  and  well-nigh  devoid  of  influence 
on  the  people.     Well,  in  all  that  there  is  much  truth," 


390  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

One  of  the  suitors  for  the  hand  of  Queen  Elizabeth  of  England  was  the 
Czar,  Ivan  the  Terrible,  who  by  ruthlessly  breaking  the  ascendency  of  the 
Boyars,  strengthened  the  central  power  of  Great  Russia  and  laid  the  founda- 
tions of  Czarism  to  which  the  recent  World  War  has  given  the  coup  de  grace. 
There  is  little  doubt  that  the  sustained  unity  of  the  Russian  people,  their  rapid 
expansion  to  the  north,  south,  and  east,  and  their  vast  political  influence  in 
Europe  and  Asia  were  among  the  achievements  to  the  credit  of  the  Czarist 
regime.  That  the  autocratic  system,  despite  the  evils  in  its  train,  connoted 
at  the  time  a  step  forward  for  the  nation  which  was  floundering  in  a  slough  of 
chaos  and  barbarism,  will  not  be  gainsaid  by  those  who  are  versed  in  Russian 
history.  For  that  was  the  epoch  when  the  Czar  on  his  wedding  day  was  wont 
to  make  his  hair  sticky  with  honey  and  on  the  morrow  to  wash  and  steam  him- 
self in  the  bath  together  with  his  consort  and  then  to  take  his  dinner  there; 
when  the  men  wedded  women  on  whom  they  never  set  eyes  until  after  the 
marriage  ceremony;  when  husbands  pawned  or  sold  their  wives  to  their  cred- 
itors; and  when  for  making  the  sign  of  the  cross  in  unorthodox  fashion  pious 
individuals  of  both  sexes  were  burned  in  wooden  sheds  or  buried  alive. 

Even  Peter,  commonly  regarded  as  the  Russian  Moses,  who  led  his  people 
from  the  slough  of  despond  to  the  promised  land,  had  all  the  coarse  roots  of  his 
country  and  his  epoch  clinging  to  him  while  he  was  grafting  beneficent  reforms 
on  the  nation.  It  was  in  his  reign  that  serfdom,  until  then  merely  an  economic 
arrangement  for  the  purpose  of  securing  adequate  agricultural  labour^  was 
transformed  into  slavery  and  it  became  lawful  to  buy  and  sell  landless  peasants 
in  the  same  way  as  chattels,  and  that  revolting  punishments  were  enacted  alike 
against  criminals,  misdemeanants,  and  malcontents. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  was  Czarism  that  saved  the  Russian  people  from  the 
evils  of  western  feudalism,  from  the  yoke  of  the  Poles  and  the  Swedes,  and  from 
some  of  the  natural  eff'ects  of  that  lack  of  cohesiveness  which  is  one  of  the 
marked  traits  of  the  national  character.  By  introducing  the  system  of  uni- 
versal state  service,  Peter  made  every  Russian  male  a  conscious  unit  of  a 
single  community.  He  deprived  the  nobles  of  most  of  their  hereditary  privi- 
leges, transforming  them  into  a  class  of  public  servants,  and  found  employ- 
ment for  them  by  increasing  the  army  and  augmenting  the  number  of  adminis- 
trative posts.  In  this  primitive  way  the  entire  population  was  so  to  say 
mobilized  and  welded  into  an  organic  whole.  That  was  the  principal  service 
for  which  the  nation  is  indebted  to  autocracy.  The  price  paid  for  it  by  the 
country  was  the  sway,  at  first  tolerable  and  helpful,  then  arbitrary,  rapacious, 
and  unbearable,  of  the  class  of  state  servants  which  gradually  developed  into  an 
omnipotent  bureaucracy. 

Germany  was  the  country  from  which  Peter  derived  many  of  his  models 
and  it  was  Germany  also  that  supplied  him  with  most  of  his  assistants.  Hence 
the  Germans  and  German  Baits  came  to  occupy  the  most  lucrative  places  in  the 


RUSSIA'S  DECLINE  391 

administration,  the  army,  the  navy,  the  high  schools,  and  made  their  influence 
felt  to  the  uttermost  ends  of  the  empire.  Catherine,  herself  a  German,  was 
struck  with  the  incongruity  of  this  policy  before  its  bitterest  fruits  had  come  to 
maturity  and  vainly  endeavoured  to  alter  it.  She  wrote  in  her  Memoirs: 
"Russia  has  far  too  many  Germans,  beginning  with  myself."  Thus  it  was  a 
Russian  Czar  who  strove  to  change  Russians  into  Germans  and  a  German 
Czaritsa  who  sought  to  change  them  back  into  Russians. 

But  the  system  endured.  Foreigners  have  always  played  a  dispropor- 
tionately large  part  in  the  destinies  of  Russia.  No  important  movement  has 
been  originated  there  without  their  initiative  or  cooperation.  It  is  hardly  an 
exaggeration  to  say  that  the  Russian  and  the  foreigner  are  correlates.  It  has 
never  been  otherwise.  As  far  back  as  one  can  trace  their  history,  it  was  ever 
so.  A  Russian  annalist  of  the  Thirteenth  Century  wrote  that  the  Slavs  of  the 
flat  country,  disgusted  with  the  chaos  and  strife  that  were  ruining  them,  des- 
patched envoys  to  the  Scandinavians  with  a  request  to  come  and  settle 
among  them.  "Our  land,"  the  messenger  said,  "is  vast  but  there  is  no  order 
therein."  And  the  Scandinavians  went  and  dwelt  in  Novgorod,  KiefF,  and 
other  parts  of  the  country.  Under  their  influence  some  shadowy  imitations  of 
Western  institutions  sprang  up  and  likewise  trade  and  commerce  which, 
however,  were  mainly  in  the  hands  of  Western  strangers.  From  those  days 
to  these  the  foreigner  has  been  the  moving  spirit  there  for  good  and  for  evil. 
The  all-important  class  of  the  "Intelligentsia" — long  mistakenly  identified  with 
the  Russian  people — the  men  who  sowed  the  seeds  of  revolt,  pressing  into  its 
service  science,  art,  literature,  the  bar,  the  schools,  the  universities,  the  zem- 
stvos;  in  a  word,  every  institution  that  difi^erentiated  the  Russia  of  the  Nine- 
teenth and  Twentieth  centuries  from  the  Russia  of  the  Fourteenth  was  the 
offspring  of  the  union  of  Western,  mainly  German,  modes  of  thought  with  the 
anarchist  temperament  of  the  Russian  race.  Thus  the  foreigner  supplied  the 
leaven  to  the  inert  mass  of  the  Russian  people  from  the  twilight  of  history 
until  the  country's  recent  relapse  into  primeval  chaos,  and  even  the  organiza- 
tion and  execution  of  this  last  and  bloodiest  revolution  on  record  were  in  a 
large  measure  the  handiwork  of  foreigners. 

Peter's  civil  servants  were  the  continuators  of  his  reform  policy.  As  the 
frontiers  of  the  empire  were  moved  farther  apart,  their  number  rose  in  pro- 
portion until  finally  they  became  a  vast  army,  differing  from  a  caste  only  in  the 
circumstance  that  certain  outsiders  were  eligible  for  membership.  It  was 
they  who  finally  came  to  wield  autocratic  power  while  the  Czar's  real  function 
was  to  save  them  from  responsibility.  At  last  one  of  the  pillars  of  Czarism,  the 
celebrated  publicist  Katkoff,  describing  this  degeneration  of  the  system,  wrote 
in  the  latter  half  of  the  Nineteenth  Century:  "Science?  There  was  none; 
there  was  a  bureaucracy.  Right  of  possessing  property.?  There  was  none; 
there  was   a  bureaucracy.     Law  and  tribunals?     There  were  no  tribunals; 


392  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

there  was  a  bureaucracy.  Church?  There  was  no  church  government; 
there  was  a  bureaucracy.  Administration?  There  was  no  administration; 
there  were  at  one  and  the  same  time  a  steady,  organized  abuse  of  power  and 
also  its  abdication  to  the  detriment  of  the  interests  aUke  of  the  crown  and  the 
individual." 

Such  in  broad  outline  is  the  history  of  that  bureaucracy  which  lay  Hke  a 
tremendous  load  on  the  shoulders  of  Russia,  not  only  hindering  all  movement 
forward  but  gradually  crushing  the  very  source  of  movement  and  of  national 
life.  It  contained  no  element  of  evolution.  Therefore  it  could  not  endure. 
The  army  hke  the  bureaucracy  resembled  the  spirit  evoked  by  the  magician's 
disciple  who,  having  forgotten  the  spell  that  would  have  exorcised  the  demon, 
nearly  perished  in  the  flood  he  let  loose.  The  Czarist  state,  incapable  of 
refining  itself  into  a  progressive  organism,  had  to  expand  territorially,  and  it 
was  the  army  that  removed  the  boundaries  ever  farther  eastward  until  all 
Asia  seemed  within  measurable  distance  of  acknowledging  the  sway  of  the 
White  Czar.  But  the  poison  carried  its  antidote.  The  foreign  elements 
became  powerful  solvents  of  the  system.  Military  service  also  grew  to  be  a 
potent  agency  for  revolutionary  propaganda.  It  brought  men  of  the  remotest 
provinces  together,  imbued  them  with  a  sentiment  of  solidarity,  exposed  them 
to  the  action  of  professional  agitators,  and  sent  them  back  to  their  villages  to 
spread  the  germs  of  a  wild  kind  of  communism  which  was  ever  congenial  to  the 
Russian  temperament.  It  shook  the  drowsy  mooshik  out  of  his  lethargy,  woke 
him  to  an  inchoate  sense  of  the  dignity  of  human  nature,  and  dispelled  his 
conception  of  his  lot  as  an  immutable  part  of  the  eternal  ordering  of  things. 
But  none  of  those  who  schemed  and  toiled  and  suffered  to  overturn  the  autoc- 
racy imagined  that  the  beneficiary  would  be  the  peasant  whose  character  and 
aims  some  of  the  leaders  idealized,  others  belittled,  but  all  misunderstood. 

The  character  of  the  Russian  peasant  is  a  curious  and  seemingly  incon- 
gruous mixture  of  qualities  and  defects.  One  finds  exquisite  tenderness  com- 
bined with  frenzied  ruthlessness,  a  sceptical  frame  of  mind  side  by  side  with  a 
superlative  degree  of  credulity,  a  yearning  after  truth,  and  an  ingrained  ten- 
dency to  unveracity.  Highly  endowed  by  nature,  the  masses  had  been  denied 
all  opportunity  for  mental  and  moral  growth  and  the  economic  and  financial 
policy  of  the  Czarist  governments  had  thrown  serious  obstacles  in  the  way 
even  of  their  physical  development.  Every  form  of  the  Czarist  regime  had 
treated  them  as  an  inferior  class  of  mortals  fit  at  most  for  hard  drudgery.  It 
is  a  curious  fact  that  the  idea  of  private  property  had  not  yet  been  assimi- 
lated by  millions  of  peasants  in  the  year  1905  although  they  displayed  a 
passionate  greed  of  land  as  well  as  a  tendency  toward  the  broadest  communism. 

One  is  tempted  to  believe  that  in  every  individual  peasant  there  are  at 
least  two  wholly  distinct  personalities,  each  one  impressible  to  a  different  set  of 
motives,  one  dormant  but  ever  ready  to  start  into  life  and  supplant  the  other, 


RUSSIA'S  DECLINE  393 

as  soon  as  the  secret  chord  is  touched  to  which  it  is  responsible.  Something 
analogous  may  be  said  of  the  Russian  State  ever  since  it  entered  the  com- 
munity of  nations:  its  policy  consisted  of  European  words  and  Asiatic  deeds. 
It  could  not  well  be  different.  For  the  new  age  demanded  root  reforms  which 
would  have  been  fatal  to  Czarism.  The  number  and  different  degrees  of  culture 
of  the  nationalities  which  were  held  together  by  the  autocracy  forbade  demo- 
cratic innovations.  Hence  the  high-sounding  European  phrases  that  usurped 
their  place  while  Czarism  continued  its  Asiatic  labours.  These  tactics  are  thus 
described  by  a  Russian  writer:  "We  have  been  spending  the  last  copper  coins 
of  the  viooshik  to  enable  ourselves  to  indulge  in  Quixotism.  While  we  ourselves 
are  bereft  of  the  slightest  trace  of  civil  liberty,  we  never  tire  of  shedding  Rus- 
sian blood  for  the  liberty  of  others.  While  at  home  we  are  plunged  in  schisms 
and  incredulity,  we  have  been  ruining  ourselves  in  order  to  plant  the  cross  on 
the  Mosque  of  St.  Sophia.  And  for  centuries  we  have  not  ceased  to  fight  for 
the  emancipation  of  the  Greeks,  Roumanians,  Serbs,  and  Bulgars,  all  of  whom 
turn  their  backs  upon  us,  preferring  to  enter  into  communion  with  human  cul- 
ture rather  than  with  our  peculiar  idiosyncrasies." 

The  Czardom  was  a  conglomerate  of  peoples,  tribes,  and  tongues — there 
are  well  over  a  hundred  languages  used  in  Russia — loosely  bound  together  by 
a  cord  of  three  strands:  the  army,  the  bureaucracy,  and  the  Church  in  its  ca- 
pacity of  governmental  department.  As  the  Russian  race  never  enjoyed  the 
cultural  opportunities  possessed  and  utilized  by  several  of  the  conquered 
peoples— such  as  the  Germans,  the  Finns,  the  Poles,  the  Armenians,  the  Jews 
— it  never  succeeded  in  assimilating  these  foreign  elements.  Indeed  the  prin- 
cipal method  employed  by  the  Government  for  Russianizing  them  was  fitful 
persecution,  whereby  they  became  more  firmly  attached  than  ever  to  their 
national  traditions,  churches,  and  languages.  This  inequality,  which  could 
not  be  removed  without  destroying  the  state-system,  was  a  standing  barrier 
to  progress.  For  it  hindered  the  adoption  of  such  democratic  reforms  as  the 
Government  after  sanguinary  wars  and  under  the  domination  of  fear  felt 
occasionally  moved  to  bestow,  and  it  left  the  system  more  and  more  of  an 
anachronism.  Western  institutions  would  have  provided  the  Jews,  the  Armen- 
ians, the  Poles,  and  the  Baltic  Germans  with  a  powerful  lever  which  would 
have  reversed  their  relations  to  the  Russians  and  given  them  ascendancy  in 
the  empire.  Thus  the  welfare  of  the  state  and  indeed  its  viability  depended 
upon  the  maintenance  of  the  status  quo  and  therefore  mainly  upon  the  possession 
of  force  and  the  efficient  protection  of  the  country  from  the  Western  democratic 
tide,  wave  after  wave  of  which  was  continuously  dashing  against  the  frontier 
and  occasionally  irrigating  and  fertihzing  the  soil. 

Thus  latter-day  Czarism,  especially  since  the  coming  to  the  throne  of  Nic- 
olas II,  reposed,  not,  as  the  world  used  to  be  told,  upon  the  affection  of  the 
people  for  their  Little  Father  but  upon  the  army,  the  bureaucracy,  and  the 


394  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

Church  as  integral  parts  of  the  bureaucracy.  As  long  as  these  institutions 
discharged  their  functions  tolerably,  the  complex  system  was  capable  of  hold- 
ing together — and  no  longer.  But  the  inrush  of  the  democratic  tide  no  break- 
water could  long  keep  out.  Nicolas  I,  in  the  first  half  of  the  Nineteenth  Cen- 
tury, discerned  this  danger  and  wrote :  "  I  dislike  the  habit  of  sending  Russians 
abroad.  The  young  men  come  back  with  a  critical  spirit  which  makes  them 
find  fault,  not  perhaps  unreasonably,  with  the  institutions  of  their  own  coun- 
try." But  in  time  the  salt  lost  his  saltness  and  such  institutions  as  the  army 
and  the  navy  diffused  the  fault-finding  spirit  and  trained  fervent  apostles  of 
the  revolution. 

To  sum  up:  One  of  the  marked  characteristics  of  the  Slav  race  has  been 
an  ingrained  centrifugal  tendency  which  keeps  the  individuals  apart,  robs  their 
whole  society  of  organic  unity,  and  lends  colour  to  the  saying  that  where 
three  Slavs  come  together  there  are  four  different  parties.  It  is  hardly  an 
exaggeration  to  assert  that  in  the  ethnic  soil  of  the  eastern  Slavs,  the  first 
fruit  of  this  lack  of  cohesiveness — anarchism — is  indigenous.  Certainly  Rus- 
sia as  we  contemplate  it  in  the  light  of  history  is  a  striking  example  of  it. 
The  sentiment  of  national  unity,  latent  it  may  be  for  ages,  never  appears  to 
have  embodied  itself  in  tangible  forms  except  in  response  to  the  potent  stimu- 
lus of  some  tremendous  crisis.  Nor  can  it  be  gainsaid  that  unity  was  first 
created  by  religious  faith  acting  upon  the  individual  in  conjunction  with  a 
strong  government  putting  pressure  upon  the  entire  community.  Orthodoxy 
and  autocracy  may  thus  be  regarded  as  the  mainsprings  of  Russian  political 
life,  the  sources  whence  the  state  derived  its  vitality.  Hence  relative  order 
under  a  strong  centralized  government  alternating  with  a  crude  kind  of  com- 
munism under  a  weak  regime  represent  the  systole  and  diastole  of  the  state 
organism.  So  long  as  the  princes  of  the  House  of  Rurik  held  the  reins  of  power 
with  a  firm  grasp,  the  community  throve  and  moved  forward;  and  when  their 
hold  loosened  it  sank  into  anarchist  confusion.  The  same  phenomenon,  re- 
peated at  the  opening  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  and  again  in  the  year  1917,  is 
at  the  bottom  of  all  Russia's  troubles  of  to-day.     Collective  action  is  paralyzed. 

But  the  present  chaos  differs  largely  from  that  of  previous  epochs  in  some 
essential  respects.  For  one  thing,  the  cement  that  formerly  held  the  nation  to- 
gether has  to  a  noteworthy  extent  crumbled  to  bits.  Czarism  is  dead  and 
orthodoxy  is  floating  away  on  the  revolutionary  storm  wind.  Nor  could  it  be 
otherwise,  for  the  natural  fluidity  of  the  race  was  for  years  deliberately  utilized 
as  the  basis  of  a  conscious  method  by  workers  in  every  field  of  science,  art, 
and  pedagogy.  Thus  Russian  literature,  which  is  a  reflex  from  the  soul  of  the 
nation,  gives  us  a  faithful  presentment  of  the  inborn  instincts  and  tendencies 
of  the  race,  and  therefore  of  its  revolt  against  tradition  and  wont  and  against 
the  social  ordering  based  on  these.  And  its  effect  is  largely  dissolvent.  But 
dehberate  effort  pushed  it  much  farther  in  the  same  direction.     Owing  to  the 


RUSSIA'S  DECLINE  395 

impetus  given  by  literary  criticism,  literature  like  art  and  education  was  forced 
into  the  service  of  the  revolutionary  movement.  Novelists  were  compelled 
to  become  propagandists  of  the  corrosive  tendencies  in  vogue  or  else,  hke  my 
friend  LeskofF,  they  were  ostracized.  A  classic  example  of  these  literary  in- 
fluences is  provided  by  Count  Leo  Tolstoy,  some  of  whose  later  writings  are 
frankly  "Bolshevist."  On  the  other  hand,  the  spread  of  sectarianism  under- 
mined the  peasant's  confidence  in  the  clergy  and  the  Church.  In  particular, 
the  rationalist  sects,  which  were  diffused  all  over  the  country,  sapped  the 
people's  respect  not  only  for  Orthodoxy  but  also  for  the  state  regime  that  up- 
held it.  Thus  religion  as  well  as  the  nationalities  must  be  added  to  the  army 
and  the  democratic  spirit  of  the  age,  when  one  enumerates  the  permanent  forces 
that  militated  against  the  Czarist  state. 

But  there  was  more.  For  some  years  individual  socialist  propagandists 
had  been  preparing  the  ground  for  the  great  upheaval  when,  in  the  year  1898, 
a  social-democratic  labour  party  was  organized  for  all  Russia.  Its  adherents 
were  many  and  its  progress  rapid.  University  students,  engineers,  officers,  doc- 
tors, schoolmasters,  and  civil  servants  embraced  and  propagated  its  teachings, 
which  differed  little  from  ordinary  communism.  Despite  the  crimes  of  some 
of  its  members  and  the  fierce  repression  practised  by  the  authorities,  neither 
the  Russian  Government  nor  those  of  other  European  states  gauged  aright 
the  significance  of  the  movement.  Indeed  so  far  as  I  know  only  two  men  dis- 
cerned its  trend :  Count  Witte  and  Lenin.  It  was  largely  owing  to  his  clear- 
ness of  vision  that  the  Bolshevist  leader  secured  his  opportunity,  adjusted  his 
means,  and  made  his  mark.  He  founded  a  party  which,  although  representing  a 
very  small  minority  in  the  country,  is  and  may  continue  to  be  disproportion- 
ately influential  because  of  its  proselytizing  methods  and  also  because  of  the 
large  number  of  dissenters  who  are  ready  to  toy  with  it  temporarily  for  their 
own  ends. 

The  correlates  of  this  powerful  communist  movement  were  the  shortsight- 
edness and  folly  of  the  Czarist  Government.  It  had  received  a  grave  warning 
after  the  Manchurian  Campaign  when  the  rebellion  came  within  an  ace  of 
culminating  in  a  revolution.  But  after  the  World  War  began  there  was  not 
a  man  in  the  Czar's  environment  who  could  give  helpful  advice  or  take  it. 
And  when  the  army  was  beaten,  when  the  decimated  officers'  corps  was  filled 
with  university  students  of  socialist-revolutionary  tendencies,  when  the 
peasants  were  tempted  by  the  offer  of  free  land,  the  sluice  gates  of  anarchy  burst 
open  and  Russia  was  submerged  by  the  flood  which  swept  away  the  leading  intel- 
lectuals and  left  the  enigmatical  masses  in  possession  of  power.  Dostoieffsky 
wrote:  "The  Nihilists  appeared  among  us  because  we  are  all  NihiHsts.  The 
dismay  of  our  sages  was  comical  as  was  their  keenness  to  ascertain  whence  the 
NihiHsts  had  come.  The  answer  is  simple:  they  came  from  nowhere.  They 
have  always  been  with  us,  in  us,  and  about  us." 


V 
CANADA^S  WAR  EFFORT 

By  THE  RIGHT  HONOURABLE  SIR  ROBERT  LAIRD  BORDEN,  P.C, 
G.C.M.G.,  K.C.,  PRIME  MINISTER  OF  CANADA 

In  August,  1914,  when  the  Central  European  Powers  made  their  premedi- 
tated attack  upon  the  peace  and  Uberty  of  the  world,  Canada  was  preparing  to 
celebrate  a  century  of  peaceful  intercourse  with  her  only  near  neighbour.  Her 
people  were  absorbed  in  the  development  of  their  immense  territory  and  re- 
sources. There  had  been  pubHc  warnings,  necessarily  in  guarded  terms  and 
not  greatly  heeded,  as  to  the  German  purpose  and  menace.  Canada  had  no 
military  obhgations;  and  the  part  which  she  should  take  in  the  "War  was  en- 
tirely within  the  determination  of  her  Parliament.  Her  permanent  military 
force  numbered  about  three  thousand  men;  while  the  mihtia,  trained  and 
organized  only  for  defence,  constituted  a  force  of  about  sixty  thousand. 

During  the  startling  events  which  culminated  in  the  declaration  of  war, 
there  was  never  a  moment's  hesitation  on  the  part  of  the  Canadian  people  or 
their  -  government.  Within  forty-eight  hours  of  that  declaration,  formal 
authority  was  given  for  the  mobilization  of  the  Canadian  Expeditionary  Force. 
Twenty  thousand  volunteers  were  asked  for;  within  two  weeks  more  than 
thirty  thousand  came.  Throughout  August  they  continued  to  come,  some 
of  them  tramping  on  foot  hundreds  of  miles  to  enhst.  With  remarkable  expedi- 
tion a  camp  for  mobilization  and  training  was  established  at  Valcartier,  near 
the  City  of  Quebec,  and  on  October  3rd  a  convoy  of  ships  carrying  the  first 
Canadian  contingent  of  about  thirty-three  thousand  men  left  Gaspe  Bay  for 
England.  After  a  further  period  of  training  on  Salisbury  Plain,  the  Force 
embarked  for  France  and  landed  at  St.  Nazaire  on  the  ilth  February,  191 5. 
Within  a  few  weeks  they  were  in  the  front-Hne  trenches  near  Ypres,  and  at  the 
end  of  April  came  the  great  test  in  which  they  made  good  at  once  and  for  ever 
their  standing  among  the  armies  of  the  world. 

On  the  evening  of  April  22nd,  the  Germans,  with  characteristic  and  bar- 
barous disregard  of  recognized  conventions,  made  their  first  attack  with  poison 
gas.  Its  effects  were  so  terrible  that  the  French  colonial  troops  on  the  left  of 
the  Canadian  Division  were  compelled  to  retire.  The  Canadian  line  was  bent 
back  here  and  there,  but  the  men  stubbornly  held  their  ground,  although  un- 
protected against  the  horrible  effects  of  the  gas,  and  in  the  face  of  vastly  su- 
perior numbers.     For  six  days  and  nights  the  battle  raged  until,  with  the  ar- 

396 


CANADA'S  WAR  EFFORT  397 

rival  from  time  to  time  of  reinforcements,  the  attack  was  broken,  and  the  Ger- 
mans found  their  anticipated  onrush  to  Calais  barred  by  troops  who  eight 
months  before  were  practically  without  military  training  or  experience.  The 
ground  was  held  at  a  terrible  cost,  for  during  those  six  days  eight  thousand 
Canadians  went  down;  but  from  the  breaking  up  of  that  attack  until  the  morn- 
ing of  Armistice  Day,  when  the  Canadians  drove  them  out  of  Mons,  the  Ger- 
mans never  forgot  the  quality  of  the  Canadian  forces.  Further  contingents 
arrived  and  the  record  established  at  Ypres  was  maintained  at  Festubert  and 
Givenchy.  In  the  middle  of  September  the  Canadian  Second  Division  reached 
France  and  the  Canadian  Army  Corps  was  formed.  The  Corps  was  com- 
pleted by  the  arrival  of  the  Third  Division  early  in  1916  and  of  the  Fourth 
Division  in  August  of  that  year.  From  that  time  until  the  Armistice,  the 
Canadian  Corps  bore  its  full  share  in  the  operations  on  the  British  sector  of 
the  western  front. 

The  autumn  and  winter  of  191 5  were  a  time  of  hard  digging  in  the  trenches, 
broken  occasionally  by  raids,  a  form  of  enterprise  in  which  the  initiative  and 
resourcefulness  of  the  Canadians  made  them  conspicuous  from  the  first. 
During  the  spring  months  there  was  bitter  fighting  at  St.  Eloi,  Sanctuary  Wood, 
Hooge,  and  elsewhere;  but  better  days  came  in  September  and  the  following 
months,  when  all  four  divisions  of  the  Canadian  Corps  shared  in  the  successes 
of  the  Battle  of  the  Somme.  The  fighting  of  1917  opened  gloriously  with  the 
storming  of  Vimy  Ridge,  which  was  soon  followed  by  the  taking  of  Arleux 
and  Fresnoy  and,  late  in  the  year,  by  the  hard-fought  but  successful  attacks 
at  Lens  and  Passchendaele. 

During  the  early  months  of  1918,  the  Canadian  Corps,  which  had  been 
under  the  command  of  Lieutenant-General  Sir  Arthur  Currie  since  the  summer 
of  1917,  prepared  elaborate  and  formidable  defences  of  Vimy  Ridge  which 
they  had  captured  and  which  they  then  held.  It  was  their  ardent  hope  that 
the  Germans  might  be  tempted  to  attack;  but  the  blow  fell  elsewhere.  The 
confidence  imposed  in  the  Canadians  may  be  realized  from  the  fact  that  for 
nearly  four  weeks,  from  early  April  until  early  May,  1918,  the  four  Canadian 
divisions  held  thirty-five  thousand  yards  of  front,  or  nearly  one  fifth  of  the  total 
front  then  held  by  the  British  Army.  During  the  early  summer  months  they 
were  taken  out  of  the  line  for  a  time  and  an  opportunity  was  thus  afforded  for 
necessary  training  in  open  warfare  which  apparently  was  imminent.  Later 
on  there  came  the  opportunity  to  strike.  In  the  attack  which  relieved  Amiens, 
the  Canadian  Corps  formed  the  spear-head  and  thrust  deeply  to  an  extreme 
penetration  of  fourteen  miles,  capturing  more  than  nine  thousand  prisoners 
at  a  cost  of  little  more  than  eleven  thousand  casualties. 

This  victory  early  in  August  was  the  commencement  of  great  achievements 
with  which  the  last  hundred  days  of  the  war  were  crowded.  During  a  portion 
of  that  period  two  splendid  British  divisions  fought  with  the  Canadian  Corps 


398  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

under  the  command  of  Sir  Arthur  Currie;  during  another  portion  they  had  the 
assistance  of  one  British  division.  As  soon  as  the  Canadians  had  broken  the 
Queant-Drocourt  line  early  in  September,  the  famous  Hindenburg  Line  was 
outflanked  and  became  useless.  Pressing  on  they  took,  in  succession,  Cambrai, 
Denain,  Valenciennes,  and  finally,  on  Armistice  Day,  they  captured  Mons. 
In  these  operations  the  Bourlon  Wood  was  captured  and  held  for  the  first 
time.  Mont  Huoy,  the  key  to  Valenciennes,  was  stormed  and  the  hold  main- 
tained. The  brigade  which  accomplished  this  task  took  prisoners  exceeding 
its  own  numbers.  From  the  eleventh  of  October  to  the  tenth  of  November 
the  Canadian  Corps  advanced  fifty-two  miles,  and  there  was  hardly  a  day  in 
which  they  did  not  make  a  substantial  advance.  Between  the  eighth  of 
August  and  the  eleventh  of  November,  they  captured  nearly  32,000  prisoners, 
623  heavy  and  field  guns,  2,900  machine  guns,  and  3  50  trench  mortars.  They 
liberated  500  square  miles  of  territory,  including  228  cities,  towns,  and  villages. 
Between  the  eighth  of  August  and  the  eleventh  of  October,  with  the  aid  of 
the  British  divisions  that  I  have  mentioned,  they  engaged  and  defeated  no 
less  'than  forty-seven  German  divisions.  Doubtless  some  of  these  had  been 
considerably  depleted  but  many  of  them  were  at  full  strength  and  very 
formidable. 

The  Canadian  cavalry  formed  a  brigade  which  was,  during  most  of  the 
war,  separated  from  the  Canadian  Corps,  excepting  in  the  Second  Battle 
of  Amiens  in  August,  191 8.  Its  distinguished  actions  include  Equancourt  and 
Guyancourt  early  in  1917,  Villers-Guislains  at  the  end  of  that  year,  Bois 
Moreuil  and  Rifle  Wood  during  the  German  offensive  in  191 8,  and  the  taking 
of  Le  Cateau  in  the  last  stage  of  the  fighting. 

The  forces  already  mentioned  do  not  exhaust  the  contribution  of  Canada. 
Canadian  detachments,  more  particularly  from  the  Medical  Corps  and  the 
Railway  troops,  were  attached  to  each  of  the  five  British  armies  and  were  serving 
on  the  lines  of  communication.  The  Medical  Corps  was  early  in  the  field  and, 
at  the  time  of  the  Armistice,  had  estabhshed  and  was  maintaining  some  thirty 
hospitals  In  France  and  England  In  addition  to  casualty-clearing  stations  and 
field  ambulances.  The  importance  of  the  work  of  the  Canadian  Railway 
troops  may  be  summed  up  In  the  statement  that  they  were  responsible  for  the 
whole  of  the  construction  of  light  railways  and  of  60  per  cent,  of  the  standard- 
gauge  railways  In  the  area  occupied  by  the  British  forces.  The  Canadian 
Forestry  Corps  was  estabhshed  at  eleven  places  in  France  and  many  places 
in  England,  with  their  own  hospitals  and  workshops,  engaged  in  cutting  down 
timber  and  in  erecting  and  operating  saw-mills. 

Canadians  also  saw  service  on  other  fronts:  In  Palestine,  Macedonia,  and 
Russia.  Many  Canadians,  too,  joined  dlff"erent  branches  of  the  Imperial 
British  forces.  Nearly  13,000  served  with  the  Royal  Air  Force  and  its  pre- 
decessors, the  Royal  Naval  Air  Service  and  the  Royal  Flying  Corps.     More 


CANADA'S  WAR  EFFORT  399 

than  5,000  obtained  commissions  or  did  duty  with  the  Motor  Transport  Corps 
or  the  Waterways  and  Docks  Service. 

The  courage  and  determination  of  the  Canadian  troops  may  be  measured 
by  the  toll  of  losses  which  they  paid.  Of  a  total  number  of  418,052  in  the 
Canadian  Expeditionary  Force,  some  57,000  lost  their  lives  and  nearly  156,000 
were  wounded.  Sixty-three  of  them  won  the  Victoria  Cross — the  highest  re- 
ward of  British  valour — and  about  16,000  other  decorations  and  honours 
were  awarded  to  members  of  the  force. 

In  addition  to  the  men  enlisted  in  the  Canadian  Expeditionary  Force, 
many  thousands  of  military  and  naval  reservists,  resident  in  Canada,  returned 
early  in  the  war  to  the  countries  from  which  they  had  emigrated.  Taking 
these  into  account,  as  well  as  those  engaged  in  naval  operations,  it  is  a  reason- 
able estimate  that  500,000  Canadian  citizens  served  in  the  war.  Of  these 
nearly  200,000  were  men  born  in  the  British  Isles. 

At  sea  Canada  was  even  less  ready  for  war  than  on  land.  Two  cruisers — 
one  of  11,000  tons,  the  other  of  3,600  tons,  used  in  the  training  of  personnel — 
comprised  the  naval  fighting  force  of  the  Dominion,  and  these  immediately 
set  out  on  patrol  service.  Two  submarines,  which  were  purchased  in  the 
United  States  and  taken  over  only  a  few  hours  before  the  British  declaration 
of  war,  had  no  opportunities  for  action  with  the  enemy  but  rendered  most  val- 
uable service  in  assisting  to  guard  the  western  coast  while  a  powerful  German 
squadron  was  at  large  in  the  Pacific. 

The  chief  work  of  the  Dominion  naval  forces  consisted  of  patrolling,  mine- 
sweeping,  and  the  protection  of  fishing  fleets  oflF  the  Atlantic  coast.  Many 
small  vessels  were  taken  into  service  for  these  purposes  and  others  were  built 
and  manned  with  crews  of  Naval  Volunteers.  In  the  area  patrolled  by  this 
force  only  one  large  vessel  was  lost  by  enemy  attack. 

Though  Canada  could  send  no  ships  to  share  the  work  of  the  British  navy, 
many  volunteers  went  from  the  Dominion  to  join  various  branches  of  the 
naval  service. 

There  were  in  the  Dominion  only  a  few  yards  in  which  ships  of  ocean-going 
size  could  be  built.  By  the  construction  of  new  yards  and  the  enlargement  of 
others,  an  output  of  both  steel  and  wooden  ships  was  achieved,  which  made  a 
substantial  contribution  toward  meeting  the  world's  losses  of  shipping  through 
submarine  warfare. 

Special  machinery  of  government  has  been  created  to  deal  with  the  re- 
establishment  in  civil  life  of  all  persons  who  have  served  in  the  war  and  of  their 
dependents.  It  has  been  realized  that  in  one  aspect  the  conditions  of  war 
continue  until  all  who  have  taken  part  in  it  are,  so  far  as  practicable,  settled  in 
their  homes  and  provided  with  suitable  work.  Pensions,  on  a  scale  higher  than 
in  other  Allied  countries,  are  paid  to  the  dependents  of  all  men  who  have 
lost  their  lives  and  to  those  who  suffer  from  disabilities  arising  from  their  ser- 


400  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

vice.  The  pension,  in  any  of  the  last-named  cases,  continues  as  long  as  the  dis- 
abiUty,  without  regard  to  the  pensioner's  occupation  or  earning  power.  Men 
are  trained  for  new  occupations  suited  to  their  condition  and  all  who  have 
served  are  assisted  in  finding  employment.  For  those  who  wish  to  engage  in 
agriculture,  arrangements  have  been  made  by  which  they  can  acquire  land 
and  equipment  on  easy  terms,  and  can  be  taught  to  farm  their  land  profitably. 

The  contribution  of  Canada  to  the  enormous  quantity  of  ammunition 
needed  in  modern  warfare  deserves  mention;  and  it  has  received  generous 
recognition  in  the  report  of  the  British  War  Cabinet  for  1917.  It  must  be 
borne  in  mind  that  the  production  of  munitions  was  a  new  industry  in  Canada; 
moreover,  it  was  supposed  that  basic  steel,  the  only  kind  produced  in  the  coun- 
try, was  not  suitable  for  the  manufacture  of  shells.  When  its  suitabilit}^  had 
been  determined  by  experiment  in  Canada,  the  output  of  shells  soon  attained 
large  proportions.  During  the  four  years  preceding  the  Armistice  more  than 
65,000,000  shells  of  various  sizes  and  many  million  pounds  of  explosives  had 
been  produced  and  dispatched  to  the  front.  The  Air  Force  also  drew  import- 
ant supplies  from  the  Dominion;  not  only  were  airplanes  built  and  sent  over- 
seas, but  enormous  quantities  of  lumber  for  airplane  construction  were  pro- 
vided for  British  factories. 

The  great  output  of  war  materials  was  not  without  its  effect  on  agriculture, 
the  primary  industry  of  Canada.  The  immense  yield  of  all  crops  in  the  har- 
vest of  191 5  enabled  us  to  do  our  full  share  in  the  provision  of  food  for  our 
Allies;  but,  with  the  increase  of  the  fighting  forces  and  with  the  heavy  demand 
for  the  production  of  munitions,  the  supply  of  necessary  labour  for  the  farms 
became  a  difficult  and  serious  problem.  The  matter  received  effective  atten- 
tion; additional  agricultural  machinery  was  secured  through  administrative 
arrangements,  and  large  numbers  of  women  and  boys  were  recruited  to  replace 
men  whom  war  had  called  away  from  the  land.  Our  farmers  may  be  proud 
of  the  fact  that,  in  spite  of  their  labour  difficulties,  the  area  put  under  cultiva- 
tion has  not  been  reduced  but  progressively  increased  during  the  war.  The 
acreage  of  the  principal  cereal  crops  in  1918  was  some  18  per  cent,  greater  than 
the  corresponding  acreage  in  1917,  which,  in  its  turn,  had  been  the  largest  ever 
recorded  in  the  Dominion. 

The  women  of  Canada,  if  they  have  had  fewer  opportunities  of  service  than 
their  sisters  in  countries  nearer  to  the  theatre  of  war,  have  a  notable  record  of 
war  work  in  many  different  branches  of  national  effort.  More  than  3,000 
have  served  as  nurses,  of  whom  39  have  lost  their  lives  on  duty,  and  nearly  200 
have  been  awarded  decorations.  Munition  factories  have  employed  as  many 
as  30,000  women,  and  the  air  service  another  thousand.  In  agriculture,  in 
banks  and  commercial  establishments,  in  the  Civil  Service,  women  have  come 
to  the  front  not  only  to  replace  men  who  have  gone  on  active  service  but  to 
carry  on  the  additional  work  which  the  war  has  entailed. 


CANADA'S  WAR  EFFORT  401 

It  remains  to  speak  of  an  important,  if  less  glorious,  part  of  the  country's 
effort,  the  financial  burden  of  the  war.  Canada  was,  before  the  outbreak  of 
war,  a  borrowing  country.  The  development  of  the  country's  immense  natu- 
ral resources  had  created  demands  on  capital  which,  as  it  seemed,  could  be 
met  only  by  loans  from  other  countries.  With  the  outbreak  of  hostilities  the 
financial  situation  was  changed  throughout  the  world.  The  needs  of  the  Brit- 
ish Government  for  war  purposes  caused  the  immediate  closing  of  the  London 
market  to  external  loans,  and  the  people  of  Canada  were  called  upon  to  provide 
for  their  own  capital  needs  as  well  as  their  own  share  in  the  cost  of  war.  The 
result  has  been  remarkable.  The  domestic  loans  raised  in  Canada  since  the 
beginning  of  191 5  have  amounted  to  ^1,436,000,000,  which  is  more  than  four 
times  the  amount  of  the  net  debt  of  the  Dominion  before  the  war  and  is  equiva- 
lent to  more  than  ^180  per  head  of  the  population. 

All  sections  of  the  people,  in  all  parts  of  the  country,  have  shared  in  pro- 
ducing this  result.  The  first  war  loan,  in  191 5,  had  nearly  25,000  subscribers; 
the  number  has  increased  with  each  subsequent  loan  up  to  the  fifth  and  latest, 
in  191 8,  to  which  more  than  1,000,000  persons  subscribed,  the  population  of 
the  country  being,  roundly,  8,000,000. 

A  sum  approximating  ^100,000,000  has  been  raised  by  voluntary  subscrip- 
tion in  Canada  for  the  benefit  of  our  soldiers  and  their  dependents  and  of  the 
suffering  populations  of  Allied  countries.  The  more  important  of  the  organ- 
izations engaged  in  this  work  are:  The  Patriotic  Fund,  which  cares  for  the 
dependents  of  soldiers  and  sailors;  The  Red  Cross  Society,  which,  besides  provid- 
ing aid  to  the  sick  and  wounded,  has  arranged  the  despatch  of  food  and  nec- 
essaries to  prisoners  in  the  hands  of  the  enemy;  The  Young  Men's  Christian 
Association,  which  has  given  comfort,  instruction,  and  entertainment  to  men 
at  the  front,  in  camps  and  hospitals,  and  on  ships  and  trains. 

Naturally  the  financial  burdens  imposed  upon  the  people  of  Canada  by  the 
war  are  very  heavy  but  they  are  relatively  inconsiderable  compared  with  the 
resources  of  the  country.  Increased  taxation  has  been  imposed  to  meet  the 
need  of  larger  revenues;  but,  in  seeking  new  sources  and  devising  new  methods, 
the  government  has  endeavoured  to  avoid  measures  which  would  deter  intend- 
ing immigrants  or  drive  away  capital,  for  Canada  needs  both. 

During  the  war  there  have  been  differences  of  opinion  between  sections  of 
our  population  as  to  the  extent  to  which  Canada  should  devote  her 
effort  to  the  Allied  cause.  We  had  as  httle  material  interest  in  the  outcome  of 
the  struggle  as  any  country  in  the  world;  but  the  great  majority  of  the  people, 
conceiving  the  cause  to  be  supreme,  counted  no  effort  too  great.  These  dif- 
ferences of  opinion  will  not  leave  any  abiding  division  among  our  people.  A 
new  spirit  of  national  self-consciousness  has  been  awakened  which  will  more 
and  more  inspire  all  the  communities  of  our  country.  With  fearless  eye  and 
firm  heart,  a  strong,  earnest,  and  united  Canada  looks  forth  upon  her  future. 


VI 
AUSTRALIA  IN  THE  WORLD  WAR 

By  RT.  HON.  WILLIAM  MORRIS  HUGHES 

Prime  Minister  of  Australia 

The  qualities  displayed  by  the  Australians  in  the  war  were  characteristic 
of  a  youthful  democracy  nurtured  in  a  wide  and  generous  country,  and  ani- 
mated by  pride  of  race  and  an  intense  local  nationalism.  Australians  are 
still  physical  pioneers,  and  they  carried  into  the  struggle  all  the  enthusiasm, 
the  daring,  the  wholesomeness,  and  comradeship  that  distinguish  a  young 
people  who  have  carved  out  their  homes  from  the  native  bush.  All  the  offi- 
cers and  men  in  the  Australian  force  were  pioneers  or  the  children  of  pioneers 
of  an  isolated  land,  and  from  this  fact  came  the  remarkable  physique,  the 
bold  initiative,  the  pugnacious,  relentless  offensiveness,  the  love  of  individual 
adventure,  the  impatience  of  merely  ceremonial  discipline,  and  at  the  same 
time  the  unswerving  devotion  to  trusted  leadership  in  battle,  which  made  the 
"Digger"  a  marked  man  in  the  war.  Very  young  in  his  knowledge  of  the 
world,  and  yet  strangely  wise  because  of  his  close  knowledge  of  nature  and  his 
instinct  for  natural,  essential  things,  he  was  equally  at  home  upon  barren 
Gallipoli,  or  in  ancient  Palestine,  or  about  the  great  camps  in  France.  He  was 
at  once  one  of  the  simplest  and  most  lovable,  the  most  casual,  and  yet  the  best 
disciplined  and  most  terrible  of  the  fighters  who  came  into  the  great  conflict. 

The  relative  magnitude  of  Australia's  effort  is  only  appreciated  when  it  is 
recalled  that  the  first  white  settlers  landed  at  Port  Jackson  in  1788,  and  that 
seventy-five  years  ago  there  were  less  than  half  a  million  people  in  the  coun- 
try. The  troops  engaged  in  the  war  had  to  travel  12,000  miles  by  sea.  In 
1914,  the  population  was  about  five  millions,  and  of  these  420,600  enlisted  for 
service.  Exclusive  of  those  who  took  part  in  the  capture  and  occupation 
of  the  Pacific  Islands,  337,000  were  sent  overseas.  The  feature  of  the  force 
was  the  very  large  proportion  who  were  combatants,  and  the  extent  to  which 
they  were  engaged  in  heavy  fighting  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  no  less  than 
57,800  officers  and  men  were  killed,  and  a  further  150,000  wounded.  A  sig- 
nificant point  of  the  losses  was  that  "prisoners  of  war  and  missing"  numbered 
only  4,064.     The  AustraHan  was  not  a  pleasant  man  to  capture. 

The  Australian  Imperial  Force  was  in  a  large  measure  self-contained.  At 
the  outset  most  of  the  Staff  was  supphed  by  the  British  Army,  but  as  the  war 
continued  the  British  officers  gave  way  almost  entirely  to  young  Australians 

402 


AUSTRALIA  IN  THE  WORLD  WAR  403 

who  had  proved  their  fitness  upon  active  service.  Lieutenant-General 
Monash,  in  command  of  the  AustraHan  Corps  in  France  during  the  great  ad- 
vance on  the  Somme  in  191 8,  was  an  AustraHan;  so  was  Lieutenant-General 
White,  Chief-of-StafF  to  General  Birdwood  with  the  British  Fifth  Army;  whilst 
to  Lieutenant-General  Chauvel,  who  commanded  the  Desert  Mounted  Corps 
in  Palestine,  a  force  made  up  in  part  of  Australians  and  New  Zealanders  and  in 
part  of  Indians  and  British  yeomanry,  fell  the  most  important  and  most  active 
cavalry  command  in  the  whole  war.  The  Australian  force  was  very  rich  in 
leadership,  and  by  a  fearless  process  of  weeding  out,  and  a  truly  democratic 
system  of  promotion,  it  reached  an  exceptionally  high  standard  in  its  officers. 
The  Australian  defence  system  before  the  war  aimed  at  completeness,  and  the 
Commonwealth  was  the  only  British  Dominion  to  employ  its  own  navy  and 
flying  corps.     The  artillery  included  both  field  pieces  and  heavies. 

Before  Britain  actually  declared  war,  the  AustraHan  Government  offered 
to  place  its  navy,  a  small  but  a  modern  and  highly  efficient  unit,  and  20,000 
men  at  the  disposal  of  the  Imperial  authorities.  On  the  outbreak  of  hos- 
tilities, recruiting  commenced  spontaneously  in  every  part  of  the  country 
from  the  large  coastal  cities  to  the  isolated  settlements  of  the  interior  and  the 
lonely  North,  where  men  frequently  rode  many  hundreds  of  miles  to  offer  their 
services.  The  first  enterprise  was  to  seize  in  September,  1914,  the  German 
Island  colonies  in  the  southwest  Pacific.  This  was  accomplished  by  a  small 
volunteer  force,  quite  raw  but  very  keen,  acting  in  cooperation  with  the  Aus- 
tralian navy.  German  New  Guinea,  the  Bismarck  Archipelago,  the  German 
Solent,  Nauru,  the  Marshalls,  the  CaroHnes  and  the  Pellew  Islands,  surren- 
dered to  the  AustraHans,  and  German  New  Guinea  and  the  adjoining  islands 
have  since  remained  under  Commonwealth  administration. 

In  November,  1914,  the  AustraHan  First  Division,  20,000  strong,  sailed  for 
Egypt,  where  they  completed  their  training  prior  to  the  gallant  adventure  at 
GalHpoH.  They  were  joined  in  Egypt  by  further  battalions  from  Australia, 
which  were  used  with  New  Zealanders  to  complete  a  second  composite  division, 
and  the  two  divisions  became  the  famous  Australian  and  New  Zealand  Army 
Corps,  or  the  "Anzacs,"  as  they  are  now  known  to  the  world.  Moving  from 
Egypt  with  an  unknown  objective,  they  upset  all  military  traditions  by  their 
brilliant  landing  at  Anzac  Cove  on  April  25,  191 5.  Here  the  Australian  at 
once  demonstrated  those  qualities  which  have  since  brought  him  renown  as  a 
fighter.  As  each  Httle  unit  reached  the  shore,  it  dashed  at  the  cliffs,  careless 
of  a  heavy  fire  from  enemy  rifles,  machine  guns,  and  field  pieces  in  concealed 
positions;  and  from  then  until  nightfall  each  soldier  fought  an  individual  little 
war  as  he  pushed  on  across  the  Peninsula.  Many  of  the  men  overran,  lost 
touch,  became  isolated,  and  in  /lasefield's  words:  "died  as  they  had  lived, 
owning  no  master  upon  this  earth."  But  the  crossing  of  GalHpoH  upon  that 
first  day  was  an  impossible  task  for  the  slight  force  engaged.     The  Turks  were 


404  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

greatly  superior  in  numbers,  and  held  all  the  high  ground.  Throwing  a  cordon 
round  the  Australians,  they  compelled  them  to  dig  in,  and  rival  trenches  were 
established.  Although  the  Austrahans  and  New  Zealanders  never  afterward 
lost  a  yard  of  their  ground,  despite  many  heavy  Turkish  attacks,  they  were 
unable  at  any  time  decisively  to  exploit  their  initial  victory.  Within  three 
days  of  their  landing  the  Australian  casualties  amounted  to  fifty  per  cent,  of 
effectives. 

Notwithstanding  these  heavy  initial  losses,  the  force  at  Anzac  Cove  was 
deemed  so  secure  that  on  May  8th  the  Second  Australian  Brigade  was  sent 
to  Cape  Hellas  at  the  foot  of  the  Peninsula,  where  a  heroic  attempt  was  made 
to  capture  the  village  of  Krithia.  Here  again  the  young  Commonwealth 
soldiers  displayed  that  fine  dash  itnd  indifference  to  heavy  casualties  which 
afterward  won  them  so  much  military  admiration  in  France.  Their  hopeless 
charge  at  Krithia  was  sustained  to  within  a  few  yards  of  the  objective,  although 
no  less  than  75  per  cent,  of  the  men  were  shot  down.  Six  months  before, 
these  men  had  been  citizens,  but  already  their  morale  could  not  have  been  sur- 
passed by  any  army  of  veterans.  The  position  at  Anzac  was  held  from  April 
25th  to  December  i8th.  The  opposing  trenches  were  at  many  places  within 
bombing  distance,  and  at  times  only  five  yards  apart.  Many  Turkish  attacks 
were  thrown  back  with  great  slaughter.  In  August  a  great  assault  upon  the 
enemy  position  was  launched  from  Anzac  Cove  in  cooperation  with  the  un- 
lucky British  landing  at  Suvla  Bay.  The  Austrahan  task  was  to  hold  the 
enemy  strongly  by  frontal  attacks  whilst  the  British  came  ashore;  and  it  was 
carried  out  with  tragic  recklessness  in  the  face  of  devastating  machine  gun  and 
rifle  fire  at  point-blank  range.  At  one  place  five  or  six  hundred  men  of  the 
8th  Light  Horse  Regiment  attempted  in  three  successive  waves  to  storm  the 
Turkish  trenches.  The  three  waves  went  over  at  intervals  of  a  few  minutes 
with  perfect  steadiness,  although  practically  every  man  who  had  gone  before 
had  been  shot  down  as  he  left  the  parapet.  Only  eighty  of  these  Light  Horse- 
men survived. 

The  evacuation  was  a  masterly  piece  of  cool  work  by  all  ranks,  and  the 
forces  then  returned  to  Egypt  for  reinforcements  and  further  training.  Early 
in  1916  the  infantry  and  artillery  were  sent  to  France,  while  the  Light  Horse 
Regiments,  which  afterward  grew  to  five  brigades,  remained  to  play  a  leading 
part  in  the  destruction  of  the  Turkish  forces  in  Palestine,  The  fighting  on  the 
Peninsula  had  been  close,  cramped,  and  intensive,  but  there  had  not  been  the 
terrific  artillery  ordeal  which  had  already  become  commonplace  in  France, 
and  the  behaviour  of  the  Australians  under  the  conditions  of  the  Western 
front  was  watched  with  much  interest.  After  a  brief  introduction  to  the 
trenches,  at  relatively  quiet  parts  of  the  line,  they  were  thrown,  four  divisions 
strong,  into  the  supreme  test  of  the  Somme.  There,  on  their  first  dash,  they 
made  themselves  renowned  in  Europe  by  the  capture  of  Pozieres,  at  which 


AUSTRALIA  IN  THE  WORLD  WAR  405 

point  they  were  the  spearhead  of  the  British  offensive.  In  the  weeks  which 
followed  the  capture  of  the  straggUng  French  village  they  demonstrated,  under 
artillery  punishment  of  perhaps  unprecedented  savagery  in  the  war  up  to  that 
time,  their  capacity  to  endure  against  frightful  losses.  The  little  village  area 
of  Pozieres  cost  Australia  more  than  30,000  casualties.  The  attack  on  Le 
Moquet  Farm  was  another  fine  feat  of  the  Somme,  and  on  such  a  scale  were 
Australian  losses  at  this  time,  that  on  one  day  a  single  division  lost  between 
7,000  and  8,000  men. 

After  wintering  in  the  mud  and  an  introduction  to  the  notorious  Ypres 
salient,  the  Australians  were  prominent  in  the  advance  which  followed  the 
first  German  retreat  through  Bapaume.  Meanwhile,  they  had  been  reinforced 
by  the  Third  Division,  which  gave  them  a  total  strength  of  five  divisions  in 
France  and  almost  two  divisions  of  cavalry  in  Palestine.  Pushing  on  after 
the  retiring  Germans,  they  fought  magnificently  in  the  first  attack  on  the 
Hindenburg  Line,  and  were  the  first  troops  to  pierce  it.  A  few  battalions 
reached  the  formidable  enemy  defences,  but  both  flanks  were  bare,  and  they 
were  lost  almost  to  a  man.  In  a  second  general  assault  on  May  3,  1917,  the 
Australians  again  won  alone  into  the  Hindenburg  defences  and  despite  fourteen 
days  of  counter-attacks  and  the  most  fierce  concentrated  bombardment,  and 
although  both  flanks  were  in  the  air,  they  maintained  and  consoUdated  their 
position.  A  little  later,  they  took  a  prominent  part  in  the  brilliant  local  vic- 
tory at  Messines. 

It  was  ever  their  lot  to  fight  where  the  battle  was  thickest,  and  after  a  brief 
rest  in  the  summer  they  were  thrown  into  the  advance  northeast  from  Ypres 
toward  Passchendaele.  There  the  bombardment  on  both  sides  was  more 
violent  and  destructive  than  in  any  previous  battle  and,  although  the  Austral- 
ians had  a  formidable  sector  containing  many  fortified  and  apparently  impreg- 
nable woods,  they  made  definite  progress  on  each  advance.  But  they  won 
their  ground  only  at  very  heavy  loss.  In  less  than  a  month  their  casualties 
exceeded  30,000  including  4,800  dead.  The  first  three  pushes  were  made  in 
good  weather  but  then  came  the  rain,  and  the  rate  of  progress  could  not  be 
maintained. 

At  the  commencement  of  this  fighting  the  Australians  had  reached  perhaps 
their  maximum  strength  as  a  fighting  force  and  had  five  divisions  in  France 
with  over  20,000  in  each  division.  (In  addition,  they  had  the  equivalent 
of  a  division  in  Palestine;  light  horse,  camel  corps,  infantry,  and  small  de- 
tachments in  Mesopotamia;  more  than  four  flying  squadrons;  and  the  vessels 
of  the  Australian  navy  with  a  total  personnel  of  some  9,000  men,  which  during 
the  whole  war  cooperated  with  and  worked  under  the  control  of  the  British 
navy).  All  battalions  were  complete;  the  men  were  perfectly  trained,  and  in 
wonderful  physical  condition.     The  battle  left  them  a  mere  ghost  of  an  army. 

During  the  1917-18  winter  they  enjoyed  relative  quiet  in  the  Hne;  and,  if 


4o6  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

reduced  in  numbers,  they  were  perhaps  higher  than  ever  before  in  confidence 
and  aggressive  spirit  when  the  sudden  call  came  in  March,  191 8,  to  hurry  south 
and  meet  the  German  flood  toward  Amiens  and  Paris,  which  had  followed  the 
overthrow  of  the  British  Fifth  Army.  After  a  sustained  forced  movement  the 
Australians  were  flung  in  against  the  advance  guard  of  the  triumphant  and 
apparently  irresistible  German  armies.  The  issue  was  never  in  doubt.  The 
Australians  swept  eagerly  forward  through  the  broken  fugitive  remnants  of 
the  Fifth  Army.  Battle  was  joined;  the  Germans  were  arrested;  and  the 
advance  which  seemed  until  then  to  promise  them  complete  victory  in  France 
came  to  an  absolute  end.  It  is  not  claimed  that  the  Australians  alone  saved 
Amiens  and  France,  but  the  significance  of  their  achievement  is  expressed  by 
General  Sir  WiUiam  Rawlinson's  tribute:  "During  the  summer  of  1918,"  he 
wrote,  "the  safety  of  Amiens  has  been  principally  due  to  the  Australians'  de- 
termination and  valour." 

The  whole  force  had  been  ordered  south,  but  the  First  Division  was  re- 
called because  the  enemy,  in  his  push  westward  toward  the  Channel,  had 
broken  the  sector  from  which  the  AustraHans  had  just  been  withdrawn.  This 
division  met  a  seemingly  victorious  German  division  advancing  in  column  of 
fours,  and  in  a  smashing  attack  practically  destroyed  it  and  put  down  a  barrier 
which  proved  unshakeable.  Meanwhile,  the  fighting  before  Amiens  became 
extremely  intensive.  Villars-Bretonneaux  was  held  against  constant  attacks 
but  was  finally  lost  by  other  troops  which  temporarily  took  over  the  line  from 
the  Australians,  and  its  recapture  at  night  in  April  by  two  AustraUan  brigades 
was  one  of  the  finest  feats  on  the  Western  front.  Throughout  the  spring  and 
summer  the  AustraHan  divisions  ceaselessly  harassed  the  Germans.  Despite 
their  four  years  of  constant  warfare,  the  sadly  thinned  battalions  were  inspired 
by  an  almost  superhuman  spirit  of  individual  aggressiveness.  Confident  of 
their  personal  superiority  over  the  enemy,  they  engaged  in  numberless  haz- 
ardous little  raids  and  sporting  enterprises,  and  treated  the  German's  outposts 
and  front-line  troops  so  harshly  that  his  morale  became  seriously  afiTected. 
Monument  Wood,  Villers-sur-Ancre,  and  Hamel  in  the  south,  and  Merris  in 
the  north  yielded  brilHant  minor  victories  during  this  period. 

The  Australian  Imperial  Force  was  in  superb  fighting  trim  when  the  great 
AlHed  offensive  began  on  August  8th.  On  the  first  day  when,  with  the 
Canadians,  the  five  divisions  of  Australians  formed  the  spearhead  of  the  Brit- 
ish opening  attack,  the  Australians  captured  104  guns  and  many  thousands  of 
prisoners  in  the  course  of  a  ten-mile  advance.  Pressing  on  irresistibly  through 
Vanvillers,  Lihons,  Ethenheim,  Proyart,  Bray,  and  Barleux,  at  the  end  of 
August  they  crowned  their  successes  by  the  sensational  capture  of  Mont  St. 
Quentin.  This  position  was  considered  impregnable  unless  assailed  by  a 
force  overwhelmingly  superior  to  the  defenders;  but  the  AustraHans,  by 
what   Sir   Douglas  Haig  described   as   a  "most  gallant   achievement,"  out- 


AUSTRALIA  IN  THE  WORLD  WAR  407 

flanked  and  seized  it  with  but  slight  losses.  On  September  2nd,  they  captured 
Peronne. 

Fighting  on,  they  broke  through  the  enemy  outposts  of  the  Hindenburg 
Line  near  Templeux  and  Hohion,  and  on  September  30th,  breached  the  main 
hne  by  the  capture  of  Joncourt,  Estrees,  and  Bomy.  The  force  was  now  ex- 
tremely attenuated  and  exhausted,  but  still  it  played  a  fine  part  a  few  days 
later  in  the  battle  of  Beaurevoir  and  the  capture  of  Montbrehain,  This  was 
the  Australian  infantry's  last  effort  in  France  before  being  withdrawn  from  the 
active  operations  of  the  war.  The  artillery  remained  until  the  very  day  of  the 
Armistice.  At  no  time  had  they  fought  with  greater  dash  and  to  better  pur- 
pose than  in  these  concluding  stages.  Between  August  9th  and  October  5th, 
they  took  23,000  prisoners  and  330  guns;  recaptured  116  towns  and  villages; 
and  drove  the  enemy  from  251  square  miles  of  French  soil.  No  less  than 
thirty  enemy  divisions  were  opposed  to  them  during  this  advance,  many 
of  them  two  or  three  times;  and  six  of  these  divisions  were  handled  so  severely 
that  immediately  afterward  they  were  permanently  broken  up.  The  Austral- 
ian losses  were  heavy.  From  August  to  October  they  had  lost  3,144  in  killed 
and  their  total  casualties  exceeded  21,000.  The  performance  of  the  veterans 
after  three  and  a  half  years  of  terrible  fighting  was  a  worthy  upholding  of  the 
great  standard  set  by  the  unschooled  recruits  at  Gallipoli  in  April,  191 5. 
Throughout  the  war  the  Australians  fought  as  volunteers.  Conscription  was 
twice  put — in  1916  and  1917 — to  the  Australian  people  by  referendum  and 
twice  rejected.  Had  the  war  been  continued,  the  Commonwealth  force  might 
have  been  embarrassed  for  reinforcements,  but  by  the  dramatic  conclusion  in 
191 8  AustraHa  was  enabled  to  maintain  a  volunteer  force  which,  relative  to 
her  population,  compared  satisfactorily  with  the  numbers  put  into  the  field 
by  the  other  British  Dominions. 

Australia's  share  in  the  destruction  of  Turkey  deserves  far  more  attention 
than  it  can  be  given  in  this  brief  survey.  The  flower  of  the  Turkish  armies 
was  destroyed  on  Gallipoli.  When  the  AustraHan  infantry  came  to  France 
the  AustraUan  light  horse  remained  in  Egypt  and,  with  the  New  Zealanders, 
comprised  the  galloping  advance-guard  of  the  British  Army  throughout  the 
campaign,  which  restored  Sinai  Peninsula  to  Britain  and  led  on  to  the  con- 
quest of  Palestine  and  Syria.  This  force  was  pecuHarly  AustraHan.  Re- 
cruited in  the  main  from  the  countryside,  and  mounted  upon  AustraHan  horses, 
it  was  distinguished  by  perfect  natural  horsemanship,  deadly  rifle  shooting,  a 
remarkable  "eye  for  country,"  and  a  delightful  love  of  personal  adventure. 
Its  men  had  also  served  upon  Gallipoli,  and  were  masters  of  trench  warfare 
and  clever  sniping.  The  critical  battle  of  Romani  in  August,  1917,  which 
marked  the  end  of  the  Turkish  ofi'ensive  against  the  Suez  Canal  and  Egypt, 
was  won  almost  entirely  by  the  steadiness  and  subsequent  dash  of  the  First 
and  Second  Light  Horse  brigades — fighting  dismounted  in  the  dark  against 


4o8  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

overwhelming  odds.  The  Anzac  Mounted  Division,  made  up  of  two  brigades 
of  Austrahans  and  one  brigade  of  New  Zealanders,  may  fairly  claim  to  have 
been  the  hardest  worked  and  most  successful  cavalry  division  in  the  war. 
This  fine  unit,  by  hazardous  night  raids,  followed  by  bitter  dismounted  fight- 
ing, captured  the  Turkish  garrisons  at  Magdhaba  and  Rafa.  After  the  long 
hold-up  on  the  Gaza-Beersheeba  line,  it  was  the  Fourth  Australian  Light  Horse 
Brigade  which  galloped  over  the  Turkish  trenches  at  Beersheeba— one  of  the 
most  dazzling  and  victorious  pieces  of  sheer  blujBF  in  all  the  four  and  a  half 
years'  fighting.  Australians  participated  in  the  capture  of  Jerusalem;  they 
were  the  first  troops  into  the  squalid  modern  village  of  Jericho;  their  engineers 
threw  the  first  Allied  bridge  across  the  Jordan;  at  Jenin  on  the  Esdraelon  Plain 
two  regiments  of  the  Third  Light  Horse  Brigade  galloped  down  and  captured 
7,000  Turks  and  suffered  only  two  casualties,  and  the  same  brigade  were  the 
first  AHied  troops  to  enter  Damascus.  During  General  Allenby's  last  great 
advance,  when  the  big  British  Army  captured  75,000  Turkish,  German,  and 
Austrian  prisoners,  no  less  than  36,000  of  these  were  taken  by  the  hard-riding, 
brilliant  Australian  cavalrymen.  An  interesting  and  picturesque  feature  of 
this  wonderful  Holy  Land  campaign  was  the  Imperial  Camel  Brigade,  five 
eighths  Australians,  which  by  its  constant  successful  campaigning  became 
known  throughout  the  Near  East  as  the  "Fighting  Camels." 

Australia's  deeds  in  the  war  were  something  more  than  a  creditable  relative 
contribution;  they  were  marked  by  an  exceptional  number  of  performances 
which  will  ever  rank  among  the  finest  feats  in  military  annals. 


VII 
SHALL  GERMANY  COME  AGAIN?* 

(The  Devastated  Regions  of  France,  in  January,  1919) 
By  FRANK  H.  SIMONDS 

Paris,  January  21:  Through  the  courtesy  of  the  British  Government 
I  have  come  to  the  Peace  Conference  by  way  of  the  war  zone.  To  travel 
directly  from  America,  always  at  peace,  to  Paris,  now  resuming  much  of  her 
ante-war  activity  and  become  again  a  real  capital,  is  to  forget  almost  entirely 
the  four  and  a  half  years  of  agony  that  separate  Europe  and  the  rest  of  the 
world  from  July,  1914,  and  thus  to  ehminate  many  of  the  vital  questions  re- 
maining to  be  settled.  It  is  otherwise  if  one  journeys  by  Ypres,  by  Vimy 
Ridge,  by  the  Somme  battlefields — by  the  regions  where,  five  years  ago, 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  people  Hved  and  laboured  amidst  smiling  fields  and 
in  pleasant  towns — regions  in  which  two  million  dead  now  sleep,  and  sleep  in 
the  midst  of  a  desolation  beyond  human  words  to  describe. 

I  have  seen  battlefields  in  the  hour  of  conflict,  but  in  that  time  amidst  the 
desolation  and  destruction  there  was  still  a  sense  of  human  energy  which 
had  become  almost  superhuman  in  its  fury.  The  forces  of  destruction  were 
themselves  vital  amidst  all  the  waste  which  they  created,  but  far  more  terrify- 
ing and  terrible  is  the  battlefield  when  the  living  are  gone,  when  upon  hun- 
dreds and  thousands  of  square  miles  of  territory  there  rests  the  blight  of  war. 
It  is  in  the  dead  cities  and  even  more  in  the  dead  villages  of  northern  France 
that  one  must  seek  evidence  of  what  this  German  thing  has  meant,  must  seek 
some  estimate  of  that  vast  account  which  remains  to  be  settled. 

The  German  has  gone.  He  has  vanished  out  of  the  trenches,  out  of  the 
ruins  of  the  region  he  has  wasted.  His  conquerors  have  gone  after  him,  but 
the  real  inhabitants  have  not  yet  begun  to  return.  As  a  consequence,  from 
Ypres  to  the  border  of  the  Oise  above  Noyon,  more  than  a  hundred  miles  in 
longitude,  and  from  a  dozen  to  fifty  miles  in  latitude,  there  exists  the  most 
appalHng  desert  of  which  the  mind  can  conceive:  A  few  German  prisoners 
cleaning  debris  from  the  more  important  highways,  a  few  British  soldiers  stand- 
ing guard  over  material,  and  for  the  rest  in  a  land  where  three  millions  of 
French  and  Belgians  lived  five  years  ago,  just  nothing.  Villages,  forests,  the 
fruit  trees,  and  the  garden  shrubs,  like  the  buildings,  all  gone. 

How,  then,  are  the  peace-makers  at  Paris  to  set  in  motion  the  machinery, 

•Copyright,  1919,  by  the  McClure  Newspaper  Syndicate. 

409 


4IO  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

itself  all  to  be  made,  which  will  bring  the  old  inhabitants  back  to  the  German 
desert  which,  Hke  the  Great  American  Desert  of  the  last  century,  separates 
two  smiling  regions?  How  are  the  millions  of  little  people  with  their  flocks 
and  their  farm  implements  to  be  returned?  How  are  the  Germans,  who  did 
this  thing,  to  undo  it?  In  Paris  one  talks  of  the  League  of  Nations  and  the 
right  of  self-determination,  but  on  the  Hindenburg  Line  one  thinks  of  some- 
thing more  specific,  more  tangible. 

On  the  Hindenburg  Line  I  found  a  French  woman  who  had  come  to  look 
for  the  first  time  at  what  had  been  her  home,  the  village  in  which  she  had  been 
born  and  her  people  time  out  of  mind;  I  found  her  exhausted  beside  the  road, 
after  the  thirty-mile  walk,  her  face  again  turned  toward  her  place  of  exile. 
And  this  is  what  for  her,  for  her  children,  her  friends,  and  neighbours  the 
Hindenburg  Line  was.  My  readers  will  recall  how  often  I  have  written  of  this 
great  system  of  defence,  stretching  from  the  Scarpe  to  the  Somme;  they  will 
have  visualized  it  as  a  fortification,  as  a  system  of  intricate  field  works,  with 
forts.  In  a  certain  sense  this  was  exact;  in  another  it  was  totally  false.  Here 
is  what  this  French  woman  found  in  the  very  heart  of  the  Hindenburg  Line 
facing  Queant — ^where  the  famous  switch-line  began,  facing  Bullecourt,  where 
once  the  Australians  were  slaughtered.  Surrounded  on  all  sides  by  places 
whose  names  were  in  all  the  war  news  a  few  months  ago,  immediately  before 
her  was  her  own  village.  Of  it  there  remained  a  few  masses  of  riven  masonry, 
endless  heaps  of  brick  and  dust,  formless  masses  of  ruins,  themselves  half 
burled  in  ashes.  Where  the  village  church  had  stood  a  squat  German  dugout 
arose  in  stark  ugliness,  the  single  existing  structure  that  had  form.  Looking 
north,  east,  south,  or  west  from  the  gentle  eminence  on  which  the  village  stood, 
she  looked  out  upon  a  land  torn  by  shell-fire  until  it  resembled  a  skeleton 
rather  than  the  flesh.  Along  every  swell  in  the  slopes  actually  behind  it, 
crumbling  dugouts,  ugly  holes  in  the  ground  slowly  sinking  under  the  action 
of  the  rains,  separated  from  each  other  by  endless  rows  of  barbed  wire,  sown 
everywhere  with  little  crosses,  themselves  half  fallen,  where  dead  men  were 
buried  at  hazard. 

This  was  her  own  country.  And  beyond  the  nearer  view,  curve  on  curve, 
the  land  swelled  away  in  all  directions,  a  monotonous  waste  without  a  tree, 
without  a  single  surviving  habitation,  without  any  obstacle  to  interrupt  the 
vision — not  a  desert  with  clean  sand,  but  a  waste  in  which  everything  spoke 
of  decay  following  death.  For  nearly  twenty  miles  in  either  direction  this 
desert  extended.  Eastward  against  the  horizon  was  the  skeleton  of  Bourlon 
Woods,  where  the  first  battle  of  Cambrai  was  won  and  lost  in  1917.  West- 
ward was  Arras,  behind  the  slope,  the  city  of  a  thousand  bombardments,  gone 
now  to  dust  and  ashes  in  the  main.  Here  where  there  had  been  smiling  vil- 
lages, fertile  fields,  and  happy  people  was  nothing  but  a  desolation  tragic  be- 
yond expression. 


SHALL  GERMANY  COME  AGAIN?  411 

And  all  this  was  not  the  wreck  of  battles.  It  was  nothing  of  the  sort.  In 
January,  1917,  Hindenburg  had  said,  "We  shall  retreat  twenty  miles,  wasting 
the  country  to  create  a  desert  in  front  of  us;  thus  we  shall  escape  an  Allied 
attack,  while  we  settle  with  Russia";  and  with  German  thoroughness  the  thing 
was  done.  The  people  were  marched  off  to  Belgium  to  be  fed  by  American 
rehef  missions,  or  to  die.  The  villages  were  destroyed,  the  roads  mined,  every 
living  thing  was  cut  down,  every  inanimate  thing  was  blown  up.  So  the  Ger- 
man desert  was  created,  and  so  it  remains,  sown  now  with  millions  of  un- 
exploded  shells,  the  debris  of  late  battles,  with  helmets  and  hand  grenades,  a 
region  where  every  heap  of  ruins  is  a  deadly  peril,  where  the  plough  must  re- 
open furrows  among  live  shells. 

Yet  by  contrast  there  was  the  French  woman,  and  she  said  quite  simply, 
"Are  we  coming  back?  Of  course  we  are  coming  back;  as  soon  as  the  gov- 
ernment will  give  us  the  barracks  in  which  to  live.  We  must  get  to  work  on 
our  fields  again.  Yes,  it  will  require  courage  to  do  this  work,  but  we  have 
courage.  We  must  do  it  for  the  young;  is  it  not  so?"  And  that,  as  I  said,  is 
the  problem,  not  of  the  French  Government  alone,  but  of  the  Paris  Conference. 
Somehow  these  thousands  and  hundreds  of  thousands  of  women  and  men  who 
have  courage  must  be  brought  back  to  these  fields.  Somehow  the  German 
who  created  the  desert  deHberately,  wantonly,  viciously,  must  be  made  to 
abolish  it,  to  excavate  the  shells,  to  supply  the  labour  and  the  material,  to  fur- 
nish the  new  homes  with  what  they  stole  from  the  old  before  they  wrecked 
them,  to  return  the  machinery  which  they  carted  to  Germany,  to  supply  a 
beginning,  for  they  took  everything  moveable  and  destroyed  everything  that 
was  immoveable. 

There  is  still  another  problem.  You  will  find  it  at  Lens,  if  you  follow  in  the 
footsteps  of  the  Canadians  over  Vimy  Ridge  to  the  flat  lands  below.  Here 
were  the  coal  mines  of  France  surrounded  by  a  score  of  little  cities,  model 
cities,  with  their  well-ordered  brick  homes — cities  of  which  Lens  was  but  the 
most  considerable.  A  hundred  thousand  people  hved  in  these  cities,  lived  in 
a  degree  of  comfort  which  was  unmistakeable,  and  year  by  year  brought  up 
from  the  ground  some  fifteen  million  tons  of  coal,  the  greater  share  of  the 
French  supply,  and  the  very  foundation  of  French  industry. 

And  of  all  these  little  cities  are  left  only  vast  heaps  of  splintered  beams  and 
smashed  bricks.  Mile  on  mile  in  all  directions  not  a  house  stands.  Into  the 
mines  the  Germans  turned  the  floods.  Such  machinery  as  they  could  not 
remove  they  smashed.  Each  house  was  treated  to  dynamite.  The  industry 
of  destruction  was  unbelievable.  City  blocks  were  reduced  to  dust,  and  straw 
mattresses  fallen  by  the  wayside  were  picked  clean  of  the  straw.  It  was  as 
if  the  contract  had  called  for  utter  ruin,  and  the  German's  Hfe  had  depended 
upon  the  completeness  of  the  destruction. 

In  the  centre  of  Lens  a  returned  citizen  was  searching  amidst  the  ruins  of 


412  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR' 

his  store  for  a  well,  down  which  he  had  lowered  valuable  papers,  and  he  could 
not  find  the  well;  even  so  small  and  well-defined  an  objective  was  beyond  his 
resources;  destruction  was  too  complete.  And  the  story  of  Lens  was  this: 
When  the  German  found  he  could  not  stay,  he  resolved  that  France  should 
still  be  dependent  upon  Germany  for  coal,  that  she  should  still  be  crippled 
for  an  endless  time.  So  systematically  he  destroyed  the  mines,  the  machin- 
ery, the  dwelling  houses;  he  took  the  furniture.  I  do  not  know  how  words  can 
describe  the  monstrous,  the  amazing  miracle  of  destruction  he  accomplished 
in  the  Lens  district. 

He  is  gone  now.  But  the  problem  remains.  He  wasted  the  fields  that  the 
peasants  might  not  return.  He  destroyed  the  cities  and  the  mines  that  the 
industrial  population  might  not  come  back,  that  this  region  and  this  portion 
of  France  might  die;  and  now  when  his  peasants  are  returning  to  their  undis- 
turbed farms,  to  their  undamaged  industrial  centres  and  their  intact  factories, 
the  people  of  northern  France  are  still  exiles. 

I  hope  my  American  friends  will  think  of  the  German  desert  which  occupies 
so  much  of  northern  France  when  the  Peace  Conference  begins  its  work.  If 
the  French  ask  the  possession  of  the  Saar  coal  district,  once  theirs  and  stolen 
by  the  German  in  1814,  to  replace  the  ruined  coal  fields  of  Artois  and  Flanders, 
I  trust  that  the  Americans  will  not  see  in  this  demand  French  imperialism,  but 
the  effort  of  France  to  resume  the  business  of  life  in  spite  of  the  German  effort 
permanently  to  destroy  French  industries.  And  in  the  same  sense,  if  there  is 
discussion  of  compelling  Germany  to  supply  labour  to  remove  the  shells,  plough 
the  fields,  and  open  the  roads,  I  hope  that  the  Americans  will  think  that  the 
French  are  not  seeking  revenge,  but  a  way  to  repair  the  most  brutal  of  all  in- 
juries and  permit  their  exiles  to  return  home  again;  the  exiles  who,  like  the 
French  woman  at  Croisilles,  have  courage  but  have  lost  everything  else. 

And  in  the  Paris  Conference  there  is  to  be  talk  of  the  responsibility,  not 
alone  for  the  acts  of  war  after  the  contest  itself  came,  but  for  the  causing  of 
the  war.  If  only  one  could  translate  into  words  that  had  a  meaning  the  fact 
of  the  dead  and  deserted  battlefields,  that  shell-torn  region  one  looks  down 
upon  from  Kemmel  and  from  Scharpenburg,  the  region  that  was  once  the 
Ypres  salient !  At  least  half  a  million  men  died  there.  A  few  sleep  in  graves, 
but  for  the  most  part  they  and  their  graves  have  been  ground  up  in  the  never- 
ending  pound  of  ceaseless  bombardments. 

A  year  ago  every  ridge,  every  slope,  every  heap  of  dust  and  ashes  had  its 
military  value  and  an  historic  meaning.  Men  died  by  the  thousands  to  ad- 
vance a  few  hundred  yards;  but  now  all  the  hills  and  ruins  have  been  as  it 
were  demonetized.  They  have  no  further  value.  The  German  lost  them; 
the  British  advanced  beyond;  the  war  has  gone  and  peace  cannot  return. 
Half  a  million  dead  remain,  but  nothing  for  which  they  fought  to  the  end  is 
worth  a  second  thought,  nothing  in  the  material  facts.     And  the  Hindenburg 


SHALL  GERMANY  COME  AGAIN?  413 

Line,  the  Somme  battlefields,  it  is  the  same  thing  in  both  cases.  A  milHon 
and  a  half  of  dead  sleep  between  the  Yser  and  the  Somme,  but  in  the  lands 
they  died  to  hold  no  living  thing  stays  save  a  few  prisoners  and  their  guards. 
The  trenches  disintegrate  in  the  rain,  the  barbed  wire  rusts  in  the  brown  of  the 
landscape,  the  snake  grass  is  beginning  to  bury  everything. 

And  for  all  this  someone  must  pay,  not  as  a  matter  of  punishment,  that 
is  another  question;  but  someone  must  pay  in  order  that  this  part  of  the 
German  plan  may  not  prevail;  that  this  much  of  civilization  may  not  perish; 
that  this  corner  of  France  may  not  die.  In  Flanders,  Artois,  Picardy,  you  get 
the  full  measure  of  the  German  fury  of  destruction.  A  more  terrible  force 
one  cannot  imagine.  It  has  wasted  provinces  and  destroyed  cities.  Nothing 
has  been  too  small  or  too  great  to  elude  Germany  run  amuck.  The  passion 
that  is  almost  elemental  in  its  magnitude  of  destructive  force  at  one  moment 
seems  guided  by  microscopic  vision  at  the  next.  One  must  see  what  the 
Germans  did  to  understand  something  of  what  Germany  was  and  may  be 
again  when  a  few  decades  have  passed. 

I  have  dwelt  upon  these  circumstances  at  this  time  because  it  seems  to  me 
that  Americans  must  understand  in  some  measure  the  mood  and  temper  of 
France  to-day.  It  is  the  tragedy  which  has  not  been  abolished  by  the  Armis- 
tice, it  is  the  ruin  which  no  formula  of  words  and  sentiments  can  abolish. 
The  men  who  planned  and  guided  this  thing  are  in  the  main  alive  and  un- 
punished. At  least  a  million  French  women  and  children  are  still  practically 
homeless.  Years  must  pass  before  the  open  wound  which  stretches  from 
Belgium  to  Switzerland  can  be  healed,  if  at  all,  and  it  will  remain  an  open 
wound  forever  in  the  side  of  France  if  France  and  not  the  Germans  have 
to  carry  the  burden.  And  yet,  save  for  the  French  in  Paris  and  out  of  it,  one 
feels  a  certain  tendency  to  forget  this  German  desert.  The  German  is  sing- 
ing a  new  tune  now.  His  humility  is  as  complete  as  his  arrogance  was  a  year 
ago.  The  French  woman  told  me  how  her  German  master  made  her  work  in 
the  fields  close  up  to  the  firing  line,  growing  potatoes,  and  then  allowed  her 
two  a  day  to  live  on;  yet  the  German  now  imperiously  demands  that  we  feed 
him  while  his  victims  remain  without  all  that  which  they  must  have  if  they  are 
to  begin  life  again. 

Over  in  Germany  the  Germans  are  feeding  our  soldiers  with  words  and  with 
provisions,  carrying  on  a  monstrous  propaganda  with  something  of  the  success 
they  had  in  a  similar  work  in  America  not  so  long  ago.  In  Paris  the  Peace 
Conference  reports  concentrate  upon  the  Adric  :ic  problem,  the  Polish  read- 
justments, while  the  question  of  the  Kingdom  of  the  Hedjaz  threatens  to 
shorten  the  lives  of  statesmen  and  diplomats  alike. 

But  by  automobile  one  may  almost  in  a  moment  reach  the  old  German  line, 
and  it  is  hardly  three  hours  to  the  German-made  desert  of  the  Somme.  These 
deserts  present  the  problems  I  have  mentioned,  problems  of  restitution,  repa- 


414  HISTORY  OF  THE  WORLD  WAR 

ration,  and  restoration.  As  it  stands,  the  German  has  lost  the  war,  but 
before  he  lost  the  war  he  ruined  half  of  northern  France,  and  if  he  does  not 
repay  his  factories  will  profit,  his  labourers  gain,  and  glory  will  be  to  the  victor 
but  the  dividends  to  the  vanquished,  who  only  fought  while  victory  seemed 
possible  and  grounded  his  arms  when  the  battle  approached  his  factories  and 
fields. 

It  is  not  a  hymn  of  hate  that  I  am  trying  to  sing.  There  is  no  longer  any 
room  for  emotion.  The  war  is  over,  the  futility  of  the  German  methods 
carried  a  final  judgment;  but  either  the  German  must  pay  or  the  French  and 
Belgian  people  stagger  under  the  burden  of  his  terrible  destruction  while  the 
German,  escaping  the  burden,  recuperates  for  a  new  adventure.  He  expects 
to  escape.  A  year  ago  he  was  starving  millions;  to-day  he  openly  demands 
that  the  world  feed  him.  His  propaganda  is  everywhere  at  work,  in  Paris 
and  out  of  it,  and  such  a  small  part  of  the  non-military  part  of  the  world  as 
thinks  of  the  German  desert  knows  it  as  it  exists,  that  one  fears  that  the  world 
will  forget.  To-day  I  talked  with  an  American  journalist  flaming  with  fury 
because  in  some  fashion  his  precious  comment  was  delayed  or  lost  in  transit, 
to  the  great  injury  of  the  freedom  of  the  press.  I  talked  with  a  British  colonel, 
keen  to  erect  a  new  Hedjaz  Kingdom  under  the  sympathetic  eye  of  America. 
The  frontiers  of  Poland  move  with  the  tides;  a  new  map  of  Asia  Minor  is  made 
each  hour;  and  the  islands  of  the  iEgean  change  hands  every  moment;  but  in 
the  midst  of  all  this  diplomatic  discussion,  the  mingling  of  idealism  and  real- 
ism, international  romance  and  high  finance,  I  find  myself  constantly  thinking 
of  the  ruined  cities,  of  the  wasted  fields,  and  the  forlorn  graves  of  the  north. 
Shall  we  forget  them  all  in  Paris,  and  if  we  do  shall  we  not  invite  the  German 
to  come  again,  however  lofty  a  structure  we  raise  in  the  name  of  the  League  of 
Nations? 


THE  COUNTRY   LIFE   PRESS 
GARDEN   CITY,   N.   Y.  / 


This  book  is  due  on  the  date  indicated  below,  or  at  the| 

expiration  of  a  definite  period  after  the  date  of  borrowing,  as' 
provided  by  the  library  rules  or  by  special  arrangement  withl 
the  Librarian  in  charge. 


DATE  BORROWED 

DATE   DUE 

DATE  BORROWED 

DATE  DUE    1 

"/A 

/ 

■^ni; 

1 

1 

\ 

f 

'I 

■; 

■i 

'IH 

• 

C2e  (U48)   lOOM 

r 

COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY  ^BR ARIES 


S40.91 


Si5634 
v«4 


940.91                                       Si5634 

V.4 
Sirnonds 

Histor 

y  of  the  world  war.